• 84000
  • The Collection
  • The Tengyur
  • Sūtra commentary and philosophy
  • Perfection of Wisdom
  • Toh 3808

This rendering does not include the entire published text

The full text is available to download as pdf at:
/translation/toh3808.pdf

འཕགས་པ་ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་འབུམ་པ་དང་། ཉི་ཁྲི་ལྔ་སྟོང་པ་དང་། ཁྲི་བརྒྱད་སྟོང་པའི་རྒྱ་ཆེར་བཤད་པ།

The Long Explanation of the Noble Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Lines
Explanation of the Detailed Teaching

Ārya­śata­sāhasrikā­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikāṣṭā­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā
ᴀᴛᴛʀɪʙᴜᴛᴇᴅ ᴛᴏ
Daṃṣṭrasena (Diṣṭasena) or Vasubandhu
’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ’bum pa dang / nyi khri lnga stong pa dang / khri brgyad stong pa rgya cher bshad pa

Toh 3808

Degé Tengyur, vol. 93 (sher phyin, pha), folios 1.b–292.b

ᴀ ᴄᴏᴍᴍᴇɴᴛᴀʀʏ ᴏɴ
  • Toh 8
  • Toh 9
  • Toh 10
ᴛʀᴀɴsʟᴀᴛᴇᴅ ɪɴᴛᴏ ᴛɪʙᴇᴛᴀɴ ʙʏ
  • Surendrabodhi
  • Yeshé Dé

Imprint

84000 logo

Translated by Gareth Sparham
under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha

First published 2022

Current version v 1.4.1 (2025)

Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1

84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.

Logo for the license

This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.

Options for downloading this publication

This print version was generated at 1.01pm on Wednesday, 26th February 2025 from the online version of the text available on that date. If some time has elapsed since then, this version may have been superseded, as most of 84000’s published translations undergo significant updates from time to time. For the latest online version, with bilingual display, interactive glossary entries and notes, and a variety of further download options, please see
https://84000.co/translation/toh3808.


co.

Table of Contents

ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The Translator’s Acknowledgments
· Acknowledgement of Sponsorhip
i. Introduction
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· The Work, its Tibetan Translation, and its Titles and Monikers
· The Work and its Original Author
· Structure of Bṭ3
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Introduction
· Explanation of the Doctrine
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Brief teaching
· Intermediate teaching
· Detailed teaching
· Summary of the Chapters of Bṭ3
+ 7 sections- 7 sections
· I. Introduction
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· I.1 Introduction common to all sūtras
· I.2 Introduction unique to the Perfection of Wisdom
· I.3 Presentation of the single vehicle system
· II. Summary of Contents
· III. Explanation of the Brief Teaching
· IV. Explanation of the Intermediate Teaching
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· IV.1 Brief teaching
· IV.2 Detailed teaching
· V. Explanation of the Detailed Teaching
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· V.1 Part One
· V.2 Part Two
· VI. Explanation of the Maitreya Chapter
· Using This Commentary with the Long Sūtras
tr. The Translation
+ 7 sections- 7 sections
1. Introduction
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Introduction common to all sūtras
· Introduction unique to the Perfection of Wisdom
+ 5 sections- 5 sections
· First, radiating light from the major and minor parts of the body
· Second, radiating light from the pores of the body
· Third, radiating natural light
· Fourth, radiating light from the tongue
· Helping the world of inhabitant beings
· Presentation of the single vehicle system
2. Summary of Contents
3. Explanation of the Brief Teaching
4. Explanation of the Intermediate Teaching
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· Brief teaching
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· Practice of the perfections
· Practice of the dharmas on the side of awakening
· Practice without harming that brings beings to maturity
· Practice that brings the buddhadharmas to maturity
· Detailed Teaching
+ 8 sections- 8 sections
· Why bodhisattvas endeavor
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· They want to make themselves familiar with the three vehicles
· They want the greatnesses of bodhisattvas
· They want the greatnesses of buddhas
· How bodhisattvas endeavor
· The defining marks of those who endeavor
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· The intrinsic nature of each‍—of form and so on, separately‍—that cannot be apprehended
· The intrinsic nature of them as a collection that cannot be apprehended
· Their defining marks that cannot be apprehended
· The totality of dharmas that cannot be apprehended
· Those who endeavor
· Instructions for the endeavor
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· Instructions for making an effort by using names and conventional terms conventionally
· Instructions for making an effort without apprehending beings
· Instructions for making an effort by not apprehending words for things
· Instructions for making an effort when all dharmas cannot be apprehended
· Benefits of the endeavor
· Subdivisions of the endeavor
+ 6 sections- 6 sections
· Practice free from the two extremes
· Practice that does not stand
· Practice that does not fully grasp
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Not Fully Grasping Dharmas
· Not Fully Grasping Causal Signs
· Not Fully Grasping Understanding
· Practice that has made a full investigation
· Practice of method
· Practice for quickly fully awakening
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· Training in the meditative stabilization spheres
· Training in not apprehending all dharmas
· Training in the illusion-like
· Training in skillful means
· Specific instruction for coming to an authoritative conclusion about this exposition
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· Part One: The twenty-eight [or twenty-nine] questions
+ 13 sections- 13 sections
· 1a. What is the meaning of the word bodhisattva?
· 1b. What is the meaning of the term great being?
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· The Lord’s intention
· Śāriputra’s intention
· Subhūti’s intention
· 1c. How are they armed with great armor?
+ 1 section- 1 section
· Pūrṇa’s intention
· 2. How have they set out in the Great Vehicle?
· 3. How do they stand in the Great Vehicle?
· 6. How is it a great vehicle?
+ 19 sections- 19 sections
· 2. Great Vehicle of all the emptinesses
· 3. Great Vehicle of all the meditative stabilizations
· 4. Great Vehicle of the applications of mindfulness
· 5. Great Vehicle of the right abandonments
· 6. Great Vehicle of the legs of miraculous power
· 7. Great Vehicle of the faculties
· 8. Great Vehicle of the powers
· 9. Great Vehicle of the limbs of awakening
· 10. Great Vehicle of the path
· 11. Great Vehicle of the liberations
· 12. Great Vehicle of the knowledges
· 13. Great Vehicle of the three faculties
· 14. Great Vehicle of the three meditative stabilizations
· 15–16. Great Vehicle of the mindfulnesses and the five absorptions
· 17. Great Vehicle of the ten powers
+ 8 sections- 8 sections
· First power
· Second power
· Third power
· Fourth power
· Fifth power
· Sixth power
· Seventh power
· Eighth to tenth powers
· 18. Great Vehicle of the four fearlessnesses
· 19. Great Vehicle of the four detailed and thorough knowledges
· 20. Great Vehicle of the eighteen distinct attributes of a buddha
· 21. Great Vehicle of the dhāraṇī gateways
· 7. How have they come to set out in the Great Vehicle?
· 8. From where will the Great Vehicle go forth?
· 9. Where will that Great Vehicle stand?
· 10. Who will go forth in this vehicle?
· 11. It surpasses the world with its gods, humans, and asuras and goes forth. Is that why it is called a great vehicle?
· 12. That vehicle is equal to space
· The remaining sixteen questions
· Part Two
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The results of paying attention to the nonconceptual
· The questions and responses of the two elders
5. Explanation of the Detailed Teaching
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· Part One
+ 7 sections- 7 sections
· Explanation of Chapters 22 and 23
+ 5 sections- 5 sections
· What is the bodhisattva great beings’ perfection of wisdom?
· How should bodhisattva great beings stand in the perfection of wisdom?
· How should bodhisattva great beings train in the perfection of wisdom?
· The sustaining power of the tathāgata
· The perfection of wisdom is great, immeasurable, infinite, and limitless
· Explanation of Chapters 24 to 33
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Beneficial qualities
· Merits
· Rejoicing and dedication
· Explanation of Chapters 34 to 36
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· Wheel of the Dharma and the perfection of wisdom
· Not bound and not freed
· Purity
· Attachment and nonattachment
· Explanation of Chapters 37 and 38
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· Benefits of purity
· Glosses
· Explanation of Chapters 39 to 42
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· Absence of a practice and signs of completion
· Last of the five hundreds
· Explanation of the work of Māra
· Revealing this world
· Explanation of Chapters 43 to 45
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· Marks
· Appreciation and gratitude
· How those new to the bodhisattva vehicle train
· Nine qualities of the doers of the difficult
· Explanation of Chapters 46 to 50
+ 6 sections- 6 sections
· Cultivation and disintegration
· Suchness and its indivisibility
· Shaking of the universe
· Synonyms of suchness
· Is it hard or not hard to become awakened?
· Signs of bodhisattvas irreversible from progress toward awakening
· Part Two
+ 6 sections- 6 sections
· Subhūti’s Two Hundred and Seventy-Seven Questions
· Explanation of Chapters 51 to 55
+ 5 sections- 5 sections
· The deep places
· Which moment of thought causes awakening?
· Karma in a dream and the waking state
· Fully mastering emptiness
· Questions 18 to 27
· Explanation of Chapters 56 to 63
+ 5 sections- 5 sections
· No duality and no nonduality
· Cyclic existence and nirvāṇa
· Standing in the knowledge of all aspects
· The three knowledges
· The meaning of pāramitā
· Explanation of Chapters 64 to 72
· Explanation of Chapter 73
+ 1 section- 1 section
· Major marks and minor signs of a buddha
· Explanation of Chapters 74 to 82
+ 1 section- 1 section
· Emptiness of a basic nature
6. Explanation of the Maitreya Chapter: Chapter 83
c. Colophon
ap. Outline
ab. Abbreviations
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· Primary Sources‍—Tibetan
· Primary Sources‍—Sanskrit
· Secondary References
+ 1 section- 1 section
· Sūtras
+ 1 section- 1 section
· Indic Commentaries
+ 1 section- 1 section
· Indigenous Tibetan Works
· Secondary Literature
g. Glossary

s.

Summary

s.­1

The Long Explanation of the Noble Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Lines is a detailed explanation of the Long Perfection of Wisdom sūtras, presenting a structural framework for them that is relatively easy to understand in comparison to most other commentaries based on Maitreya-Asaṅga’s Ornament for the Clear Realizations. After a detailed, word-by-word explanation of the introductory chapter common to all three sūtras, it explains the structure they also all share in terms of the three approaches or “gateways”‍—brief, intermediate, and detailed‍—ending with an explanation of the passage known as the “Maitreya chapter” found only in the Eighteen Thousand Line and Twenty-Five Thousand Line sūtras. It goes by many different titles, and its authorship has never been conclusively determined, some Tibetans believing it to be by Vasubandhu, and others that it is by Daṃṣṭrāsena.


ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

This commentary was translated by Gareth Sparham under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

The Translator’s Acknowledgments

ac.­2

I thank the late Gene Smith, who initially encouraged me to undertake this work, and I thank all of those at 84000‍—Dzongsar Khyentse Rinpoche, the sponsors, and the scholars, translators, editors, and technicians‍—and all the other indispensable people whose work has made this translation possible.

I thank all the faculty and graduate students in the Group in Buddhist Studies at Berkeley, and Jan Nattier, whose seminars on the Perfection of Wisdom were particularly helpful. At an early stage, Paul Harrison and Ulrich Pagel arranged for me to see a copy of an unpublished Sanskrit manuscript of a sūtra cited in Bṭ3. I thank them for that assistance.

I also take this opportunity to thank the abbot of Drepung Gomang monastery, Losang Gyaltsen, and the retired director of the Institute of Buddhist Dialectics, Kalsang Damdul, for listening to some of my questions and giving learned and insightful responses.

Finally, I acknowledge the kindness of my mother, Ann Sparham, who recently passed away in her one hundredth year, and my wife Janet Seding.

Acknowledgement of Sponsorhip

ac.­3

We gratefully acknowledge the generous sponsorship of Kelvin Lee, Doris Lim, Chang Chen Hsien, Lim Cheng Cheng, Ng Ah Chon and family, Lee Hoi Lang and family, the late Lee Tiang Chuan, and the late Chang Koo Cheng. Their support has helped make the work on this translation possible.


i.

Introduction

i.­1

The Long Explanation of the Noble Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Lines (hereafter Bṭ3) is a line-by-line explanation of the three Long Perfection of Wisdom sūtras, presenting a structural framework common to all three sūtras that is easy for readers unfamiliar with the Perfection of Wisdom to understand. It should not be confused with the commentary with which it is often associated, The Long Commentary on the One Hundred Thousand (hereafter Bṭ1), which has the same generic name Bṛhaṭṭīkā, the same opening verse of homage, and many similar passages. The two works are grouped together in the Degé Tengyur and are described in Tsultrim Rinchen’s Karchak (dkar chag) of the Degé Tengyur as together constituting the third of the four great “pathbreaker” traditions of interpreting the Perfection of Wisdom, which is characterized by the “three approaches and eleven formulations” (sgo gsum rnam grangs bcu gcig).1

The Work, its Tibetan Translation, and its Titles and Monikers

The Work and its Original Author

Structure of Bṭ329

Introduction

Explanation of the Doctrine

Brief teaching

Intermediate teaching

Detailed teaching

Summary of the Chapters of Bṭ3

I. Introduction

I.1 Introduction common to all sūtras

I.2 Introduction unique to the Perfection of Wisdom

I.3 Presentation of the single vehicle system

II. Summary of Contents

III. Explanation of the Brief Teaching

IV. Explanation of the Intermediate Teaching

IV.1 Brief teaching

IV.2 Detailed teaching

V. Explanation of the Detailed Teaching

V.1 Part One

V.2 Part Two

VI. Explanation of the Maitreya Chapter

Using This Commentary with the Long Sūtras


Text Body

The Translation
The Long Explanation of the Noble Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Lines

1.

Introduction

[F.1.b] [B1]39


1.­1

We prostrate to Mañjuśrī Kumārabhūta.

Introduction common to all sūtras

1.­2
Having reverently bowed to the Mother of Victors,
The foremost perfection in the form of wisdom,
I want to make a Path where the Thorns Have Been Trodden Down
Because the tradition of the gurus has been of benefit to me.40
1.­3

Thus did I hear P18k P25k

and so on. Because he has been charged with protecting the form body and the true collection of teachings,41 the great noble bodhisattva Vajrapāṇi, asked in the assembly, says to noble Maitreya that this is the explanation of the perfection of wisdom that he has heard, with “Thus did I hear.”

Introduction unique to the Perfection of Wisdom

First, radiating light from the major and minor parts of the body

Second, radiating light from the pores of the body

Third, radiating natural light

Fourth, radiating light from the tongue

Helping the world of inhabitant beings

Presentation of the single vehicle system


2.

Summary of Contents

2.­1

“Here, Śāriputra, bodhisattva great beings who want to fully awaken to all dharmas in all forms should make an effort at the perfection of wisdom.” P18k P25k

2.­2

In regard to this explanation of the perfection of wisdom, the Lord presents an exegesis by means of three gateways and eleven rounds of teaching. Taking three types of trainees as the point of departure‍—those who understand the perfection of wisdom by means of a brief indication, those who understand when there is an elaboration, and those who need to be led‍—it explains by means of


3.

Explanation of the Brief Teaching

3.­1

Now I shall teach the meaning of the words in the brief statement. There, in, “Here, Śāriputra, bodhisattva great beings who want to fully awaken to all dharmas in all forms should make an effort at the perfection of wisdom,”

“Śāriputra [Son of Śāradvatī]” P18k P25k

is called by the name of the elder’s mother.

3.­2

“Here” P18k

should be construed as “in this” Great Vehicle discourse, or “in this” perfection of wisdom discourse, that is, put it together as: The bodhisattva great beings stand in this Great Vehicle, or in this perfection of wisdom.


4.

Explanation of the Intermediate Teaching

Brief teaching

4.­1

Then the elder Śāriputra, for the sake of those who understand when there is an elaboration, starts the intermediate teaching with this question:

“How then, Lord, should bodhisattva great beings who want to fully awaken to all dharmas in all forms make an effort at the perfection of wisdom?” P18k P25k P100k

4.­2

This is a fourfold question about the Dharma: What are “bodhisattva great beings”? What is “want to fully awaken to all dharmas in all forms”? What is “should make an effort at”? And what is “the perfection of wisdom”? Again, there will be an explanation of the four below in their appropriate context.

Practice of the perfections

Practice of the dharmas on the side of awakening

Practice without harming that brings beings to maturity

Practice that brings the buddhadharmas to maturity

Detailed Teaching

Why bodhisattvas endeavor

They want to make themselves familiar with the three vehicles

They want the greatnesses of bodhisattvas

They want the greatnesses of buddhas

How bodhisattvas endeavor

The defining marks of those who endeavor

The intrinsic nature of each‍—of form and so on, separately‍—that cannot be apprehended

The intrinsic nature of them as a collection that cannot be apprehended

Their defining marks that cannot be apprehended

The totality of dharmas that cannot be apprehended

Those who endeavor

Instructions for the endeavor

Instructions for making an effort by using names and conventional terms conventionally

Instructions for making an effort without apprehending beings

Instructions for making an effort by not apprehending words for things

Instructions for making an effort when all dharmas cannot be apprehended

Benefits of the endeavor

Subdivisions of the endeavor512

Practice free from the two extremes

Practice that does not stand

Practice that does not fully grasp

Not Fully Grasping Dharmas

Not Fully Grasping Causal Signs

Not Fully Grasping Understanding

Practice that has made a full investigation575

Practice of method587

Practice for quickly fully awakening

Training in the meditative stabilization spheres

Training in not apprehending all dharmas

Training in the illusion-like

Training in skillful means

Specific instruction for coming to an authoritative conclusion about this exposition

Part One: The twenty-eight [or twenty-nine] questions

1a. What is the meaning of the word bodhisattva?

1b. What is the meaning of the term great being?

The Lord’s intention

Śāriputra’s intention

Subhūti’s intention

1c. How are they armed with great armor?

Pūrṇa’s intention

2. How have they set out in the Great Vehicle?699

3. How do they stand in the Great Vehicle?

6. How is it a great vehicle?736

2. Great Vehicle of all the emptinesses741

3. Great Vehicle of all the meditative stabilizations

4. Great Vehicle of the applications of mindfulness

5. Great Vehicle of the right abandonments

6. Great Vehicle of the legs of miraculous power

7. Great Vehicle of the faculties

8. Great Vehicle of the powers

9. Great Vehicle of the limbs of awakening

10. Great Vehicle of the path

11. Great Vehicle of the liberations

12. Great Vehicle of the knowledges

13. Great Vehicle of the three faculties

14. Great Vehicle of the three meditative stabilizations

15–16. Great Vehicle of the mindfulnesses and the five absorptions

17. Great Vehicle of the ten powers826

First power

Second power

Third power839

Fourth power

Fifth power

Sixth power

Seventh power

Eighth to tenth powers

18. Great Vehicle of the four fearlessnesses

19. Great Vehicle of the four detailed and thorough knowledges

20. Great Vehicle of the eighteen distinct attributes of a buddha

21. Great Vehicle of the dhāraṇī gateways

7. How have they come to set out in the Great Vehicle?892

8. From where will the Great Vehicle go forth?921

9. Where will that Great Vehicle stand?

10. Who will go forth in this vehicle?

11. It surpasses the world with its gods, humans, and asuras and goes forth. Is that why it is called a great vehicle?

12. That vehicle is equal to space

The remaining sixteen questions996

Part Two

The results of paying attention to the nonconceptual

The questions and responses of the two elders1052


5.

Explanation of the Detailed Teaching

Part One

Explanation of Chapters 22 and 23

5.­1

Thus, first of all, along with a teaching of miraculous powers and along with a teaching of the results, the intermediate explanation of the perfection of wisdom has been completed. As explained,1078 the Tathāgata in this perfection of wisdom1079 gives a threefold teaching: brief, middling, and detailed. Of them, the teaching in brief and middling modes based on trainees is finished.

5.­2

From here on, having brought unmatured trainees to maturity by removing doubts that have arisen, a detailed teaching in two parts, divided into the conventional and ultimate modes, causes those who have been brought to maturity to realize the meaning of true reality.

5.­3

Then,

“all the Four Mahārājas stationed in the great billion world systems together with many hundreds of thousands of one hundred million billion gods were assembled in that very retinue,” P18k P25k P100k

and so on. Why is it also teaching that they are all assembled on the occasion of a discourse powered by the Tathāgata?

5.­4

You should know that this teaching of the perfection of wisdom is unprecedented, so there has to be a brief teaching about the retinue assembling, as a prior indicator that there is going to be an unprecedented teaching of the Dharma. Also, the show of light where he demonstrates emitting light rays and arraying light is done as a prior indicator that there is going to be an explanation of the Dharma.

5.­5

Why does the chief of the gods not address his questions to the Tathāgata? Why does he ask the elder Subhūti?

At that time, those in the retinue are to be trained by an explanation by a śrāvaka, so, by way of asking him, they also have asked the Tathāgata.

5.­6

“How should bodhisattva great beings stand in the perfection of wisdom? What is the bodhisattva great beings’ [F.174.a] perfection of wisdom? And how should bodhisattva great beings train in the perfection of wisdom?”1080 P18k P25k P100k

The answers to these three questions are explained below.

What is the bodhisattva great beings’ perfection of wisdom?

5.­7

There, previously, taking the knowledge of all aspects as the point of departure, it gave a middle-length explanation based on the nonconceptual perfection of wisdom. Here, taking the knowledge of path aspects as the point of departure, it teaches the conceptual and nonconceptual perfection of wisdom that is the practice of bodhisattvas.

5.­8

“Those who have entered into flawlessness are incapable of producing the thought of unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening.”1081 P18k P25k P100k

Take this as saying that those fixed in a state of error are, for the time being, without good fortune.

5.­9

“And yet if they also produce the thought of unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening I still rejoice in them also.” P18k P25k P100k

If they hear this explanation it will not be in vain, because a scripture says, “On the other side of infinite, countless thousands of hundreds of one hundred million billion eons they will enter into buddhahood.”

5.­10

“Kauśika, what is the bodhisattva great beings’ perfection of wisdom?” P18k P25k

and so on. This is the middle of the three questions but is being taught here first because if it is taught thus, it is easier to understand.

5.­11

Even though it is true that this perfection of wisdom is the all-knowledge side for the śrāvaka and pratyekabuddha levels and the knowledge of path aspects side for the bodhisattva levels, here in this knowledge of path aspects that has to be taught to a bodhisattva who wants to attain the knowledge of all aspects there are both.

5.­12

There, in regard to the all-knowledge side, you should know that

“Kauśika, here bodhisattva great beings with a thought of awakening connected with the knowledge of all aspects should pay attention to form [F.174.b] as impermanent, and they should pay attention to it as suffering, selfless, empty, a disease, a boil,” P18k P25k

and so on, is an explanation teaching the fifteen attentions,1082 and is teaching the seven attentions focused on the cessation of dependent origination.1083

5.­13

In regard to the knowledge of path aspects side, it teaches that, with the nonapprehending attentions to the

“perfections,”1084 P18k P25k

up to

“the distinct attributes,” P25k

and with

“putting one part of the picture together with the other parts,” P18k

and so on.

5.­14

Among these, I will explain the words “impermanent” and so on, in the way they are on the śrāvaka and pratyekabuddha levels.

5.­15

They pay attention to [“form” and so on]1085 as

“impermanent” P18k P25k

because what has not come into being comes into being, and what has come into being becomes nonexistent. They are

5.­16

“suffering” P18k P25k

because they have as their nature the three sufferings and because they become a cause for the suffering of others. They are

5.­17

“selfless” P18k P25k

because, since they are without any agency and so on, they do not have their own defining mark. They are

5.­18

“empty” P18k P25k

like the trunk1086 of a plantain tree because they are hollow inside, and hence empty of an inner self. They are a

5.­19

“disease” P18k P25k

because like a disease they require many conditions for a cure and are the root of physical and mental suffering. They are a

5.­20

“boil” P18k P25k

because like a boil they oppress with obsession, drip with the pus of the afflictions, and gradually swell up, ripen, and burst with birth, old age, and death. They are a

5.­21

“thorn” P18k P25k

because like a thorn they pierce with inner and outer trouble and are hard to treat. They are a

5.­22

“misfortune” P18k P25k

because like the wicked they are to be criticized and they become oppressive. They are

5.­23

“dependent” P18k

because they labor in the face of conditions and they labor in the work of ‘making it mine,’ so they have no agency except from others. They are

5.­24

“headed to destruction” P18k P25k

because

5.­25

“by their nature” P18k

they are thoroughly destroyed by sickness, old age, and death. They are

5.­26

“shaky” P18k P25k

because they have the three marks of a compounded phenomenon and have the eight fickle worldly dharmas. [F.175.a] They are

5.­27

“brittle” P18k P25k

because it is in their inner nature to be destroyed and because they are destroyed by something harming them. They are

5.­28

“a hazard” P18k P25k

because “the absence of hazards”1087 is peace, is pleasure, and is the antidote, and they are the cause of all fears. They are

5.­29

“persecution” P18k

because even when they are not felt, they persecute in various harmful ways. They are

5.­30

“a headache” P18k P25k

because they hurt in many ways like a nagging demon1088 and a headache.

5.­31

As for

“they should pay attention to cessations as selfless, calm,” P18k P25k

and so on, construe them as “selfless” because they are devoid of the mark of a self; “calm” because all suffering is calmed;

5.­32

“isolated” P18k P25k

because they are without afflictions;

5.­33

“emptiness” P18k P25k

because they are endowed with the emptiness of a self and what belongs to a self;

5.­34

“signlessness” P18k P25k

because they are without all the causal signs of compounded phenomena;

5.­35

“wishlessness” P18k P25k

because they do not wish for anything in the three realms; and a

5.­36

“nonenactment” P18k P25k

because karma does not bring anything about later.

5.­37

“Putting one part of the picture together with the other parts,”1089 P18k

and so on‍—“putting together” is paying attention to the thought of awakening, the thought of the wholesome root, and the thought of dedication touching each other. They

5.­38

“analyze” P18k P25k

when they pay attention to all three not having the other’s intrinsic nature as its own intrinsic nature. They

5.­39

“complete” P18k P25k

when they pay attention to the meaning that has already been explained that all three are “inconceivable because they are not thought, not thought because they are inconceivable.”1090

5.­40

“This not settling down on… any one part, even while thus making an examination of all the parts of the picture”1091 P18k

is the

“extending” P18k P25k

completely. This is the fourth detailed and thorough analysis of all the dharmas as selfless.

5.­41

“The bodhisattva great beings’ thought of the wholesome roots is not touched by the thought of awakening.” P18k P25k

What does this teach?

Earlier bodhisattvas, having made a dedication in general with conventional attention‍—”I dedicate these wholesome roots [F.175.b] to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening”‍—after having made an examination in the ultimate mode, since the thought of the wholesome root, the thought of awakening, and the thought of dedication do not touch1092 each other, they examine whether, since they do not touch, dedication exists or not.

5.­42

Here some say the thoughts have not touched, but still a specific volitional factor produced through the force of an earlier thought, simultaneous with the later thought, does touch, so all the volitional factors become complete in the final thought of all. In this way, therefore, thoughts have touched.

5.­43

To eliminate that, it says

“the thought of the wholesome roots does not exist… in the thought of awakening,”1093 P18k P25k

and so on. It means that thought is not in the other thought, by way of a volitional factor left as a residual impression and so on. It says this because having thus taught that the actual thought does not exist, there is no volitional factor left as a residual impression and so on, like an entity that is the sharpness or dullness of a rabbit’s horn.

5.­44

Having thus investigated and found that it does not exist in the intrinsic nature of the others, they also investigate and find that it does not exist in its own intrinsic nature:

“the thought of the wholesome roots does not exist in the thought of the wholesome roots, the thought of awakening does not exist in the thought of awakening,” P18k

and so on. This is because when it is seen as just suchness there is no such investigation.

5.­45

“Kauśika, the thought of the wholesome roots is no thought,”1094 P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that it is just mere suchness. From the perspective of its own true dharmic nature, thought is free from falsely imagined thought so the intrinsic nature that is the nonexistence of thought comes to be known as the true dharmic nature of thought.

5.­46

“A nonexistent thought does not touch a nonexistent thought,”

and so on.1095 This is teaching that other than what comes to be known as the true dharmic nature of thought, no touching or existing or dedication comes to be known in any way at all. At that time [F.176.a] it is a self-reflexive analytic knowledge beyond the path of the conceivable, hence it is

“inconceivable” P18k P25k

and is

“no thought.” P18k P25k

5.­47

“Kauśika, this is the bodhisattva great beings’ perfection of wisdom” P18k P25k

means it is nonconceptual wisdom that has gone to the other side.

5.­48

Thus, conventionally they are “analytically investigating all phenomena,” but ultimately “not settling down on and not apprehending any phenomenon.”

5.­49

What does

“I have to feel a sense of appreciation, Lord, and not feel no sense of appreciation” P18k P25k

teach? It teaches that earlier when our Lord was in the form of a bodhisattva, the great śrāvakas in the retinue of earlier tathāgatas taught him with advice and instruction, inspiring him to take it up, and inspiring him to perfectly practice what he had found. Having gradually accomplished their teaching he became completely awakened. Therefore, they too, by advising and instructing these bodhisattvas in this retinue, will establish them in perfect practice. When they have gradually accomplished that earlier teaching, they will become completely awakened. Therefore, I should show appreciation to the earlier śrāvakas.

5.­50

What is the difference between the words

“advised and instructed” P18k P25k

and so on? Here there are the three periods: starting, middle, and end. At the start they have to be “advised and instructed.” In the middle there is practice, and at the end the result.

5.­51

There during the starting period “advice” is saying, “Do not do this,” preventing them from doing what they should not do. “Instruction” is saying, “Do this,” connecting them with the activities.

5.­52

In the middle there are four periods: not practicing, practicing incorrectly, practicing a bit, and practicing perfectly.

5.­53

There, those who do not practice out of ignorance are inspired to practice [F.176.b] when they are

“taught.” P18k

5.­54

Those who have set out incorrectly because of incorrect knowledge are connected with a perfect practice when they are

“made to take them up.” P18k

5.­55

Those who, because of the fault of laziness and so on, practice a bit, become inspired to try to persevere when they are

“made… excited.” P18k P25k

5.­56

Having rejoiced, saying “excellent” to those who have set out perfectly with wisdom, they are connected with true reality when they are

“motivated.” P18k P25k

5.­57

At the end, they are

“caused… to enter into… and established” P18k P25k

in the result. Construe them like that.

How should bodhisattva great beings stand in the perfection of wisdom?

5.­58

After that, in reference to the question, ‘How should they stand?’ it teaches1096 that they should forsake where

“they should not stand,” P18k P25k

and, standing where they should stand, they

“should stand in the perfection of wisdom.” P18k P25k

5.­59

“Form is empty of form,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that the realization of emptiness is where they stand.

5.­60

“By way of apprehending something”1097 P18k P25k

is where they should not stand. Therefore, this teaches that because these falsely imagined phenomena, form and so on, do not exist through the intrinsic nature of form and so on, bodhisattvas also do not exist through the intrinsic nature of a bodhisattva, and their emptinesses are not different, they are one. Therefore, form and so on in its true dharmic nature is a thoroughly established phenomenon, and a bodhisattva furthermore is

“not two,” P18k P25k

so to stand in their same true dharmic nature is to stand in the perfection of wisdom.

5.­61

In the section of the text explaining where not to stand, furthermore, the teaching is in three parts. First they should not stand in the dharmas; second they should not stand in the true nature of dharmas; and third they should not stand as persons.

5.­62

There, the section on the dharmas is again a teaching in two parts: teaching the dharmas and teaching the mark of the dharma.1098 From,1099

“they should not stand in form by way of apprehending something,” P18k P25k

up to

“they should not stand in buddhahood by way of apprehending something,” P18k P25k

is teaching the dharmas. [F.177.a] From

“Kauśika, they thus should not dwell on the idea of form by way of apprehending something, up to… they thus should not dwell on the idea of buddhahood by way of apprehending something” P18k P25k

is teaching the mark of the true nature of dharmas.

5.­63

The section on the true nature of dharmas is again a teaching in three parts: teaching the true nature of dharmas on the side of all-knowing, teaching the true nature of dharmas on the side of the knowledge of path aspects, and teaching the true nature of dharmas on the side of the knowledge of all aspects.

5.­64

Teaching the true nature of dharmas on the side of all-knowing is from1100

“they should not dwell on the idea that form is permanent… they should not dwell on the idea that form is impermanent,” P18k P25k

up to

“they should not dwell on the idea that the tathāgata, worthy one, perfectly complete buddha is worthy of gifts by way of apprehending something.” P18k P25k

5.­65

Teaching the true nature of dharmas on the side of the knowledge of path aspects is from they1101

“should not stand on the first level… up to the tenth level,” P18k P25k

up to they

“should not dwell on the idea ‘I will establish infinite, countless beings beyond measure in unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening’ by way of apprehending something.” P18k P25k

5.­66

Teaching the true nature of dharmas on the side of the knowledge of all aspects starts from1102

“ ‘I will make the five eyes perfect,’ ” P18k P25k

up to

“they should not dwell on the idea ‘I will make the eighty minor signs perfect on the body.’ ” P18k P25k

5.­67

Again, construe the section teaching persons1103 in three parts, based on the all-knowledge side and so on. The dharmas where it says,1104

“I will, standing on the four legs of miraculous power, become completely absorbed in meditative stabilization,” P18k P25k

and so on, are on the side of the level of the knowledge of all aspects.

5.­68

What is the elder Śāriputra thinking where it says,

“Then it occurred to [him] to think, ‘Well then, however could bodhisattva great beings stand in the perfection of wisdom?’ ” [F.177.b] P18k P25k

He was thinking that it has said “they should not stand in all dharmas,” and that it has said it is not possible to stand in emptiness, hence “they should not stand” in it either. How could that be right?

5.­69

Then the elder Subhūti establishes that they do not stand. The teaching that that is standing in the perfection of wisdom is

“the tathāgatas have totally nonabiding minds.”1105 P18k P25k

It is teaching that they stand in nonabiding nirvāṇa.

5.­70

It has explained the achievement, standing without standing like that, and in the explanation based on those to be trained has said it is inexpressible. So those to be trained come to harbor doubts. Therefore, taking them as its point of departure, it sets the scene for another explanation with,

“O gods, is what is said incomprehensible?” P18k P25k

and so on, asking the gods the question, “Why have you not understood what has been said?” They then reply,

“Incomprehensible, Ārya Subhūti!” P18k P25k

5.­71

Then, because the perfection of wisdom is inexpressible, the elder says

“not even one syllable is said here,” P18k P25k

teaching that since this is the case, the apparent talking and apparent hearing are falsely imagined phenomena, like a

“magical creation… a dream… an echo… and a magical illusion,” P18k P25k

thus making the gods happy.

5.­72

“A magically created buddha”1106 P18k P25k

is a magically created body of a tathāgata.

5.­73

“O gods, form is not deep and is not subtle.”1107 P18k P25k

Because a falsely imagined form is a not real form, it “is not deep and is not subtle.” Again,

“it is because the intrinsic nature of form is not deep and is not subtle,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that because the true dharmic nature of form does not, in its intrinsic nature, move,1108 it “is not deep and is not subtle.” So here the section of the text is in two parts: the dharma section and the intrinsic nature section.

5.­74

“Well then, in this Dharma teaching has nothing been designated form?”1109 P18k P25k

and so on. [F.178.a] The gods ask: if all dharmas are inexpressible, well then, is nothing “designated” or explained as “form”? Then the elder Subhūti says,

“Exactly so, gods, exactly so,” P18k P25k

teaching that they are indeed not designated and not explained.

5.­75

They

“cannot, without having resorted to this forbearance,”1110 P18k P25k

which is to say, to this explanation of the inexpressible.

5.­76

“[Then it occurred to those gods to] think, ‘What would the elder Subhūti accept those listening to the Dharma to be like?’ ”1111 P18k P25k

This is teaching that if they are ultimately inexpressible there will be no speaker and no hearer, so there will be no listening to the Dharma.

5.­77

“Gods, I would accept those listening to the Dharma to be like illusory beings,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that ultimately a speaker and a hearer are nonexistent.

5.­78

“Venerable monk Subhūti, who will be the recipients of this perfection of wisdom so deep, so hard to behold,”1112 P18k P25k

and so on‍—it is “deep” because it is hard to fathom; “hard to behold” because it is not an object of the five collections of consciousnesses;

5.­79

“hard to understand” P18k P25k

because it is not an object of thinking-mind consciousness;

5.­80

“peaceful” P18k P25k

because all the afflictions and secondary afflictions have calmed down;

5.­81

“sublime” P18k

because up to1113 “all suffering” has calmed down;

5.­82

“subtle” P18k P25k

because all conceptual thought constructions have calmed down;

5.­83

“private” P18k P25k

because it is self-reflexive analytic knowledge;

5.­84

“not an object of speculative thought” P18k P25k

because it transcends the path of thinking;

5.­85

“brilliant” P18k

because it is the cause for brilliance in the realization of all dharmas as they really are;

5.­86

“absolutely noble” P18k P25k

because it is the supreme place for the realization of extraordinary dharmas; and

5.­87

“an object to be known by the learned and wise” P18k P25k

because it is not an object within the range of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas, and it is not1114 an object to be known by the irreversible bodhisattvas. [F.178.b]

5.­88

They

“will be the recipients”1115‍— P18k P25k

they will be those who take it up. With

“persons who have seen the truths, or worthy ones with outflows dried up,” P18k P25k

and so on, it first teaches those who are seeking conventionally. There, in the ultimate sense, bodhisattvas are spoken of as those “who have seen the truths”; when they are awakened, they are called “worthy ones.” Having taught them conventionally, those being taught ultimately are from1116

“they will not construct the idea that form is empty,” P18k P25k

up to

“so too no being at all will be the recipient of it.” P18k P25k

5.­89

This teaches that just those who have directly realized the nonconceptual perfection of wisdom are those who are seeking. Ultimately there is nothing they will have sought for, so they are not those who are seeking.

5.­90

Then venerable Śāriputra says the assertion that a talker and a hearer are nonexistent contradicts scripture:1117

“Venerable Subhūti, is it not the case that in this perfection of wisdom the three vehicles… are taught in detail?” P18k P25k

and so on. The explanation of the three vehicles; and the teaching about

“the ten levels… the assistance,” P18k P25k

and

“the bodhisattva path” P18k P25k

of the perfections and so on; and about these dharmas: birth in the family of a tathāgata, sporting with

“the clairvoyances,” P18k P25k

hearing, not forgetting, being without distraction, and the sevenfold

“confident readiness,” P18k P25k

and so on‍—he is saying ‘We ourselves have heard about these.’

5.­91

After that, the elder Subhūti, to teach that the explanation of these dharmas is by way of not apprehending anything, to teach they do not exist ultimately and hence that even talking is mere illusion, says,1118

“Exactly so, Venerable Śāriputra, exactly so,” P18k P25k

and so on. About the reason they are empty, it says1119

“because of inner emptiness,” P18k P25k

up to

“because of the emptiness that is the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature,” P18k P25k

and so on. [F.179.a]

5.­92

It says the gods worship with flowers to teach the gods the sign of the emergence of the light of transcendental knowledge.1120 This is in order to set the scene for the thought that comes next,

“these flowers have been magically created,”1121 P18k P25k

and so on.

5.­93

“Kauśika… these flowers have not come about” P18k P25k

is saying that they are not marked as thoroughly established, that they have emptiness as their intrinsic nature, and are not flowers as their intrinsic nature.

5.­94

“Kauśika, form also has not come about, and what has not come about is not form.” P18k P25k

It says “form also has not come about” because an ultimate form does not have the production of a compounded form. Thus, it says “what has not come about is not form” because an uncompounded phenomenon that has not come about does not have the mark of a falsely imagined form.

5.­95

“Does not contradict designation and gives instruction in the true nature of dharmas”1122 P18k P25k

means he gives instruction without contradicting the ultimate or the conventional.

[B18]

How should bodhisattva great beings train in the perfection of wisdom?

5.­96

“Kauśika, bodhisattva great beings, having thus understood how all dharmas are mere designations, should train in the perfection of wisdom.”1123 P18k P25k

This indicates the last of the three earlier questions,1124 “How should a bodhisattva great being train in the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­97

“Do not train in form,”1125 P18k P25k

and so on‍—this is saying they train without training, just as, to illustrate, they stand without standing.

5.­98

In order to teach that “they do not train in form and so on because they see that form and so on are nonexistent things,” it says

“because they do not see the form in which they train,” P18k P25k

and so on.

5.­99

“Śatakratu… inquired… why do bodhisattva great beings not see form,”1126 P18k P25k

and so on, and to teach that “they do not see form because it is empty,” it says1127

“form is empty of form.” [F.179.b] P18k P25k

5.­100

It says,1128

“Kauśika, it is because the emptiness of form does not train in the emptiness of form,” P18k P25k

and so on, as the reason they do not train. It means both a training and something that is trained in are nonexistent, so they do not train.

5.­101

Then,1129

“Kauśika, those who do not train in the emptiness of form… up to those who do not train in the emptiness of the knowledge of all aspects, train in the emptiness of form without making a division into two, up to train in the emptiness of the knowledge of all aspects without making a division into two,”

says that just those who do not train are the ones who train. “Without making a division into two” means they are the same as emptiness, so, when they have trained in the emptiness of a single dharma, they have trained in the emptiness of all. Hence it is explaining that the emptiness of a single dharma is the emptiness of all.

5.­102

Then it says,1130

“Those who train in the emptiness of form without making a division into two, up to train in the knowledge of all aspects without making a division into two… train in countless, infinite buddhadharmas.” P18k P25k

This is teaching that those who thus train in the emptiness of all dharmas train in the six perfections and so on, up to train in all the buddhadharmas.

5.­103

Then,

“do not train in order to increase or decrease form,” P18k P25k

teaches that training in the perfections and so on, up to the buddhadharmas, is not to increase or decrease form and so on. It means that training is not to increase the bright side or decrease the dark side.

5.­104

Then,

“[do] not train in order to get hold of or get rid of form”1131 P18k P25k

is teaching that where there are thus no dharmas to be increased or decreased, there are no special dharmas to be gotten hold of [F.180.a] and no bad dharmas to be reduced.

5.­105

It says that, and then with

“Venerable Subhūti, why do bodhisattva great beings not train in order to get hold of or get rid of form?” P18k P25k

the elder Śāriputra asks him why, given that bodhisattvas eliminate bad dharmas and obtain special dharmas, there is nothing for them to get hold of or get rid of. After he asks that, the elder Subhūti says

“form does not get hold of form,” P18k P25k

teaching that there are no grasped and grasper. It gives as the reason for that,

“based on… emptiness.” P18k P25k

5.­106

“Does not see the production… of form,”1132 P18k P25k

and so on‍—something plucked out of thin air has no “production.” Something lasting in its nature does not change so there is no

“stopping.” P18k P25k

5.­107

In suchness there is no production so there is no

“acceptance” P18k P25k

of something not there before. There is no stopping so there is no

“rejection” P18k P25k

of something gotten hold of. There is nothing to get hold of so there is no

“purification” P18k P25k

of something not there before. There is nothing to reject so there is no

“defilement” P18k P25k

to eliminate. Since there is no purification there is no

“increase,” P18k P25k

and since there is no defilement there is no

“decrease.” P18k P25k

5.­108

“Venerable monk… where should you look for the perfection of wisdom?”1133 P18k P25k

He asks about the perfection of wisdom to teach, in regard to the perfection of wisdom itself, the knowledge of path aspects and the knowledge of all aspects.

5.­109

“In Subhūti’s chapter”‍— P18k P25k

“Subhūti’s chapter” is all of the intermediate exegesis of the perfection of wisdom.1134 This is saying that the knowledge of all aspects has originated based on the perfection of wisdom, so you should grasp the explanation of it also from there.

The sustaining power of the tathāgata

5.­110

Given that the exegesis of the deep dharmas is within the range of a tathāgata, the chief of the gods does not accept that it is Subhūti’s explanation, so, setting the scene for the noble Subhūti to have given such an exegesis, [F.180.b] he asks,1135

“Is it through your noble might, is it through your sustaining power…?” P18k P25k

5.­111

First the elder Subhūti, in conventional mode, teaches that these are

“the Tathāgata’s sustaining power,” P18k P25k

that is, worthy ones give explanations of doctrine through the Tathāgata’s sustaining power. Then the chief of the gods, not accepting that either, says

“Venerable monk Subhūti, given that all dharmas are without anything that sustains them, why do you say ‘this is the Tathāgata’s sustaining power, it is the Tathāgata’s might’?” P18k P25k

5.­112

Then the elder, having rejoiced in that statement, to teach that in ultimate mode the tathāgata is to be taken as tathatā,1136 with

“the tathāgata cannot be apprehended in the true nature of dharmas that is without anything that sustains it,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that there is no dharma called tathāgata at all. There are no false imagined dharmas in the true nature of dharmas, so “in” that “true dharmic nature” of all dharmas “without anything that sustains it” there is no “tathāgata.” And because there are no dharmas unincluded in the true nature of dharmas,

“nor can the tathāgata be apprehended elsewhere than the true nature of dharmas that is without anything that sustains it.” P18k

5.­113

Because the true nature of dharmas does not abide in falsely imagined phenomena,

“the true nature of dharmas that is without anything that sustains it cannot be apprehended in the tathāgata.” P18k P25k

5.­114

And because there is no true nature of dharmas elsewhere than dharmas,

“nor can the true nature of dharmas that is without anything that sustains it be apprehended elsewhere than the tathāgata.” P18k

5.­115

Construe the

“suchness” P18k P25k

section like this,1137 and construe the

“true dharmic nature” P18k P25k

and

“suchness” P18k P25k

of

“form,” P18k P25k

and so on, ending with

“the knowledge of all aspects” P18k P25k

section like this as well.

5.­116

“The true dharmic nature of the tathāgata is not conjoined with or disjoined from the true dharmic nature of form. … It is not conjoined with or disjoined from something other than the true dharmic nature of form.” P18k P25k

5.­117

It says so because they are not different, [F.181.a] they are the same. The alternatives when a basis is conjoined with something on a basis or with something else, or disjoined from them, are that they are acceptable if they are different and not acceptable if they are not. Construe

“thus, Kauśika, not being conjoined with and not being disjoined from all dharmas‍—this is its might, this is its sustaining power,” P18k P25k

in the suchness section, in the same way. It is the “might” of emptiness, the “sustaining power” of emptiness, in the sense that the explanation has come about taking emptiness as the point of departure.

5.­118

“They also should not look for it in form”1138‍— P18k P25k

it says this because form and so on do not exist‍—

“and they should not look for it elsewhere than form.” P18k P25k

5.­119

It says this because the perfection of wisdom is something that does not exist, so it is not something else either. Therefore, it is teaching that because something does not exist it is not something else. It says

“all dharmas… are not conjoined, are not disjoined… and have… no mark.” P18k P25k

5.­120

“Form is not the perfection of wisdom”1139 P18k P25k

teaches that both form and the perfection of wisdom are things that do not exist;

“and there is no perfection of wisdom other than form” P18k P25k

means you cannot say it is different, because it is something that does not exist. And so it says,

“Kauśika, it is because all these dharmas do not exist and cannot be apprehended.”1140 P18k P25k

The perfection of wisdom is great, immeasurable, infinite, and limitless

5.­121

Then Śatakratu, to teach again that this exposition of the doctrine should be taken to be amazing, makes a fourfold statement that1141

“The perfection of wisdom… is great… the perfection of wisdom… is immeasurable… the perfection of wisdom… is infinite… [and] the perfection of wisdom… is limitless.” P18k P25k

5.­122

Connect1142

“you cannot apprehend a prior limit of form” P18k P25k

with you cannot apprehend at that time “it was there” or “was not there”; [F.181.b]

“you cannot apprehend a later limit” P18k P25k

with at that time “it will be there” or “will not be there”; and

“you cannot apprehend a middle” P18k P25k

with “it is there” or “is not there.” Thus, it is “great” because it is not divided into three time periods.

5.­123

“You cannot apprehend a measure of form”1143‍— P18k P25k

ultimate form is “immeasurable” because you cannot delineate it as “just this much.” It is

“infinite” P18k P25k

because it cannot be given a size by counting. It is

“limitless” P18k P25k

because there is no termination of instants. The “prior limit” is production, the “later limit” is cessation, and the “middle” is lasting for an instant.

5.­124

Having thus at first taught that the perfections are unlimited, it then teaches the unlimited in four parts:1144 the unlimited knowledge of all aspects, the unlimited body of dharmas, unlimited suchness, and unlimited beings.

5.­125

Among these, what are “unlimited beings”? Their “limits” are the two extremes: the permanent extreme and the annihilation extreme. The nonexistence of those extremes is the state where the extremes are absent, so beings are “unlimited.” Suppose beings existed. In that case they would have limits. But since beings are in their intrinsic nature just nonexistent, unlimited beings with an intrinsic nature do not exist. Suppose a certain being is taught in this explanation of the doctrine. In that case unlimited beings would also be taught. But since it does not teach a being, there are no unlimited beings here either. Therefore, it says,

“Kauśika, where there has been no explanation of anything as a being there will also be no limitlessness of a being.”1145 [F.182.a] P18k P25k

5.­126

This means that because it does not teach a being it therefore also does not teach that beings are unlimited.

5.­127

Then,

“Kauśika, if a tathāgata, worthy one, perfectly complete buddha remaining for as many eons as there are sand particles in the Gaṅgā River were to say the word being again and again,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that a statement from the mouth does not make beings unlimited. They are unlimited in their intrinsic nature because they are nonexistent. Suppose beings were made unlimited as a statement in the mouth, that from what the Tathāgata says beings might be born or cease. It means because that is not the case, beings are not unlimited because it has been said they are.

5.­128

“Kauśika, from this one of many explanations you should know this perfection of wisdom is unlimited because beings are unlimited.” P18k P25k

This means suppose a being is taught in this explanation, so it exists in reality. Then the two extremes would also exist. But those two are not taught so this perfection is limitless. Because a being is not taught, therefore a being does not exist. Because it does not exist the two extremes do not exist either. Therefore, because it does not teach a being this perfection is unlimited.

5.­129

“Without apprehending any dharma… still they make known the presentation of the three vehicles”1146‍— P18k P25k

ultimately and conventionally.

5.­130

“But without apprehending the tathāgata as other than the perfection of giving”1147‍— P18k P25k

this means the dharma body’s tathāgata is the intrinsic nature of the buddhadharmas. When bodhisattvas train in that, because it is ultimately the intrinsic nature of the buddhadharmas there is also no difference between bodhisattvas and tathāgatas so

“you… should therefore call them… just tathāgatas.” [F.182.b] P18k P25k

5.­131

Since bodhisattvas newly practicing the buddhadharmas are the intrinsic nature of the buddhadharmas, because he1148 would teach,

“the tathāgata… Dīpaṅkara,” P18k P25k

having seen that he was inseparable from the buddhadharmas, prophesied he would be a tathāgata. Thus it gives the example of Dīpaṅkara.

5.­132

“Then those gods said to the Lord”1149‍— P18k P25k

because the Lord had obtained the prophesy from Dīpaṅkara‍—

“It is amazing, Lord, this perfection of wisdom of the bodhisattva great beings, through not appropriating and rejecting form,” P18k P25k

up to

“is favorable to getting hold of1150 the knowledge of all aspects.” P18k P25k

5.­133

This means it is amazing that it assists a “knowledge of all aspects” not there before, even though the two, “getting hold of and rejecting,” do not exist, because a real superior or inferior thing in the dharmas, form and so on, does not exist.

Explanation of Chapters 24 to 33

Beneficial qualities

5.­134

Then the Lord, knowing the four retinues of monks, nuns, P18k P25k

and so on, takes as its point of departure the Perfection of Wisdom that is being explained.1151 It teaches the beneficial qualities that come about in this life and in later lives from this explanation of the Dharma that up to here has constituted the meaning, and that serves as the cause for an increase of much merit.

5.­135

“Emptiness becomes a good sustainable position”1152 P18k P25k

teaches just a concordant cause with emptiness as the sustainable position, which is to say, to them1153 all ordinary things appear as empty, and the self, too, appears as empty.

5.­136

Here it teaches why

“emptiness finds no way to infiltrate emptiness.” P18k P25k

5.­137

That

“with which they might infiltrate” P18k P25k

is wicked action. A level or a place of the gods is

“where infiltration might take place.” P18k P25k

5.­138

That

“into which infiltration might take place” P18k P25k

is a bodhisattva. It is because they are all nonexistent. I will not spell it out [F.183.a] here because the scripture is easy to interpret.

5.­139

“Guarding, protection, and safekeeping”1154‍— P18k P25k

“guarding” is establishing all physical well-being; “protection” is defending against all external dangers; and “safekeeping” is stopping internal sickness and so on.

5.­140

Here, furthermore, it teaches four benefits: not being infiltrated, not dying an untimely death, not getting scared and so on, and being protected by the gods.

5.­141

Teaching by analogy, with

“to illustrate, … if this… were filled with śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas like a thicket of sugarcane,” P18k P25k

and so on, it teaches the greater value.1155

5.­142

This teaches the benefits in this life and the many benefits in future lives. There are the ten,

“a perfect family” P18k P25k

and so on;1156 they

“magically produce themselves” P18k P25k

and teach the doctrine; they

“have taken possession of… all the buddhadharmas”; P18k P25k

calm those who fight and contradict them and so on; the causes of those; perfectly gaining the six perfections; the absence of being disturbed1157 and so on; the analogy of medicine;1158 stopping all nonbright dharmas;1159 protecting and increasing

“wholesome dharmas”;1160 P18k P25k

“polite speech” P18k P25k

and so on; promotion of the ten wholesome actions; promotion of all the buddhadharmas; and

“training perfectly” P18k P25k

in each of the six perfections.1161

5.­143

“Has been made available in order to tame… and in order to lessen their conceit”1162‍— P18k P25k

it is “made available” to

“bodhisattvas… practicing the ordinary” P18k P25k

practices to fully guide them in the pursuit of the career, and it is also “made available” in order to lessen their conceit when

“without skillful means” P18k P25k

they are conceited. When they pursue the career

“without apprehending” P18k P25k

anything and this perfection of wisdom is completely guiding them, it has been made available in order to fully guide them, and been made available in order to lessen their conceit because they do not become conceited. [F.183.b]

Merits

5.­144

Then1163 it teaches that it protects from weapons in a battle and the reasons for that; that it protects from external harms and the reasons for that; and that it does not present an opportunity for infiltration.1164 It teaches with the example of the site of awakening; and with1165

“having borne respectfully in mind this perfection of wisdom written out in book form” P18k P25k

it teaches the qualities of the perfection of wisdom as a collection of statements and collection of letters. It teaches that places come to serve as caityas because of the perfection of wisdom, and it teaches that the worship there of the perfection of wisdom is superior to worship of a caitya filled with the physical remains of a tathāgata and the reasons for that; that there are more beings who are lacking and many fewer who are good and the reasons for that; that in the ten directions there are more beings in the deficient vehicle and the reasons for that; that it is necessary to engage constantly in listening to this explanation and so on; that worshiping it1166 is superior to worshiping

5.­145

“a stūpa be made of the seven precious things”; P18k P25k

that there is more merit from that than from worshiping just a

“Jambudvīpa,” P18k P25k

just a

“millionfold world system,” P18k P25k

or just a

“billionfold world system” P18k P25k

full of stūpas; and that there is more merit from worshiping the perfection of wisdom than all beings in all world systems worshiping that many stūpas. Similarly, it teaches there is more merit from worshiping it than if1167

5.­146

“each single being of the beings in as many world systems as there are sand particles in the Gaṅgā River in each of the ten directions” P18k P25k

were to have made a stūpa of the seven precious things and worshiped it, and the reasons for that. It teaches that when the perfection of wisdom is present in the world the cause of the special ordinary and extraordinary good qualities comes about; the entrusting to Śatakratu;1168 and the benefits conveyed using the analogy of the gods and asuras when they

5.­147

“engage… in battle” P18k P25k

and so on. It gives it the names1169

“a great knowledge-mantra… an unsurpassable knowledge-mantra… a knowledge-mantra equal to the unequaled,” P18k P25k

and teaches the reasons for those. It is “a great knowledge-mantra” because it has all ordinary and extraordinary attributes and hence is exceedingly great; it is “an unsurpassable knowledge-mantra” [F.184.a] because there is no other above it; and it is “a knowledge-mantra equal to the unequaled” because there is none equal to it. By giving the illustration of

5.­148

“the disk of the moon” P18k P25k

it teaches that it serves as the cause of all bright dharmas issuing forth, and it serves as the cause of skillful means. It also teaches1170

“these good qualities in this very life… poisoning will not cause the time of their death… or fire, weapons, or water… up to sickness”; P18k P25k

and they are not persecuted by retainers of

“a royal family.” P18k P25k

5.­149

It teaches the benefits of these good qualities:1171 they will not be separated from all the bright dharmas; they will not be

“born in the hells, the animal world,” P18k P25k

or as ghosts; they will not

“have incomplete faculties… missing limbs… [or] be born in” P18k P25k

a low caste; they will have

“a body adorned with the marks” P18k P25k

and signs; and they will take birth in a buddhafield,

“pass on… to buddhafields… [and] bring beings to maturity and purify a buddhafield,” P18k P25k

and so on.

5.­150

Then it teaches1172

“religious mendicants… a hundred of them… went back,” P18k P25k

and the reasons for that, and that

“Māra… turned back”;1173 P18k P25k

that all the gods offer worship and praise, and make the commitment to

“guard and protect”;1174 P18k P25k

and that those who take it up will become endowed with the finest wholesome roots. In this context,1175 what emerges from the perfection of wisdom is the knowledge of all aspects.

5.­151

“Issues forth from… the knowledge of all aspects” P18k P25k

and

“the perfection of wisdom” P18k P25k

teaches that they are different conventionally, and

“the knowledge of all aspects is not one thing and the perfection of wisdom another” P18k P25k

teaches that they are not different ultimately.

5.­152

“The knowledge of all aspects issues forth from the perfection of wisdom” P18k P25k

is the practice level;

“the perfection of wisdom issues forth from the knowledge of all aspects” [F.184.b] P18k P25k

is the result level.

5.­153

“The knowledge of all aspects is not one thing and the perfection of wisdom another” P18k P25k

because both constitute the dharma body.

5.­154

After that Ānanda speaks,1176 and then, from1177

“all the buddhadharmas are preceded by the perfection of wisdom,” P18k P25k

up to

“Ānanda, … have been dedicated to the knowledge of all aspects in a nondual way,” P18k P25k

it says that when giving has been dedicated to the knowledge of all aspects, at that time, having understood analytically that the perfection of giving and the knowledge of all aspects are not different and not two at the result level, when engaging in giving it

“gets the name ‘perfection of giving.’ ” P18k P25k

5.­155

“Ānanda, by way of the nonduality of form, in a nonappropriating way, in a nonapprehending way”1178‍— P18k P25k

the true dharmic nature of form is “by way of the nonduality of form”; falsely imagined form is “by way of nonapprehending”; and conceptualized form is “by way of nonappropriating.” In

“that which is nondual cannot be apprehended,”

the nondual is the thoroughly established phenomenon. It is not settled down on as something apprehended and falsely imagined.

5.­156

“That which cannot be apprehended is not appropriated”

means that the absence of settling down by way of apprehending is not appropriated by the conceptualization that pays attention to it.

5.­157

Then again it teaches1179 infinite good qualities of the perfection of wisdom: that it serves as the cause of

“an immeasurable… morality” P18k P25k

and so on, and surpasses the

“morality… of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas” P18k P25k

and so on. It teaches Śatakratu’s commitment to

5.­158

“guard, protect, and keep safe”; P18k P25k

the gods connecting with confidence giving a readiness to speak;1180 not being cowed in front of retinues; [F.185.a] not fault-finding; not feeling cowed and so on; being liked by the whole world; the seamless1181 true nature of dharmas; all the gods taking up the perfection of wisdom; the offering of a gift of Dharma to them; the gods guarding; the sign

5.­159

“the gods have come”;1182 P18k P25k

the inferior gods withdrawing; belief in the vast;1183 worship of the place; feeling a sense of physical pleasure and so on; having no weariness and so on; having good dreams;

5.­160

bodies being infused with energy;1184 P18k P25k

not being greedy for the four requirements;1185 worshiping all the buddhas in world systems all around in the ten directions with the four requirements; there being more merit merely from having respected this perfection of wisdom, even if it has not been taken up and so on, than from having stūpas made of the seven various precious stones and worshiping them; and there being more merit from taking up the perfection of wisdom than were

“Śatakratu, head of the gods” P18k P25k

to have

“filled this Jambudvīpa right to the top with the physical remains of the tathāgatas,” P18k P25k

and the reasons for that.

5.­161

In this context,1186

“Kauśika, the perfection of wisdom cannot be apprehended” P18k P25k

because it “cannot be apprehended” with thinking-mind consciousness. It

“cannot be pointed out” P18k P25k

because it “cannot be pointed out” with words. It

“does not obstruct” P18k P25k

because, since it is not an object of sense consciousness, it “does not obstruct” as an object does. It

“has only one mark‍—that is, no mark” P18k P25k

because it is separated from all imaginary marks.

5.­162

“It is not a place to be seized or not seized” P18k P25k

because it is not suitable to be conceptualized as something that can be seized or something that cannot be seized;

“to be increased or reduced” P18k P25k

because it is not a place for the elimination of things on the dark side or [F.185.b] the increase of things on the bright side; or

“to be taken away from or added to” P18k P25k

because it is not a place for the removal of saṃsāric dharmas or the accomplishment of nirvāṇic dharmas. And why? Because it is without all attachments to such conceptualizations. You should connect it in the same way with them all.1187

5.­163

“A dual perfection of wisdom is not available” P18k P25k

means were the perfection of wisdom to be a mode of seizing and not seizing and so on, it would be in a dual state and would be available with a diverse nature, but it is ultimately one, not broken apart, so ultimately such a proliferation of activity is absent from it.

5.­164

“Similarly, a perfection of giving, a perfection of morality,” P18k P25k

and so on, in the ultimate state are essentially one, and hence

“are not two,” P18k P25k

because they are not broken apart. Therefore, it says,

“Kauśika… is simply to accept suchness as two,” P18k P25k

and so on. All those perfections of wisdom and so on are one in the form of suchness; they are not there as a duality.

5.­165

It gives the illustration of [the throne]1188

“in the Sudharmā assembly of gods” P18k P25k

and teaches that the physical remains of all the tathāgatas have come about from this perfection of wisdom.

5.­166

“The perfection of wisdom has no causal sign” P18k P25k

because it

“has no token, is inexpressible,” P18k P25k

and so on, and is therefore separated from all thought constructions. It “has no token” because it is separated from its own defining mark. It “is inexpressible” because it is not within the range of words. It

“cannot be talked about” P18k P25k

because it is not in the form of language. It

“is inconceivable” P18k

because it is self-reflexive analytic knowledge.

5.­167

After that it teaches that there will be none of the bad forms of life or lesser vehicle aspirations and so on; that there is more merit from taking up this perfection of wisdom than from

“this billionfold world system filled right to the top with the physical remains [F.186.a] of tathāgatas,” P18k P25k

and the reasons for that; that

“the tathāgata and the perfection of wisdom are not two”; P18k P25k

that for all the buddhas in the ten directions to teach the twelvefold doctrine1189 and to read the perfection of wisdom out loud

“is equivalent”; P18k P25k

and that worshiping all the tathāgatas of the ten directions and worshiping the perfection of wisdom

“is equivalent.” P18k P25k

5.­168

It teaches that those who have taken up the perfection of wisdom and so on stand on the irreversible level;1190 the analogy of

“a person fearful of rich creditors”; P18k P25k

that they reach the true nature of dharmas‍—

“complete nirvāṇa”;1191 P18k P25k

the analogy of

“the large jewel”; P18k P25k

again,1192 that there is more merit from taking up this perfection of wisdom than from

“as many… world systems as there are sand particles in the Gaṅgā River filled right to the top with the physical remains of tathāgatas,” P18k P25k

and the reason for that; and seeing

“the dharma body, the form body, and the knowledge body.”1193 P25k

The “knowledge body” is the knowledge accumulation.

5.­169

“What the dharmas actually are when compounded”1194‍—

they have transcendental knowledge with conceptualization as their intrinsic nature.

5.­170

“What dharmas actually are when they are uncompounded”‍—

the intrinsic nature that is the inexpressible, the ultimate is what dharmas actually are when they are uncompounded.

5.­171

“Gives detailed instruction for the three vehicles, and instruction by way of no causal sign, by way of no production, by way of no stopping,”1195 P18k P25k

and so on‍—it says this intending the nirvāṇa of śrāvakas at the result stage.

5.­172

Ultimately, the perfection of wisdom

“is not over there or over here, or has stayed up or sunk down,” P18k P25k

and so on. It explains it like this because, again, at the thoroughly established stage such conceptualizations and causal signs do not exist.

5.­173

“Replied Śatakratu, “This‍—that is, the perfection of wisdom‍—is a great perfection.” P18k P25k

He says this having thought about [F.186.b] the intrinsic nature of the wisdom that is perfect. The attention that does not apprehend any dharma does not see it, so it is like space because it is a greater object.

5.­174

As for the analogy of the trees,1196 the perfection of wisdom is like the trees; those other than it are like the shadows.

It teaches that giving to others has a greater result than personal worship.

5.­175

“Shatters the vajra-like body and imbues the physical remains of the tathāgata with a special power”1197‍— P18k P25k

this teaches that what has been shared has a greater result.

5.­176

“Who goes to others and explicates” P18k P25k

is teaching the activity of teaching.

5.­177

“ ‘What should I rely on and stay by, whom should I respect, revere, honor, and worship?’ ”1198 P18k P25k

is teaching that if even the Tathāgata worshiped this perfection of wisdom, it goes without saying those others than him should. The section of the passage that says,

“Kauśika, those sons of a good family or daughters of a good family who have entered into the Śrāvaka Vehicle or who have entered into the Pratyekabuddha Vehicle,” P18k P25k

is teaching that the perfection of wisdom is the principal cause and therefore should be worshiped.

5.­178

Then there is a section1199 teaching that the result of merit is greater

“from establishing one being in the result of stream enterer, but not so much from establishing the beings in Jambudvīpa in the ten wholesome actions.” P18k P25k

5.­179

Then, having taught the increase in merit in a further section, teaching that there is more merit from having1200

“written out this perfection of wisdom in book form and bestowed it” P18k P25k

than from, up to

“establishing all the beings in Jambudvīpa in the state of a worthy one and a pratyekabuddha’s awakening,” P18k P25k

and taught that the reason for that is that

“in this perfection of wisdom are taught the dharmas without outflows,” P18k P25k

it teaches that it serves as the cause for the appearance of all ordinary special beings and serves as the cause for the appearance of noble beings. Then there is the section1201 about greater merit from having

“written out this perfection of wisdom in book form and bestowed it” P18k P25k

than from having established all the beings in this four continent world system… thousandfold… millionfold… [F.187.a] a great billionfold world system… or in world systems in the ten directions in the state of a worthy one and a pratyekabuddha’s awakening; the section on the reason for that‍—that in it are taught dharmas without outflows; the section teaching that it serves as the cause for the appearance of all ordinary special beings and serves as the cause for the appearance of noble beings; and then the teaching on the greater merit, and the teaching that properly paying attention is the main thing.

5.­180

“There, properly paying attention is this: taking up… this perfection of wisdom with an understanding that operates without duality.”1202 P18k P25k

This means that engaging “with an understanding” that habitually “operates without duality” is “properly paying attention.”

5.­181

Then there is the section1203 on the great increase in merit and the teaching that meaning is principal.

5.­182

“There the meaning of the perfection of wisdom is this:” P18k P25k

first,

“not viewing the perfection of wisdom as two and not viewing it as not two.” P18k P25k

5.­183

This means never mind a dualistic nature, there is not even the idea that because it is separated from the conceptualization of all dharmas the nature of the nonconceptual perfection of wisdom is nondual, so the perfection of wisdom is not viewed in a dual way and it is not viewed in a nondual way either. There,1204

“not viewing the perfection of wisdom as a causal sign or as not a causal sign,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches the nonexistence of fourteen conceptualizations of fourteen states: being an objective support, the maturation of karma, being a differentiated object of knowledge, transformation of the basis, apprehension of the meaning of true reality, ascending from one level to another level, different levels, practice, paying attention, [F.187.b] elimination, realization, witnessing the true nature of dharmas, meditating on suchness, and nirvāṇa.

5.­184

There, it says “not as a causal sign and not as not a causal sign” because, when apprehending an objective support, it does not grasp the falsely imagined causal sign of form and so on, and the idea “there is no causal sign” does not occur. Similarly, it says not

5.­185

“as brought in or as sent out,” P18k P25k

because it does not conceive of bringing something into existence at the time of the karmic action, and it does not conceive of being sent out in forms of life at the time of the maturation. Similarly, it says not

5.­186

“as taken away or as added on,” P18k P25k

because, when differentiating dharmas as objects of knowledge, it does not take anything away by over-negating something that exists, and it does not add anything on by over-reifying something that does not exist. Similarly, it says not

5.­187

“as defilement or as purification,” P18k P25k

because, when in the state of an ordinary person, the tathāgata­garbha is naturally pure, so there is no defilement, and even when there is a transformation of the basis there is no purification not already there before, like space. Similarly, it says not

5.­188

“as a production or as a cessation,” P18k P25k

because no production or stopping is seen in the true nature of dharmas because all dharmas are not produced and do not stop. Similarly, it says not

5.­189

“as grasped or as rejected,” P18k P25k

because, even when ascending from a lower level to a higher level, ultimately it does not grasp a special realization dharma at a higher level and does not reject an inferior realization dharma at a lower level. Similarly, it says not

5.­190

“as stationed or as not stationed,” P18k P25k

because it does not conceive of having to be stationed on a higher level and it does not conceive of having to be not stationed on a lower level, [F.188.a] because both being stationed and not being stationed are simply just imaginary. Similarly, it says not

5.­191

“as true or as mistaken,” P18k P25k

because when engaging in the practice of calm abiding and special insight the ideas “this is correct practice” and “this is not correct practice” do not occur. Similarly, it says not

5.­192

“as right or as wrong,” P18k

because, even when zealously paying attention to true reality correctly, the ideas “this attention is produced in the right way,” and “this is produced in the wrong way” do not occur. Similarly, it says not

5.­193

“as tiny or as not tiny,” P18k

because, even though, when eliminating the afflictive obscurations and the knowledge obscurations that are the final basis of suffering, the tiny conceptualization of afflictions is eliminated in stages, such an idea does not occur. Similarly, it says not

5.­194

“as a part or as not a part,” P18k P25k

because, even when realizing the ultimate in the form of suchness in stages through parts‍—“in the omnipresent sense, the tip sense, the outflow sense, the neither defilement nor purification sense, the nothing is lacking and nothing added sense” and so on1205‍—such an idea does not occur. Similarly, it says not

5.­195

“as a dharma or as not a dharma,” P18k P25k

because, even when making the true nature of dharmas manifest and bringing the true nature of dharmas to completion, if there is any idea of something in the form of a dharma or not a dharma the actual stable suchness is not appearing. Similarly, it says not

5.­196

“as suchness or as not suchness,” P18k P25k

because even when meditating on suchness the ideas “this is suchness” and “this is something else” do not occur. And similarly, [F.188.b] it says not

5.­197

“as the very limit of reality or as not the very limit of reality,” P18k P25k

because even when in nirvāṇa “this is the very limit of reality and this is its opposite” is not grasped.

5.­198

In regard to

“this is the meaning of nondual,” P18k P25k

it is explained that this “meaning” is counted in one way as what is to be explained and counted in another way as apprehending; and in regard to this “nondual,” that apprehending the meaning to be explained‍—the perfection of wisdom that has been explained‍—and the nonconceptual perfection of wisdom is apprehending the meaning of the perfection of wisdom.

5.­199

Then the section on

“in both the meaning and the letter” P18k P25k

teaches that the merit from explaining this is greater than the merit from personally taking it up.

5.­200

Then there is the section about the greater merit from explaining this than from having worshiped

“with all the requirements for happiness, all the buddhas in the ten directions”; P18k P25k

then the section on the merit from explaining this

“without apprehending anything” P18k P25k

being greater than the merit from practicing the six perfections

“for infinite, incalculable eons by way of apprehending something”; P18k P25k

and the section on the perfections while apprehending something.

5.­201

There are four sections1206 on the

“counterfeit perfection of wisdom.” P18k P25k

5.­202

The first is the section teaching cultivation while apprehending something; the second is the section teaching the perfections with results; the third is the section about gaining

“immeasurable merit”; P18k P25k

and the fourth is the section teaching rejoicing and dedication.

5.­203

The sections teaching the perfectly pure perfection of wisdom are also two.1207 The first is the section on the instruction that they should not apprehend anything;1208 the second is the section on not having a view of any dharma and not resting on grasping a view as absolute. [F.189.a]

5.­204

Then there are six sections1209 teaching that there is more merit from explaining it to others than the merit from establishing the beings in Jambudvīpa… in the four continents… in a thousandfold… a millionfold… a billionfold world system… or in world systems in the ten directions in the result of stream enterer; similarly, the six sections teach that there is more merit from explaining it to others than the merit from establishing beings

“in the result of once-returner,” P18k P25k

up to

“a pratyekabuddha’s awakening,” P18k P25k

based on the beings in Jambudvīpa, the four continents and so on; similarly, the six sections teach that there is more merit from explaining it to others than the merit from causing beings to take up

“unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening” P18k P25k

based on the beings in Jambudvīpa, the four continents and so on; similarly, there are also the six sections about those established

“in the irreversible state”; P18k P25k

and then also the six sections teaching that there is more merit from explaining

“to one” P18k P25k

for the purpose of speedy clairvoyance than the merit from explaining to those who have been established in the irreversible state.1210 There is then the section where Śatakratu teaches and the section where the elder Subhūti rejoices.1211

Those are the subsections of the exposition here.

Rejoicing and dedication

5.­205

Then also in this context of teaching that it1212 is greater merit, having taught that merit from rejoicing is highest, to set the scene for the explanation it says,

“Then the bodhisattva Maitreya said to the… venerable monk Subhūti,”1213 P18k P25k

and so on. The meaning is this:

“in comparison to the bases of meritorious action arisen from” P18k P25k

rejoicing in the giving, morality, and meditation of all beings, śrāvakas, and pratyekabuddhas, the single merit from rejoicing in and dedicating when it is a bodhisattva who has set out to pay attention to not apprehending anything is

“the highest.” [F.189.b] P18k P25k

5.­206

Then Maitreya gives the reason for that, saying,

“Because all the bases of meritorious action arisen from giving,” P18k P25k

and so on,

“of those… in the Śrāvaka Vehicle and those… in the Pratyekabuddha Vehicle are made” P18k P25k

available just

“for personal disciplining… a bodhisattva’s… is for disciplining all beings.” P18k P25k

5.­207

After he says that, the elder Subhūti takes it in his hands and says:1214 If all the wholesome roots of all the buddhas in the ten directions, gathering a retinue of beings, bringing them to maturity, freeing them, and so on; the five aggregates;1215 all the buddhadharmas; the collection1216 of Dharma teachings; the dharma body that is reached; the wholesome roots of bodhisattvas; and perfect, complete awakening were apprehended and were to come into being, since the wholesome roots from the rejoicing of bodhisattvas has to do with an absence of

“entities and objective supports,” P18k P25k

they would be like the four errors.1217 If anything like those “objective supports” and “entities” existed, in that case, all dharmas‍—form, feeling, and so on; the thought of awakening, the six perfections, the aggregates, the constituents, the sense bases, and so on; up to

“the eighteen distinct attributes of a buddha”‍— P18k P25k

would also exist like them. But if they, like those objective supports and like those entities, were to be nonexistent, in that case they would all be nonexistent. He is asking how, if that is the case, since the objective supports, entities, wholesome roots, rejoicing, and bases of meritorious action would be nonexistent, would dedication be achieved. He is saying that has to be explained.

5.­208

“And if, just like it is with the entities and how it is with the objective supports too, awakening is like that; if thought is like that,” P18k P25k

means in that case, just as the entities and objective supports are nonexistent, the thought of awakening and so on would be nonexistent too. [F.190.a]

[B19]

5.­209

After he says that, the bodhisattva Maitreya says that there is no objection that they fashion causal signs and make the dedication if they are bodhisattvas who are characterized by having a mature knowledge of emptiness, but the objection is properly directed to those bodhisattvas who are immature, not well trained, and new. Those who have a knowledge of emptiness do not fashion causal signs and make the dedication.

5.­210

“Venerable monk Subhūti, if those bodhisattva great beings again and again practice the six perfections,”1218 P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that because they are new they do not have faults like the four errors.

5.­211

Then,

“Venerable monk Subhūti, you should not give an exposition of this doctrine… like this in the presence of bodhisattvas who have newly set out in the vehicle,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that new bodhisattvas are not receptacles for the explanation of this emptiness. If it is explained to them, because they have a

“smidgeon of faith,” P18k P25k

and so on, it teaches that there is the fault that what they have gotten will be spoiled and what they have not gotten will be spoiled too.

5.­212

“The explanation… has to be given in the presence of bodhisattvas irreversible…”‍— P18k P25k

it is not wrong when it is explained to those who are mature.

5.­213

Then,1219

“they will be, venerable monk Subhūti, those whose bases of meritorious action arisen from rejoicing will be dedicated in that way to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches the ultimate dedication.

5.­214

Fashioning causal signs and making the dedication is illogical in four ways:

there is no connection between the two‍—the rejoicing thought and the dedicating thought; there is no connection between apprehending the basis, the wholesome root, and the basis of the meritorious action; there is no connection between the two‍—[F.190.b] the dedication and to what the dedication is being made; and there is no dedication.

“The thought that does the rejoicing and dedication” P18k P25k

of the wholesome roots to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening

“is a thought that is extinguished, stopped, nonexistent, and has run out” P18k P25k

teaches that there is no connection between the two thoughts.

5.­215

“And those entities and those objective supports, those wholesome roots, and those bases of meritorious action arisen from rejoicing are extinguished, stopped, nonexistent, and have run out,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that there are no “entities” and so on.

5.­216

“Does thought dedicate thought? If thought were to dedicate thought, there would be no coming together of two thoughts” P18k P25k

teaches that there is no connection between the two‍—the dedication and to what the dedication is being made.

5.­217

“The intrinsic nature of thought cannot be dedicated” P18k P25k

teaches that there is no thought making the dedication. It teaches that thought is a construction because of the nonexistence of its intrinsic nature, and nonexistence cannot make a dedication.

5.­218

“When bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom thus know the perfection of wisdom is a nonexistent thing,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that it is characterized as a nonexistent thing.

5.­219

“The bodhisattva Maitreya then asked the elder Subhūti, “Venerable monk Subhūti, when bodhisattva great beings who have newly set out in the vehicle,” P18k P25k

and so on. He is asking what the rejoicing and dedication of those who have newly set out are. And with

“when bodhisattvas… who have newly set out in the vehicle,” P18k P25k

and so on, Subhūti teaches Maitreya that they have to do it based on training

“by way of not apprehending anything.”1220 P18k P25k

5.­220

“And, having heard about those works of Māra from them, no decrease happens and no increase happens,”1221 [F.191.a] P18k P25k

because of the absence of constructing those in thought.

5.­221

“Grasp the bodhisattva lineage”‍— P18k P25k

pay attention to suchness.

5.­222

Then, having taught one of the many explanations of rejoicing in general, it sets the scene for the ultimate explanation with,1222

“Furthermore, Maitreya, bodhisattva great beings who have newly set out in the vehicle should compress together the merit accumulations and the wholesome roots planted by the lord buddhas whose path has come to an end, whose thought constructions and cravings for existence have been cut off,” P18k P25k

and so on.

5.­223

Then Maitreya asks1223 him how do they not go wrong and then the elder Subhūti teaches a section on dedication free of basic immorality, ninefold.

5.­224

There, the first section is that dedication is not wrong based on the absence of the six perceptions,1224 but otherwise it will be wrong.

5.­225

The second section is where it says

“it is a conforming dedication,” P18k P25k

if they contemplate like this: ultimately there is no dedication because thinking about the thought of buddhas and so on, as well as the thought of the dedication,

“are extinguished”‍— P18k P25k

even awakening is nonexistent, dharmas are empty of an intrinsic nature, and dedication is nonexistent as well.

5.­226

Then the third is where it says1225 if, having rejoiced in the merits, whatever they may be, of all

“past, future, and present” P18k P25k

śrāvakas, bodhisattvas, buddhas, and ordinary beings,

“they rejoice in them and dedicate them, paying attention to their being”

extinguished,

“paying attention to there being no dedication, and paying attention to the” P25k

emptiness of an intrinsic nature,

“by that dedication they” P25k

dedicate to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening.

5.­227

Then the fourth is where it says when they

“are aware that the piling up of” P18k P25k

the merit from dedication is isolated from all dharmas, and all dharmas are isolated from an intrinsic nature, they dedicate with

“the best, up to the equal to the unequaled dedication.”1226 [F.191.b] P25k

5.­228

Then the fifth, as before, is where it says that when they rejoice in the wholesome roots and dedicate them, they dedicate while aware that the śrāvakas, pratyekabuddhas, bodhisattvas, wholesome roots, dedication, awakening, and the thought doing the dedication are the same in their intrinsic nature.

5.­229

Then the sixth1227 is where it says that when they fashion a causal sign for the wholesome roots and dedicate them, and, by paying attention to past buddhas as past, fashion a causal sign for them and pay attention to them as an object, it becomes wrong, but when

“they do not form a knowledge of and do not give validity to those wholesome roots, those accumulations, or those productions of the thought,” P18k P25k

they dedicate perfectly.

5.­230

Then the seventh is the section of the dedication that has not been poisoned.1228 This is where the bodhisattva Maitreya, thinking how is it possible that the two‍—not fashioning a causal sign and dedication‍—are not a contradiction, asks the elder Subhūti, who then teaches that it is when the dedication is made by

“bodhisattvas who are skilled.” P18k P25k

5.­231

Then the bodhisattva Maitreya teaches that bodhisattvas who want to make a perfect dedication

“should reflect deeply as follows: … those buddhas, those wholesome roots, those accumulations, and those… thoughts” P18k P25k

do not exist; nevertheless, look how having fashioned causal signs I construct them all in my mind. Tathāgatas do not permit such a dedication where, having fashioned such causal signs, they conceptualize them. It is similar to a delicacy that has been poisoned. So such a dedication should not be made, and training should not be done in that. Therefore, having taken the Buddha alone as authority, they make a dedication, thinking, “I shall dedicate those wholesome roots just as the lord buddhas [F.192.a] understand them.”

5.­232

Then the eighth is where it says1229 dedication while paying attention to all dharmas that do not belong to the three realms and three time periods

“has not been poisoned.” P18k P25k

Dedication other than that

“has been poisoned.” P18k P25k

5.­233

And then the ninth is where it says

“I too must dedicate… in this truly dharmic way,” P18k P25k

which is the domain of the transcendental knowledge of the buddhas.

5.­234

Then the Lord, having rejoiced in many ways in those statements,1230 gives a threefold teaching about greatly increasing merit.

5.­235

The first is

“this dedication… without attachment1231 creates even more merit than” P18k P25k

the merit

“if all the beings that are in the billionfold world system were to obtain the ten wholesome actions… the concentrations, … the immeasurables, … the absorptions, and… the clairvoyances.” P18k P25k

5.­236

The second1232 is that one has even more than the merit created from having served those beings if they

“were to become stream enterers,” P18k P25k

and so on, up to

“worthy ones and pratyekabuddhas,” P18k P25k

with the four necessities for as long as they live.

5.­237

And the third1233 is, were all those beings to have become bodhisattvas, just that same one has even more than the masses of merit such as those created by all the beings in the ten directions were they to have served each of them with the four necessities and

“with all the requirements for happiness… for as many eons as there are sand particles in the Gaṅgā River.” P18k P25k

5.­238

“Lord, if that basis of meritorious action had a physical form it would not fit in even as many world systems as there are sand particles in the Gaṅgā River” P18k P25k

means all of it would not fit there.

5.­239

Then there is a section1234 on earlier merits being inferior [F.192.b] because they have the perception of a causal sign and

“a perception that apprehends something,” P18k

and masses of dedication merits being greater than them because they do not exist.

5.­240

Then there are two sections1235 where all the chiefs of the gods and gods living in the desire realm, and all the Brahmās in the higher realms, have worshiped and raised their voices in praise, and then the section teaching that the merit of a single bodhisattva who dedicates while not apprehending anything is much greater than the merit from the dedication by way of apprehending something by

“all the beings in a billionfold world system” P18k P25k

who have become bodhisattvas.

5.­241

The first rejoicing is

“without grasping, without rejecting, without falsely projecting, without acquiring, and without apprehending,”1236 P18k P25k

which teaches the sameness of those buddhas and those wholesome roots based on the fact that there is no worse or better in suchness. Similarly, because

“there is no production, cessation, defilement, purification,” P18k P25k

and so on,

“I1237 also rejoice,” P18k P25k

just like those buddhas, śrāvakas, pratyekabuddhas, bodhisattvas, and ordinary beings, and the wholesome roots, and the dedicating thought that all abide in suchness.

5.­242

Then the second is also rejoicing1238 while understanding analytically that all dharmas are comparable to

“liberation,” P18k P25k

which is to say, all dharmas are the same because they are comparable to that; because all dharmas are isolated from an intrinsic nature, so earlier at the stage of ordinary beings they

“are not bound, are not freed”; P18k P25k

5.­243

because all dharmas that are pure in their basic nature

“are not defiled” P18k P25k

earlier and

“are not purified” P18k

later;

5.­244

because all dharmas that are primordially calm

“are not produced” P18k P25k

through the power of earlier causes and conditions; because they have no intrinsic nature,

“do not appear,” P18k P25k

and later

“do not stop… have not changed places, [F.193.a] and have not been destroyed”1239‍— P18k P25k

5.­245

thus all dharmas are the same because

“they are not bound, are not freed, are not defiled, and are not purified, … are not produced, do not appear, and do not stop, have not changed places, and have not been destroyed.” P18k P25k

5.­246

Then there is the section1240 teaching that the merit from dedicating the aggregates of morality from

“practicing the perfections… by way of not apprehending anything” P18k P25k

is greater than merit accumulated from having served all the buddhas in the ten directions with all the requirements for happiness and by practicing the six perfections together with apprehending something.

These are the sections of the text on rejoicing.

Explanation of Chapters 34 to 36

Wheel of the Dharma and the perfection of wisdom

5.­247

Then Śāriputra, feeling faith after having heard about the vast merit from rejoicing in, and dedication of, such worship and reciting of the perfection of wisdom, and from giving and so on, begins with seventeen statements1241 in praise of this perfection of wisdom, to generate faith in others in the retinue.

5.­248

“Turning the wheel of the Dharma that has twelve aspects three times”‍— P18k P25k

the Lord turned “the wheel of the Dharma” of the four truths “that has twelve aspects three times.” There he turns it three times: One is: “These are the four truths.” It is the part of the speech stating the intrinsic nature of the four truths. The second turning is the part of the speech stating that just those four truths have to be comprehended, eliminated, realized, and cultivated. The third turning is the part of the speech stating that “I have comprehended, eliminated, realized, and cultivated” just those four truths. Those are the turning three times.

5.­249

For the truth of suffering [F.193.b] there are three aspects: the intrinsic nature of suffering, that it has to be comprehended, and that “I have comprehended.” For the truth of origination there are three aspects: the intrinsic nature of origination, that it has to be eliminated, and that “I have eliminated it.” For the truth of cessation there are three aspects: the intrinsic nature of cessation, that it has to be realized, and that “I have realized it.” And for the truth of the path there are three aspects: the intrinsic nature of the path, that it has to be cultivated, and that “I have cultivated it.” Thus, there are twelve aspects.

5.­250

“Lord, how does one stand in the perfection of wisdom?”1242 P18k P25k

Śatakratu has already asked earlier1243 about the way to stand in the perfection of wisdom, and it has already been explained, so this is not a question about the way to stand in the perfection of wisdom. Here “how does one stand” means this: how, by respecting and serving it, does one stand?1244

5.­251

“The perfection of wisdom is itself the Teacher and the Teacher is himself the perfection of wisdom.” P18k P25k

Because it does the work of the Buddha it is envisioned and taught to be not different.

5.­252

Śatakratu wonders,

“What occasioned this inquiry by the venerable monk Śāriputra? What was the catalyst?” P18k P25k

because he is not satisfied with just those reasons Śāriputra has given. So then Śāriputra says

“assisted by the perfection of wisdom” P18k P25k

and so on. It teaches that this perfection of wisdom is principal. It teaches that even though all the perfections other than that are causes of unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening, they are governed by it, so it should be greatly respected.

5.­253

“Dedicate” P18k P25k

them all1245

“to the knowledge of all aspects” P18k

by rejoicing in them.

5.­254

“When the five perfections are assisted by the perfection of giving, they do not get the name perfection.”1246 [F.194.a] P18k P25k

It says this because it taught earlier that all six are lodged one in the other and work as a single cause.

5.­255

“It is not so, Kauśika, it is not so” P18k P25k

is teaching that when you complete one of the six perfections, all six are completed, so they are reciprocally one and just simply one cause, but, unlike the perfection of wisdom that is the nature of them all, they are not therefore the cause in all respects.

5.­256

“Lord, how should [they]… find and produce within themselves the perfection of wisdom?”1247 P18k P25k

Here too it is not asking how they find and produce the perfection of wisdom within themselves, it is asking what the result of finding and producing the perfection of wisdom within themselves is.

5.­257

“So they do not find and produce within themselves form” P18k P25k

means: so form is a nonexistent thing.

5.­258

“Lord, how do they find and produce within themselves the perfection of wisdom so that they do not find and produce within themselves form?”1248 P18k P25k

This is the second question Śāriputra asks the Lord. It means: in what form within themselves should the perfection of wisdom be found and produced so that the nonexistence of form and so on is feasible?

5.­259

“Śāriputra, they should find and produce within themselves the perfection of wisdom as the nonenactment, the nonproduction, the noncessation, the nonappearance, the nondestruction, and the nonapprehension of form.” P18k P25k

5.­260

In the context of a thoroughly established phenomenon there is no “enactment” of falsely imagined form. There is neither “production nor cessation” from the perspective of a continuum. In each instant there is neither “appearance nor nondestruction.” And there is no “apprehension” because in all respects there is no production. It

“does not cause any dharma to be gained.” P18k P25k

At that time there are not any dharmas at all. [F.194.b]

5.­261

“It is counted as the perfection of wisdom.” P18k P25k

The nonconceptual effortless wisdom that has gone to the other side of the nonexistence of all dharmas is the “perfection of wisdom.”

5.­262

“The perfection of wisdom… does not cause even the knowledge of all aspects to be gained. It does not apprehend it.”1249 P18k P25k

In the context of the dharma body, just that is the perfection of wisdom, just that is the knowledge of all aspects. It does not apprehend that “the knowledge of all aspects is one thing and the perfection of wisdom another.”1250

5.­263

“Kauśika… it is because the perfection of wisdom does not cause it to be gained as a name, as a causal sign, or as something to be enacted.” P18k P25k

The true nature of dharmas is nonconceptual. The perfection of wisdom does not grasp any dharma at all through a name, causal sign, or enactment, so the knowledge of all aspects cannot be apprehended through that name, that causal sign, or that enactment.

5.­264

“Well then, Lord, how does this perfection of wisdom cause it to be gained?” P18k P25k

Insofar as the perfection of wisdom does cause the knowledge of all aspects to be gained conventionally, how does it cause it to be gained?

5.­265

“The perfection of wisdom causes it to be gained without apprehending, without asserting, without being stationed on, without forsaking, without settling down on, without grasping, and without rejecting anything at all, but it does not cause any dharma to be gained.” P18k P25k

5.­266

When apprehended and apprehender have become the same thing in the same form, this wisdom does not “apprehend” that this is a dharma I have to grasp; does not “assert” that I myself am the grasper; does not see, as does the eye and so on, as something “stationed”; does not see any defiling conceptualization that has to be “forsaken”; [F.195.a] does not “settle down” even slightly on “this is true” as being in the nature of truth; and does not “grasp or reject” because it does not see what is grasped and has to be joined with in the form of bright and dark sides. At that time, because it itself is the entity of the knowledge of all aspects, it is also said that “it causes the knowledge of all aspects to be gained.”

5.­267

“It is amazing, Lord, … this perfection of wisdom…”1251 P18k P25k

Because all dharmas do not exist, they are not produced, do not cease, do not occasion anything, are not apprehended, and are not destroyed in that context, it is explained with the names

“nonproduction” P18k P25k

and so on.

5.­268

It says if they

“have such ideas as ‘the perfection of wisdom causes all dharmas to be gained’ or ‘the perfection of wisdom does not cause all dharmas to be gained,’… the perfection of wisdom is forsaken,” P18k P25k

because both an existent thing and a nonexistent thing are thought constructions.

5.­269

“I do not have confidence in form.”1252 P18k P25k

This means the Lord has confidence in and comprehends form that is marked as a nonexistent thing. Construe the others similarly.

5.­270

“Subhūti, the perfection of wisdom gives me confidence because form cannot be apprehended,”1253 P18k P25k

and so on, means that having comprehended all dharmas, form and so on, as the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature, the Lord has “confidence in”‍—that is, has a directly realization of‍—the perfection of wisdom.

5.­271

“Does not make form bigger nor does not make it smaller”1254‍— P18k P25k

it1255 does not make the form of the true nature of dharmas that is thoroughly established bigger and it does not make falsely imagined form smaller. Construe them all similarly.

5.­272

“Those bodhisattva great beings with such notions, Lord, are not practicing the [F.195.b] the perfection of wisdom.”1256 P18k P25k

Were this perfection of wisdom to do anything, in that case it might be right to say ‘this perfection of wisdom does not do anything,’ but because this perfection of wisdom is beyond every false imagination it does not do anything at all. Therefore it is not right to say that “the perfection of wisdom does not make form bigger and does not make form smaller” and so on.

5.­273

“Lord… because… they are not in harmony with the perfection of wisdom as cause”1257 P18k P25k

means that because all dharmas remain in their intrinsic nature, in their own basic nature as it really is, there is nothing there in harmony with the perfection of wisdom as cause.

5.­274

Now it again teaches that even the perfection of wisdom is like form and so on, in twelve rounds of teaching beginning with

“because beings are not produced.” P18k P25k

You should view the perfection of wisdom as marked by nonproduction because a being is marked by not arising.

5.­275

There, “because beings are not produced,” up to

“because one who sees is not produced,”1258

intends the selflessness of persons. From

“because form is not produced, up to… because a buddha is not produced,” P18k P25k

intends the selflessness of dharmas.

5.­276

“There is no full awakening”1259 P18k P25k

of form and so on. There is no realization of them.

5.­277

“Because beings are not endowed with the powers,” P18k P25k

they are weak or do not have the power of wisdom.

Not bound and not freed

5.­278

“Because dharmas are in an inanimate material state”1260 P18k P25k

means because all dharmas are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature.

5.­279

The elder Śāriputra,1261 having heard that this perfection is thus in its nature big and vast, feels faith, and for the bodhisattvas poses four questions about the death and birth of bodhisattvas, the amount of time since they have set out, [F.196.a] the number of tathāgatas they have attended on, and the amount of time they have been practitioners of the perfections. That same part of the text sets the scene for an account of what happens to those forsaking the good Dharma, and that same part of the text also sets the scene for it being

“hard… to believe in this perfection of wisdom.”1262 P18k P25k

5.­280

Then, because it has taught it is hard to believe in, Subhūti asks the question,

“Just how deep, Lord, is this perfection of wisdom in which it is so hard for them to believe?” P18k P25k

5.­281

The Lord explains that it

“is not bound and it is not freed,” P18k P25k

explains about

“purity,” P18k P25k

explains about

“the unlimited,” P18k P25k

and explains about

“those who are attached and not attached.” P18k P25k

Thus, it sets the scene for a fourfold explanation.

5.­282

Among these,

“Subhūti… form is not bound and it is not freed.”1263 P18k P25k

5.­283

During the period of the cycle of existences, that which is the appearance of the thoroughly established true dharmic nature of form “is not bound,” because, for the entire duration it is not bound by all the bonds of affliction, karma, and maturation, and later during the period of the thoroughly established phenomenon it “is not freed” because freedom does not exist, so being “bound and freed” is said of just a falsely imagined state, not of the true dharmic nature of form that, like space, is not tainted by anything at all. Therefore, it says

“because the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature in form is form.” P18k P25k

This means falsely imagined form, the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature, is the true dharmic nature of form. You should construe all dharmas, up to the knowledge of all aspects, like this as well.

5.­284

Again, to elucidate just that, that it is not bound and is not freed, there is an explanation in tandem with the three time periods:

5.­285

“Subhūti, the prior limit of form is not bound and is not freed.”1264 P18k P25k

The “prior limit” is the true dharmic nature of form in the cycle of existences during the period when there are stains and impurity. [F.196.b] The

“present” P18k P25k

describes the present period during which there is purity and impurity.

“The later limit” P18k P25k

describes the future period when there is purity.

5.­286

“Because the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature in the prior limit is form” P18k P25k

teaches that what is marked as abiding without change in all three time periods is suchness, indicating that the true nature of dharmas does not have the mark of being freed over time.

Purity

5.­287

Having thus taught, through the explanation of not being bound and not being freed, that saṃsāra and nirvāṇa are nonexistent things, again, to teach that defilement and purification do not exist it begins the explanation of purity with

“that purity of form is the purity of the result.”1265 P18k P25k

5.­288

There the dharmas from form, up to, finally, the knowledge of all aspects, have no bonds so there is no defilement. Because there is no defilement they are pure in their intrinsic nature, and because they are pure in their intrinsic nature there are no purification dharmas either. Ultimately purification dharmas do not do anything at all to natural purity. So, even though defilement and purification are impossible, foolish beings construct them. They are not thoroughly established.

5.­289

Thus, having taught in one way that it is hard to believe,1266 it again teaches it is hard to believe because of purity. There, “just that purity of form is the purity of the result” means there is nothing other than purity that results from the purification dharmas‍—the perfections, the dharmas on the side of awakening, and so on. The true dharmic nature of form, the constantly abiding purity in the form of the thoroughly established nature, just that is purity in the form of the result.

You should construe all the dharmas like this as well.

5.­290

Having thus [F.197.a] taught the intrinsic nature of purity, then it teaches that the purity of all dharmas is also one, not broken apart:

“That purity of form is the purity of the result. That purity of the result is the purity of the perfection of wisdom. That purity of the perfection of wisdom is the purity of form.” P18k P25k

5.­291

There, the true dharmic nature of the form state is called “the purity of form.” The very limit of reality called the “nirvāṇa” state is called “the purity of the result.” The dharma body state is called “the purity of the perfection of wisdom.” The meaning there is that the suchness that is the purity of form is the purity of the result, that is, is freed; just that freedom is the purity of the perfection of wisdom, that is, is the dharma body; and just that dharma body is the purity of form, that is, is suchness. Hence suchness, freedom, and the dharma body are ultimately not broken apart.

5.­292

You should construe up to the purity of the knowledge of all aspects like this as well.

5.­293

Summing up in conclusion it teaches that the purity of all dharmas is one. Therefore, those purities from the purity of form, the purity of the result, and the purity of the perfection of wisdom, up to the knowledge of all aspects, are

“not two, not divided, not separate, and not broken apart.”1267 P18k P25k

They are “not two” because they are the same; they are “not divided” because you cannot divide them into different things; they are “not separate” because a particular one does not exist; they are “not broken apart” because nothing obstructs them, or, because they are constant.

5.­294

Thus, it has taught the purity of the result [F.197.b] shared in common with śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas. Now, to teach the uncommon purity of bodhisattvas it leaves out the result, and it teaches having taken up only the purity of the perfection of wisdom.1268

5.­295

Thus, these two passages1269 teach that the purity of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas, and the purity of the tathāgata, are “one.”

5.­296

Now it teaches the purity in a sequence of three connected sections: the purity that is the nonexistence of a self of persons,1270 the purity that is the nonexistence of secondary afflictions,1271 and the purity that is the nonexistence of a self in dharmas.

5.­297

“Because of the purity of self, there is the purity of form.” P18k P25k

The knowledge that a self is a nonexistent thing is the purity of self. There it should be taught in the order of the sections of the text. It teaches that

“because of the purity of self, there is the purity of form.” P18k P25k

Because of the purity of form there is the purity of self. Thus, this purity of self and purity of form are not two, are not divided, are not separate, and are not broken apart.

5.­298

Similarly,

“because of the purity of self, there is the purity of feeling… perception… volitional factors… and consciousness. Because of the purity of consciousness, there is the purity of self,” P25k

and so on, and that

“the purity of self and purity of” P25k

all dharmas, up to, finally,

“the purity of the knowledge of all aspects” P25k

is not two.

5.­299

Then, in the section on the purity that is the nonexistence of secondary afflictions,

“because of the purity of greed there is the purity of form; because of the purity of form there is the purity of greed. Thus, this purity of greed and the purity of form is not two,” P18k P25k

and so on, again explains that the purity of dharmas, up to, finally, the knowledge of all aspects, [F.198.a] and the purity of greed

“is not two.” P18k P25k

5.­300

Similarly connect this with

“hatred, and confusion.” P18k P25k

5.­301

Then, in the section on the purity that is the nonexistence of a self of dharmas, having taken up the purity of dharmas, the dependent originations, and so on, up to, finally, the knowledge of all aspects, there is the section explaining that the purity of two dharmas is not two:

5.­302

“Because of the purity of ignorance there is the purity of volitional factors; because of the purity of volitional factors there is the purity of ignorance. Thus, this purity of ignorance and the purity of volitional factors is not two,”1272 P18k P25k

and so on. So too with the perfections as well, it says,

5.­303

“Because of the purity of the perfection of giving there is the purity of the perfection of morality; because of the purity of the perfection of morality there is the purity of the perfection of giving. Thus, this purity of the perfection of giving and the purity of the perfection of morality is not two,”1273 P18k P25k

and so on. All have to be construed in the same way as well. Thus, you should construe

“because of the purity of the knowledge of the path aspects there is the purity of the knowledge of all aspects, because of the purity of the knowledge of all aspects there is the purity of the knowledge of all path aspects. Thus, this purity of the knowledge of the path aspects and the purity of the knowledge of all aspects is not two,”1274 P25k

and so on.

5.­304

Then, also in the section gathering the purity of all dharmas together, first, having taken up among the six perfections the purity of the perfection of wisdom, and the purity of the aggregates and so on, up to, finally, the six collections of feelings,1275 and the purity of the knowledge of all aspects, there is the section teaching that it is not two:

5.­305

“Furthermore, Subhūti, that purity [F.198.b] of the perfection of wisdom is the purity of form. That purity of form is the purity of the knowledge of all aspects. Thus, this purity of the perfection of wisdom, purity of form, and purity of the knowledge of all aspects is not two, not divided, not separate, and not broken apart.”1276 P18k P25k

5.­306

Similarly connect this with

“feeling, perception, volitional factors, and consciousness,” P25k

up to

“that purity of the perfection of wisdom is the purity of the feeling that arises from the condition of contact with the thinking mind. The purity of the feeling that arises from the condition of contact with the thinking mind is the purity of the knowledge of all aspects. Thus, this purity of the perfection of wisdom, purity of the feeling that arises from the condition of contact with the thinking mind, and purity of the knowledge of all aspects is not two,”1277 P25k

and so on. Then also,1278 having taken up the purity of the dharmas‍—from the perfection of concentration up to the aggregates and so on, and finally the feelings‍—and

“the purity of the knowledge of all aspects,” P18k P25k

it teaches that it is not two; and similarly it teaches that the purity of the dharmas‍—all the perfections, all the emptinesses, up to, finally, the feelings‍—and

“the purity of the knowledge of all aspects is not two”; P18k P25k

and, similarly, it explains that (1) the purity of the dharmas, the applications of mindfulness, and so on, up to, finally, all-knowledge; and (2) the purity of the dharmas form and so on, up to, finally, the six collections of feelings; and (3) the purity of the knowledge of all aspects is one.

5.­307

Then it teaches the section on

“the purity of the compounded” P18k P25k

and

“the uncompounded,” [F.199.a] P18k P25k

and the section on the purity of the three time periods.1279

5.­308

The elder Śāriputra, having listened to the exposition of purity up to here, because a retinue is gathered together, musters the confidence to speak and says,1280

“Lord, this purity is deep,” P18k P25k

and so on. With this begins a sequence of thirteen statements about purity.

5.­309

“Śāriputra, it is deep because it is extremely pure” P18k P25k

says that the true nature of dharmas that is not broken apart from those saṃsāric dharmas, composed of the stains of the many afflictions, secondary afflictions, and conceptualizations, does not become stained by those stains. It is extremely pure at all times, so it is hard for fools to feel confidence in it. Hence it is called “deep because it is extremely pure.”

5.­310

“Śāriputra, purity is light because it is extremely pure,” P18k P25k

To illustrate, the sun and moon and so on are extremely pure, that is, they shine brightly where there are no clouds, fog, haze and so on. Similarly, the true dharmic nature of form and so on is called “light because it is extremely pure,” so it says “purity is light because form is extremely pure.”P18k

5.­311

“Lord, purity does not link up.” P18k P25k

Because the stains of the proliferation of afflictions and conceptualizations have stopped there is no further linking up, so, because it is stainless and pure, it is said that it “does not link up.”

5.­312

“Śāriputra, form does not link up because it does not change places, so it is pure”1281 P18k P25k

means because falsely imagined form and so on that have been abandoned do not change places again, they have stopped.

5.­313

“Lord, purity is without defilement” P18k P25k

is saying that even though there have been clouds, fog, haze and so on, like space, in its basic nature it is thoroughly clean. [F.199.b]

5.­314

“Lord, there is no obtaining and no clear realization of purity.” P18k P25k

Were the two dharmas‍—something obtained and a cause of obtaining‍—to exist, there would be an “obtaining”; were the two dharmas‍—something clearly realized and a cause of clear realization‍—to exist, there would be a “clear realization.” But because the mere nonexistence of false imagining and conceptualizing is posited as the “purity” that is the thoroughly established true nature of dharmas, “obtaining” and “clear realization” do not exist in that purity at all.

5.­315

“Lord, purity does not come into being.” P18k P25k

“Purity” is posited as the dharmas, falsely imagined and conceptualized form and so on, not coming into being, so it is “marked by not coming into being.”

5.­316

“Lord, purity does not arise in the desire realm… the form realm… [or] the formless realm.” P18k P25k

The desire, form, and formless realms are falsely imagined. When not arising and appearing in them it is called “purity,” so it says

“because you cannot apprehend the desire realm’s intrinsic nature.” P18k P25k

5.­317

“Lord, purity does not know” P18k P25k

means the self is not the intrinsic nature self-awareness.

5.­318

“Because dharmas are inanimate material”‍— P18k P25k

it is saying “dharmas are inanimate material” because they are free from conceptual consciousness.

5.­319

“Lord, purity does not know form.” P18k P25k

This means it also does not see all dharmas, form and so on.

5.­320

“Because it is empty of its own mark” P18k P25k

means things like form and so on are without defining marks. This “does not know” teaches that purity is the mark of the absence of conceptualization. This “purity [F.200.a] does not know form” teaches that dharmas are the mark of nonexistence. The two teach the mark of the nonexistence of apprehended object and apprehending subject.

5.­321

“Lord, the perfection of wisdom does not help nor does it hinder the knowledge of all aspects,” P18k P25k

because both, marked by suchness, are

“extremely pure.” P18k P25k

5.­322

Suchness does not help and does not hinder suchness, just like space does not help and does not hinder space. Therefore, it says

“because of the establishment of the dharma-constituent.”1282 P18k P25k

This is teaching that nobody helps or hinders the dharma body, given that at all times it is marked by staying in the same state.

5.­323

“Lord, the purity that is the perfection of wisdom does not assist any dharma,” P18k P25k

because the extremely pure perfection of wisdom is the mark of not taking hold of anything. Were it to take hold of any dharma it would not be pure.1283

5.­324

Then the statements by the elder Subhūti,1284

“Lord, form is pure because self is pure” P18k P25k

and so on, mean that because the self is something that is nonexistent, form and so on are things that do not exist either, because here you have to take “purity” as something that does not exist. Hence, it says

“because it is extremely pure, Subhūti.” P18k P25k

5.­325

Earlier it was teaching the pure perfection of wisdom, now it is teaching the purity of selflessness.

5.­326

“Because knowledge is not found and is not discarded, Subhūti.”1285 P18k

They do not obtain or find a transcendent knowledge that was not there before, and a transcendent knowledge that is found is also not lost, so, because there are neither, there is not even awakening. Even “awakening” is falsely imagined.

5.­327

“Nonduality [F.200.b] and purity”1286‍— P18k P25k

because the two‍—defilement and purification‍—do not exist, it is pure in its intrinsic nature even before, so like space it has no defilement. And even at the period of the final outcome, it is like space that has no purity that was not there before.

[B20]

5.­328

Having thus completed the explanation of purity, it begins the explanation of the unlimited to inculcate belief in the deep, with

“because form is unlimited.” P18k P25k

It is “unlimited” because it is not permanent and not annihilated, and is not at the prior limit, later limit, or in the middle. Therefore, it says

“because of the emptiness of what transcends limits and the emptiness of no beginning and no end, Subhūti.” P18k P25k

5.­329

Why does the elder Subhūti ask,

“Lord, why is such a realization as that the perfection of wisdom of bodhisattva great beings?” P18k P25k

5.­330

He is asking why, if the perfection of wisdom is so deep a topic as that, is it just an object of bodhisattvas, not of buddhas. It says,

“Because it is the knowledge of path aspects, Subhūti.” P18k P25k

5.­331

Thus, this perfection of wisdom is not the final one, is not when the work is done. It is an aspect of the path of the knowledge of all aspects, hence it is “just of bodhisattvas.”

5.­332

“Lord, you cannot apprehend the perfection of wisdom of bodhisattva great beings on this side, on the farther side, or on neither.”1287 P18k P25k

What does this intend? You can suppose “perfection” (pāramitā) is on the way to the other side (para), has arrived at the other side, or is the essential nature of the other side. It says this because, even when taken to be the perfection of wisdom of bodhisattvas, [F.201.a] it is not positioned on this side, it is not positioned on the farther side, and cannot be apprehended on some other that is not included in those sides. “This side” incorporates the compounded; “the farther side” incorporates the uncompounded.

5.­333

After saying that,

“Because it is extremely pure,” said the Lord. P18k P25k

Were any side to be apprehended, then, in that case, it would not be purity. This means it is extremely pure because there are none, and, because it is extremely pure, it is not positioned on either side or anywhere else either.

5.­334

“Because of the sameness of the three time periods, Subhūti”‍— P18k P25k

this means that with the comprehension of the sameness of the three time periods, because of the emptiness of no beginning and no end, there is no notion of this side and no notion of a farther side, and hence “it does not stand on this side and it also does not stand on the farther side.”

Attachment and nonattachment

5.­335

In order to build trust that the perfection of wisdom is deep, it then again sets the scene for the explanation of attachment and nonattachment from the perspective of practices that apprehend and do not apprehend, with

“they are attached to a name and attached to a causal sign,”1288 P18k P25k

and so on. Seizing on a dharma, form and so on, as a word is falsely imagining. Seizing on a causal sign as a conventional term is conceptualizing. Both are obscurations, so they are “attachment.”

5.­336

“Subhūti, even though all dharmas are without causal signs and without names” P18k

is teaching that they are within the range of the perfection of wisdom.

5.­337

“Lord, such an excellent exposition and excellent definitive teaching of this perfection of wisdom… to bodhisattva great beings is amazing”‍— P18k P25k

this is teaching of the knowledge of path aspects.

5.­338

“When… they perceive that form is ‘empty,’ they are attached”1289 [F.201.b] P18k P25k

is thinking like that by way of apprehending something.

5.­339

“Not perceive form as ‘form’ ”1290‍— P18k P25k

this is the bodhisattva’s knowledge of path aspects.

5.­340

“Not perceive… dharmas as… ‘dharmas’ ”‍— P18k P25k

they do not appear.

5.­341

“Kauśika, it is because the basic nature of form cannot be dedicated”1291 P18k P25k

means dharmas should not be dedicated to awakening by way of apprehending something, because they stay in the same state and do not undergo transformation.

5.­342

“Subhūti, I will teach you other sorts of attachment even more subtle than those”1292 P18k P25k

that obscure the knowledge of path aspects.

5.­343

“Lord, the perfection of wisdom is deep.”1293 P18k P25k

Earlier,1294 to build trust, the elder Śāriputra set the scene for the explanation of the perfection of wisdom being deep, and for it being hard to believe in. Now, to demonstrate that he himself has comprehended that it is deep, the elder Subhūti says, “Lord, … [it] is deep.”

5.­344

“Subhūti, it is because all dharmas are isolated in their basic nature.” P18k P25k

Thus all phenomena are always deserted by all attachments, are deserted by a basic nature, are isolated in their basic nature. But falsely imagined attachment is still apprehending, and even though falsely imagined attachment is apprehending, still all dharmas are untainted, that is, are isolated in their intrinsic nature so they are deep.

5.­345

“The perfection of wisdom… is unmade and does not cause anything to come into being.” P18k P25k

In it there is nothing to be established and nothing is caused to come into being because it is the intrinsic nature of the dharma body.

5.­346

“The basic nature of a dharma is not two; it is simply one.” P18k P25k

As the intrinsic nature that is suchness, all dharmas are a single entity, but still they appear with different identities. This is difficult to clearly realize. Because suchness is the intrinsic nature of all dharmas [F.202.a] it is called their “basic nature.” That suchness, moreover, is not the cause of any other true nature of dharmas, so it

“is not a basic nature.” P18k P25k

5.­347

This suchness is uncompounded; it is not made by anybody, so it

“is unmade.” P18k P25k

5.­348

Just that

“has not caused anything to come into being” P18k P25k

because no enactment of merit or demerit whatsoever has occasioned it.

5.­349

“Nobody has seen, heard, thought about, been conscious of, or fully awakened to the perfection of wisdom,” P18k P25k

because the perfection of wisdom is not the object of seeing consciousness and so on, nor of thought constructions such as those, because an apprehender and an apprehended object are the same in their intrinsic nature.

5.­350

“The perfection of wisdom is inconceivable” P18k P25k

means you cannot conceive of it through another dharma, like fire indicated by smoke. Therefore, it says

“it is not known through form” P18k P25k

and so on. It

“is the nonapprehender of all dharmas.” P18k P25k

5.­351

It makes all dharmas known as the mark of what cannot be apprehended.

Explanation of Chapters 37 and 38

5.­352

“How do [they]… practice the perfection of wisdom?” P18k P25k

that is, the knowledge of path aspects.

5.­353

The section of the text to teach that if those conscious of a basic nature practice all dharmas they do not practice the perfection of wisdom is1295

“if they do not practice form,” P18k P25k

and so on. The second section is to teach that when those conscious of special insight practice the marks of dharmas, they do not practice the perfection of wisdom.

5.­354

It says,

“ ‘form is completed’ or ‘not completed,’ ” P18k P25k

intending when meditation is completed.

5.­355

“ ‘Form is not attached’ ”1296 P18k P25k

is the unobstructed true dharmic nature of form. When they practice like that

“they do not perceive ‘form is not attached.’ ” P18k P25k

This means that if, when practicing, they have set out like that, then when they awaken to the knowledge of all aspects they will have a realization like that.

Benefits of purity

5.­356

Subhūti’s [F.202.b] statement that he is amazed, the statement of some monk or other, the statement by Śatakratu, and the statement that guarding, protecting, and keeping safe are not possible are all alike.1297

5.­357

“They do not falsely project form”1298 P18k P25k

as a functioning thing that is real and a defining mark and so on;

“do not falsely project form as ‘mine’ ” P18k P25k

as a real thing, like a master’s servant;

“do not falsely project anything onto form” P18k P25k

as a real thing on a foundation or basis; and

“do not falsely project a causal sign of form” P18k

as a basis of a designation that is a conventional term.

5.­358

The description of

“the thousand buddhas”1299 P18k P25k

is because those thousand buddhas cause faith to arise in that perfection of wisdom.

5.­359

The question about

“Maitreya” P18k P25k

teaching the Dharma1300 is to make it known that during the three periods of time the explanations are of just this perfection of wisdom.

5.­360

Then,1301

“Subhūti, the perfection of wisdom is pure because form is pure.” P18k P25k

The dharmas, form and so on, that have been apprehended are stainless, so the knowledge of path aspects is also pure.

5.­361

“Subhūti, form… is unproduced and unceasing, without defilement and without purification.” P18k P25k

When form abides in its intrinsic nature‍—the true nature of dharmas‍—and does not appear as produced, ceasing, defiled, or purified, that

“form is pure,” P18k P25k

not otherwise.

5.­362

“Because space is pure”‍— P18k P25k

this is teaching that just as space does not become impure even if there are clouds and haze because it is pure in its nature, so too with the perfection of wisdom. The six1302‍—

“pure… untainted… cannot be grasped… does not say anything… does not converse about anything… cannot be apprehended”‍— P18k P25k

teach that it is comparable to space.

5.­363

“Because space does not say anything”‍— [F.203.a] P18k P25k

even though in space something other than that space says something, in space nothing is said and there is no conversation,

“just like the two sounds of an echo, as an analogy,”1303 P18k P25k

reverberate in space, but it is not suitable to say that space says something.

5.­364

“Because space does not converse about anything” P18k P25k

means that because of its intrinsic nature there is no conversation in space. Alternatively, “saying something” is mere sound; “conversing” is naming.

5.­365

“Subhūti, … because form is extremely pure, cannot be apprehended, is unproduced and unceasing, and without defilement and without purification”1304‍— P18k P25k

when this perfection of wisdom sees all dharmas, it sees the “pure” aspect of form and so on because the stains of falsely imagined afflictions and conceptualizations constructed in thought do not exist; the aspect that “cannot be apprehended” because it is separated from all apprehending; the “unproduced and unceasing” aspects because it is a thoroughly established phenomenon; and the aspects “without defilement and without purification” because it is isolated from an intrinsic nature. At that point it is called

“pure” P18k P25k

in its nature.

5.­366

Having thus taught that the perfection of wisdom is extremely pure, then, to engender faith in it, they

“will not contract diseases of the eye,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches its benefits in the here and now and in future lives.1305

5.­367

“In the perfection of wisdom there is no dharma that is produced or ceases, is defiled or purified, or is appropriated or rejected at all” P18k P25k

teaches that production, cessation, and so on do not appear in the perfection of wisdom.

5.­368

“Thus, do not form a notion, and thus do not conceive”‍— P18k P25k

they do not even conceive of the perfection of wisdom as such

“a great jewel” [F.203.b] P18k P25k

endowed with those good qualities.

5.­369

“Subhūti, this perfection of wisdom does not establish any dharma, or teach it.”1306 P18k P25k

All dharmas are thoroughly established phenomena that do not alter, so at the time they are thoroughly established phenomena this perfection of wisdom appears like that, which is to say, there is no false projection of having to establish any special dharma; there is no false projection of taking hold of or bestowing any special dharma; there is no false projection of producing dharmas without outflows or stopping bad dharmas; there is no false projection of annihilating the dharmas of cyclic existence or of making purification permanent;1307 there is no false projection of being one or being different things; there is no false projection of coming about through the power of bodhisattva activities not there before or being separated from all obscurations; there is no false projection of having earlier become defiled by afflictions, secondary afflictions, and so on, and later being purified; there is no false projection of making dark dharmas decline and making bright dharmas increase; there is no false projection of being included in the three periods of time; there is no false projection of being established in the three realms or of having to transcend them; and there is no false projection of bestowing the perfection of giving and so on, or of removing their opposing sides of miserliness and so on.

5.­370

“Subhūti, whether the tathāgatas arise or whether the tathāgatas do not arise”1308 P18k P25k

is teaching the mark of all dharmas that remain in the same state, nothing doing anything at all. Those “tathāgatas,” so called because they know just this state in which dharmas remain, appear in the world. It means just this is their [F.204.a] clear realization, just this is

“the wheel of Dharma.” P18k P25k

5.­371

“Subhūti… it is not a second turning of the wheel of Dharma and it is not a first turning either.”1309 P18k P25k

It says this because ultimately all dharmas are beyond counting. It

“has not been made available in order to turn or not turn any Dharma”1310 P18k P25k

removes the notion or idea that it is turning or not turning the wheel of Dharma.

5.­372

“Given the emptiness that is the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature” P18k P25k

means the perfection of wisdom grasps all dharmas as the mark of the emptiness that is the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature.

5.­373

“The perfection of wisdom is a great perfection,” P18k P25k

and so on. With the ninety-five statements the elder Subhūti explains at length that this perfection of wisdom engages with all dharmas.1311

5.­374

There “the perfection of wisdom is a great perfection” teaches that it is a great object, and a great secret in the form of an object. It says about such a secret that it is three: a secret engagement with dharmas, a secret awakening, and a secret turning of the wheel of Dharma.

5.­375

There, for dharmas, governed by the conventional and ultimate, it engages with perceiving dharmas as dharmas and also engages with perceiving them as not dharmas as well, so it says

“all dharmas are empty of the intrinsic nature of all dharmas.” P18k P25k

5.­376

It teaches awakening but also sees the nonexistence of awakening, so it says1312

“but still, bodhisattva great beings abiding in this perfection of wisdom fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening without fully awakening to any dharma at all.” P18k P25k

5.­377

Teaching the secret turning of the wheel of Dharma, it says1313

“will turn the wheel of the Dharma but will not turn or not turn [F.204.b] any Dharma.” P18k P25k

5.­378

Then there is the section with the eightfold turning of the wheel of Dharma:1314 the nonexistence of the Dharma, the nonexistence of the wheel, the nonexistence of the turning, the nonexistence of the intrinsic nature of an explanation, the nonexistence of one who explains, the nonexistence of one who listens, the nonexistence of realization, and the nonexistence of a noble person.

5.­379

There, about the nonexistence of the Dharma, it says

“will not see any Dharma at all, and will not not see any Dharma at all either.” P18k P25k

5.­380

About the nonexistence of the wheel, it says

“because a Dharma that will be turned or will not be turned cannot be apprehended.”1315 P18k P25k

5.­381

About the nonexistence of turning, it says

“emptiness does not turn it, nor does it not turn it. The signless and the wishless also do not turn it, nor do they not turn it.” P18k P25k

5.­382

About the nonexistence of an explanation, it says

“therefore, this teaching of the perfection of wisdom, this illumination,” P18k P25k

up to

“is the teaching of the perfection of wisdom that is perfectly pure.” P18k P25k

5.­383

About the nonexistence of one who explains, it says

“nobody teaches that teaching of the perfection of wisdom.” P18k P25k

5.­384

About the nonexistence of one who listens, it says

“and nobody receives it.” P18k P25k

5.­385

About the nonexistence of realization, it says

“nobody has directly realized it.” P18k P25k

5.­386

And about the absence of a noble person, it says

“nobody has entered into nirvāṇa either. And in this Dharma teaching there is also nobody who becomes worthy of offerings.” P18k P25k

Glosses

5.­387

“Because space is a nonexistent thing, Subhūti”1316‍— P18k P25k

like space, it is not truly real in a form you can apprehend, and not not truly real in a form that cannot be apprehended.

5.­388

“Because all dharmas are equally nonapprehendable, Subhūti”‍— P18k P25k

all dharmas are equally imaginary [F.205.a] with a nature that cannot be apprehended.

5.­389

“Because of not having a name and body”‍— P18k P25k

this means formless dharmas and form dharmas are not in the form of names.

5.­390

“Because the movement of breath in and out is unfindable”‍— P18k P25k

this is because upon analysis there is no movement of breath in and out because the body is empty like space.

5.­391

“Because applied and sustained thought is unfindable”‍— P18k P25k

it says this because the two, applied and sustained thought, occasion words, because it is said, “Having applied their mind and thought in a sustained way earlier, later on they deliver a speech.”1317

5.­392

“Because the feeling, perception, volitional factors, and consciousness aggregates are unfindable.” P18k P25k

Because they have no form they are in their nature just a collection of names.1318

5.­393

“Because all phenomena do not go away.” P18k P25k

Because all phenomena are separated from going.

5.­394

“Because all dharmas cannot be seized.” P18k P25k

Dharmas do not seize dharmas, so it

“is not stolen.”1319 P18k

5.­395

“Because all dharmas have come to an end in extreme purity.” P18k P25k

Because all dharmas appear as an extreme purity they do not arise and are not stopped, and hence appear to have come to an end.

5.­396

“Because all dharmas do not arise and do not stop.” P18k P25k

All dharmas are empty. They appear as not arising and as not stopping.

5.­397

“Because death and rebirth are unfindable.” P18k P25k

It1320 knows that the time of deaths and rebirths appear based on false imagination, not ultimately.

5.­398

“Because all dharmas are indestructible in their nature.” P18k P25k

It is indestructible because the nature of all dharmas is suchness, so it does not change.

5.­399

“Because a dream that has been seen cannot be apprehended.”1321 P18k P25k

Just as that thing existent in a dream which has been seen in a dream [F.205.b] cannot be apprehended and does not exist, so too all phenomena are there as nonexistent things.1322

5.­400

“This is a perfection without purification… because the presence of defilement cannot be apprehended.”1323 P18k P25k

There can be purification if there is defilement, but all phenomena are pure in their nature so there is no defilement and there is no purification either.

5.­401

“This is a perfection that does not stand… because all phenomena cannot be apprehended.” P18k P25k

Because all phenomena cannot be apprehended they therefore are not apprehended as standing anywhere.

5.­402

“Because it is a full awakening to all dharmas as unmistaken suchness.” P18k P25k

All phenomena are the intrinsic nature of unmistaken suchness, which is to say, they make manifest that unmistaken intrinsic nature so they make available the wisdom that knows “all phenomena are calm.”1324

5.­403

“Because the causal sign of greed cannot be apprehended.” P18k P25k

There is no causal sign that is a basis to become attached to.

5.­404

“Because hate is not real.” P18k P25k

Because the causal sign that serves as a cause of hate does not exist.

5.­405

“This perfection of wisdom is a perfection that is not a means of measurement… because all phenomena do not fully arise.” P18k P25k

It might be supposed that all phenomena are caused to fully arise on account of a means of measurement.1325 But this perfection of wisdom does not see the emergence of a basis for the measurement of any phenomenon, therefore it is “not a means of measurement.”

5.­406

“Because all phenomena are distinct.” P18k P25k

Because all dharmas are isolated.

5.­407

“Because the measure of all phenomena cannot be apprehended.” P18k P25k

There might be a means of measurement were there something to be measured.1326 But because a means of measurement of all phenomena, were there to be something measured, cannot be apprehended and does not exist, therefore something to be measured does not exist either.

5.­408

“Because all phenomena are without attachment like space.” [F.206.a] P18k P25k

All phenomena, similar to space, are without attachment.

5.­409

“This… is an impermanent perfection P18k P25k

Because all dharmas are unproduced, like horns on a rabbit and so on, they are not destroyed. Therefore, they do not exist. They are impermanent because they are not existent things, because scripture says that “the meaning of a nonexistent thing is the meaning of impermanence.”1327

5.­410

“Because all phenomena are not suitable to be clung to.” P18k P25k

All phenomena are not suitable to be clung to, or to be stayed with, or to be made use of, so it is suffering.1328

5.­411

“This… is a perfection of the empty1329… because an intrinsic nature of all phenomena cannot be apprehended.” P18k P25k

Those intrinsic natures‍—easily breakable, experience,1330 and so on‍—do not ultimately exist. Therefore, those phenomena are empty of those intrinsic natures.

5.­412

“This… is a selfless perfection… because all phenomena are not settled down on.” P18k P25k

The “phenomena,” form and so on, do not exist. They are therefore not suitable to be “settled down on.” Since that is the case, the nonexistence of all the phenomena is selflessness. Even though there is no difference in the meaning of emptiness and selflessness, based on being designated they are differentiated. “The empty” is being without something else. To illustrate, you say “an empty pot” when it has no water. Similarly, because they are without an intrinsic nature, their “defining mark” and so on, those phenomena are thought of as “empty.” As for “selfless,” it is the nonexistence of the phenomena, like, to illustrate, the magically produced illusion of elephants and so on. You say “empty” when you want to say those phenomena are separated from their defining marks and so on. You say “selfless” when you want to say that “they are not existent”‍—they are not existent things.

5.­413

“Because all phenomena [F.206.b] have no causal sign.” P18k P25k

Given that a causal sign is a defining mark and there is no such defining mark they are

“without a defining mark.” P18k P25k

5.­414

“Because the emptiness of emptiness cannot be apprehended.” P18k P25k

This means there is just no second emptiness in emptiness. The empty is said to be “emptiness.” An “empty” that is a different attribute called “emptiness” does not exist at all.

5.­415

“The great emptiness cannot be apprehended.” P18k P25k

“Great emptiness” is said of the immensity of just the nonexistence of forms for all the directions. A different attribute called “the great emptiness” does not exist at all.

You should construe them all like this as well.1331

5.­416

“This… is a perfection that is the emptiness of a basic nature… because compounded and uncompounded dharmas cannot be apprehended.” P18k P25k

This means if compounded and uncompounded dharmas were findable, their basic nature would be not empty, but all dharmas are empty, hence their “emptiness of a basic nature.”

5.­417

“This… is a perfection that is giving… because miserliness cannot be apprehended.” P18k P25k

The miserliness that cannot be apprehended in the perfection of wisdom is the mark of giving.

You should construe the others like this as well.1332

5.­418

“This… is a perfection that is the ten powers… because all the aspects of all dharmas cannot be apprehended.”1333 P18k P25k

All the aspects of all dharmas would fall within the range of the ten knowledges‍—the power that is knowledge of the possible and impossible and so on. But they are not within their range, they are unreal aspects. So, because those aspects do not ultimately exist, therefore the aspects that serve as the objects of the ten powers are seen not to exist, hence it is “a perfection that is the ten powers.”

5.­419

“Because the knowledge of path aspects is not cowed.”1334 P18k P25k

The knowledge of path aspects of bodhisattvas [F.207.a] is not cowed by any phenomenon. Therefore, the knowledge of path aspects, which in its nature is uncowed by anything, is

“a perfection that is fearlessness.” P18k P25k

5.­420

“Because knowledge is totally unattached and unimpeded.” P18k P25k

Because the knowledge of bodhisattvas is totally unattached and unimpeded, therefore it is

“a perfection that is detailed and thorough knowledge.” P18k P25k

5.­421

“Because it has gone beyond all śrāvaka and pratyekabuddha attributes.” P18k P25k

Because śrāvakas and so on do not have this perfection of wisdom it is therefore counted as

“a perfection that is the… attributes of a buddha.” P18k P25k

5.­422

“This… is a perfection that is the realized one… because what has been spoken by all the buddhas is reality.”1335 P25k

By a creative explanation, the realized one is so called because of having spoken thus, which is to say, the perfection of wisdom that observes thus‍—what has been spoken by all the buddhas‍—is called the “perfection that is the realized one.”

5.­423

“This… is a perfection that is self-originated… because it is in control of all dharmas.” P18k P25k

Because all dharmas are under its control, therefore it predominates among all dharmas so it is a “self-originated perfection.”1336

Explanation of Chapters 39 to 42

Absence of a practice and signs of completion

5.­424

It is easy to explain Śatakratu’s praise passage, the elder Śāriputra passage, and the Lord’s rejoicing passage so they are just as they are in the Sūtra.1337

5.­425

“When practicing the perfection of wisdom [they] do not stand in form, and when they do not stand in form they practice the yoga of form.”1338 P18k P25k

The bodhisattvas’ transcendental knowledge of a knower of path aspects does not stand in any phenomenon, therefore just that not standing is their “practice of the yoga.”

5.­426

“Furthermore, Kauśika, they do not practice the yoga of a bodhisattva’s form, and [F.207.b] thus not practicing the yoga of form like that, they practice the yoga of form.”1339 P18k P25k

The earlier subsection of the passage refutes standing; here it refutes what is established by not standing.1340

5.­427

“Do not apprehend form as past,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that they do not apprehend it in any of the three time periods.

5.­428

“Śāriputra, it is because the depth of form is not form.”1341 P25k

It says this because “the depth” is falsely imagined, so form itself ultimately does not exist.

5.­429

The interpretation of the depth subsection, hard to fathom subsection, and immeasurable subsection; the Śatakratu passage and obtaining a prediction; the wilderness analogy, the spring analogy, and the pregnant woman analogy; and the passage on taking care of and teaching others is easy.1342

5.­430

There are two signs that

“the meditation on the perfection of wisdom… is completed”‍— P18k P25k

when they

“do not see… an increase… or a decline in” P25k

all dharmas, and when they see the marks of dharmas.1343

5.­431

That the inconceivable has been taught and that they do not conceptualize the inconceivable are also signs that

“the meditation on the perfection of wisdom… is completed.”1344 P18k P25k

5.­432

The sign that they are practicing the six perfections is that they1345

“do not mentally construct and do not conceive of form, do not mentally construct and do not conceive of a causal sign of form, and do not mentally construct and do not conceive of an intrinsic nature of form.” P18k P25k

With the meditative stabilization on emptiness they do not mentally construct dharmas; with the meditative stabilization on signlessness they do not mentally construct causal signs; and with the meditative stabilization on wishlessness they do not mentally construct an intrinsic nature. They do not conceptualize falsely imagined phenomena; they do not conceptualize dependent phenomena.

5.­433

Earlier1346 it said that it is deep because of the depth of suchness; here, having superimposed the mark of suchness onto form and so on, and saying that it is deep, is because of the various dispositions of trainees.

5.­434

“Lord, the perfection of wisdom is an aggregate of the purity [F.208.a] of all dharmas” P18k P25k

means it is pure and it is the aggregate of all dharmas.1347

5.­435

“Lord, that… would not give rise to many hindrances would be amazing.”1348 P18k P25k

It says this having in mind that there are many obstacles to something excellent.

5.­436

Next, the explanation of the teaching about the merit from reciting the good Dharma is easy.1349

Last of the five hundreds

5.­437

“During the last of the ‘five hundreds’ ”1350‍— P18k P25k

a “five hundred” incorporates five one hundreds. It is said that the time the doctrine of the Tathāgata lasts is five thousand years. If you break up and subdivide the five thousand years into five-hundred-year periods, there are ten five hundreds. For these there are ten chapters:1351 first, three chapters (the Understanding chapter, Practice chapter, and Scripture chapter). There the Understanding chapter is again subdivided into three chapters (the Worthy One chapter, Non-returner chapter, and stream enterer chapter); the Practice chapter too is subdivided into three chapters (the Insight chapter, Meditative Stabilization chapter, and Morality chapter); and the Scripture chapter is also subdivided into three (the Abhidharma chapter, Sūtra chapter, and Vinaya chapter). These nine chapters and the Mere Signs chapter1352 are the ten chapters.

5.­438

There, each of the ten chapters lasts five hundred years, so, the ten chapters comprise ten five hundreds that become the five thousand years.

5.­439

There, in the first of all the five hundreds are the worthy ones; in the second five hundred, the non-returners; in the third, the stream enterers; in the fourth five hundred, insight; in the fifth, meditative stabilization; in the sixth, morality; in the seventh, the abhidharma; in the eighth, the sūtras; in the ninth, the vinaya; and in the tenth five hundred, a mere sign. It is just this that is called “the last of the five hundreds.”

5.­440

Some say1353 “the measure of a human lifespan can be one hundred years. There in the earlier fifty years the color, shape, strength, [F.208.b] intellect and so on increase, and in the later fifty years they wane. Similarly, the end of the time period, the time of the waning of the teaching, is like the later fifty years and hence is labeled ‘the last of the five hundreds.’ ”

5.­441

*When formulated like that,1354 the duration of the lasting of the Tathāgata’s teaching is two thousand five hundred years. The two commentaries appear to be contradictory. Śāntarakṣita’s intention is that the good Dharma lasts from the Worthy One chapter up to the Meditative Stabilization chapter. There is the explanation in the explanatory tradition and there is this other expanation. In general there is agreement on five thousand years.*1355

5.­442

The explanation of the teaching of all the benefits of the good qualities is easy.1356

Explanation of the work of Māra

5.­443

The work of Māra:

“When it takes a really long time to have the confidence to speak”1357 P18k P25k

it becomes an impediment; and,

“when the confidence to speak happens too fast,” P18k P25k

bodhisattvas become arrogant and act with disrespect. There is

“yawning” P18k P25k

and being arrogant;

“laughing”‍— P18k P25k

laughing or joking with each other when the Dharma is being explained; and

“fooling1358 with each other” P25k

when they make the other want to laugh.

5.­444

“Attached to each other as friends”1359‍— P18k P25k

they do it to protect each other’s minds; they do not do it out of faith. There is also the reading “attached to other readings while not knowing what the meaning is.”

5.­445

“While if they yawn while… taking it up”‍— P18k P25k

in regard to these five, yawning and so on,1360 the earlier five are when they are writing it out; here it is when they are taking it up in their minds.

5.­446

“As many thoughts as they have to leave, they appropriate that many eons of practice.”1361 P18k P25k

They have to practice the yoga of the perfection of wisdom again for as many eons as the thoughts they have to leave, because they do not reach maturity for that many eons, since their thought is confused.

5.­447

“Those… would reject the root of the tree of the knowledge of all aspects.”1362 P18k P25k

To illustrate, if you get rid of the root of a tree you will not get

“the branches, petals, and leaves” P18k P25k

as the outcome you aim for. Similarly, without the tree of the knowledge of all aspects you will not get śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas that are like the branches and leaves and so on. That is the meaning.

5.­448

Connect this here in the same way: it is just as

“a dog might spurn” P18k P25k

its master’s tasty

“food” P18k P25k

that is easy to get, and go looking for

“food from a servant” P18k P25k

that it either does not get, or only gets a bit of.

5.­449

Similarly, connect this in the same way: it is just as when

“somebody finds an elephant,” P18k P25k

rejects it, and makes the absurd statement, “I am interested in

‘the track’ P18k P25k

of the elephant, I am not interested in the elephant.” [F.209.a]

5.­450

The illustration of

“the hoofprint left by a bull,” P18k P25k

and the analogy of the

“contractor who wants to build a Vaijayanta palace” P18k P25k

who looks for a

“celestial mansion circle,” P18k P25k

thinking a Vaijayanta palace is also just that measure, are similar.

5.­451

“Subhūti, the perfection of wisdom does not give confidence to speak”1363 P18k

because it does not conceptualize;

5.­452

“is inconceivable” P18k P25k

because it is beyond the range of speculative thought;

5.­453

“is without production and without cessation” P18k P25k

because it is thoroughly established as a final outcome that does not alter;

5.­454

“is without defilement and without purification” P18k P25k

because it is pure in its basic nature;

5.­455

“is without distraction” P18k P25k

because it is always in meditative equipoise;

5.­456

“is not something that can be spoken out loud” P18k P25k

because it is self-reflexive analytic knowledge;

5.­457

“is not part of a conversation” P18k

because it is beyond language;

5.­458

“is not something that can be talked about” P18k

because it is beyond applied thought and sustained thought; and

5.­459

“cannot be apprehended” P18k P25k

because it is separated from apprehending anything as an existent thing. If they

5.­460

“form the notion ‘this deep perfection of wisdom is not an existent thing,’ Subhūti, they should know that this too is the work of Māra.”1364 P18k P25k

If they explain the perfection of wisdom with the notion that it does not exist, there is the fault of not honoring it.

5.­461

“The perfection of wisdom is without letters,”1365 P18k P25k

because it is not something that can be spoken out loud and is not something that can be heard.1366

5.­462

The rest of the works of Māra are easy to understand.1367

Revealing this world

5.­463

“Subhūti… this deep perfection of wisdom gives birth to a tathāgata’s ten powers,” P18k P25k

and so on,1368 teaches that it gives birth to the ultimate tathāgata because it gives birth to the buddhadharmas.

5.­464

“Reveals this world”‍— P18k P25k

it says it “reveals this world” in eleven forms:1369 it reveals the world of the aggregates; it reveals that the basic nature of all dharmas cannot be designated or apprehended; [F.209.b] it reveals the thought activities of all beings and the divisions and so on;1370 it reveals the suchness of all phenomena; it reveals that the mark of all phenomena is no mark; it reveals the power of being cognizant of what has been done, and acknowledging what has been done,1371 and the nonexistence of one who knows and the nonexistence of one who sees; it reveals all unseen dharmas; and1372 it reveals the power of one who knows, one who understands, one who is aware of, and one who reveals a description of the world as empty, and who reveals this world as inconceivable and isolated, without an interior and so on, and at peace on account of the nonexistence of a perception of this world or the world beyond.

5.­465

Among those,

“Subhūti, the Tathāgata has said that the five aggregates are the world… the perfection of wisdom does not reveal those five aggregates as being destroyed, nor does it reveal them as being really destroyed.”1373 P18k P25k

The perfection of wisdom sees only the suchness of the aggregates, not the falsely imagined aggregates. Take “destroyed” and “really destroyed” as getting used up and becoming ruined.

5.­466

“If even this very perfection of wisdom does not exist and is not apprehended in this deep perfection of wisdom, how could form ever exist or be apprehended?”1374 P18k P25k

This means that if even this very perfection of wisdom does not appear to the nonconceptual perfection of wisdom when an apprehended and an apprehender have become equally the same, it goes without saying form and so on do not.

5.­467

“Subhūti, the tathāgatas know those collected thoughts and distracted thoughts of those beings for what they are through the true nature of dharmas.”1375 P18k P25k

To “know collected thoughts and distracted thoughts” is to know collected thoughts and distracted thoughts as not what they are, as nonexistent, by seeing the true dharmic nature of thought. [F.210.a] Then it says,

“How do they know those collected thoughts and distracted thoughts?” P18k P25k

5.­468

And it teaches that they are

“inexhaustible… free from greed… cessation,” P18k P25k

and so on, saying to “know those thoughts” is to know all thoughts as being in their true dharmic nature “inexhaustible,” in their true dharmic nature

“an abandonment,” P18k P25k

and

“isolated” P18k P25k

from an intrinsic nature.

5.­469

Then, with1376

“Subhūti, a mind that is greedy is not a mind as it really is,” P18k P25k

it teaches that they1377 know a thought that is greedy and so on.

5.­470

Here, in regard to

“know a greedy thought… for what it is, a greedy thought,”1378 P18k P25k

if there is such knowledge of greed, thought, and greediness, then the “greedy” thought is not a phenomenon as it really is. A phenomenon “as it really is,” a thought that is a phenomenon “as it really is,” is a phenomenon isolated from an intrinsic nature. The Tathāgata has an extremely pure consciousness and has not grasped thought, or greed, or a dharma that is a mental factor, or being greedy and so on, because falsely imagined temporary states when there are greedy thoughts and so on do not exist at all. Therefore, the passage here should be understood as follows: a thought that is greedy is not as it really is, is not a truth, so, having abandoned it, they “know it” in the form it is really in. That is the meaning.

5.­471

So it again teaches that they know a mind free from greed for what it is, with

“therefore, Subhūti, a mind that is free from greediness is not a mind that has greediness.”1379 P25k

5.­472

What is this teaching? [F.210.b] Minds free from greed and minds with greediness are not only ultimately nonexistent, you cannot even say about a temporary state of a falsely imagined nature free from greed that “it is greedy,” because the two‍—free from greed and greedy‍—are impossible in one thought; two thoughts do not arise simultaneously. Therefore, not only is it unreal, but even in a falsely imagined form a mind free from greed cannot properly be “greedy,” so it says “free from greediness.” Similarly, connect this with

“free from hatred… and free from a confusion.” P18k P25k

5.­473

“An inclusive thought… as an inclusive thought” P18k P25k

and

“Subhūti, here the tathāgatas know that a thought of those… beings is not inclusive, … that a thought is not constricted,” P18k P25k

and so on, teach as follows: They do not view this one’s thought as “inclusive,” or another’s thought as “constricted”; that this one’s thought

“increases,” P18k P25k

or another’s thought

“is reduced”; P18k P25k

or that this one’s thought

“pervades,”1380 P18k P25k

or another’s thought

“does not pervade.” P18k P25k

5.­474

It teaches that they

“know, thanks to this deep perfection of wisdom,” P18k P25k

that that inclusive thought is a nonexistent thing, that it is does not exist, and that it is without an intrinsic nature; they thoroughly know

“an inclusive thought as an inclusive thought,” P18k P25k

knowing it

“for what it is,” P18k P25k

a nonexistent thing.

5.­475

Similarly, with

“that has become great.” P18k P25k

5.­476

Here also,

“Subhūti, here the tathāgatas view a thought of other beings or other persons as not coming, as not going, as not lasting, as not arising, and as not stopping,” P18k P25k

and so on,1381 explains this. “Great” here is in the sense of arising, in the sense of lasting [F.211.a] for an extended period, and in the sense of changing into something else marked by lasting and having an extended period. As for “has become,”1382 it is in the sense of “coming and going.” A tathāgata’s wisdom does not view it like that; it views it solely as the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature. Since this is the case, it is saying that where “a thought has become big” its becoming big does not exist, so they “thoroughly know” of it that it is a nonexistent thing.

5.­477

“Immeasurable thought” P18k P25k

is explained by saying they

“view that thought of… beings… as not there, as not interrupted, as not fixed, and as not not fixed,”1383 P18k P25k

and so on. This teaches the following: You can suppose it is “immeasurable” in the sense that it is pervasive or is a basic element.1384 The tathāgatas do not view an immeasurable thought like that; rather, they view all thoughts as having no fixed position and being without a foundation. When they view it like that, they

“know an immeasurable thought… for what it is.” P18k P25k

5.­478

“[They] view that thought… as without a mark and separated from an intrinsic nature.” P18k P25k

Because it has no intrinsic nature and no mark it cannot show itself, so they view it as

“a thought… that does not show itself.” P18k P25k

5.­479

“Those thoughts… are not even visible to the five eyes”‍— P18k P25k

a thought forms,1385 so take it as falsely imagined; furthermore, because that does not exist in itself, it is a nonexistent thing, so it does not appear to the eyes of those who see true reality. Hence,

“an invisible thought.” P18k P25k

That is the meaning.

[B21]

5.­480

“Thoughts that are clear, dull, abridged, and expanded”1386‍— P18k P25k

they know “clear” thoughts in the sense of those of tīrthikas who make philosophical errors grasping at permanence; the “dull” in the sense of those grasping at nihilism; the “abridged” in the sense of those who over-negate; and the “expanded” in the sense of those who over-reify [F.211.b]

“for what they are.” P18k P25k

5.­481

“Based on form”1387 P18k P25k

explains arising based on the five aggregates.

5.­482

“Refers to form” P18k P25k

means a thought has “been emitted”1388 with form as its reference point, and they have settled down on it and say, “I am form.”

5.­483

“Connect this in the same way also with” P18k

refers to

“feeling” P18k P25k

and so on.

5.­484

Similarly, having taught that thoughts that have arisen from wrong views have “been emitted” and so on, now, to reveal those that have been emitted and so on from conceptual thought constructions, it says,1389

“Furthermore, Subhūti, thanks to this deep perfection of wisdom the tathāgatas know form. How do they know form? They know it just as they know suchness‍—without distortion, without conceptualization,” P18k P25k

and so on. In six different ways they know all phenomena in their nature as “suchness.” There they know that they are “without distortion,” because of unaltered suchness; “without conceptualization,” because of unmistaken suchness;

5.­485

“without a causal sign,” P18k P25k

because of the very limit of reality;

5.­486

“without effort,” P18k P25k

because there is no illumination;

5.­487

“without thought construction,” P18k P25k

because they are isolated from an intrinsic nature;

5.­488

“and without apprehending anything,” P18k P25k

because of the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature.

5.­489

Now, because all phenomena with outflows and without outflows, that are ordinary and extraordinary, and all superior persons and all superior dharmas, even the tathāgatas, are not broken apart in suchness, with

“therefore, Subhūti, the suchness of thoughts… that are clear, dull, abridged, and expanded is the suchness of the aggregates, constituents, sense fields, dependent origination,” P18k P25k

and so on, it reveals that as suchness, their intrinsic nature, all phenomena are not different.

Explanation of Chapters 43 to 45

Marks

5.­490

“Gods, this perfection of wisdom [F.212.a] is deep because it is marked by emptiness.”1390 P18k P25k

The separation from falsely imagined phenomena that are the objects in the range of fools is “marked by emptiness.” The absence and total extinguishing of the causal signs of mental construction and conceptual thought projections is

“marked by signlessness.” P18k P25k

5.­491

Not joining up later with what has been wished for, because all conceptualized wishes have been forsaken, is

“marked by wishlessness.” P18k P25k

5.­492

The uncompounded state is

“marked by the absence of production and stopping” P18k P25k

because all thought constructions conceiving of cause, condition, and result are severed. It is separated from production and so on. The absolutely purified state when there is a transformation of the basis through the four transformations is1391

“marked by the absence of defilement and the absence of purification.” P18k P25k

5.­493

Like an illusion, a dream, a mirage, and so on, which are not thoroughly established and are nonexistent, a nonexistent thing is

“marked by the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature.” P18k P25k

5.­494

What has no standing anywhere, like space separated from all false imagination and thought construction, ultimately inexpressible, is

“marked by the absence of a foundation.” P18k P25k

5.­495

Because a prior limit, a later limit, and a middle1392 have been abandoned, the natural state of nirvāṇa separated from an existent thing and a nonexistent thing is

“marked by the absence of annihilation and of going on and on forever.” P18k

5.­496

The nondual state separated from difference and unity is

“marked by the absence of unity and the absence of difference” P18k

because all conceptualizations of difference have stopped. The state separated from coming and going is

“marked by the absence of coming and absence of going” P18k

because all effort has been abandoned, illuminating does not exist, and an act of doing something does not exist. Because everything is totally separated [F.212.b] from all of its own characteristic marks, the place constituted by the unmarked is

“marked by space.” P18k P25k

5.­497

Furthermore,

“the Tathāgata uses the conventional label as an ordinary conventional term, but not as an ultimate one” P18k P25k

says it is marked by being inexpressible.

5.­498

“Gods, the world with its gods and humans cannot alter those marks”1393 P18k P25k

is saying that it is marked as thoroughly established because it is thoroughly established as being without alteration and thoroughly established as being without error.

5.­499

“Gods, a mark does not make a mark into something else”1394 P18k P25k

means suchness does not disturb suchness.

5.­500

“A mark does not know a mark.” P18k P25k

Suchness does not know suchness, just as space does not know space.

5.­501

“A mark does not know the absence of a mark.” P18k P25k

Suchness does not know a falsely imagined phenomenon, just as space does not know a rabbit’s horns.

5.­502

“The absence of a mark does not know a mark.” P18k

A falsely imagined phenomenon does not know suchness, just as a rabbit’s horns do not know space.

5.­503

“And the absence of a mark does not know the absence of a mark.” P18k P25k

A falsely imagined phenomenon does not know a falsely imagined phenomenon, just as a rabbit’s horns do not know a rabbit’s horns.

5.­504

“Therefore that mark, and that absence of a mark, and also both, do not have… the intrinsic nature of that which might cause knowing.”1395 P18k P25k

An intrinsic nature of perceiving does not exist because suchness is nonconceptual, effortless, and does not stir, because a falsely imagined phenomenon does not exist. “That which might make known” is consciousness and so on.

5.­505

“Who might know” P18k P25k

is a person or a dharma.

5.­506

“To whom it might be made known” P18k P25k

is another person or a dharma.

5.­507

“Gods, those marks are not occasioned by form,” P18k P25k

and so on, reveals that it1396 is marked by not occasioning anything. [F.213.a]

“Because all marks have no mark”‍— P18k

because the aforementioned emptiness, signlessness, and so on, and all compounded and uncompounded phenomena, are marked as falsely imagined phenomena is the meaning.

5.­508

“Whether the tathāgatas arise or whether the tathāgatas do not arise,” P18k P25k

and so on, is speaking about the defining mark of phenomena remaining in the same state.1397

5.­509

“The element of marks simply remains as it really is, the element of no marks. A tathāgata has perfectly and fully awakened to that.” P18k P25k

It is called “the element of no marks” because all conceptualizations of a mark are absent.

5.­510

“Therefore a tathāgata is called a ‘tathāgata.’ ”1398 P18k P25k

Through a creative explanation they are called “tathāgatas” because they have realized as suchness or because they have realized suchness.1399

5.­511

“The Tathāgata has given an exposition of1400 all marks by giving an exposition of the perfection of wisdom” P18k P25k

is indicating the earlier statement,1401 “Gods, this is deep because it is marked by emptiness, it is marked by signlessness,” and so on.

5.­512

“Having fully awakened to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening… [he] has differentiated all the marks” P18k P25k

means that even though they have fully awakened to such a nonconceptual ultimate they still explain the conventional marks for the benefit of beings.

5.­513

“The mark of form is something that can show itself,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches the conventional defining marks.

Appreciation and gratitude

5.­514

[The tathāgatas]

“have appreciation and a feeling of gratitude”1402 P18k P25k

for this [perfection of wisdom]. They think ‘We have done this and we have asserted this’ because they realize what they have done and achieved.

5.­515

“Fully awakened to all dharmas as not done and not changed”1403‍— [F.213.b] P18k P25k

they have “fully awakened” to dharmas constituted by what has not been done‍—that nobody has done. As for “not changed,” they have fully awakened without distortion; they know them as unchanging.

5.­516

“Because there is no body”‍— P18k P25k

this is the nonexistence of a body, the nonexistence of an interior, formlessness. Therefore, Subhūti, the nonexistence of a body, this interior, is

“the Tathāgata’s cognizance of what has not been done, and acknowledgment of what has not been done.” P18k P25k

5.­517

He is cognizant of what has not been done because he is cognizant of the mark of uncompounded phenomena.

“Furthermore, Subhūti, thanks to the perfection of wisdom, on account of the force of ultimately not originating, the unmade transcendental knowledge has engaged with all dharmas.”1404 P18k P25k

5.­518

“On account of the force of ultimately not originating” means based on the ultimate being unproduced and unoriginated. It is teaching that the transcendental knowledge of the tathāgatas is the mark of the thoroughly established dharma body and hence is “unmade,” so the Tathāgata cognizes what has not been done.1405

5.­519

“Lord, when all dharmas are not producers and are not seers”1406 P18k P25k

is teaching that there has been no production so there is no producer, therefore it is not feasible1407 that

“the perfection of wisdom gives birth”; P18k P25k

it does not cause seeing so there is no seer, so it is not feasible that it

“reveals the world.” P18k P25k

5.­520

“Exactly so, Subhūti, exactly so!” P18k P25k

and so on is teaching

“because all dharmas are empty, ring hollow, are in vain… are not producers and are not revealers,” P18k P25k

that it is true, and in the ordinary world there is nobody who knows such a reality. It is teaching “Still, he,1408 thanks to the perfection of wisdom, has fully awakened to this reality as it actually is, therefore it has given birth to him and reveals the world.” He intends this as a statement of praise.

5.­521

“It reveals it, moreover, because form is not seen.” P18k P25k

Because he does not see form, therefore it reveals it. Were he to have seen form, [F.214.a] he would have seen reality imperfectly, like somebody with a visual distortion, so it also would not reveal it.

5.­522

“Subhūti, when a consciousness with form as objective support does not arise”‍— P18k P25k

when a consciousness with bristly strands of hair and so on as its objective support arises in somebody with a visual distortion, and then later on does not arise, you say sight has become clear. Similarly, here too, there is the locution

“it reveals” P18k P25k

because “consciousness and so on with form as objective support does not arise.”

5.­523

“Reveals… [that the world] is inconceivable”1409‍— P18k P25k

because suchness is beyond the range of speculative thought.

5.­524

“Subhūti, form is inconceivable, incomparable, immeasurable, uncountable, and equal to the unequaled because it does not appear.”1410 P18k P25k

“Form” does not appear. And why? Falsely imagined form does not exist, like a rabbit’s horns, so “it does not appear”; the true dharmic nature of form cannot be apprehended by any consciousness so “it does not appear,” and because it thus does not appear it is therefore “inconceivable,” “incomparable,” “immeasurable,” and so on.

5.­525

The teaching about “inconceivable” and so on is easy to understand as found in the scripture.1411 In it,

“all mental and mental factor dharmas are not apprehended”1412 P18k

means cannot be grasped by “all mental and mental factor dharmas,” so it says that “it does not appear.”

5.­526

Why does Subhūti, with

“it is made available to serve a great purpose,” P18k P25k

and so on, again introduce an exposition of a part of the text that has already been explained?1413 He says that in order to gather a retinue, and also because, having introduced just that, he wants a greater enthusiasm. Earlier it taught that it benefits the practice prior to a buddha; now it is teaching that it does the work of a buddha.

5.­527

“This deep [F.214.b] perfection of wisdom is made available so that you do not hold on to and do not settle down on form.”1414 P18k P25k

Because from seeing the perfection of wisdom they do not on account of craving come to “hold on to” and on account of a view “settle down on form” and so on‍—the dharmas‍—therefore it is put into words as “this deep perfection of wisdom is made available so you do not hold on to and do not settle down,” which is to say, it teaches that it is for a truly great purpose.

5.­528

“Subhūti, I too…”1415 P18k P25k

He is saying he himself is in full control.

5.­529

“That knowledge and abandonment of faith-followers, dharma-followers, up to worthy ones, and pratyekabuddhas, is the forbearance of bodhisattvas who have gained forbearance for the nonproduction of all dharmas”1416 P18k P25k

teaches that a bodhisattva’s wisdom is greater. Just by merely having entered into the eighth level and gained the forbearance for dharmas that are not produced, the knowledges and the abandonments of all afflictions that are the result of the path to all śrāvaka and pratyekabuddha worthy ones are completed. Their knowledge and abandonment do not exceed that forbearance. From here the bodhisattvas are totally without afflictions. Up to here the bodhisattvas described as those “who have gained forbearance for the nonproduction of dharmas” are the ones without afflictions.

5.­530

“Before they had gone very far disappeared”1417‍— P18k P25k

this explanation teaches that their work has been completed.

5.­531

Then the elder Subhūti, to engender respect in persons with perfect belief in this explanation and so on, asks about their birth. It says,

“Where did they die, Lord, the bodhisattva great beings who have taken birth here and believe in this deep perfection of wisdom the moment they hear it?” P18k P25k

5.­532

and so on. Here it also gives an exposition of the three bodhisattvas that make up the bright side and the three that make up the dark side. Those who

“have died a human and taken birth as a human” [F.215.a] P18k P25k

are good. The second who,

“having died in other buddhafields, take birth” P18k P25k

among humans are good. The third who

“have died among the Tuṣita gods and taken birth here” P18k P25k

5.­533

are also good. As for the three on the dark side, there are those who are not endowed with having

“heard or asked about it in the past [and] have taken birth here,” P18k P25k

but do not believe in the explanation; the second, who are also not endowed with having heard and so on, hear it here just because of faith, but

“get robbed” P18k

and become uncertain; and the third, who have asked about this explanation in the past just because of faith but still are not endowed with taking it up and so on, and who later fall into

“the Śrāvaka and the Pratyekabuddha” P18k P25k

Vehicles.1418

5.­534

Here the analogy of

“the boat on the ocean,” P18k P25k

the analogy of

“the pot,” P18k P25k

and then the analogies of

“the ship” P18k P25k

and

“the very old man” P18k P25k

are easy to understand as found in the scripture.1419

5.­535

To teach that when they do not have such a perfection of wisdom and skillful means they fall into the two vehicles, and that when they do have them they reach unsurpassed, complete awakening, Subhūti asks how it is that they do not have those two, and asks how it is that they do not not have those two.1420

5.­536

At that time the Lord puts into words that not having the six perfections is because of the power of apprehending and because of the power of pride, and that they fall to one of the two deficient levels. He teaches that those who do not apprehend the six perfections and have no pride

“reach unsurpassed, complete awakening.” P18k P25k

5.­537

“It is because the perfection of giving has gone to the near shore.”1421 P18k P25k

The side that is the knowledge of path aspects of bodhisattvas‍—the absence of conceptualization‍—is “gone to the near shore.” The side that is the knowledge of all aspects of buddhas is “gone to the farther shore,” because it is the perfection [F.215.b] of the absence of conceptualization. Therefore, it says

“knows the near shore and knows the farther shore.”1422 P18k P25k

5.­538

Then the section of the text to do with skillful means is in just that sequence as well.1423

How those new to the bodhisattva vehicle train

5.­539

Having thus heard that those who do not have the perfection of wisdom and skillful means fall into the two vehicles, thinking, “How, then, do they become those who have newly set out in the vehicle and are beginning the work,” Subhūti asks,1424

“Lord, how should bodhisattva great beings beginning the work train in the perfection of wisdom?” P18k P25k

5.­540

And the Lord, because those who are beginning the work definitely have to have spiritual friends, therefore teaches that they

“should attend on spiritual friends.” P18k P25k

5.­541

“You should not hold as an absolute,”1425 P18k P25k

and

“you should not produce a longing for form”1426 P18k P25k

means do not, because of conceptual views and attachment to an ultimate, set your hopes on something.

Nine qualities of the doers of the difficult

5.­542

Then the elder Subhūti said,1427

“Lord, those bodhisattvas who want unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening, even while all phenomena are empty of their own marks, are doers of the difficult.” P18k P25k

5.­543

In that context the Lord makes nine statements:

5.­544

“ ‘May I for the world’s benefit and happiness… become the protector1428… refuge… resting place… final ally… island… leader and… support. May I become the benefit and happiness of the world: its protector, refuge, resting place, final ally, island, leader, and support,” P18k P25k

which he then explains in detail, discussing each separately.1429 “The benefit” is the intention to liberate beings from all forms of life and establish them in a place without fear; “the happiness” is the intention to liberate them from suffering and establish them in happiness; “the protector” is the intention to teach the doctrine in order to protect them from suffering; “the refuge” is the intention to liberate those afflicted by suffering from that suffering and establish them in the nirvāṇa without any aggregates remaining; [F.216.a] “the resting place” is the intention to explain the doctrine in order that they will have no attachment; “the final ally” is the intention to explain by way of all phenomena, form and so on, the father shore of phenomena; “the island” is the intention to explain the doctrine in a delimited form like an island that is circumscribed; “the leader” is the intention, because of great compassion for beings, to explain the doctrine that leads1430 to nirvāṇa; and “the support” is the intention to understand analytically the places supporting life that are, in brief, eighty-five. Those are the successive contents of the passage.

5.­545

“Lord, how are all phenomena not mingled?”1431 P18k P25k

During saṃsāra, when the falsely imagined and the thoroughly established are as one, are there not broken apart, at that time, when the two are undifferentiable, they are “mingled.” When there has been a gradual transformation through the force of listening, thinking, and meditating in harmony with the extremely pure dharma-constituent as cause, at that time, when the two‍—the falsely imagined and the thoroughly established‍—have become differentiated and a transformation into the extremely pure, stainless, intrinsic nature has come about, they are “not mingled.”

5.­546

“The nonconnection… the nonproduction… the noncessation,” P18k P25k

and so on, are synonymous with just that.

5.­547

“The farther shore of form is not form.”1432 P18k P25k

This is saying that suchness is the farther shore of form because in it the mark of form has been eliminated. Therefore, that suchness that serves as the farther shore of form is not the intrinsic nature of falsely imagined form.

5.­548

“Subhūti, as form really is, so too are all dharmas.” P18k P25k

It says this because all phenomena have suchness as their intrinsic nature, not because they are connected with it.

5.­549

What is intended by,

“Will not bodhisattva great beings have indeed fully awakened [F.216.b] to the knowledge of all aspects?” P18k P25k

It intends to say that if all dharmas are as form really is, well then, with the clear realization of form comes the clear realization of all dharmas and hence the attainment of the knowledge of all aspects.

5.­550

“Lord, on the farther shore of form there is no thought construction whatsoever.” P18k P25k

Were there to be a thought construction of form in the suchness that is the farther shore of form, then, with the realization of the farther shore of form there would not be the realization of all phenomena, there would just be the realization of form alone. But, because it is suchness, there is no thought construction of form on the farther shore of form, hence the realization of just that is established as the realization1433 of all phenomena.

Because phenomena are seen to be like islands, they are “islands.”

5.­551

“Form is delimited by a past and a future.” P18k P25k

Ultimately form has never arisen in the past and ultimately will never arise in the future because it does not exist during all periods of time.

5.­552

“Subhūti, that delimitation of all phenomena by a past and a future… is calm, it is sublime.” P18k P25k

This is teaching that the nonapprehension of all phenomena, because of the emptiness of time, is the ultimate, is viable.1434

5.­553

“Form has space as its way of being.”1435 P18k P25k

This means ultimate form, like space, is untainted and unchanging.

5.­554

“The emptiness of form does not go and does not come” P18k P25k

means the emptiness of form does not go anywhere, even when together with thought construction, and also does not come from anywhere later on when there is no thought construction.

5.­555

“Subhūti, all phenomena have emptiness as their way of being” P18k P25k

means they have emptiness as their intrinsic nature.

5.­556

“Because they do not pass beyond that way of being” [F.217.a] P18k P25k

is saying that the intrinsic nature is not removed from those phenomena. They

“have the unborn and unreal as their way of being”‍— P18k

they are not born‍—have not arisen‍—through the force of causes and conditions, and are not real things because in their intrinsic nature they are not produced.

5.­557

“Subhūti, all phenomena have the limitless”1436‍— P18k P25k

they are not destroyed so they are “limitless”; they are immeasurable, so they are

“boundless.”1437 P18k P25k

5.­558

Alternatively, they are “limitless” because they do not go on and on forever and are not annihilated, and “boundless” because they are not embodied. They

“have the absence of being taken away from and the absence of being added to as their way of being.” P18k P25k

5.­559

“The absence of being taken away from” is because there is no over-negation of what exists; “the absence of being added to” is because there is no over-reification of what does not exist. They

“have not going and not coming as their way of being.” P18k P25k

5.­560

They are “not coming” because they have not come from anywhere, and they are “not going” because they are not going anywhere. They

“have not bringing in and not sending out as their way of being.” P18k P25k

5.­561

At the time of the action they are “not bringing in,” and at the time of karmic maturation they are not “not sending out.” They

“have not joining, not not joining, not mingling, and not not mingling as their way of being.” P18k P25k

5.­562

Even when there is thought construction the falsely imagined is not joined together with suchness; and even later when there is no thought construction it is not not joined. You should construe “not mingling and not not mingling” like this as well.

Explanation of Chapters 46 to 50

5.­563

“In their intrinsic nature they are isolated from the elimination of greed,”1438 P18k P25k

and so on. There is no elimination of greed and so on because they are isolated in their intrinsic nature, hence

“the tokens of greed” P18k P25k

and so on, the tokens of a course of conduct that is greedy and so on, the causes of greed and so on, the objective supports of greed and so on, and greed and the absence of greed and so on‍—all these dharmas have come about from mind, so it says

“that armor is not spliced with form.”1439 P18k P25k

5.­564

This is teaching that because those dharmas, “form” and so on,

“absolutely do not exist,” P18k P25k

they have not been buckled with this armor, [F.217.b] having apprehended the causal signs of those phenomena. This is the armor of signlessness.

5.­565

“Lord, bodhisattva great beings have not buckled on armor for the sake of only a partial number of beings.”1440 P18k P25k

There is no partial number at all they have decided on, thinking, “We will place beings up to this number in nirvāṇa.”

Cultivation and disintegration

5.­566

“It is not something that somebody has to meditate on,” P18k P25k

because there is no agent.

5.­567

“It is not something that has to be meditated on somewhere,” P18k P25k

because an attribute that has to be cultivated is nowhere to be seen.

5.­568

“It is not something that has to be meditated on somehow,” P18k P25k

because an attention that has to be meditated on is also not to be seen. This is

“the disintegration of meditation” P18k P25k

means it causes the nonexistence of meditation.1441

5.­569

“Subhūti, you should look closely at a bodhisattva great being in this deep perfection of wisdom irreversible from progress toward awakening.”1442 P18k P25k

You should look closely at irreversible great bodhisattvas‍—because of this perfection of wisdom are they irreversible, or not?

5.­570

“Is the bodhisattva great being not attached to this deep perfection of wisdom?” P18k P25k

then teaches the causal signs to be looked at closely. It says “to this deep perfection of wisdom,” up to

“the perfection of giving,” P18k P25k

up to all

“the emptinesses,” P25k

finishing with

“the eighteen distinct attributes of a buddha,” P25k

up to

“the knowledge of all aspects.” P18k P25k

So, “you should look closely” whether “the bodhisattva great beings” are “irreversible”‍—are not attached to those and do they not stand on those.

5.­571

Because of their disposition, about

“what others have said” P18k P25k

some do not perceive an essential point, some do not believe it, and some do not get attached. They do not get angry and remain in equanimity. Some, because of their disposition, are

“not separated from” P18k P25k

the six perfections. [F.218.a]

5.­572

Some, when they have heard this deep doctrine,

“do not tremble,” P18k P25k

and so on;

“delight in” P18k P25k

it more and more; and listen,

“take it up, and bear it in mind.” P18k P25k

5.­573

You should know that when they have those attributes they are irreversible from progress toward awakening.

5.­574

“Should think carefully about this deep perfection of wisdom”1443‍— P18k P25k

“think carefully” with special insight during clear realization‍—

“with a mindstream inclined to emptiness, tending to emptiness, and heading to emptiness.” P18k P25k

5.­575

Those three statements are governed by small, middling, and big. It means they should think carefully, having come to a clear realization, through the true dharmic nature of

“emptiness, signlessness, wishlessness, the unproduced, the unceasing, the absence of defilement, the absence of purification,” P18k P25k

and so on.

Suchness and its indivisibility

5.­576

Having said that,

The elder Subhūti inquired, “Lord, do they also think about form?” P18k P25k

and so on.1444 “Lord, they thus think about this deep perfection of wisdom with a mind-stream inclined to emptiness. Should they similarly think about dharmas‍—form, feeling, perception, and so on‍—as well, or should they not?” Then,

the Lord said, “Subhūti, bodhisattva great beings do not think about form,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that at the time of clear realization, dharmas‍—form and so on‍—do not appear because they are nonexistent things. Therefore, full awakening is not through the dharmas

“form, feeling,” P18k P25k

and so on, up to, finally,

“the knowledge of all aspects,” P18k P25k

but is the clear realization of their suchness. That suchness, furthermore, is not broken apart. The suchness of all dharmas, form and so on, [F.218.b] and the suchness of the knowledge of all aspects1445 are one. It means that they “do not think about” the dharmas “form” and so on because the suchness is the same.

5.­577

“Nobody has made the knowledge of all aspects, nobody has made it change. It has not come from anywhere, and is not going anywhere,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that if the knowledge of all aspects were to be something that is made; or that changes; or that comes, goes, or remains; or is in one place but not another; or has a

“number,” P18k P25k

and so on, it would be a falsely imagined mental image, and then it might fully awaken to dharmas, form and so on. But because it is separated from that mental image, is qualified by space, it cannot therefore fully awaken to form and so on.

5.­578

Then, having heard this deep doctrine,

“the gods,” P18k P25k

with

“Lord… this deep perfection of wisdom,” P18k P25k

and so on,1446 offer praise and say suchness is the true reality in which things are not different.

5.­579

“Here where the habitual idea of two does not exist is the deep state of dharmas.”1447 P18k P25k

Because all dharmas have suchness as their nature, and suchness is the same, it is customary to call it one; it is not customary to call it two.

5.­580

“Because space is deep,” P18k P25k

and so on, is just what has been explained before.

5.­581

“This doctrine is not taught so form will be taken up or will not be taken up.” P18k P25k

Seizing on a causal sign‍—this is form‍—it is “taken up.” Over-negating in all respects‍—form does not exist‍—it is “not taken up.”

5.­582

“This doctrine is not obstructed by form,” P18k P25k

and so on.1448 It is not obstructed because it frames1449 a state in harmony with all dharmas, which is to say, it is not obstructed by any dharma, form and so on, because the two extremes of over-reification and over-negation are absent. Thus, because imagined form does not exist, [F.219.a] the extreme of over-reification is absent, and because the true dharmic nature of form does exist, over-negation is absent, hence it is

“in harmony with form.”

5.­583

Similarly, for them all,

“the suchness of form has not come and has not gone, and, similarly, the suchness of Subhūti has not come and has not gone,”

and so on,1450 teaches that the suchness of the Tathāgata and the suchness of Subhūti are the same. It says “has not come and has not gone” to establish that Subhūti

“takes after the Lord.” P18k P25k

He has not come from anywhere and does not go anywhere either.

5.­584

“Just that suchness of the Tathāgata is the suchness of all dharmas, and that suchness of all dharmas is the suchness of Subhūti.”1451 P18k P25k

This means they are one because suchness is the same.

5.­585

“The suchness of the Tathāgata is established” P18k

teaches that they are also one because of being marked by the establishment of dharmas.

5.­586

“Is unchanging and undifferentiated”‍— P18k P25k

this “unchanging” teaches that it is a thoroughly established phenomenon because it is the thoroughly established phenomenon that does not alter. This “undifferentiated” teaches that it is a thoroughly established phenomenon because it is the thoroughly established phenomenon without error.

5.­587

“Is not obstructed by anything”‍— P18k P25k

it extends over all dharmas, which is to say, it does not exist anywhere at all. Therefore, it says

“there is nothing of which that suchness is not the suchness.”1452 P18k P25k

This means that it is also the suchness of all dharmas.

5.­588

“And it is never not suchness”‍— P18k P25k

it is also suchness at all times. It

“is not two” P18k P25k

because it is the same basic nature,

“and cannot be divided into two” P18k P25k

because you cannot divide it into two types.

5.­589

“Just as the suchness of the Tathāgata is not broken apart, is not different, and cannot be apprehended, so too the suchness of all dharmas is not broken apart, is not different, and cannot [F.219.b] be apprehended. Similarly, the suchness of the elder Subhūti is not broken apart, is not different, and cannot be apprehended either.” P18k P25k

This is teaching that the suchness of all dharmas, like the suchness of the Tathāgata, in its nature cannot be apprehended so is not different. And the suchness of the elder Subhūti, like the suchness of all dharmas, also in its nature cannot be apprehended, so it is not different either.1453

5.­590

It means that just as the suchness of the Tathāgata cannot be broken apart because it is not two, is not different because it cannot be divided into two, and cannot be apprehended because in its nature it cannot be apprehended and hence is the same, and just as the suchness of all dharmas cannot be broken apart, is not different, and in its nature cannot be apprehended, so too the suchness of Subhūti cannot be broken apart and is not different either, because in its nature it too cannot be apprehended.

5.­591

“The suchness of the Tathāgata is not other than the suchness of all phenomena, and what is not other than the suchness of all phenomena is never not suchness. It is always suchness. The suchness of the elder Subhūti is like that. Therefore, since it is not something else, even though the elder Subhūti takes after the Tathāgata he does not take after him in anything.”1454 P18k P25k

5.­592

This is teaching that just like the suchness of the Tathāgata, the suchness of all dharmas is also not broken apart because in its nature it cannot be apprehended. And just like the suchness of all dharmas, so too the suchness of the elder Subhūti is also not broken apart because, in its nature, it cannot be apprehended. The suchness of the Tathāgata is not other than the suchness of all phenomena, and what is not other than the suchness of all phenomena is never not suchness, because the suchness of all phenomena is there at all times. The suchness [F.220.a] of the Tathāgata is not other than that, so it is there at all times. Similarly, the suchness of the elder Subhūti is not other than the suchness of all dharmas so it is there at all times. Therefore, since it is there at all times, he takes after the suchness of the Tathāgata.

5.­593

Because he is not marked by birth, it also says “he does not take after him in anything.”1455

5.­594

“Just as the suchness of the Tathāgata is not past, is not future, and is not present,” P18k

and so on, teaches that just as the Tathāgata with a falsely imagined nature is incorporated in the three time periods, but suchness is not included within time, so too all dharmas with a falsely imagined nature are incorporated in the three time periods but their suchness is not included within time. In the same way the suchness of the elder Subhūti is not included within time either.

5.­595

“Therefore, [he]… ‘takes after the Tathāgata.’ ” P18k

5.­596

“Gods, here you should know the suchness of the Tathāgata that is the same, through the suchness of the past that is the same.”1456 P18k P25k

This is teaching: Thus, because the past suchness of all past phenomena has the same intrinsic nature it is the same, and therefore all tathāgatas are the same as well. They too have the same nature as that suchness, so they are also the same. Because of just this‍—the suchness of all the tathāgatas being the same‍—the suchness of past phenomena is therefore also the same. And why? Because the suchness of the Tathāgata and the suchness of all phenomena are the same. Through the sameness of the suchness of all phenomena you should know the sameness of the suchness of the Tathāgata. Through the sameness [F.220.b] of the suchness of the Tathāgata you should know the sameness of all past phenomena. Construe the others in the same way as well.

5.­597

“On account of the sameness of the dharma of form,”1457

and so on, teaches just that suchness of all phenomena in detail.

5.­598

“Gods, thanks to this perfect suchness the Tathāgata… gets to be called Tathāgata.”1458 P18k P25k

As it has been said,1459

“ ‘Tathāgata,’ Subhūti, is a word for true suchness.”

Shaking of the universe

“Shook in six ways”1460‍— P18k P25k

the six are

“quaked… shook… stirred… resounded… roared… and was disturbed.” P18k P25k

From them, when each has been subdivided into three based on small, middling, and big, there are the eighteen great omens and, based on the six directions rising up and sinking down, there are twelve to do with the directions. I have already discussed them in the Introduction chapter.1461

5.­599

There that “shaking” and so on comes about from two causes. When powerful gods hear the good doctrine, because of the force of the pleasure and delight that arises they dance around and excite each other; and, because of the force of the true dharmic nature,1462 even the stable world, in order to demonstrate the greatness of the doctrine, becomes a demonstration, as it were, of obedience to the true dharmic nature the tathāgatas of the past have explained.

5.­600

There shaking is a great quaking in one region;1463 stirring is stirring in its entirety like a leafy tree; quaking is revolving like a fire brand swirling around; resounding is the noise of a long and drawn-out sound; disturbing is upsetting; and a roar is a piercing sound. Alternatively, the earth shakes; all the trees stir; all mountains quake; the big drum of the gods and so on resounds; the ocean and so on is disturbed; [F.221.a] and peals of thunder roar. Again, when they first occur, they appear soft and not forceful; after that they are more forceful than that; and finally they are much more forceful even than that, hence subdivided into three they become eighteen.

5.­601

When the directions are raised up and so on simultaneously, they become greatly disturbed, as though the boundaries have burst1464 and been destroyed. Hence, they rise up and sink down in a sequence. There when the ground, trees, and mountains and so on in the eastern direction are greatly disturbed it looks like the eastern direction is raised up. When it looks like the eastern direction is raised up, even though the western direction remains in its natural state it looks like it has sunk down. When the ground, trees, and mountains and so on in the western direction are greatly disturbed it looks like the western direction is raised up. When it looks like the western direction is raised up, even though the eastern direction remains in its natural state it looks like it has sunk down. Connect them all like that.

Synonyms of suchness

5.­602

“Does not take after form, does not take after anything other than form”1465‍— P18k P25k

since a form aggregate that might come into being is nonexistent, the elder is also nonexistent, so it is not feasible that he takes after form or takes after anything else at all other than form. And it is not feasible that he takes after

“the suchness of form,” P18k P25k

or takes after anything at all

“other than the suchness of form,” P18k P25k

because suchness is unconnected with being born as well.

5.­603

“Lord, suchness, unmistaken suchness, unaltered suchness are deep,” P18k P25k

and so on.1466 To be a tathāgata is suchness. To be unmistaken is unmistaken suchness. To be unaltered is unaltered suchness. It says “suchness, unmistaken suchness, and unaltered suchness” because the thoroughly established phenomenon marked by the inexpressibility of dharmas, the ultimate element, [F.221.b] is at all times suchness, is not a mistake, and does not alter. The mark of the thoroughly established phenomenon is threefold: it is a thoroughly established phenomenon that is indestructible, it is a thoroughly established phenomenon without error, and it is a thoroughly established phenomenon that does not alter. It is suchness because it is a thoroughly established phenomenon that is indestructible; it is unmistaken suchness because it is a thoroughly established phenomenon without error; and it is unaltered suchness because it is a thoroughly established phenomenon that does not alter.

5.­604

The three terms‍—

“true nature of dharmas, dharma-constituent, and establishment of dharmas”‍— P18k P25k

teach three marks: the mark of the dharma, the mark of the origin, and the mark of what is established.

5.­605

The state of the dharma1467 is the attribute that is the true nature. It is in a form different from all falsely imagined and conceptualized attributes, so that which is established as the state of the dharma, dissimilar to them, and inexpressible, is expressed by the name “true nature of dharmas” because it is established.

5.­606

“Dharma-constituent” is said to mark the origin. The “dharmas” are the ten powers, the fearlessnesses, the distinct attributes of a buddha, and so on. The term element means cause, so, because it is the origin of the buddhadharmas, it is the “dharma-constituent,” which is to say, the “dharma body.”1468

5.­607

“Establishment of dharmas” is said to mark what is established. As it is said, “Whether the tathāgatas arise or whether the tathāgatas do not arise, the true nature of dharmas and establishment of dharmas are indeed established.”1469 Because it is the inexpressible ultimate, the dharma that is thoroughly established, constantly there during the prior period when it is together with stains and also during the later period when there are no stains, it is the establishment of dharmas.

5.­608

The three terms‍—

“the certification of dharmas, the very limit of reality, and the inconceivable element”‍— P18k P25k

are speaking about what is marked by restriction.1470

5.­609

Among these, in “the certification of dharmas” [F.222.a] the dharmas are the perfect state dharmas, the reverse of the mistaken dharmas. The certification of them1471 is the state in which they are secure, the state restricted to those alone. Through that state they awaken to suchness at the very first with knowledge at the Joyful level and are certified to fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening, not otherwise. Therefore, it is called the “certification of dharmas” because it is the cause restricting dharmas (the perfections and so on making up a buddha) to the perfect state, because it said, “Those who have entered into the flawlessness that is a perfect state…”1472

5.­610

Alternatively, the “flaw” is craving for the dharmas. The nonexistence of the flaw is the flawlessness as explained before.1473 The flawlessness in respect to dharmas is the “certification of dharmas.” The “certification of dharmas” (dharma flawlessness) is the dharma, by awakening to which flawed dharmas are cut off.

5.­611

As for “the very limit of reality,” because it is the “limit” (what stands at the limit) of “reality” (in the sense of true reality), it means the true reality that has been absolutely determined to be at the limit of reality.

5.­612

“The inconceivable element” is an inconceivable entity. It is not within the range of what can be inferred by any ordinary speculative thought, so the absolutely determined ultimate known by self-reflexive analytic knowledge is called the “inconceivable element.” Alternatively, it is the element of what is inconceivable, because it is the cause of the amazing, marvelous, inconceivable attributes, which is to say, through the power of the body of the attributes of the buddhas and bodhisattvas the amazing miracles appear in the world.

5.­613

“In them you cannot apprehend form, you cannot apprehend the suchness of form.” P18k P25k

Phenomena, form and so on, do not exist, so you cannot apprehend them. As for suchness, during the period when apprehended and apprehender are in the same state, you cannot apprehend it because that which might be grasped and a grasper do not exist. [F.222.b] Alternatively, that is said1474 because form and suchness1475 are the terms used just during the periods together with stains and when there are no stains.

5.­614

An exegesis of the clear realization of the dharmas is not given because it is easy to explain.

5.­615

Sixty bodhisattvas lacking in what is necessary stopped taking hold of anything and their minds were freed from contamination. P18k P25k

Why are those bodhisattvas lacking in what is necessary? It is because, separated from the perfection of wisdom and skillful means, those bodhisattvas practiced a practice of six perfections that can be apprehended and therefore

“did not enter into secure state,” P18k P25k

and so they did not make unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening their achievement. Hence, they will actualize the very limit of reality and become worthy ones. Those who do just that meditation on

“emptiness, signlessness, and wishlessness… separated from skillful means… become śrāvakas,”1476 P18k P25k

while those who are not so separated reach unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening.

5.­616

He asks “why?” and is taught with the illustration of “a bird,” and there is an explanation of skillful means. It is easy to understand.1477

Is it hard or not hard to become awakened?

5.­617

Then, in regard to the statement,

“Lord,” said the elder Śāriputra, “the way I understand the meaning of what you, Lord, have said,”1478 P18k P25k

it is teaching that on account of their particular lineage1479 they have wisdom and skillful means, their nonapprehending awareness arises from that, and with those everything is achieved.

5.­618

“Starting from the production of the first thought” P18k P25k

means starting from the first level.

5.­619

“Gods! Even though I have fully awakened to all dharmas in all their aspects, still I did not apprehend any dharma that might fully awaken, or through which [F.223.a] I might fully awaken, or any dharma I might awaken to.”1480 P18k P25k

This means he fully knows all the dharmas that have been brought together in a conventional state of consciousness‍—the knowledge of a knower of all aspects‍—but when they are investigated with the knowledge of the ultimate, like seeing things in a dream, he does not see any dharma that knows or that might be known.

5.­620

“And why? Gods, it is because all dharmas are absolutely pure.” P18k P25k

Here the “pure” is just the nonexistent thing, in the sense of absolutely nonexistent.

5.­621

“Lord… full awakening to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening is not hard.”1481 P18k P25k

All dharmas are nonexistent, that is, are nonexistent things, so it is not hard to realize that a nonexistent thing is a nonexistent thing. It is hard to correctly realize the defining marks of phenomena that exist. When something is nonexistent, knowing and establishing that it is simply a nonexistent thing is not hard, even though it would be were dharmas to have such an existence and were you to have to accomplish the practice of the perfections and so on to increase the bright dharmas and stop the dark dharmas. But because those dharmas do not exist, therefore even the accomplishment of them is not hard. So, he says “full awakening… is not hard.”

5.­622

The elder Śāriputra’s intention in saying full awakening

“must be hard”1482 P18k P25k

is this: Having understood that the intrinsic nature of all phenomena that are nonexistent things is a nonexistent thing, like space, then, if it were enough to remain silent in that case it would not be hard. But having thus come to understand that ultimately even full awakening to all dharmas does not exist, and yet, after that still making an effort at the practices of the perfections and working at becoming [F.223.b] fully awakened to all dharmas‍—that sort of thing is hard. That is what he intends.

5.­623

“If bodhisattva great beings do not believe that dharmas are like space, but still,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches1483 that if they were not to “believe all dharmas,” because they are nonexistent, “are like space, but still” they could reach awakening, in that case it would be easy,

“it would not be hard.” P18k P25k

5.­624

And if that were the case, even in the world, bodhisattva great beings who have not eliminated the notion that something is being apprehended, who are practicing the six perfections, would not turn back from unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening and would not fall to the śrāvaka or pratyekabuddha level. This is teaching that in fact those who practice while apprehending things like that will not fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening, and therefore that full awakening to just those dharmas by seeing that just those dharmas are absolutely nonexistent things is hard.

[B22]

5.­625

Having said this, the elder Subhūti, impatient with his statement that bodhisattva great beings turn back from perfect, complete awakening, says,

“Venerable Śāriputra, what do you think, does form turn back from unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening?” P18k P25k

and so on. Here again it teaches six ways it could happen:1484 You can suppose that a dharma, form and so on, turns back; or a dharma other than form turns back; or some dharma that is the suchness of the dharmas, form and so on with stains, turns back; or some dharma other than the suchness of form and so on turns back; or absolutely pure, stainless suchness turns back; or some dharma other than that turns back. Given that it could not happen in those six ways, [F.224.a] what truly established dharma is there that will turn back? This is teaching that ultimately, therefore, there is nothing at all that turns back.

5.­626

With

“according to the way things are in the elder Subhūti’s teaching,”1485 P18k P25k

and so on, the elder Śāriputra is saying that if there are no bodhisattvas who turn back from progress toward awakening, in that case all bodhisattvas will become buddhas; they will not turn back to become śrāvakas or pratyekabuddhas, having in mind that were that to be the case there would not be the three types of bodhisattvas where it says “the bodhisattva is threefold.” He questions Subhūti with the elder Pūrṇa’s words,1486 and then the elder Subhūti, impatient with the words “the bodhisattva is threefold” says,

“Venerable Śāriputra, do you accept in suchness there are three bodhisattvas?” P18k P25k

and so on. As already explained before,1487 from the perspective of suchness all childish ordinary persons, all noble persons, those with a pratyekabuddha’s awakening, bodhisattvas, and even buddhas are just simply one, there is no difference among them. This is explaining that if, even while all are thus just simply one, you accept that bodhisattvas are of three types, then how, given that suchness is totally without difference, can it be feasible to divide it into

“one… or two… or three” P18k P25k

subdivisions?

5.­627

Then the Lord says to the elder Subhūti that he should know that those bodhisattvas will go forth to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening, and in that context, for the sake of those in the retinue who want to know the defining marks of those who will succeed in going forth, Subhūti asks,

“Lord, how should bodhisattva great beings who want [F.224.b] to go forth to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening stand?” P18k P25k

5.­628

After that there is the explanation that they stand with a fully complete aspiration and a fully complete practice. The fully complete aspiration is from1488

“I must produce a balanced thought toward all beings,” P18k P25k

up to

“I must focus on all beings with the thought they are kinsmen, and blood relatives.” P18k P25k

5.­629

And the fully complete practice is from1489

“I must also stop killing,” P18k P25k

up to

“the good doctrine lasts, welcoming it.” P18k P25k

Then there are the two results from the practice: the absence of obscuration and the absence of seizing.

5.­630

The “I must produce a balanced thought toward all beings” is from the perspective of the suchness of all dharmas.

5.­631

“Form will be without obscuration”1490 P18k P25k

means they do not obscure or conceptualize form.

5.­632

“Even in the past… did not seize form.” P18k P25k

Even in times past there was no obscuration of form and so on and they did not seize it. Having said “it is because they did not seize,” and so on, it then says,

“and why?” P18k P25k

asking, for the sake of those who are uncertain, how they “did not seize form” and so on.1491

5.­633

“Because even that form that has not been seized, Subhūti, is not form.” P18k P25k

Bodhisattvas cause just not seizing on all dharmas to get stronger, not seizing. But even that which bodhisattvas do not seize is not the intrinsic nature of form and so on. Therefore, when not seizing has gotten stronger, form and so on will not be seized on by bodhisattvas.

Signs of bodhisattvas irreversible from progress toward awakening

5.­634

Then, because the elder Subhūti has earlier said1492 that ultimately even turning back does not exist, and the three types of bodhisattva1493 do not exist either, here, in this part of the text, [F.225.a] he asks about the signs that they are irreversible from progress toward awakening. Then the Lord gives an explanation of thirty-five signs: because irreversible bodhisattvas1494

see without duality in suchness;

have turned away from all;

do not honor and so on other teachers or have a doctrine that is not inferior;

are not born in a place that precludes a perfect human birth;

stop the ten unwholesome actions;

complete the ten wholesome actions;

complete all the perfections for the sake of all beings;1495

study the doctrine‍—the twelve branches of the sacred word‍—for the sake of all beings;

are not unsure about the deep dharmas;

are endowed with gentle and loving physical, verbal, and thinking-mind actions;

do not put up with the five obscurations;1496

do not have the seven bad proclivities;1497

act with mindfulness and a clear awareness of what they are doing;

are habitually clean and so on;

are those bodhisattvas in whom the thousands of maggot families do not arise;

have a pure body, pure speech, and a pure mind;

are not needy, are content, and rely on the qualities of the ascetic;

are not miserly and so on;

have a steady, profound intellect and so on;

are not stolen away by Māra and so on;1498

do not repose their confidence in others;1499

rely on the perfection of wisdom;1500

comprehend the works of Māra;

have gained forbearance for the nonproduction of dharmas;1501

have turned back and are irreversible from progress toward awakening;1502

are not affected by the results of the concentrations, meditative stabilizations, or absorptions;

do not focus on all dharmas, form and so on;

have the perfect four1503 practices of the perfections;

do not hope the result of giving is that others become distressed and so on;1504

have the faculties such that the five vajra families are always shadowing them and so on;1505

do not resort to spells and base arts;

stop being preoccupied with base stories and engage in perfect deeds [F.225.b] and aspirations;1506

harbor no doubt about their own level;1507

will give up even their life to look after the doctrine;1508 and

do not lose the doctrines they have taken up.

5.­635

Among them,

“in regard to those suchnesses, they have no doubt at all that they are not each separate and both.”1509 P18k P25k

This is explaining, based on the suchness of all persons, that the tathāgatas are exactly the same. It means the intrinsic nature, or the intrinsic nature of both, is not the intrinsic nature of suchness.1510

5.­636

“All dharmas are without attributes, without tokens, and without signs”1511 P18k P25k

because suchness has no attributes.

5.­637

“Lord, if all dharmas are without attributes,” P18k P25k

and so on, means that if you say there are no attributes and no signs how have you explained the attributes and signs of those who are irreversible from progress toward awakening?

5.­638

“Subhūti… bodhisattva great beings who have turned away from form,” P18k P25k

and so on, is teaching that just the knowledge, in the absence of the attribute, is the reason they are irreversible from progress toward awakening. They have “turned away from” an attribute of form, from what is a token of form.

5.­639

“Know what needs to be known”1512‍— P18k P25k

know the knowable;

“see what needs to be seen”‍— P18k P25k

see what needs to be looked at.

5.­640

“They do not hold that a spectacle or an auspicious sign makes for cleanliness.” P18k P25k

An auspicious spectacle or auspicious sign means that just because they think so, [purification] has been done by bathing, fasting, chanting, visiting holy places, ceremonial offerings, and so on.

5.­641

The explanation of all the tokens of irreversibility is easy.

5.­642

It is true that not turning back from progress toward full awakening happens just by reaching the first level, but it also teaches a second not turning back from progress toward full awakening that happens at the eighth level.

5.­643

As for those who “turn back” and are “irreversible,”1513 those who turn back from the śrāvaka and pratyekabuddha levels “turn back”; those who do not turn back from the Buddha level are “irreversible from progress toward full awakening.” [F.226.a]

Part Two

Subhūti’s Two Hundred and Seventy-Seven Questions

5.­644

Having thus heard about the good qualities of irreversible bodhisattvas not turning back, the elder Subhūti asks about the deep places for the benefit of bodhisattvas who want to be irreversible from progress toward full awakening and says

“would that you might also well expound those deep places.”1514

5.­645

From here on the elder Subhūti asks two hundred and seventy-seven questions about the deep places and the Lord provides the responses.

5.­646

The first is “would that you might also well expound those deep places.”

5.­647

The second is,

“Lord, are they words only for nirvāṇa or are they words for all dharmas?”

and so on.

5.­648

The third is,

“Lord, what is the suchness of form like?”

and so on.

5.­649

The fourth is,

“The Lord has said, ‘Whatever merit has been accumulated it is all imaginary,’ so how will a son of a good family or daughter of a good family make a lot of merit?”

and so on.

5.­650

The fifth is,

“Lord, what are the specific features of incalculable, infinite, and immeasurable?”

and so on.

5.­651

The sixth is,

“Lord, would there also be a way such that form would also be incalculable?”

and so on.

5.­652

The seventh is,

“Lord, is it just that form is empty?”

and so on.

5.­653

The eighth is,

“Lord, does an inexpressible reality know increase or decrease?”

and so on.

5.­654

The ninth is,

“Lord, if an inexpressible reality does not increase or decrease, will the perfection of giving, Lord, not increase or decrease?”

and so on.

5.­655

The tenth is,

“Lord, what is unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening?”

5.­656

The eleventh is,

“What is the suchness of all phenomena?”

5.­657

The twelfth is,

“Lord, do [F.226.b] bodhisattva great beings fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening because of the first production of the thought?”

and so on.

5.­658

The thirteenth is,

“Lord, do bodhisattva great beings, having completed all the ten levels, fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening?”

and so on.

5.­659

The fourteenth is,

“How, Lord, when they do so, will bodhisattva great beings become absorbed for the sake of beings in the three meditative stabilizations?”

5.­660

The fifteenth is,

“How do bodhisattva great beings complete the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­661

The sixteenth is,

“How do bodhisattva great beings fully master emptiness?”

5.­662

The seventeenth is,

“How do bodhisattva great beings stand in emptiness but not actualize emptiness?”1515

5.­663

The eighteenth is,

“Lord, what is the mark of the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­664

The nineteenth is,

“Lord, if all phenomena are isolated from all phenomena and if all phenomena are empty of all phenomena, Lord, how could there be the defilement and purification of beings?”

5.­665

The twentieth is,

“Lord, given that all attention is separated from an intrinsic nature, that all attention is empty of an intrinsic nature, how, Lord, are bodhisattva great beings never separated from attention connected to the knowledge of all aspects?”

5.­666

The twenty-first is,

“Lord, given that the perfection of wisdom is separated from an intrinsic nature, how will bodhisattva great beings succeed at the perfection of wisdom and fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening?”

5.­667

The twenty-second is,

“Lord, is it the emptiness of the perfection of wisdom, its state of ringing hollow, being in vain [that practices the perfection of wisdom]?”

At this point there is a subsection with ten questions.1516

5.­668

The twenty-third is,

“Lord, is the bodhisattvas’ unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening prophesied because there will be the production of all the dharmas?”

5.­669

The twenty-fourth is,

“Lord, what is the sameness of bodhisattva great beings?”

5.­670

The twenty-fifth is,

“Lord, when bodhisattva great beings train to put an end to form do they train in the knowledge of all aspects?”

5.­671

The twenty-sixth is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are in their basic nature perfectly pure, what dharma’s perfect purity do bodhisattva great beings attain?” [F.227.a]

5.­672

The twenty-seventh is,

“Lord, do they even have to obtain a śrāvaka’s and a pratyekabuddha’s perfect state?”

5.­673

The twenty-eighth is,

“Lord, in what way will a thought that is like an illusion fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening?”1517

5.­674

The twenty-ninth is,

“How will there be a realization of the isolated by the isolated?”

5.­675

The thirtieth is,

“Lord, do those lord buddhas teach the Dharma in the form of a proclamation of the names1518 of those bodhisattva great beings who turn back or those who do not turn back?”

5.­676

The thirty-first is,

“Lord, given that no phenomenon is apprehended when they have stood in suchness and practiced for suchness, how will they stand in the knowledge of all aspects?”

5.­677

The thirty-second is,

“Lord, given that no dharma called ‘a tathāgata’s magical creation’ is apprehended at all, who will stand in suchness?”

5.­678

The thirty-third is,

“Lord, how are they to accomplish the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­679

The thirty-fourth is,

“Lord, how does the perfection of giving reach completion in bodhisattva great beings practicing this perfection of wisdom?”

5.­680

The thirty-fifth is,

“How do bodhisattva great beings standing in the perfection of giving incorporate the perfection of morality?”

5.­681

The thirty-sixth is,

“How do they, standing in the perfection of giving, incorporate the perfection of patience?”

5.­682

The thirty-seventh is,

“How the perfection of perseverance?”

5.­683

The thirty-eighth is,

“How the perfection of concentration?”

5.­684

The thirty-ninth is,

“How the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­685

The fortieth is,

“How do they, standing in the perfection of morality, incorporate the perfection of giving?”

5.­686

The forty-first is,

“How the perfection of patience?” [F.227.b]

5.­687

The forty-second is,

“How the perfection of perseverance?”

5.­688

The forty-third is,

“How the perfection of concentration?”

5.­689

The forty-fourth is,

“How the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­690

The forty-fifth is,

“How do they, standing in the perfection of patience, incorporate the perfection of giving?”

5.­691

The forty-sixth is,

“How the perfection of morality?”

5.­692

The forty-seventh is,

“How the perfection of perseverance?”

5.­693

The forty-eighth is,

“How the perfection of concentration?”

5.­694

The forty-ninth is,

“How the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­695

The fiftieth is,

“How do they, standing in the perfection of perseverance, incorporate the perfection of giving?”

5.­696

The fifty-first is,

“How the perfection of morality?”

5.­697

The fifty-second is,

“How the perfection of patience?”

5.­698

The fifty-third is,

“How the perfection of concentration?”

5.­699

The fifty-fourth is,

“How the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­700

The fifty-fifth is,

“How do they, standing in the perfection of concentration, incorporate the perfection of giving?”

5.­701

The fifty-sixth is,

“How the perfection of morality?”

5.­702

The fifty-seventh is,

“How the perfection of patience?”

5.­703

The fifty-eighth is,

“How the perfection of perseverance?”

5.­704

The fifty-ninth is,

“How the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­705

The sixtieth is,

“How do they, standing in the perfection of wisdom, incorporate the perfection of giving?”

5.­706

The sixty-first is,

“How the perfection of morality?”

5.­707

The sixty-second is,

“How the perfection of patience?”

5.­708

The sixty-third is,

“How the perfection of perseverance?”

5.­709

The sixty-fourth is,

“How the perfection of concentration?” [F.228.a]

5.­710

The sixty-fifth is,

“How long a time has it been since bodhisattva great beings with such skillful means set out?”1519

5.­711

The sixty-sixth is,

“Lord, how many lord buddhas have the bodhisattva great beings with such skillful means attended on?”

5.­712

The sixty-seventh is,

“How large is the wholesome root they have planted?”

5.­713

The sixty-eighth is,

“Lord, if all phenomena are empty of an intrinsic nature how will bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of giving and so on fully awaken?”

5.­714

The sixty-ninth is,

“Lord, given there is no specific feature or variation of any phenomenon for someone who has entered into reality, why is the perfection of wisdom said to be the highest… when it comes to the five perfections?”

5.­715

The seventieth is,

“Lord, does the perfection of wisdom not fully take hold of or release any dharma?”

5.­716

The seventy-first is,

“Lord, how is form not taken hold of and not released?”

5.­717

The seventy-second is,

“Lord, if there is no attention being paid to form, how will the wholesome roots flourish?”

5.­718

The seventy-third is,

“Lord, why, when they thus do not pay attention to form, do they reach the knowledge of all aspects?”

5.­719

The seventy-fourth is,

“Lord, where will bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom stand?”

5.­720

The seventy-fifth is,

“Lord, how will they not stand in form?”

5.­721

The seventy-sixth is,

“Lord, how will these faults of bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom not occur?” [F.228.b]

5.­722

The seventy-seventh is,

“Lord, is the perfection of wisdom not separated from the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­723

The seventy-eighth is,

“Lord, what is the path of bodhisattva great beings, and what is not the path?”

5.­724

The seventy-ninth is,

“Lord, if the perfection of wisdom does not produce and does not stop any phenomenon, how do bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom give gifts?”

5.­725

The eightieth is,

“Lord, how should bodhisattva great beings make an effort at the six perfections?”

5.­726

The eighty-first is,

“Lord, have you said that they have to train in the perfection of wisdom with the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­727

The eighty-second is,

“Lord, how do the lord buddhas watch over those practicing the perfection of giving?”

5.­728

The eighty-third is,

“Lord, how will bodhisattva great beings come to know all dharmas in brief and in detail?”

5.­729

The eighty-fourth is,

“Lord, what is the suchness of form?”

5.­730

The eighty-fifth is,

“Lord, what is the very limit of reality?”

5.­731

The eighty-sixth is,

“Lord, how should all dharmas be known in brief and in detail?”

5.­732

The eighty-seventh is,

“Lord, what are the dharmas that are not conjoined and are not disjoined?”

5.­733

The eighty-eighth is,

“Lord, how should bodhisattva great beings practice the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­734

The eighty-ninth is,

“Lord, for bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom, how long is it?” [F.229.a]

5.­735

The ninetieth is,

“Lord, should they practice connected with an unbroken, unseparated thought?”1520

5.­736

The ninety-first is,

“Lord, will bodhisattva great beings who have practiced the perfection of wisdom, accomplished the perfection of wisdom, and meditated on the perfection of wisdom reach the knowledge of all aspects?”

5.­737

In this “Lord, how will bodhisattvas reach the knowledge of all aspects?” part of the text, there are four questions in a subsection.1521

5.­738

The ninety-second is,

“Lord, is the perfection of wisdom something that cannot be labeled?”

5.­739

The ninety-third is,

“Why, Lord, does hell have a label?”

5.­740

The ninety-fourth is,

“Well then, Lord, do bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom train in form?”

5.­741

The ninety-fifth is,1522

“Lord, how should they train in form as not produced and not stopping?”

5.­742

The ninety-sixth is,

“Lord, how should they train in all dharmas empty of their own marks?”

5.­743

The ninety-seventh is,

“Lord, if form is empty of form, how will bodhisattva great beings practice the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­744

The ninety-eighth is,

“Lord, why is not practicing the practice of the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­745

The ninety-ninth is,

“Lord, if not practicing is the practice of the perfection of wisdom, how then will bodhisattva great beings who are beginning the work practice the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­746

The one hundredth is,

“Lord, to what extent does not apprehending come about?”

5.­747

From here on down are the second hundred.

5.­748

The first is,

“Lord, what is duality?”

5.­749

The second is,

“Lord, what is nonduality?”

5.­750

The third is,

“Lord, is what cannot be apprehended not apprehended?”1523

5.­751

The fourth is,

“Lord, if bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom [F.229.b] are not attached to apprehending and are not attached to not apprehending, how, Lord, will bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom complete level after level, and how, having completed level after level, will they reach the knowledge of all aspects?”

5.­752

The fifth is,

“Lord, if a perfection of wisdom cannot be apprehended, how will bodhisattvas… make an investigation?”

5.­753

The sixth is,

“Lord, if bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom do not apprehend form, … how will they complete the perfection of giving… and having done the work of a buddha free all beings from saṃsāra?”

5.­754

The seventh is,

“Well then, Lord, for whose sake do bodhisattva great beings practice the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­755

The eighth is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are unmade and are unchanging, how is there an arrangement of three vehicles?”

5.­756

The ninth is,

“Lord, if a tathāgata, worthy one, perfectly complete buddha were not to apprehend with the five eyes those beings they free from saṃsāra, how then would the Lord… have predicted beings in the three groups…?”

5.­757

The tenth is,1524

“But Lord, the tathāgatas stood in the ultimate and fully awakened to unsurpassed, perfect complete awakening.”

5.­758

The eleventh is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are like magical creations, then what distinction and what differentiation, Lord, is there between a tathāgata and a magical creation?”

5.­759

The twelfth is,

“Lord, when there is no tathāgata, does the tathāgata’s magical creation do the work?”

5.­760

The thirteenth is,

“Lord, if there is no distinction at all between a magical creation and a tathāgata, how will there be a pure gift?”

5.­761

The fourteenth is,

“Lord, the true dharmic nature of all dharmas should not be made complicated, but has the Lord not complicated the true dharmic nature of all dharmas?”

5.­762

The fifteenth is,

“Lord, if the Lord has taught the true dharmic nature of dharmas and explained dharmas with words and signs in order that others will comprehend, why, Lord, have you given an explanation in words and signs of dharmas that have no names and have no signs?”

5.­763

The sixteenth is,

“Lord, if all dharmas finish as a mere name and sign, well then, for what do bodhisattva great beings produce the thought to be awakened?”

5.­764

The seventeenth is,

“Lord, you say ‘knowledge of all aspects’ again and again?”

5.­765

The eighteenth is,

“Lord, what distinction is there between these three types of omniscience?” [F.230.a]

5.­766

The nineteenth is,

“Lord, why does the knowledge of all aspects belong to tathāgatas?”

5.­767

The twentieth is,

“Lord, why does the knowledge of path aspects belong to bodhisattva great beings?”

5.­768

The twenty-first is,

“Why does all-knowledge belong to śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas?”

5.­769

The twenty-second is,

“Lord, from among the three types of omniscience, is there a difference in the elimination of afflictions by them such that it is said, ‘with its abandonment there is something left over,’ but ‘with its abandonment there is nothing left over.’?”

5.­770

The twenty-third is,1525

“Lord, before these śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas have reached the uncompounded, have they eliminated afflictions?”

5.­771

The twenty-fourth is,

“Lord, are differences apprehended in the uncompounded?”

5.­772

The twenty-fifth is,

“Lord, if differences are not apprehended in the uncompounded, why does the Lord say, ‘This is an abandonment of residual impressions and connections. This is not an abandonment of residual impressions and connections?”

5.­773

The twenty-sixth is,1526

“Lord, does a bodhisattva great being having stood on the path…?”

5.­774

In this part of the text, in a sub-section, there are four questions.

5.­775

The twenty-seventh is,

“Lord, if the path is not an existent thing and nirvāṇa is not an existent thing, why is it taught that ‘this is a stream enterer’?”

5.­776

The twenty-eighth is,

“Lord, does something uncompounded make the category ‘this is a stream enterer’?”

5.­777

The twenty-ninth is,1527

“Lord, how will there be a later limit to saṃsāra?”

5.­778

The thirtieth is,

“Lord, if in all phenomena empty of their own marks a prior limit is not apprehended, what need is there to say more about a later limit?”

5.­779

The thirty-first is,

“Lord, you say ‘perfection of wisdom’ again and again. Why, Lord, is it called ‘perfection of wisdom’?”

5.­780

The thirty-second is,

“Lord, if a meaning and a method1528 are not found in this perfection of wisdom, how can bodhisattva great beings practice this deep perfection of wisdom’s meaning?” [F.230.b]

5.­781

The thirty-third is,

“Lord, why does the perfection of wisdom not do good and not do bad?”

5.­782

The thirty-fourth is,

“But Lord, the uncompounded is good for all noble ones, is it not?”

5.­783

The thirty-fifth is,

“Lord, having trained in the uncompounded perfection of wisdom, do bodhisattva great beings not reach the knowledge of all aspects?”

5.­784

The thirty-sixth is,

“Lord, does a nondual dharma…?”

5.­785

In this part of the text, in a subsection, there are three questions.1529

5.­786

The thirty-seventh is,

“Lord, how much merit do bodhisattva great beings make, who have produced the first thought, and who want to fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening for the sake of all beings?”

5.­787

The thirty-eighth is,

“Lord, what should bodhisattva great beings who have produced the first thought pay attention to?”

5.­788

The thirty-ninth is,

“Lord, what is the objective support of the knowledge of all aspects?”

5.­789

The fortieth is,

“Lord, is only the knowledge of all aspects a nonexistent thing?”

5.­790

The forty-first is,

“Lord, why does the knowledge of all aspects have no intrinsic nature?”

5.­791

The forty-second is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature, with what skillful means do bodhisattva great beings, who have produced the first thought of awakening, practice the perfection of giving?”

5.­792

The forty-third is,

“Lord, are phenomena separated from the phenomena themselves?”

5.­793

The forty-fourth is,

“Lord, is ordinary convention one thing and the ultimate another?”

5.­794

The forty-fifth is,

“Lord, you say ‘bodhisattva’s practice’ again and again, what are the words bodhisattva’s practice for?”

5.­795

The forty-sixth is, [F.231.a]

“Lord, you say ‘buddha’ again and again…?”

5.­796

The forty-seventh is,

“Lord, you say ‘awakening’ again and again…?”

5.­797

The forty-eighth is,

“Lord, if bodhisattva great beings who practice for this awakening practice the six perfections… what wholesome root of theirs will be accumulated or diminished, decreased or increased, produced or stopped, or defiled or purified?”

5.­798

The forty-ninth is,

“Lord, if the awakening of bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom is not available as any dharma in the manner of an objective support, how will bodhisattvas… fully grasp the perfection of giving?”

5.­799

The fiftieth is,

“If… in a dualistic way…?”1530

5.­800

The fifty-first is,

“Lord, do bodhisattva great beings practice the perfection of wisdom for the sake of wholesome roots?”

5.­801

The fifty-second is,

“Lord, how do bodhisattva great beings who have attended on the lord buddhas… gain the knowledge of all aspects?”

5.­802

The fifty-third is,

“Lord, those bodhisattva great beings would not gain the knowledge of all aspects, would they?”

5.­803

The fifty-fourth is,

“Lord, why would even bodhisattva great beings who attend on the lord buddhas… not gain the knowledge of all aspects?”

5.­804

The fifty-fifth is,

“Lord, what are those skillful means, in possession of which bodhisattva great beings gain the knowledge of all aspects?”

5.­805

The fifty-sixth is,

“Lord, does a nonexistent thing fully awaken to a nonexistent thing?”

5.­806

In this part of the text, in a subsection, there are four questions.1531

5.­807

The fifty-seventh is,

“Lord, what is the bodhisattva great beings’ thought construction?”

5.­808

The fifty-eighth is,

“Lord, if no phenomenon at all can be apprehended as having an intrinsic nature, on what path do bodhisattva great beings enter into the secure state of a bodhisattva?”

5.­809

The fifty-ninth is,

“Lord, if bodhisattva great beings enter into the secure state of a bodhisattva having completed all paths, in that case, Lord, given that the Aṣṭamaka path is different… how will bodhisattva great beings enter into the secure state of a bodhisattva having completed all paths?”

5.­810

The sixtieth is,1532

“Lord, how will bodhisattva great beings reach the knowledge of all aspects without having produced these paths?” [F.231.b]

5.­811

The sixty-first is,

“Lord, which is the bodhisattvas’ path of a knower of path aspects?”

5.­812

The sixty-second is,

“Lord, if those dharmas‍—the dharmas on the side of awakening and the awakening‍—[are not conjoined and not disjoined… how, Lord, will the dharmas on the side of awakening be those that bring about awakening]?”

5.­813

The sixty-third is,

“Lord, what are the dharmas bodhisattva great beings should realize, having trained in them by knowing and seeing?”

5.­814

The sixty-fourth is,

“Lord, you say ‘noble Dharma and Vinaya’ [again and again. Lord, what is the noble Dharma and Vinaya]?”

5.­815

The sixty-fifth is,

“Lord, should they not train in the mark of form?”

5.­816

The sixty-sixth is,1533

“If they should not train in the marks of those dharmas how, Lord, will bodhisattva great beings transcend the śrāvaka and pratyekabuddha levels?”

5.­817

The sixty-seventh is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are unmarked, do not have various marks, and do not have even one mark, how, Lord, will bodhisattva great beings meditate on the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­818

The sixty-eighth is,

“Lord, in what way is meditation on the unmarked, meditation on the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­819

The sixty-ninth is,1534

“Lord, how is the disintegration of meditation on form, meditation on the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­820

The seventieth is,1535

“If, for someone with dualistic perception, there is not even the patience that arises in a natural order, how could there ever be the comprehension of form?”1536

5.­821

The seventy-first is,1537

“When bodhisattva great beings are practicing the perfection of wisdom, is there the notion of an existent thing or a nonexistent thing?”

5.­822

The seventy-second is,

“Lord, what is an existent thing? What is a nonexistent thing?”

5.­823

The seventy-third is,

“Lord, what is duality? What is nonduality?”

5.­824

The seventy-fourth is,1538

“Lord, if all phenomena are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature…?” [F.232.a]

5.­825

The seventy-fifth is,

“Lord, how has a tathāgata, worthy one, perfect complete buddha produced the four concentrations that are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature?”

5.­826

The seventy-sixth is,

“How, even while all dharmas are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature, will there be serial action?”

5.­827

The seventy-seventh is,

“Lord, if all phenomena are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature, well then, there is no form…?”

5.­828

The seventy-eighth is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature, what reality do bodhisattva great beings who have set out for unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening for the welfare of beings see?”

5.­829

The seventy-ninth is,

“Lord, without an apprehended object is there attainment, is there clear realization?”

5.­830

The eightieth is,1539

“If just the absence of an apprehended object is attainment, just the absence of an apprehended object is clear realization… in that case, Lord, how will there be the bodhisattva great beings’ first level?”

5.­831

The eighty-first is,

“Lord, what distinction and what differentiation is there between the absence of an apprehended object, and giving, morality…?”

5.­832

The eighty-second is,

“Lord, how is an exposition made that differentiates between unapprehended giving, morality, patience, perseverance, concentration, wisdom, and the clairvoyances?”

5.­833

The eighty-third is,

“How do they incorporate the six perfections in a single production of the thought?”

5.­834

The eighty-fourth is,1540

“How do they not, when giving a gift, have a dualistic notion?”

5.­835

The eighty-fifth is,1541

“Lord, given that all dharmas are without causal signs and do not occasion anything, how do bodhisattvas complete the perfection of giving and so on.”

5.­836

The eighty-sixth is,1542

“Lord, given that dharmas are without causal signs, how is it that bodhisattvas complete the cultivation of the six perfections?” [F.232.b]

5.­837

The eighty-seventh is,

“Lord, what is forbearance for dharmas that are not produced?”

5.­838

The eighty-eighth is,1543

“Lord, … of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas?”

5.­839

The eighty-ninth is,

“Lord, how do bodhisattva great beings, having completed the perfection of meditative stabilization that has no mark, pass beyond the śrāvaka and pratyekabuddha levels?”

5.­840

The ninetieth is,

“Lord, what is a… flaw and what is flawlessness?”1544

5.­841

The ninety-first is,

“Lord, what is apprehending?”

5.­842

The ninety-second is,

“Lord, how do bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom comprehend that all phenomena are like a dream?”

5.­843

The ninety-third is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are an unbroken unity, why is there an exposition of wholesome dharmas?”

5.­844

The ninety-fourth is,

“Lord, how, when all dharmas are like a dream… can you present these as wholesome…?”

5.­845

The ninety-fifth is,

“Lord, what is that amazing, marvelous dharma of bodhisattva great beings that śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas do not have?”

5.­846

The ninety-sixth is,

“Subhūti, how do bodhisattva great beings practicing this perfection of wisdom gather a retinue of beings by giving?”1545

5.­847

The ninety-seventh is,

“Lord, do bodhisattva great beings gain the knowledge of all aspects?”

5.­848

The ninety-eighth is,1546

“If a bodhisattva great being gains the knowledge of all aspects, what is the distinction to be made between a bodhisattva great being and a tathāgata?”

5.­849

The ninety-ninth is,

“Lord, if, because of the emptinesses of what transcends limits and no beginning and no end, a being absolutely cannot be apprehended… how, Lord, do bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom arisen from maturation… teach the Dharma to beings?”

5.­850

The one hundredth is,

“Lord, if, in that case, in the dharma-constituent, there is no going beyond, [F.233.a] and in suchness and at the very limit of reality there is no going beyond, well then, is form one thing and the dharma-constituent another?”

5.­851

From here on down are the third hundred.

5.­852

The first is,1547

“Lord, when they have become habituated to the path does the result appear, and do they attain the result or not attain the result?”

5.­853

The second is,

“Lord, if the results have not been presented in detail by curbing1548 the compounded element and uncompounded element… Lord, how am I to understand what you have said, Lord, that ‘the results have not been presented in detail by curbing the compounded and uncompounded dharmas’?”

5.­854

The third is,

“Lord, how have bodhisattva great beings realized well what marks dharmas as dharmas?”

5.­855

The fourth is,

“Lord, how does a magical creation meditate on the path?”

5.­856

The fifth is,

“Lord, how do bodhisattva great beings realize all dharmas that are not real things?”

5.­857

The sixth is,

“Lord, is all form like a tathāgata’s magical creation?”

5.­858

The seventh is,

“Lord, if bodhisattva great beings know… all phenomena are like an illusion, then for whose sake do they practice the six perfections?”

5.­859

The eighth is,

“Lord, if all phenomena are like a dream, where are beings such that by practicing the perfection of wisdom bodhisattva great beings cause them to advance beyond that location?”

5.­860

The ninth is,

“Lord, what is a name, and what is a causal sign?”

5.­861

The tenth is,

“Lord, if all dharmas end up as simply that, how will bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom become personally special on account of wholesome dharmas?”

5.­862

The eleventh is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are without signs, without mindfulness… how do you enumerate ‘these are dharmas with outflows’?”

5.­863

The twelfth is,1549

“Lord, how, in what sort of way, do bodhisattva great beings train in the five appropriating aggregates?”

5.­864

The thirteenth is,

“Lord, if bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom are aware in that way of those dharmas that are different from each other, well then, Lord, does that not complicate the dharma-constituent?”

5.­865

The fourteenth is,

“Lord, in what are bodhisattva great beings [F.233.b] training in the dharma-constituent trained?”

5.­866

The fifteenth is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are the dharma-constituent, how should bodhisattva great beings train in the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­867

The sixteenth is,

“Lord, if a being is absolutely not apprehended… for whose sake do bodhisattva great beings practice the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­868

The seventeenth is,1550

“Lord, if the very limit of reality is thus not one thing and the limit of beings is not another…?”

5.­869

The eighteenth is,1551

“Lord, what are the skillful means in possession of which bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom with skillful means…?”

5.­870

The nineteenth is,1552

“Lord, if all dharmas are empty of a basic nature…?”

5.­871

The twentieth is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are not different things, well then, for what will bodhisattva great beings, thinking, ‘I will fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening,’ set out?”

5.­872

The twenty-first is,1553

“Lord, if a bodhisattva great being’s awakening is not a practice of taking anything up1554 and is not a practice of not taking anything up, well then, of what is a bodhisattva great being’s awakening a practice?”

5.­873

The twenty-second is,1555

“Lord, if bodhisattva great beings do not practice taking anything up or not taking anything up, do not practice form… how will bodhisattva great beings… fully awaken to the knowledge of all aspects?”

5.­874

The twenty-third is,1556

“The ten bodhisattva levels…?”

5.­875

The twenty-fourth is,

“Lord, what is the bodhisattva great beings’ path on which bodhisattva great beings who have to purify a buddhafield and bring beings to maturity practice?”

5.­876

The twenty-fifth is,

“Lord, how do bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of giving bring beings to maturity?”

5.­877

The twenty-sixth is,

“What is the path of a bodhisattva?”

5.­878

The twenty-seventh is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are empty, how will bodhisattva great beings train in all dharmas?” [F.234.a]

5.­879

The twenty-eighth is,

“Lord, why are they not located?”

5.­880

The twenty-ninth is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are unproduced, how will bodhisattva great beings produce a path to awakening?”

5.­881

The thirtieth is,

“Lord, whether the tathāgatas arise or whether the tathāgatas do not arise, does the true dharmic nature of dharmas not remain?”

5.­882

The thirty-first is,

“Lord, do they reach awakening on that path that has been produced?”

5.­883

Here, in a subsection, there are five questions.1557

5.­884

The thirty-second is,

“Lord, if just awakening is the path, would not bodhisattva great beings already have reached awakening?”

5.­885

The thirty-third is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are isolated from their own intrinsic nature, well then, Lord, how do bodhisattva great beings purify a buddhafield?”

5.­886

The thirty-fourth is,

“Lord, what is the bodhisattva great beings’ final physical basis of suffering?”

5.­887

The thirty-fifth is,

“Lord, are bodhisattva great beings ‘destined’?”1558

5.­888

The thirty-sixth is,

“Lord, to which group is one destined?”

5.­889

The thirty-seventh is,

“Lord, are bodhisattva great beings who have produced the first thought destined, or are those who are irreversible destined, or are those who are in a last existence destined?”

5.­890

The thirty-eighth is,

“Lord, do bodhisattva great beings who have become destined take birth in terrible forms of life?”

5.­891

The thirty-ninth is,1559

“Lord, if destined bodhisattva great beings do not take birth in those places‍—namely, the negative ones‍—then where were those wholesome roots when the Tathāgata took birth in the animal world, as you personally have taught in your birth stories?”

5.­892

The fortieth is,

“Lord, in which wholesome dharmas do bodhisattva great beings stand when they appropriate such a body?”

5.­893

The forty-first is,

“Lord, how do bodhisattva great beings endowed with the bright dharmas take birth in terrible forms of life or in the animal world?”

5.­894

The forty-second is,1560

“Lord, is a tathāgata a noble being without outflows?”

5.­895

The forty-third is,

“Lord, standing in those bright dharmas, do bodhisattva great beings utilize such skillful means but still are not affected by those actions?”

5.­896

The forty-fourth is,

“Lord, do bodhisattva great beings [F.234.b] stand only in the perfection of wisdom but not in other dharmas?”

5.­897

The forty-fifth is,

“Lord, if the perfection of wisdom is empty of an intrinsic nature, how could all dharmas be included in the perfection of wisdom?”

5.­898

The forty-sixth is,

“Lord, how do bodhisattva great beings… find and produce within themselves the perfection of clairvoyance?”

5.­899

The forty-seventh is,1561

“Lord, what are the paths for fully awakening to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening?”

5.­900

The forty-eighth is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are empty of their own marks, how can you apprehend specific features in all dharmas that are empty of their own marks and make the distinctions, ‘This is a being in hell’…?”

5.­901

The forty-ninth is,

“Does the Lord, having fully awakened to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening, apprehend the five forms of life in saṃsāra?”

5.­902

The fiftieth is,

“Lord, does a tathāgata apprehend bright, or dark, or bright and dark, or neither bright nor dark dharmas?”

5.­903

The fifty-first is,

“Lord, if all phenomena are empty of their own marks, well then, how do bodhisattva great beings fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening and free beings from the five forms of life in saṃsāra?”

5.­904

The fifty-second is,

“Lord, will beings pass into complete nirvāṇa on account of knowing suffering or will they pass into complete nirvāṇa on account of suffering?”

5.­905

The fifty-third is,

“Lord, how do bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom practice in order to awaken to the truths?”

5.­906

The fifty-fourth is,

“Lord, what are ‘all dharmas as they really are’?”

5.­907

The fifty-fifth is,

“In that case, Lord, is awakening not a real thing?”

5.­908

The fifty-sixth is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are in their nature not real things, if they have not been made by buddhas… why in these dharmas is there a distinction made between ‘these are beings in hell, these in the animal world’?”

5.­909

The fifty-seventh is,

“Lord, is there some real basis called suchness and unmistaken suchness that foolish, ordinary people stand on and settle down on as ‘a real basis’?”

5.­910

The fifty-eighth is,

“Lord, for someone who sees reality, [F.235.a] defilement does not happen… well then, what purification has the Lord been speaking about?”

5.­911

The fifty-ninth is,

“Lord, what is the sameness of all dharmas?”

5.­912

The sixtieth is,

“Lord, if all dharmas are like an illusion… how do bodhisattvas… produce the thought of unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening?”

5.­913

The sixty-first is,

“Lord, is the dharma a tathāgata has fully awakened to, fully awakened to as an ordinary convention or as an ultimate?”

5.­914

The sixty-second is,

“Lord, given that dharmas are in their nature nonexistent, what is this ‘sameness of dharmas’?”

5.­915

The sixty-third is,

“Lord, is that sameness of dharmas not within the range even of a tathāgata?”

5.­916

The sixty-fourth is,

“Lord, is a tathāgata, worthy one, perfectly complete buddha not in control of the entire range of dharmas?”

5.­917

The sixty-fifth is,1562

“Lord, if, in the sameness of all dharmas, ‘this is an ordinary person…’ all cannot be apprehended, in that case would foolish ordinary people… not have specific features?”

5.­918

The sixty-sixth is,

“Lord, if, in the sameness of dharmas, foolish ordinary people… do not have specific features, well then, Lord, from where do the Three Jewels‍—the Buddha Jewel, Dharma Jewel, and Saṅgha Jewel‍—appear in the world?”

5.­919

The sixty-seventh is,

“Lord, is the way in which a tathāgata does not move from the sameness of dharmas…?”

5.­920

The sixty-eighth is,

“Lord, if just that true dharmic nature of dharmas is just that true dharmic nature of ordinary people… given that those‍—namely, form…‍—have different marks… how do those dharmas with different marks come to have one mark?”

5.­921

The sixty-ninth is,

“Lord, is that true nature of dharmas a compounded phenomenon or is it an uncompounded phenomenon?”

5.­922

The seventieth is,

“Lord, if the sameness of all dharmas is empty of a basic nature, then no dharma does anything, so how, while dharmas are not doing anything and are not anything at all, do bodhisattvas not move from the ultimate but still work for the welfare of beings?”

5.­923

The seventy-first is,1563

“Lord, of what is emptiness empty?”

5.­924

The seventy-second is,

“Lord, if those ordinary dharmas are magical creations, are these extraordinary dharmas… magical creations as well?”

5.­925

The seventy-third is,1564

“Lord, are this ‘abandonment’… also magical creations as well?”

5.­926

The seventy-fourth is,

“Lord, what is the dharma that is not a magical creation?”

5.­927

The seventy-fifth is, [F.235.b]

“And what, Lord, is that?”

5.­928

The seventy-sixth is,

“Lord, according to what you have said…”

5.­929

And the seventy-seventh is,

“Lord, if a person who is beginning the work is going to understand the emptiness of an intrinsic nature, how should they be advised and instructed?”

5.­930

You should know that all these questions have been asked for the sake of irreversible bodhisattvas seated in the retinue and for the benefit of persons in the future.

[B23]

Explanation of Chapters 51 to 55

The deep places

5.­931

Among these, in regard to

“Subhūti, form is deep,”1565 P18k P25k

here form is being used as a word for the suchness of form. Therefore, it asks

“why is form deep?” P18k P25k

and says,

5.­932

“Subhūti… just as the suchness of form is deep, so too is form deep,” P18k P25k

indicating that it is just suchness. This means that form is deep in the way that suchness is deep.

5.­933

What is intended by the question,

“Lord, what is the suchness of form like?” P18k P25k

It is asking how, given that “suchness” is without attributes and hence is not the mark of form and is not contingent on form either, can you use the word form and so on in “the suchness of form, suchness of feeling”?

5.­934

“Subhūti, there is no form in the suchness of form, and there is no suchness of form other than form. The suchness of form is like that.” P18k P25k

Having eliminated falsely imagined phenomena, that thoroughly established suchness that is other than falsely imagined phenomena is separated from all mental images so it is not suitable to express it with the word “form” and so on. This is teaching that the name form and so on is superimposed onto suchness when it has stains, that it is not expressible as just that form and so on that foolish ordinary persons imagine, or other than that, [F.236.a] in order to designate it during that period.

5.­935

“Made to turn back from form, and nirvāṇa has been pointed out”‍— P18k P25k

with that “form is deep” they are made to turn back from falsely imagined form. “Nirvāṇa,” the true dharmic nature of form, “has been pointed out.”

5.­936

The illustration of the man with a strong libido is easy to understand.1566

5.­937

“fill up as many world systems as there are sand particles in the Gaṅgā River with the wholesome roots appropriated in a single day … it still would not approach what remains of those wholesome roots even by one hundredth part” P18k P25k

means that even if you were to fill up as many world systems as there are sand particles in the Gaṅgā River with those wholesome roots accumulated in a single day, there would be many parts left over from the one part of the wholesome roots that filled up as many world systems as the sand particles in the Gaṅgā River. That part of the wholesome roots that filled up the world systems would not approach even a hundredth part of what remains of those wholesome roots.1567

5.­938

“If… separated from the perfection of wisdom [that bodhisattva] were to… cultivate wisdom”1568 P18k P25k

means if, without the wisdom of the knowledge of path aspects that sees what cannot be apprehended, they were to cultivate just ordinary wisdom.

5.­939

Take

“this perfection of wisdom is the mother of the bodhisattvas”1569 P18k P25k

as the knowledge of path aspects.

5.­940

“Lord, the Lord has said, ‘Whatever merit has been accumulated, it is all imaginary,’ so how will a son of a good family or daughter of a good family make a lot of merit?”1570 P18k P25k

Whatever the composition of the merit bodhisattvas separated from the perfection of wisdom accumulated it is falsely imagined, so the merit will not increase a lot.

5.­941

“What has been accumulated does not exist,” P18k

is a nonexistent thing. Since it is a nonexistent thing,

“they will not be able to enter into the right view [F.236.b] and the secure state of a bodhisattva,” P18k P25k

and so on. He is asking how if they are not able to do anything could that be correct.

5.­942

“What [they]… have accumulated appears as just empty, appears as just in vain,”1571 P18k P25k

and so on. This is saying, “I do not say that they increase merit by accumulating it,” and “I do not say that they increase merit by not accumulating it” either. How then? How should whatever the merit that bodhisattvas have to accumulate that has been obtained always in all respects be understood analytically as “just empty, in vain,” and as

“just ringing hollow?” P18k P25k

5.­943

When they understand analytically like that, because they

“are inseparable from the perfection of wisdom… to that extent they make infinite, incalculable merit.” P18k P25k

5.­944

“What are the specific features…?”1572 P18k P25k

He asks this as an aside because it is contextually appropriate.

5.­945

“Subhūti, the incalculable is that which has no enumeration.” P18k P25k

That which cannot be enumerated by a word is incalculable;

“the infinite” P18k P25k

cannot be measured; and

“the immeasurable” P18k P25k

cannot be delimited as just this, even by the force of a calculation. Its measure cannot be apprehended. All three, furthermore, are particulars of counting.

5.­946

“A calculable element or an incalculable element” P18k

means

“the compounded element and the uncompounded element.”1573 P25k

5.­947

“Form is also empty so it is infinite, incalculable, and immeasurable.”1574 P18k P25k

A number, measure, and so on exist for falsely imagined phenomena, but in the emptiness element they do not exist. They are included in synonyms of emptiness. Therefore, there is the word “also,” in “form is also empty,” in order to make it into a particular. On account of great compassion, it is

“an exposition in harmony with what causes a tathāgata’s teaching.”1575 P18k P25k

This means that it is conventionally an “exposition” in harmony with the cause, compassion.

5.­948

“Lord, all phenomena are simply inexpressible?” [F.237.a] P18k P25k

Earlier it explained that just the true nature of dharmas is inexpressible. Now it teaches that all dharmas, not different from the true nature of dharmas, are simply inexpressible too.

5.­949

“Lord, does an inexpressible reality know increase or decrease?”1576 P18k P25k

This teaches the following: it asks, if inexpressible is an expression for emptiness, and emptiness does not increase because of bright dharmas and does not decrease because of dark dharmas, and if the perfections and so on also have no increase or decrease, well then, on account of what cause will

“the knowledge of all aspects come with the good fortune of fully awakening to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening?” P18k P25k

5.­950

Having asked that, the final part of the passage,1577

“they will make a dedication just like unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening,” P18k P25k

teaches that it will happen because of the power of dedication with skillful means.

5.­951

“Lord, what is unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening?”1578 P18k P25k

It has as its essential nature the emptiness not different from form and so on. The inquiry is made so there will be a further explanation.

5.­952

“[They] should practice the perfection of wisdom like that, by way of no increase or decrease” P18k P25k

teaches that just this alone is the practice of the perfection of wisdom.

Which moment of thought causes awakening?

5.­953

“Lord, do bodhisattva great beings fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening because of the first production of the thought, or do they fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening because of a later production of the thought?” P18k P25k

5.­954

This inquiry is in the part of the text to do with the deep places. Given that those who have accumulated wholesome roots will fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening, how will the wholesome roots for that come to be accumulated? Here, do bodhisattvas fully awaken [F.237.b] through the power of the initial production of the thought‍—produced prior to the first of three incalculable eons‍—or do they fully awaken through the power of the second, or the third, or the last of all the productions of the thought when they are seated at the site of awakening? In regard to those, they do not fully awaken because of a single thought, because it does not have such power and the rest of the accumulation of merit would be meaningless. It is also not because of all the thoughts either, because they are not suited to accumulation, since they are destined to perish instant by instant. That is what it teaches, so there the Lord gives

“the illustration of an oil lamp” P18k P25k

saying that when the wick of an oil lamp is burned up, it has been burned up through the power of all the instants of flame, even though each is destined to perish instant by instant. Similarly, it teaches that full awakening too is through the power of all the thoughts, intending that even though they are momentary it is by way of accumulated habit formation.1579

5.­955

“The Śuklavipaśyanā level P18k P25k

is when there is special insight;

5.­956

“the Gotra level” P18k P25k

is the highest ordinary dharma;

5.­957

“the Aṣṭamaka level” P18k P25k

is the path of the stream enterers;

5.­958

“the Darśana level” P18k P25k

is their result, the level of seeing;

5.­959

“the Tanū level” P18k P25k

is the once-returner level because it has attenuated attachment to sense objects and malice;

5.­960

“the Vītarāga level” P18k P25k

is the non-returner level because attachment and malice have been stopped;

5.­961

“the Kṛtāvin level” P18k P25k

is the state of a worthy one because the work has been done;

5.­962

“the Pratyekabuddha level” P18k P25k

is a pratyekabuddha’s awakening;

5.­963

“the Bodhisattva level” P18k P25k

is the knowledge of path aspects; and

5.­964

“the Buddha level” P18k P25k

is the knowledge of all aspects.1580

5.­965

“Will that thought which has stopped be produced again?”1581 [F.238.a] P18k P25k

and so on, again teaches the deep state.

5.­966

“What has stopped will not be produced. What has been produced is subject to stopping. What is subject to stopping will not stop. It will remain just as suchness does. It will not be unmoved.”1582 P18k P25k

That is a deep place. Take “that which has stopped will not be produced again” as stopped in its intrinsic nature‍—the uncompounded.1583 Take “that which has been produced is not1584 subject to stopping” as the compounded. It says “that which is subject to stopping will not stop” because there is not a second stopping. Take “it will remain just as suchness does” as suchness. As for “it will not be unmoved,” it says that because it has no intrinsic nature.

5.­967

“Subhūti, what do you think, is that thought also suchness?”1585 P18k P25k

is asking, “Is compounded thought the intrinsic nature of suchness?”

5.­968

“It is not, Lord,” P18k P25k

again says, “Because it is together with stains it is not the intrinsic nature of suchness.”

5.­969

“Is that thought other than suchness?” P18k P25k

is asking, “Is compounded thought other than suchness?” Subhūti again says,

5.­970

“It is not, Lord,” P18k P25k

because a falsely imagined phenomenon is not suitable to be described as just exactly a thoroughly established phenomenon or as different from it.

5.­971

“Is thought in suchness?” P18k P25k

and

“is suchness in thought?” P18k P25k

are asking if they are a real basis and what is based on that relative to each other.

5.­972

“They are not, Lord,” P18k P25k

again says that the two‍—a falsely imagined phenomenon and a thoroughly established phenomenon‍—do not exist as a real basis and what is based on that.

5.­973

“Does suchness see suchness?” [F.238.b] P18k P25k

This question intends: “Does that thought see all phenomena?” He again says,

“It does not, Lord,” P18k P25k

because in the state of suchness an apprehended and apprehender do not exist.

5.­974

“Lord, someone practicing like that is not practicing anything at all”1586 P18k P25k

teaches that they have not practiced anything at all.

5.­975

“They practice in the ultimate where there are no habitual dualistic ideas.” P18k P25k

There is “they practice” and a second, “they do not.”

5.­976

“Has the perception of a causal sign disintegrated because of them?” P18k P25k

This means do they make the perception of a causal sign nonexistent? He again says,

“They do not, Lord,” P18k P25k

because an idea like “I will make the perception of a causal sign disintegrate” does not arise. This teaches that the habitual idea, such a conceptualization, is nonexistent. through the power of cultivating the emptiness, signlessness, and wishlessness meditative stabilizations they also cure themselves of their habit of perceiving a causal sign.

5.­977

“[They] bring beings to maturity with those… meditative stabilizations,”1587 P18k P25k

through the power of skillful means. That they will personally behold emptiness and so on, and bring beings to maturity as well, is the power of skillful means.

Karma in a dream and the waking state

5.­978

“When [they]… have become absorbed in the three meditative stabilizations on emptiness, signlessness, and wishlessness in a dream, do they improve on account of the perfection of wisdom?” P18k P25k

5.­979

Having set the scene for the deep places, the two elders expound on just those meditative stabilizations that have gone before.1588 Śāriputra asks intending this: If all phenomena cannot be apprehended, then, when bodhisattvas are absorbed in the three meditative stabilizations in a dream, [F.239.a] it makes sense that they should improve on account of the perfection of wisdom. But if the perfection of wisdom does not increase in a dream and does when they have stopped sleeping, in that case there is a certain distinction between phenomena that exist and that do not exist in a dream, and when they have not fallen asleep.

5.­980

“Venerable Śāriputra, if they improve on account of having meditated during the day, they improve in a dream like that as well?” P18k P25k

He is asking a question. Then the elder Subhūti teaches that here, when bodhisattvas are dreaming and also when they have stopped sleeping phenomena cannot be apprehended‍—they are similar in a dream and also when sleep has stopped. “A dream” and “the day” also are just merely constructed in thought. Both a dream and not being asleep are similar. Therefore, given that the two‍—the day and the dream‍—are similar, it explains that if the meditative stabilization when they have not fallen asleep increases wisdom, then the meditative stabilization in a dream increases wisdom as well.

5.­981

“Venerable Subhūti, when bodhisattva great beings have made some karma in a dream is there an accumulation or diminution in their karma?” P18k P25k

What is the elder Śāriputra’s intention? He is asking: if phenomena are similar when not asleep and in a dream, well then, in regard to the giving that is the giving and so on in a dream, and also the result of stream enterer that is reached in a dream, with the earlier of the two is there or is there not the accumulation of good karma and with the later the finishing of the karma?

5.­982

Then the elder Subhūti says,

“The Lord has said that all phenomena are like a dream, so there is no accumulation or diminution there,” P18k P25k

and so on. He is saying that when “accumulation [F.239.b] and diminution” are other than something real, all phenomena are thus dream-like, so both in a dream and when not asleep that karma and that agent are totally nonexistent. And in that case, why would you say there is an accumulation or a diminution from them? It says

“you cannot apprehend any phenomenon in a dream that is accumulated or diminished.” P18k P25k

5.­983

It is teaching this: If somebody in a dream sees something filled up with river water, or sees a dried-up lake, is there an accumulation or a diminution from that? Or is it the case that just as there is both no accumulation or diminution there in a dream, similarly even during the day when they have not fallen asleep there is no accumulation or a diminution at all, either.

5.­984

Then the elder Śāriputra says,

“If it is thought about in a certain way, on waking there is an accumulation or reduction in one’s karma.” P18k P25k

“I am not speaking based on bodhisattvas who view things as not findable, who are free from falsely imagining things, but rather based on present-day novices caught up in falsely imagining things. If, when they wake up and think intentionally about an act that they have done in their dream and rejoice in it, is there accumulation of or diminution in that karma done at night?” That is what Śāriputra is asking. He therefore intends a distinction between when they are in a dream and when they have has not fallen asleep.

5.­985

Then the elder Subhūti says,

“Venerable Śāriputra, what would you say about the karma of someone who committed a murder during the day, and someone who dreamed about committing the murder and on waking thought, ‘I killed him. It is excellent that I killed him’?” P18k P25k

This is saying that it is wrong, but what is intended? A certain man during the day or in a dream murders someone. When the murder has been committed, if he rejoices in those two actions intentionally with his thinking mind is there more maturation from rejoicing in the action of murder during the day [F.240.a] or is there more maturation from rejoicing in the action done in a dream?

5.­986

Then Śāriputra says,

“Venerable Subhūti, karma does not happen without an objective support; intention does not happen without an objective support.” P18k P25k

It intends to say that a murder in a dream is in its nature a nonexistent thing, so a thought apprehending that is apprehending something that is a nonexistent thing. It therefore has no additional maturation.

5.­987

Then the elder Subhūti says

“exactly so!” P18k P25k

rejoicing in Śāriputra’s words. So, what is this teaching? It is teaching that if karma does not happen without an objective support, well then, what Śāriputra said before, “If it is thought about in a certain way, on waking there is an accumulation or reduction from that karma,” is not correct. Here the rest of the argument is this: Were karma not to happen without an objective support, in that case, because what is done in a dream has no objective support but what is done when one has not fallen asleep does have an objective support, there would therefore be a distinction between the two‍—a dream and when one has not fallen asleep‍—so the statement “all dharmas are dream-like” gets damaged. So, to deal with that argument the elder Subhūti says,

“The intellect engages with the seen, the heard, the thought‍—something one has been aware of; the intellect does not engage with the unseen, the unheard, the unthought‍—a thing of which one has not been conscious. There, one intellectual act gets hold of defilement. Another intellectual act gets hold of purification.” P18k P25k

5.­988

He is saying that novices caught up in apprehending things when dreaming and awake become intellectually engaged because of following after the seen, the heard, and the thought‍—the thing of which they have been aware‍—without investigating whether ultimately things exist or do not exist. When the intellect is engaged like that, some intellectual acts have no result, [F.240.b] some have a great result, some have a small result, some are caught up in and some are not caught up in defilement, and some are caught up in and some are not caught up in purification. What is this teaching? It is teaching that you should know that these intellectual acts come about through the force of perfect and deficient life forms, time periods, practices, bodies, sleep, and so on, and from the lack of necessary conditions.

5.­989

What is Śāriputra thinking where he says,

“Venerable Subhūti, the Lord has said ‘all karma is isolated and all intention is isolated.’ ” P18k P25k

He is thinking that scripture says “all dharmas are isolated from an intrinsic nature,” so karmas and intentions are isolated from an intrinsic nature. How then is it possible to investigate whether they have an objective support or do not have an objective support?

5.­990

Then the elder Subhūti says,

“Venerable Śāriputra, ordinary beings, having made a causal sign, pile up karmas.”1589 P18k P25k

What he intends here is this: From the context, take this not with bodhisattva great beings who view things as not findable, who are free from thought construction, but rather with those caught up in apprehending things. Therefore, it teaches that having an objective support and not having an objective support is based on what is constructed by their intellects.

5.­991

Then again, from,

“Venerable Subhūti, if bodhisattva great beings in a dream give gifts,” P18k P25k

up to

“cultivate wisdom,” P18k P25k

the elder Śāriputra again voices other arguments. Set aside for the moment the novice bodhisattvas‍—if bodhisattvas whose continuums have matured give gifts in a dream, for them, since both dreaming and not having fallen asleep are similar, does the rejoicing in and dedication of the giving and so on become as excellent [F.241.a] as when not having fallen asleep? This is what he is saying.

5.­992

“Venerable Śāriputra, you should ask this of Maitreya the bodhisattva, the great being,” P18k P25k

and so on. Maitreya has given the response to that argument because it is beneficial to the persons to be trained gathered there at that time, or to show that their intentions match his own.

5.­993

“Venerable monk Śāriputra, what do you think, will this‍—the designation ‘Maitreya the bodhisattva great being’‍—respond with the answer; or will form respond with the answer,” P18k P25k

and so on. Maitreya has responded to the argument that the elder Śāriputra, with an apprehension of things, voiced before. For bodhisattvas who view without apprehending things and whose continuums have been matured, giving and so on, and rejoicing and dedication and so on, in both a dream and when not having fallen asleep, are nonexistent like unreal things in a dream, so Śāriputra has asked his question arguing like somebody who does not understand that they are unreal. It is a teaching from the perspective of emptiness.

5.­994

If persons and dharmas do not exist, what is Subhūti thinking when he says that Maitreya “will respond with the answer” to this? He is saying that he will speak based on words plucked out of thin air, or form and so on, or their emptiness will respond with the answer. It means here that when

“all dharmas are not two and cannot be divided into two,” P18k P25k

are standing as one, who responds with what answer to whom? Which is to say, nobody responds with any answer.

5.­995

“Son of a good family, have you had direct witness of those dharmas in the way you have explained them to be?” P18k P25k

The elder Śāriputra has said: if you have had such direct witness of those dharmas, in that case you would apprehend separately a witness, something being witnessed, and a witnessing.

5.­996

Therefore, the noble Maitreya [F.241.b] again says,

“I do not directly witness those dharmas in the way I have explained them to be.” P18k P25k

This is teaching that when he directly witnesses those dharmas, they cannot be apprehended and are also inexpressible, so how is he going to speak about them?

5.­997

The Lord says,

“Do you see that dharma on account of which you come to be known as a worthy one?” P18k P25k

Having in mind that apart from the transformation of the basis, a dharma that is a “worthy one” does not exist, Śāriputra again says,

“Lord, I do not.” P18k P25k

5.­998

What is the intention where Subhūti asks,

“Lord, how do bodhisattva great beings complete the perfection of wisdom?” P18k P25k

He is asking: “If all dharmas cannot be apprehended, who completes the perfection of wisdom in which way and for whose sake?”

5.­999

Then the Lord, having taught that when assisting beings they become, governed by compassion, conventionally, those who have a perception with an objective support, delineates their methods to bring the six perfections to completion and teaches the purifications of a buddhafield.1590 I will not go into these because the meaning of them all is clear.

5.­1000

It is not that all bodhisattvas make all these prayers that are vows.1591 The prayers that are vows come about in harmony with each of their individual different aspirations. It could be that some have fully made a prayer that is a vow but later, because of the force of the beings’ karma, a bit of it might not be accomplished.

5.­1001

The prophesy1592 of Gaṅgadevī is also easy to understand.

Fully mastering emptiness

5.­1002

Then the elder Subhūti asks1593 how a bodhisattva cultivates the three gateways to liberation and cultivates the thirty-seven dharmas on the side of awakening while rejecting the freedom of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas. [F.242.a] The explanatory section following that says they

“should understand analytically ‘…empty.’ ”1594 P18k P25k

5.­1003

At the time special insight into emptiness is increasing,

“one way or the other, when they understand this analytically, such an analytical understanding should be without mental distraction.”1595 P18k P25k

5.­1004

At the time of the meditative stabilization on emptiness,

“without mental distraction they do not see the phenomenon that is the phenomenon to be actualized, and,” P18k P25k

as for the time when they reach suchness,

“not seeing that phenomenon they do not actualize it,” P18k P25k

and so on, up to

“they see [they]… are not joined and are not disjoined.”1596 P18k

5.­1005

That is what that the text teaches, that something apprehended and something that apprehends are equally the same and cannot be conceived of.

5.­1006

Hence, “not seeing that phenomenon they do not actualize it.” Just not seeing a phenomenon is the cause of not actualizing it. Were they to see it they would actualize it. And what would the fault be were they to have actualized it? They would have actualized the very limit of reality just like a śrāvaka does. And in that case they would connect with their liberation.

5.­1007

“How do bodhisattva great beings stand in emptiness but not actualize emptiness?” P18k P25k

This teaches that emptiness, “the phenomenon that is… to be actualized” that “they do not see,” is where they stand. Again, “not seeing that phenomenon they do not actualize it” teaches they do not actualize emptiness. This “stand… but not actualize” is asking “how could it be known?”

5.­1008

The Lord, based on the prior intention, teaches a modification:

“Subhūti, when bodhisattva great beings contemplate emptiness [F.242.b] furnished with the best of all aspects, they do not contemplate that they should actualize it.” P18k P25k

5.­1009

With just the earlier intention, “I should meditate on emptiness,” those bodhisattvas do not have the intention “I will actualize emptiness,” like śrāvakas thinking “I will actualize the cessation.”1597 The thought “I will meditate on emptiness” is just the intention “I will totally harmonize with it.” Therefore, this means that even later on it is only a meditation, it is not an actualization. Therefore, it says

“they contemplate that it is not the time it should be actualized, but rather it is the time it should be mastered.” P18k P25k

The mastering of emptiness without also actualizing it is the power of knowledge of mastery.

5.­1010

“When not in actual meditative equipoise… [they] attach their minds to an objective support” P18k P25k

is teaching that “knowledge of mastery” is mind in its ordinary state,1598 it is not meditative equipoise. Therefore, in that instant there is no calm abiding, and because there is no calm abiding the extraordinary path does not arise.

5.­1011

Now, teaching that knowledge of mastery is the knowledge of when is and is not the time, it says

“it is the time for the perfection of giving,” P18k P25k

and so on.

5.­1012

Understand the heroic person illustration, bird illustration, and master archer illustration from the text.1599

5.­1013

“Lord, it is amazing! Sugata, it is amazing!” P18k P25k

is saying “it is amazing” that those seeing all dharmas as emptiness have not, in the interim,1600 feeling intimidated, fallen to a śrāvaka or pratyekabuddha awakening that is caused by meditation on the three meditative stabilizations.

5.­1014

Here the Lord, with,

“Subhūti, it is because the bodhisattva great beings do not forsake all beings,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches the cause [F.243.a] of not feeling intimidated. Here there are a further seven subsections to the passage: the section about engaging with doctrines that are not good; the section about views with a false apprehension of facts; the section about distorted minds; the section about the conceptualization of a self and dharmas; the section about causal signs; the section about the fault of making wishes; and the section on questioning bodhisattvas.

5.­1015

Among these, the first section is1601

“I will not forsake these ignorant beings, these beings who are deceived because they perceive doctrines that are not good as good.” P18k P25k

Bodhisattvas generate compassion and are attentive to not forsaking beings, and that causes them, in the interim, not to feel cowed and not to actualize the very limit of reality.

5.­1016

The second subsection is where they do not feel cowed based on the power of generating the thought,1602 “These beings have… for a long time been practicing a practice with a false apprehension of facts while viewing… a self… a being and so on, so I will fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening and teach them the doctrines in order to eliminate their views.”

5.­1017

The third subsection1603 is where bodhisattvas think, “The minds of these beings have been distorted for a long time by the fourfold erroneous perception of permanence… happiness… pleasant… and self, so I will turn them back from that.”

5.­1018

The fourth1604 is where they think, “For a long time these beings have been practicing a practice while falsely imagining a being, and while falsely imagining the dharmas, form and so on, so, having fully awakened, I will explain the doctrine of emptiness for their sake.”

5.­1019

The fifth1605 is, “For a long time these beings have been practicing a practice with causal signs‍—the causal sign for a woman, for a man, and so on‍—so, [F.243.b] having fully awakened, I will explain the doctrine of signlessness for their sake.”

5.­1020

Similarly, the sixth is, “For a long time these beings have been practicing a practice while making wishes, and making prayers so it will lead to the dharmas of wealth and the beautiful body of

“Śatakratu, Brahmā, a world protector,”1606 P18k P25k

and so on, so, having fully awakened, I will explain the doctrine of wishlessness for their sake.”

5.­1021

Also, in regard to asking bodhisattvas,1607 if when asked they respond, “They must meditate well on

emptiness… signlessness… wishlessness… not occasioning anything, nonproduction, and the absence of an existent thing,” P18k P25k

taking just those as their point of departure, they should know they will have been prophesied because they will have realized well1608 the mark of the knowledge of mastery. But if, when asked, they respond, “They should reject the meditation on emptiness, and so on, they should not meditate on them, they should cast them away and cultivate impermanence and so on instead,” up to they should know they have not been prophesied. They

“are not like irreversible bodhisattvas who… have stepped onto the irreversible level.” P18k P25k

5.­1022

Those without mastery do not, like those who have reached the eighth level,

“having achieved mastery” P18k

of them,

“passing beyond the Tanū level,” P18k P25k

become irreversible. This means that they are not fully matured just through that.1609 The “Tanū level” is from the second up to the seventh level.

5.­1023

“Would there then, Lord, be ways in which [they] would be irreversible from awakening?” P18k P25k

It is teaching this: if they, even without having reached the eighth level where they are irreversible from awakening, having excellently achieved mastery, deliver the response [F.244.a] of an irreversible bodhisattva, would they become irreversible because of meeting the definition of those irreversible from awakening?

5.­1024

“Levels that they have cleansed or levels that they are cleansing do not appear”1610 P18k P25k

teaches the lower levels.

5.­1025

“Those bodhisattva great beings… are few” P18k P25k

means that even though

“bodhisattvas who practice for awakening are many,” P18k P25k

those who will give the answer of an irreversible bodhisattva who has excellently developed mastery, even without having reached the eighth level, “are few.”

5.­1026

“Whether they are levels that have been cleansed or whether they are levels that have not been cleansed” P18k P25k

teaches the lower levels.1611

5.­1027

Then, the marks of irreversibility, the works of Māra, and spiritual friends occurring in this section of the text are again easy to understand.1612

Questions 18 to 27

5.­1028

“Subhūti, the perfection of wisdom is like space, unimpeded.”1613 P18k P25k

This means it is characterized as unimpeded like space. Earlier the explanation was of the perfection of wisdom impeded by the works of Māra and so on.1614 Now,

“Subhūti, the perfection of wisdom is without a mark. The perfection of wisdom’s mark does not exist at all” P18k P25k

says that it is marked as unimpeded. The perfection of wisdom is not the mark of anything else, and the mark of the perfection of wisdom is also not anything at all. This is teaching that it is not an entity that is a nonexistent thing.1615

5.­1029

“Subhūti… all phenomena are isolated from an intrinsic nature, all phenomena are empty of an intrinsic nature.” P18k P25k

The thoroughly established‍—the intrinsic nature of all phenomena‍—is isolated from and separated from all falsely imagined phenomena. Therefore, it means they “all are empty of the intrinsic nature.”

5.­1030

“Lord, if all phenomena are isolated [F.244.b] from all phenomena, and if all phenomena are empty of all phenomena, Lord, how could there be the defilement and purification of beings?” P18k P25k

and so on is asking: “Lord, if all phenomena are isolated from and empty of an intrinsic nature, later there will be nothing to be isolated from and nothing to be empty of, and if that is the case how will those‍—the isolated and empty‍—be defiled, and how will they be purified?”

5.­1031

Having asked that,

“What do you think, Subhūti, do beings go on grasping at ‘I’ and grasping at ‘mine’ for a long time?” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches the following: Even though all phenomena are already isolated from an intrinsic nature and empty of an intrinsic nature, simple folk do not know that they are just isolated and empty. On account of the fault of not knowing, they become attached to phenomena‍—the aggregates and so on‍—through grasping at them as “I” and grasping at them as “mine,” and because of that attachment they undertake actions that are good and bad and so on. Governed by that, beings link up with and pass through cycles of existence, becoming defiled by afflictive defilement and karmic defilement. Thus, there is defilement on account of the fault of not knowing. Later, when they have again found spiritual friends, based on having listened and reflected and so on they realize the mark of the isolated and the mark of the empty. Then the aforementioned defilement does not arise and gradually, through putting a stop to the imaginary dharmas, there is purification.

5.­1032

Then to eliminate the doubts of those who think that because it has said they

“do not practice”1616 P18k P25k

in all dharmas,

“in form” P18k P25k

and so on, therefore nothing of benefit comes from the practice explained here, [F.245.a] it then says there is a lot of merit and explains its cause. You can understand the great increase in merit, and the cause for that as well, from the illustration of

“a precious jewel” P18k P25k

in the text itself.1617

5.­1033

“Lord, given that all attention is separated from an intrinsic nature, that all attention is empty of an intrinsic nature”1618 P18k P25k

is asking: if all attentions are isolated and separated from an intrinsic nature, how can they know they are

“never separated from attention to the knowledge of all aspects,” P18k P25k

because when they are separated from and empty of an intrinsic nature, you cannot apprehend any

“knowledge of all aspects, or attention, or bodhisattva.” P18k P25k

5.­1034

Then, with

“Subhūti, if bodhisattva great beings know this,” P18k P25k

and so on, the Lord, not speaking while having falsely imagined a knowledge of all aspects, a bodhisattva, and attention as some other phenomena, without there being any ultimate difference between them, still simply designates bodhisattvas as “not separated from attention connected to the knowledge of all aspects,” just on account of their knowing all phenomena are isolated from an intrinsic nature.

5.­1035

“The perfection of wisdom is empty of an intrinsic nature”‍— P18k P25k

naturally pure and stainless wisdom is isolated from all dharmas, is empty of all dharmas.

5.­1036

“It has no increase and it has no decline.” P18k P25k

This means there is neither increase, plucked out of thin air, on account of striving, nor is there decline on account of not striving.

5.­1037

“Lord, given that the perfection of wisdom is separated from an intrinsic nature and empty of an intrinsic nature” P18k P25k

is the second question.1619 It is asking how, [F.245.b] if the perfection of wisdom is separated from an intrinsic nature, will an isolated, empty perfection of wisdom bring about full awakening to perfect, complete awakening.

5.­1038

Then the Lord explains that bodhisattvas are the intrinsic nature of the dharma body so they are a separated state, an empty state. Furthermore, he is teaching that it is not as if dharma body bodhisattvas fully awaken to perfect, complete awakening on account of the power of the perfection of wisdom. They do not become more of what they are thanks to the perfection of wisdom, and they do not become less when they do not rely on the perfection of wisdom either, because they are marked by staying as what they are. He says,

“Subhūti, the perfection of wisdom is not one and it is not two either.” P18k P25k

He means “the knowledge of all aspects,” “bodhisattva,” “perfection of wisdom,” and “suchness” are not one, they cannot be divided, and they are not different in terms of a particular enumeration.

5.­1039

The third question is,1620

“Lord, is it the emptiness of the perfection of wisdom, its state of ringing hollow, being in vain, being a fraud, and being pointless, that practices the perfection of wisdom?” P18k P25k

He is asking about five possibilities: “Is it the emptiness of the perfection of wisdom” that practices the perfection of wisdom; or does something other than the perfection of wisdom practice; or does the perfection of wisdom practice; or does emptiness practice; or does something other than emptiness practice? And, similarly, about two other possibilities: is it form and so on that practices or is it the emptiness of form and so on that practices? He has asked based on seven possibilities like that. Then, [F.246.a] because those same possibilities are in fact impossible, the Lord does not apprehend the practice, the perfection of wisdom, or a way of practicing; and then does not apprehended even nonappearances; and does not apprehend

“production or stopping”1621 P18k P25k

either.

5.­1040

Taking that as his point of departure, the Lord gives an explanation of those bodhisattva great beings endowed with the forbearance for the nonproduction of dharmas who have been prophesied.

5.­1041

“Lord, is the bodhisattvas’ unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening prophesied because there will be a production of all the dharmas?”1622 P18k

Is it on account of the production of all the buddhadharmas? Is it because of

“the nonproduction of all the dharmas?” P18k P25k

Is it on account of the nonproduction of any of the dharmas‍—form and so on‍—or the defilement dharmas?

5.­1042

“What do you think, Subhūti, do you see that dharma, the dharma of which unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening is being prophesied?” P18k P25k

means something being prophesied and something causing full awakening are nonexistent things, so there is no such thing as a prophesy of this or that type of state.

5.­1043

On account of such explanations of the deep places, it says1623

“Lord, this perfection of wisdom is deep,” P18k P25k

and so on.

Explanation of Chapters 56 to 63

5.­1044

Then it goes on to give an explanation of great merit again in order to generate faith.1624 All the glorification passages; the explanation of the good qualities; the exchange between Śatakratu and Ānanda; the description of Māra and the work of Māra; the description of what happens because of it; how one should behave in the presence of persons in the Bodhisattva Vehicle; the explanation of sameness; the conversation about ending, detachment, and cessation and so on; the explanation of the benefits of training; [F.246.b] surpassing nonperfect beings;1625 the Śatakratu passage; immeasurable merit; and then again the Śatakratu passage are easy to understand from the scripture itself, so I have not explained them.

No duality and no nonduality

5.­1045

“One way or the other they should turn it over… in such a way that there is no notion of duality and no notion of nonduality.”1626 P18k P25k

This is saying that ultimately their thought-productions and those unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakenings, whatever they are, are not different so, because their suchness is categorized as purity, there is therefore “no notion of duality.” The dual is when there are stains and when there are no stains. The two exist as different particulars so there is also a notion of duality. Therefore it says “there is no notion of duality” because they are the same. There is the notion of duality because they are different. Alternatively, as explained clearly in the part of the text that comes below, the notion of duality is of “existent and nonexistent,” and the notion of nonduality is of “nonexistent and not nonexistent.”

5.­1046

Then also after that it says,1627

“And one way or the other they should turn it over in such a way that awakening will not be in that thought, nor in another thought either.” P18k P25k

Based on the fact that there has been a transformation of the basis, it1628 “will not be in that thought.” Ultimately they are not different so it will not be “in another thought either.”

5.­1047

“Subhūti, what do you think, do you see that thought that is like an illusion?”1629 P18k P25k

What does this intend? If a thought is like an illusion but awakening is not like an illusion, then there would be a fault. A thought and awakening are both like an illusion, however, therefore the fault is not there.

5.­1048

“The dharma that is extremely isolated1630 will not be existent or nonexistent.” P18k P25k

A falsely imagined phenomenon is like an illusion, so, [F.247.a] as with an illusion, it is not suitable to say “it is existent” or “it is nonexistent,” and it is also not suitable to say “it is not existent and it is not nonexistent” either. A thoroughly established phenomenon is isolated from all aspects of a thing, so it is also not suitable to say “it is existent.” It is not suitable to say “it is nonexistent,” because its inexpressible isolated nature exists. The convention “it is existent” also exists, so it is not suitable to say “it is nonexistent.” And the convention “it is nonexistent” also exists, so it is not suitable to say “it is not nonexistent.” Therefore, the notion of duality and the notion of nonduality are not tenable.

5.­1049

“Lord, it is because all those dharmas that are defiled or purified do not exist and are not apprehended.” P18k P25k

Phenomena that become defiled and become purified do not exist because the defiled does not exist even when there are stains, because it is isolated from an intrinsic nature, like space. And because that is just nonexistent, something not there before that has been purified is nonexistent too. This is the explanation of “it1631 will not be in that thought, nor in another thought either.”

5.­1050

“And a dharma that is extremely isolated is not something you cultivate and not something you analyze.”1632 P18k P25k

To “cultivate” is to become habituated; that is untenable because it1633 is isolated. To “analyze” is to eliminate stains; that too is untenable because it is isolated.

5.­1051

“There is not any dharma that is bringing anything about.”1634 P18k P25k

Because it is extremely isolated it is not something that causes the attainment of awakening.

5.­1052

“Given that it is extremely isolated, how will there be a realization of the isolated by the isolated?”1635 P18k P25k

Given that the perfection of wisdom and perfect, complete awakening are extremely isolated how will an isolated perfection of wisdom [F.247.b] come to realize an isolated perfect complete awakening?

5.­1053

With

“exactly so, Subhūti, exactly so!” P18k P25k

the Lord teaches that were one to be isolated but the other not isolated, in that case it would not be tenable. But both are isolated like that, so there is therefore no fault. When the true reality that all dharmas are marked as isolated is understood, then there is complete, full awakening.

5.­1054

“The way I understand the meaning of what you, Lord, have said, is that bodhisattva great beings are not those who do what is difficult” P18k P25k

means that when one thing is apprehended and another thing is not apprehended, it is difficult because they do not conform, but since all dharmas do not exist‍—that is, are nonexistent things‍—they are not apprehended. It is not difficult to understand that you cannot apprehend something that does not exist.

5.­1055

“Lord this course of action where nothing is apprehended is the course of action of bodhisattvas.” P18k P25k

There is no course of action except a course of action where nothing is apprehended.

5.­1056

Then it teaches that the perfection of wisdom is a state without thought construction. That is easy to understand.1636

[B24]

Cyclic existence and nirvāṇa

5.­1057

“How has this division of cyclic existence into the five forms of life… come about, and how do the categorizations of stream enterer,” P18k P25k

and so on, come about? This is asking how, if all phenomena are without thought construction, the cycles of existence and purification dharmas come about.

5.­1058

Then the Lord states1637 that these thought constructions are in error; they are marked by grasping at the nonexistent and by obscuring the existent. Because they are mixed up with them, thought constructions that are greedy, hating, and so on obscure the existent. They grasp at the nonexistent. Because they give rise to them, [F.248.a] intentions to perform karmic action that is meritorious, demeritorious, and so on also grasp at error. Because those actions and those thought constructions give rise to the maturation consciousnesses, they do not grasp true reality either. Therefore

“the desire-to-do” P18k

and greed and so on have what is not true reality as their object, so all origination is not a true intrinsic nature. The “five forms of life”

“in the hells, animal world, and world of Yama, and as a human and god” P18k P25k

are explained as the intrinsic nature of true reality. Therefore, even though all phenomena are not thought construction, cyclic existence is still presented like that.

5.­1059

Also, for purification dharmas it presents all the stream enterers and so on as simply not constructed in thought, teaching that in their intrinsic there is no difference in nature between stream enterers and so on, up to tathāgatas, because all phenomena do not pass beyond the dharma body.

5.­1060

Having thus heard about the true dharmic nature of the perfection of wisdom, Śāriputra’s understanding greatly increases and he says,

“Ah! Those bodhisattva great beings who are practicing this perfection of wisdom make a practice of something really worthwhile.” P18k P25k

5.­1061

Subhūti then says that they

“make a practice of something that is not worthwhile!” P18k P25k

It is not worthwhile because it is not a real thing and is not something that exists. With that in mind, using ordinary reasoning it says they

“do not apprehend even something not worthwhile, so however could they apprehend something really worthwhile?” P18k

It makes the conventional statement that even ordinarily it is easy to get something worthless, but it is hard to get something worth a lot.

5.­1062

“It is right to bow down to those bodhisattva great beings… who do not actualize these dharmas as being the same”1638‍— P18k P25k

to stream enterers and so on and tathāgatas as being the same, and to the dharma body and the very limit of reality as being the same.

5.­1063

“Because space is isolated”1639‍— P18k P25k

because space is isolated from its mental image. [F.248.b] This passage, furthermore, is in three subsections: the passage on space and beings being alike; the passage on the armor of space-like beings; and the passage on form and so on, and beings, being alike.

5.­1064

The explanation of isolation and the benefits of the perfection of wisdom are easy to understand.1640

Standing in the knowledge of all aspects

5.­1065

Subhūti asks,

“Lord, given that no phenomenon is apprehended when they have stood in suchness and practiced for suchness, how will they stand in the knowledge of all aspects?”1641 P18k P25k

Standing in reality and progress would be viable were any phenomenon to exist, but if all phenomena are not apprehended, how will they stand?

5.­1066

“Subhūti, they stand as things really are, like a tathāgata’s magical creation.”1642

This means that just as a tathāgata’s magical creation does all that has to be done and stands, so too bodhisattvas stand as well.

5.­1067

“Lord, given that no phenomenon called ‘a tathāgata’s magical creation’ is apprehended at all,” P18k

and so on, is teaching that there is no phenomenon at all called “a tathāgata’s magical creation,” and because it is just nonexistent there is no standing and practicing in suchness, no full awakening, and no demonstration of the Dharma, so how can it be tenable that “a bodhisattva exists”?

5.­1068

“Given that even suchness is not apprehended, what need is there to say more about someone who will stand in suchness.” P18k P25k

This teaches other things that are not tenable. It is saying this because during the period it has stains even suchness is comparable to a falsely imagined phenomenon. At that time even suchness cannot be apprehended as what suchness really is.

5.­1069

The Lord’s intention when it says

“exactly so, Subhūti, exactly so!” P18k P25k

is this: He is saying there would be a fault if something were to be apprehended and something else [F.249.a] were not to be apprehended. But given that a bodhisattva, the perfection of wisdom, awakening, standing, and progressing all do not exist what fault is there in this?

5.­1070

“And why? Subhūti, it is because whether the tathāgatas arise or whether the tathāgatas do not arise,” P18k P25k

unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening remains, so it is there at all times. Therefore, “standing” and “progress” do not exist at all. This is teaching that standing, progress, and full awakening do not exist at all in suchness.

5.­1071

Then there is the praise of Subhūti, the praise of dwelling in the perfection of wisdom, the worship of the gods, the account of the six thousand monks, the benefits of the perfection of wisdom, the entrusting it to Ānanda, the enactment of a magical performance, the training in the perfections, the glorification of the perfection of wisdom, and the account of it being inexhaustible.1643

5.­1072

“Ānanda, this deep perfection of wisdom is the entrance into all letters, and the entrance into all for which there are no letters. Ānanda, this deep perfection of wisdom is the gateway to all the dhāraṇīs‍—the dhāraṇī gateways in which bodhisattva great beings should train.”1644 P18k P25k

It is the entrance into those recollections, wisdoms, and meditative stabilizations related with speech sounds; it is the entrance into those recollections, wisdoms, and meditative stabilizations related with that for which there are no speech sounds; and it is the gateway to those doctrine dhāraṇīs, meaning dhāraṇīs, forbearance dhāraṇīs, and secret mantra dhāraṇīs.

5.­1073

“Subhūti, because form is inexhaustible they will accomplish the perfection of wisdom,”1645 P18k P25k

and so on, [F.249.b] means they should generate wisdom having taken the inexhaustibility of dharmas‍—form and so on‍—as their objective support.

5.­1074

“Through form and space being inexhaustible, Subhūti”‍— P18k P25k

even while taking the suchness of form and so on, and space, as an objective support, they should generate the wisdom that they are inexhaustible.1646

5.­1075

Then the benefits of the space-like inexhaustible meditation connecting it with each of the six perfections is easy to understand.1647

5.­1076

“[They] do not apprehend inner emptiness as ‘inner emptiness’ ”1648 P18k P25k P25k

means they do not construct it in thought as “inner emptiness.”

5.­1077

“[They] do not apprehend ‘form is empty’ or ‘is not empty,’ ” P18k P25k

because they do not construct it in thought as being either.

5.­1078

Each of the six perfections being connected one with the other, then skillful means and the account of the completion of the accumulations, the wheel-turning emperor illustration,1649 the woman illustration, the heroic person who heads into battle illustration, the local ruler illustration, the river illustration, the right hand illustration, the taste in the ocean illustration, the precious wheel illustration, and then the explanation of the six perfections are easy to understand.1650

5.­1079

“Lord, if the perfections are not different why is the perfection of wisdom said to be the highest… when it comes to the five perfections?”1651 P18k

The idea is that they have no specific feature because they are not different, and a highest is not tenable when they are the same.

5.­1080

“Exactly so, Subhūti, exactly so!” P18k P25k

The idea is that the five perfections are not different when they are informed by it‍—namely, the perfection of wisdom‍—so, because based on it they are just not different, it is highest among them. The

“Sumeru” P18k P25k

illustration teaches this too.

5.­1081

“Lord, given that there is no specific feature or variation in any phenomenon for someone who has entered into reality”1652 P18k P25k

is saying that a phenomenon [F.250.a] does not appear with a specific feature to a person who has entered into reality. Similarly, because of the force of reality, phenomena have no specific features. You should not, therefore, say just the perfection of wisdom is

“the most excellent.” P18k P25k

5.­1082

“Exactly so, Subhūti, exactly so!” P18k P25k

teaches that based on the perfection of wisdom they become those who have entered into reality, so it is

“best.” P18k P25k

5.­1083

Thus, even though they are not different, following the conventional terms in use in the world, one says “this is on account of giving,” “this is moral,” “this is patience,” and the cause of saying that, furthermore, is the perfection of wisdom, not anything else. The

“precious lady” P18k P25k

illustration teaches this too.

5.­1084

“The perfection of wisdom does not take hold of or release any dharma.” P18k P25k

If a bodhisattva’s wisdom takes hold of any dharma just that is the fault of settling down on it, and even if it releases any, the knowledge of a knower of all aspects is not achieved, hence it “does not take hold of or release.” Alternatively, based on a falsely imagined phenomenon it does not take hold, and based on a true dharmic nature it does not release.

5.­1085

“Subhūti, those who do not pay attention to form… do not take hold of form.”1653 P18k P25k

There is no “do not take hold” at all. The unreal is something that does not exist, so it says just those who do not pay attention “do not take hold.”

5.­1086

“Subhūti, when bodhisattva great beings do not pay attention to form, up to do not pay attention to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening, then those bodhisattva great beings’ wholesome roots flourish.”1654 P18k P25k

Phenomena that do not exist are nonexistent, so it teaches that having comprehended that they are nonexistent things and just not paying attention to them is the flourishing of wholesome roots. [F.250.b]

5.­1087

“Those bodhisattva great beings fall back from the perfection of wisdom.”1655 P18k P25k

On account of the fault of focusing on the causal sign they have attachment.

5.­1088

“All phenomena… have not been taken hold of.”1656 P18k P25k

They have not been taken hold of because they are not attached to the perfection of wisdom. The wisdom of the bodhisattvas is not attached to anything and does not take hold of anything. Thus,

“the perfection of wisdom is not separated from the perfection of wisdom” P18k P25k

means that at all times the perfection of wisdom is not separated from the intrinsic nature of the perfection of wisdom.

5.­1089

If all dharmas, whatever they are, are thus not separated from their intrinsic nature,

“how, then, is the perfection of wisdom to be accomplished?” P18k P25k

This is asking: if all dharmas are not separated from their intrinsic nature, how then, through the wholesome roots and so on, are they to be appropriated?

5.­1090

“[They] do not settle down on form, nor do they settle down on ‘this is form, this is its form,’ ” P18k P25k

and so on, is teaching that nothing accomplishes anything, because they1657 do not settle down on anything. By properly not seeing, just the realization of things as they really are, marked by remaining just as they are, is said to be accomplishing, not something else. This should also be understood from the

“wheel-turning emperor” P18k P25k

analogy and the

“driver” P18k P25k

analogy.1658

5.­1091

“Lord, if the perfection of wisdom does not produce and does not stop any phenomenon,” P18k P25k

and so on,1659 is asking: If the bodhisattvas’ wisdom does not produce any dharma and does not stop anything bad, what do the six perfections do? How will the six perfections be completed? With

“Subhūti, having turned the knowledge of all aspects [F.251.a] into an objective support,” P18k P25k

and so on, the Lord is saying: they do not complete the equipment, having thought ‘I have to produce something. I have to stop something.’ It is teaching that they dedicate them over to the knowledge of all aspects and complete them.

5.­1092

“Form is not conjoined and not disjoined.”1660 P18k P25k

When they practice the six perfections they should not have it in mind that they have to separate from, and have to produce a disjunction from, the fetters1661 to form. It means because something with such an essence is in its intrinsic nature pure it “is not conjoined and not disjoined.”

5.­1093

“[They] should not work with the idea ‘I will stand in form,’ ” P18k P25k

and so on. They should not work with the idea, “In my future lives I will be someone with a great body and mind,”1662 or “I will stand, in result mode, in the knowledge of all aspects.”

5.­1094

“Form is not situated anywhere.” P18k P25k

Take this as the true dharmic nature of form. There is the fruit tree analogy, and

“the door of all,” P18k P25k

and

“the master archer” P18k P25k

analogies.1663 Then,

“the buddhas… watch over… but they do not apprehend giving, do not apprehend morality, patience… at all.”1664 P18k P25k

5.­1095

Just as they watch by way of not apprehending, by not apprehending giving and so on, so too they watch over bodhisattvas as well, by way of not apprehending them.

5.­1096

“When they know the suchness… they will come to know all dharmas in brief and in detail.”1665 P18k P25k

When they know the thoroughly established phenomenon as just “suchness,” they come to know in brief; and when they know the suchness of form, the suchness of feeling, and so on as uncleaned thoroughly unestablished phenomena, they come to know in detail.

5.­1097

“Subhūti, the very limit of reality is the limitless.”1666 [F.251.b] P18k P25k

The word “limit” means summit, as in, for instance, “the summit of a mountain.” In some cases it is taken as an end, as in, for instance, “the edge of an ocean.” It is without both of those limits. Limitless in the sense of summit is saying it is not truncated; endless is saying it is “not delimited.” Therefore, it means “the very limit of reality” is “unchangeable reality.”

5.­1098

“Subhūti, all dharmas should be known as not conjoined and not disjoined.” P18k P25k

They are nonexistent things, so they are neither.

5.­1099

“Skilled in singular words”1667 P18k P25k

shows they know number;

5.­1100

“skilled in feminine words” P18k P25k

shows they know gender;

5.­1101

“skilled in the path that has been cut”1668 P18k P25k

shows they are skilled in the ordinary path;

5.­1102

“skilled in the path that has not been cut” P18k P25k

shows they are skilled in the extraordinary path.

5.­1103

“Subhūti… they should practice the perfection of wisdom through the calmness of form.”1669 P18k P25k

Having taken hold of the defining marks of calmness and so on they should generate wisdom.

5.­1104

“They should accomplish the perfection of wisdom by accomplishing a space-like emptiness.” P18k P25k

They should comprehend it as a space-like emptiness.

5.­1105

“They should meditate on the perfection of wisdom by meditating on a space-like emptiness.”1670 P18k P25k

They should meditate on emptiness by just meditating on space.

5.­1106

Wanting to give a specific explanation for each of these,1671 it teaches that the first is practice during the period when there is effort and there are causal signs; the accomplishing is from the first level on up during the period when there is effort but there are no causal signs; and the meditation is from the eighth level when it is spontaneous and there are no causal signs.

5.­1107

“With an unbroken, unseparated stream of connected thoughts one after the other” [F.252.a] P18k P25k

means they should make that unbroken and unseparated stream of thoughts, which is to say ones that are connected one after the other in a continuum, uninterrupted, undivided into separate ones, and connected together. They

“should meditate… in such a way that mind and mental factor dharmas are not set in motion at all” P18k P25k

means until the transformation of the basis.

5.­1108

Subhūti asks: will those

“who have meditated reach the knowledge of all aspects?” P18k P25k

and the Lord negates that with

“no.” P18k P25k

5.­1109

Take this with the period when there is effort and thought construction. Subhūti asks,

“Will they without having meditated?” P18k P25k

and the Lord is silent, and then negates that with

“no.” P18k P25k

5.­1110

Subhūti asks,

“Will they, having meditated when they meditated, and without having meditated when they did not meditate?” P18k P25k

Because the two faults have already been explained, the answer is no. The response to,

“Will they without having meditated and without having not meditated?” P18k P25k

eliminates that because the passages propounding the two main options could have raised a doubt,1672 so it teaches that it is a totally inexpressible and inconceivable state.

5.­1111

“Just as suchness will, Subhūti”1673‍— P18k P25k

teaching all dharmas later in a state that cannot be apprehended‍—

“just as the self element,” P18k P25k

and so on, will.

5.­1112

“Subhūti, the perfection of wisdom cannot be labeled” P18k P25k

means it is inexpressible.

5.­1113

“Subhūti, what do you think, can a being that is a label be apprehended?” P18k P25k

and so on is teaching that hell and so on do not exist because they are falsely imagined phenomena, but they are labeled conventionally for the benefit of ordinary fools.

5.­1114

“Without taking anything away and without adding anything”‍— P18k P25k

over-negation of what exists is “taking away”; over-reification of what does not exist is “adding something.”

5.­1115

“Subhūti, they should train in those as [F.252.b] not produced and not stopping.” P18k P25k

Training “as not produced” is without over-reification; training “as not stopping” is without over-negation.

5.­1116

“Without meditating on and without investigating”1674 P18k P25k

is training in not occasioning anything. It is training that is not produced, because of not occasioning anything by thinking, “I should meditate, I should produce something”; and it is training that does not stop because of not occasioning anything by thinking, “I should destroy,”1675 should make something nonexistent.

5.­1117

“Form as empty of form”‍— P18k P25k

falsely imagined form does not exist in form itself because it is empty of the defining mark of form.

5.­1118

“Not practicing is the bodhisattvas’ practice of the perfection of wisdom”1676‍— P18k P25k

not practicing anything is the practice, because nothing can be apprehended.

5.­1119

“If not practicing is the practice of the perfection of wisdom, how then will bodhisattva great beings who are beginning the work practice the perfection of wisdom?” P18k P25k

This is the question,1677 and

“bodhisattva great beings beginning the work,” P18k P25k

and so on,

“starting from the first production of the thought… train in all phenomena as providing no basis for apprehension” P18k P25k

teaches that those beginning the work do not have a practice of the ultimate, but still they should train for it, so just that training is the practice.1678

5.­1120

“Lord… does the findable provide a basis for not apprehending?”1679 P18k P25k

This is asking, “Is a basis for not apprehending findable?” An unfindable intrinsic nature is unfindable so it cannot be said that “it provides a basis for apprehending,” therefore it says that it does not, with

“neither does the findable provide a basis for not apprehending.”1680 P18k P25k

This means there is a sameness to all dharmas that are marked as being unfindable, so the absence of a basis for apprehending is not unfindable.

5.­1121

“The sameness [F.253.a] of the findable and the unfindable is the unfindable.”1681 P18k P25k

The existent thing when all dharmas are findable and the nonexistent thing when all dharmas are unfindable are both comparable. Why? Because they are without an intrinsic nature. The findable is falsely imagined and hence without an intrinsic nature, and the unfindable is in the form of a nonexistent thing and hence without an intrinsic nature too, so both are comparable as being without an intrinsic nature. This means the sameness of both the findable and unfindable, that absence of an intrinsic nature, is the unfindable.1682

5.­1122

“How… will… [they] complete level after level, and how… will they reach the knowledge of all aspects?” P18k P25k

This intends to say that if they are not attached to what provides a basis for apprehending, how will they work hard at level after level and the knowledge of all aspects?

5.­1123

“Subhūti… a perfection of wisdom cannot be apprehended,”1683 P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that with a findable intrinsic nature a higher level or the knowledge of all aspects would not be reached, but because the perfection of wisdom, awakening, and a bodhisattva are in their nature unfindable, as the absence of apprehending gets stronger and stronger there is an ascent from one level to the other and they reach the knowledge of all aspects.

5.­1124

“How will [they]… make an investigation into… all these dharmas that are without an intrinsic nature?” P18k P25k

If all dharmas are without an intrinsic nature, how will they make an investigation into

“ ‘this is form, this is feeling,’ ” P18k P25k

and so on?

5.­1125

“Subhūti… bodhisattvas… who do it in such a way that they apprehend form… do not make an investigation into dharmas,” [F.253.b] P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that bodhisattvas do not apprehend any dharmas, form and so on. As they progress more and more, they apprehend less and less and thereby enter into an unfindable reality.

5.­1126

“Lord, if [they]… do not apprehend form,” P18k P25k

and so on, is asking: how, if they have entered into an unfindable reality, will they accomplish practices that apprehend a basis‍—the completion of the perfections, entry into the secure state of a bodhisattva, purification of a buddhafield, bringing beings to maturity, awakening, turning the wheel of the Dharma, the work of a buddha, and freeing all beings?

5.­1127

“Subhūti, bodhisattva great beings do not practice the perfection of wisdom for the sake of form,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that bodhisattvas do not practice the dharmas, form and so on, but rather practice for the state in which all dharmas are unfindable.1684 The earlier explanation was teaching that they were findable conventionally as designations, not ultimately.

5.­1128

I have explained the meaning of

“unmade, unchanging” P18k P25k

before.1685

5.­1129

“How is there an arrangement of three vehicles?” P18k P25k

means that if all dharmas are unmade and unchanging there will be no division into three vehicles.

5.­1130

“Subhūti, no arrangement at all can be apprehended in dharmas that are unmade and unchanging” P18k P25k

intends that the falsely imagined arrangement of vehicles does not ultimately exist. Here the questions and answers are easy to understand so they have not been explained in detail.

5.­1131

“As an ordinary convention, but not ultimately, I keep these beings… away [F.254.a] from seizing on the unreal.”1686 P18k P25k

It is saying that ultimately any beings included in the three groups are unfindable. They are simply designated conventionally with those names, simply as an ordinary convention, not ultimately, to stop them seizing on unreal dharmas as real.

5.­1132

“But Lord, the tathāgatas stood in the ultimate and fully awakened to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening.” P18k P25k

He responds in the negative to this question with

“no, Subhūti,” P18k P25k

because ultimately there is no standing and there is no full awakening.

5.­1133

“Well then, the tathāgatas stood in a succession of miraculous powers and fully awakened”1687 P18k P25k

means if not ultimately, well then, as magical creations? Again, the answer he gives is because they absolutely do not exist. A realization inexpressible in its nature and in the form of self-reflexive analytic knowledge of all dharmas is complete awakening. He intends this: “And so why do you still inquire if they stand in the ultimate, or if they stand in a succession of miraculous powers?” With

“but do not stand in the compounded element or the uncompounded element,” P18k P25k

and so on, it teaches that even

“awakening”

is not anywhere at all. It explains that with the analogy of a tathāgata’s magical creation.

5.­1134

As for,1688

“Subhūti, there is no distinction… between a tathāgata and a tathāgata’s magical creation,” P18k P25k

and

“the magical creation does the work,” P18k P25k

the Lord Buddha was passing into complete nirvāṇa and at that time he did not see a bodhisattva like our lord Maitreya suitable for a prophecy, to whom he could say, “After I have passed away, do the work of a buddha and work for the welfare of beings.” He therefore emanated a magically created [F.254.b] perfect form comparable to his own body and said to it, “You must do the work of a buddha.” He then passed into nirvāṇa. When he had done so the Tathāgata’s magical creation did the work of the Buddha in all world systems and benefited beings. When that magical creation saw a bodhisattva suitable for a prophesy, he entrusted beings into that bodhisattva’s hands and demonstrated complete nirvāṇa. Between that magical creation and a tathāgata there is no difference at all.

5.­1135

It says

“the true nature of dharmas on account of which the magical creation…”1689 P18k P25k

because they are both the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature. Both come about just in order to benefit beings, and both do their1690 work.

5.­1136

“But has the Lord not complicated the true dharmic nature of all dharmas”1691 P18k P25k

by explaining nonexistent dharmas as being existent?

5.­1137

“Subhūti, I have taught… dharmas with words and signs.” P18k P25k

He accepts the ideas of simple folk as ordinary convention. He has explained like that; otherwise, it would not be easy.

5.­1138

“There is no settling down to do with names and signs.”1692 P18k P25k

He uses conventional designations that are in accord with ordinary people because they are incapable of understanding in other ways. It is difficult for them. There is no settling down on them, however, so there is no fault. This is teaching that were they to settle down, thinking “this is true,” then there would be a fault.

5.­1139

“Subhūti, were a name to settle down on a name, or were a sign to settle down on a sign”‍— P18k P25k

if names settled down on names or if causal signs settled down on causal signs, then

“emptiness would settle down on emptiness,” P18k P25k

and similarly,

“signlessness” P18k P25k

and so on would settle down. Thus, it is saying that emptiness and so on [F.255.a] do not settle down because they are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature. Similarly, buddhas and śrāvakas do not settle down.

5.­1140

“Subhūti, all dharmas are thus simply mere names.” P18k P25k

Thus, while all dharmas are simply mere names and signs, those in the world do not know them as such. Therefore, bodhisattvas practice so that they will come to that realization. Thus, all dharmas are simply mere names and signs and they reach the knowledge of all aspects by realizing them. This is teaching that were any dharma to be an existent thing then there would be no complete awakening.

The three knowledges

5.­1141

“Subhūti, all-knowledge belongs to śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas, the knowledge of path aspects… to bodhisattva great beings, and the knowledge of all aspects… to tathāgatas, worthy ones, perfectly complete buddhas.”1693 P18k P25k

5.­1142

Among these, “all-knowledge”: Beginning as the three forms of the knowledge of all those who know that “all compounded phenomena are impermanent; all contaminated phenomena are suffering; all phenomena are without a self,” all-knowledge is the definitive knowledge of all dharmas based on dharma and subsequent realization knowledge.1694 That knowledge, furthermore, is not knowledge of all dharmas in all aspects. The knowledge of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas is called all-knowledge because by way of the three marks1695 and four truths they are not perplexed about all dharmas.

5.­1143

“The knowledge of path aspects”: Here, from the first production of the thought of awakening on the devoted course of conduct level up to the Dharmameghā level, [F.255.b] the knowledge operating as insight by penetrating into suchness in the omnipresent sense, the tip sense, and so on,1696 which acts to cause the transformation of the basis, operates for the happiness and benefit of beings, and causes bodhisattvas to reach the great city of the knowledge of all aspects is called the knowledge of path aspects.

5.­1144

“The knowledge of all aspects” is the knowledge of buddhas as far-reaching as the space element, for the welfare of beings without interruption, that realizes the body of dharmas‍—a resultant knowledge of the abandonment of residual impression connections called the knowledge of all aspects because it is the result of having comprehended all dharmas in all aspects.

5.­1145

“Subhūti, that one aspect on account of which… [it] is called ‘knowledge of all aspects’ is thus the calm aspect.”1697 P18k P25k

That aspect the tathāgatas comprehend, the subsiding of all the aspects of the conceptualizations separated entirely from the world as beings and from the container world, when the morality encompassing the three realms has stopped the net of conceptual thought‍—that which is the extremely calm aspect that constitutes the spontaneous body of dharmas that is the absolutely pure dharma-constituent accessed as a sameness‍—is the aspect of all dharmas, hence “all aspects.” The knowledge entity of the sort that has accessed such an aspect is called the knowledge of all aspects.

5.­1146

“An abandonment of all residual impression connections”1698‍— P18k P25k

from among the residual impressions left by action and conceptual affliction, here cutting the continuum of the uninterrupted arising, one to the next, of cause and effect is called the abandonment of all residual impression connections.

5.­1147

“Before reaching the knowledge of all aspects [F.256.a] is there an uncompounded abandonment of afflictions?” P18k P25k

[The Lord] says [there is] because it is in the form of a cessation. He says, nevertheless, the cessation is simply just an abandonment, so

“they still do odd things with their bodies and voices.1699 These are not even bad in ordinary persons,” P18k P25k

like gazing in a mirror, hopping while walking, and Pilindavatsa’s use of a word for a low caste woman.1700 These are not bad, whether for an ordinary person or a noble person.

5.­1148

“Do bodhisattvas actualize the very limit of reality having stood on a path… or having stood on what is not a bad path?”1701 P18k P25k

and so on. The Lord again says about the possibilities that “they cannot stand on the path because it is the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature.”

5.­1149

“Lord, if the path is not an existent thing and nirvāṇa is not an existent thing, why is it taught that ‘this is a stream enterer; this is a once-returner,’ ”1702 P18k P25k

and so on, intends that you can suppose about the explanations of noble persons and of buddhas that they are explanations based on the path, or explanations because of having reached nirvāṇa, but if there are neither, how is there going to be a presentation of noble persons?

5.­1150

“Subhūti… all of these are categories of the uncompounded.”1703 P18k P25k

He again says that even though both a path and nirvāṇa are nonexistent they are categories of the suchness that is the basic nature of the uncompounded.

5.­1151

“Lord, does something uncompounded make the categories ‘this is a stream enterer’,” P18k P25k

and so on, is asking‍—intending the “categories of the uncompounded”‍—whether the uncompounded makes, or produces, those categories of persons.

5.­1152

“Subhūti, the uncompounded does not make categories,”1704 P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that even though the uncompounded is not the producer, still, [F.256.b] because of the special feature of entering into suchness through the power of the transformation of the basis, and the special feature of the abandonment of latent affliction, this or that sort of person comes about.

5.­1153

“Lord, how will there be a later limit of saṃsāra?” P18k

Earlier,1705 in the explanation of the emptiness of no beginning and no end, it said “there is no saṃsāra,” about the unfindable beginning, middle, and end of saṃsāra. Now it asks this, intending that if the worthy ones are categories of the uncompounded there will be an end to saṃsāra.

5.­1154

“Having taken ordinary convention as the authority, they are simply spoken about, even though ultimately there cannot be categories.” P18k P25k

This is teaching that the suchness of ordinary persons and worthy ones is there at all times so there is no later limit, but still, having taken the cutting of the continuum of those falsely imagined dharmas called “the five aggregates” as its point of departure, it explains like that according to ordinary convention. Therefore, it says

“those for whom an end is demarcated.” P18k

5.­1155

“Lord, if in all dharmas empty of their own marks a prior limit is not apprehended, what need is there to say more about a later limit?” P18k P25k

This is saying the falsely imagined phenomena, the five aggregate “dharmas, are empty of their own marks” because they are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature and hence are like an illusion. So, given that there is no “prior limit” of them perceived as being produced, “what need is there to say more about a later limit” when they are perceived as stopping?

5.­1156

“Exactly so, Subhūti, exactly so!” P18k

He rejoices in his statement because all dharmas are not produced and do not stop.

The meaning of pāramitā

5.­1157

“Subhūti… this perfection of wisdom is, of all dharmas, perfect; therefore, it is called perfection of wisdom.”1706 P18k P25k

There are four alternative meanings of pāramitā.

5.­1158

Among them, first,1707 [F.257.a] similar in meaning to the word parama (ultimate), there is the word parami. An abstract noun “superiority” (pārami) is derived from that. It says “superiority” because it is in the form of the limit of all dharmas and all dharmas culminate in it. The received tradition says, “Also when a suffix that makes an abstract noun [like -tā] is at the end it expresses just the thing itself, as, for example, saying of running water, ‘the water element’s fluidity.’ ”1708 Hence it says, “Subhūti, this is the ultimate (parama) superiority (pārami-tā) of all dharmas.” It means that it is extremely superior, it is the final superiority of all dharmas.

5.­1159

Alternatively, pāram (farther shore) means limit and ita means gone. Hence pāramitā, “gone to the other side.” Therefore, it says

“with this… all śrāvakas, pratyekabuddhas, bodhisattva great beings, and tathāgatas, worthy ones, perfectly complete buddhas have reached the other side.” P18k P25k

It is called perfection because it causes them to go to the farther shore.

5.­1160

Alternatively, construe the word parama (perfect) with paramārtha (the ultimate). Because it arises from the ultimate it is an understanding of the ultimate (pāramitā); it comes about with the ultimate as its objective support. The wisdom that has arisen having taken as its objective support the basic nature marked by nonabiding nirvāṇa, which is the ultimate sameness of all dharmas, is the perfection of wisdom. Therefore, it says,

“Also, Subhūti, with this perfection of wisdom the tathāgata has fully awakened to the fact that all dharmas are not ultimately different; therefore, it is called perfection of wisdom.” P18k P25k

The wisdom has the ultimate as its objective support so the tathāgatas have fully awakened to the ultimate.

5.­1161

Alternatively, construe the word pāra (farthest limit) with suchness, because it is the farthest limit of everything. The wisdom that has gone into the farthest limit, has reached suchness, is said to be perfection (pāramitā). Therefore, it says,

“gone into this perfection of wisdom is suchness, and gone into it [F.257.b] also is unmistaken suchness.”1709 P18k P25k

Because gone into it are suchness and so on, it is said that it has extended over suchness and so on.

5.­1162

“Neither conjoined with nor disjoined from,” P18k P25k

and so on‍—up to here, the explanation has been of just the intrinsic nature of the perfection of wisdom.

5.­1163

“This perfection of wisdom causes the practice of all dharmas, this perfection of wisdom bestows all confidences” P18k P25k

means the practice of all dharmas causing the production of all knowledges.1710

5.­1164

“Because all those who do the stopping, those who will stop, and the way the stopping happens cannot be apprehended in the perfection of wisdom.”1711 P18k P25k

This means a stopper, something that needs to be stopped, and the stopping to be done cannot be apprehended in this perfection of wisdom, so they1712 cannot stop bodhisattvas practicing it.

5.­1165

“Furthermore, Subhūti, bodhisattva great beings should practice the reality of the perfection of wisdom‍—namely, they should practice the reality of impermanence, the reality of suffering, and the reality of selfless.”1713 P18k P25k

5.­1166

Having taught the condition shared in common by everything with these three, the realities of these eleven1714 knowledges, from

“the good of the knowledge of suffering, the good of the knowledge of origination,” P18k P25k

up to

“the good of the knowledge of mastery, and the good of the knowledge in accord with sound,” P18k P25k

are the intrinsic nature of the perfection of wisdom, so they teach the good of the perfection of wisdom.

5.­1167

“According to the reality and the mode”‍— P18k P25k

“the reality” is those realities of impermanence and so on; “the mode” is the intrinsic nature of the perfection of wisdom dealt with below.1715

5.­1168

“When… practicing this deep perfection of wisdom’s reality… they should not practice with the idea ‘greed is good for me’ or ‘is bad for me,’ ” P18k P25k

and so on, [F.258.a] is teaching that they should eliminate the conceptualization of good or bad as different, because in suchness the concern with such things does not exist.

5.­1169

“They should not practice with the idea ‘form is good for me’ or ‘form is bad for me.’ ” P18k P25k

Viewing form falsely considered as a fact is “bad”; viewing form as unfindable is “good.”

5.­1170

“Whether the tathāgatas arise or whether the tathāgatas do not arise”1716 P18k P25k

is teaching that

“the perfection of wisdom does not do anything good or bad to anything,” P18k P25k

because

“the establishment of dharmas,” P18k P25k

just the intrinsic nature, thus

“remains” P18k P25k

as it is.

5.­1171

“The perfection of wisdom does not cause any compounded or uncompounded dharma at all” P18k P25k

is teaching that because, having looked, the perfection of wisdom does not see any compounded or uncompounded dharma, it does not cause any dharma. So how will the perfection of wisdom cause anything good or bad?1717

5.­1172

“But Lord, the uncompounded is good for all noble… is it not?” P18k P25k

It says this intending: does this perfection of wisdom not cause attainment of uncompounded nirvāṇa? It

“is not there to be good or bad for anything” P18k P25k

means the perfection of wisdom, as a cause, is not in any way good or bad for nirvāṇa. It also teaches that through the simile of

“the suchness of space.” P18k P25k

5.­1173

“Lord, having trained in the uncompounded perfection of wisdom, do bodhisattva great beings not reach the knowledge of all aspects?” P18k P25k

He asks this intending: does this perfection of wisdom not produce the knowledge of all aspects?

5.­1174

Having said that, the Lord rejoices in his statement because, when practicing, that is conventionally [F.258.b] so. He then negates it, with

“but not in a dualistic way.” P18k P25k

This means the perfection of wisdom and the knowledge of all aspects are one, they are not different and are not two, therefore there is nothing that assists and nothing that is assisted.

5.­1175

What is intended by

“Lord, does a nondual dharma reach a nondual dharma?” P18k P25k

It is well known that bodhisattvas reach the knowledge of all aspects with the perfection of wisdom as the cause. In regard to that, he is asking about two possibilities‍—whether these bodhisattvas without an intrinsic nature reach a perfection of wisdom with a nondual intrinsic nature,1718 or whether bodhisattvas with a dual intrinsic nature reach a perfection of wisdom with a nondual intrinsic nature.

5.­1176

The Lord does not assent because it is not suitable to be expressed as either. He says,

“Because neither a dual dharma nor a nondual dharma can be apprehended, the knowledge of all aspects is thus reached by way of not apprehending anything at all.” P18k P25k

Just as all these dharmas cannot be apprehended as being constituted as dual or constituted as being nondual, similarly the knowledge of all aspects is reached by way of dharmas that cannot be apprehended as dual and dharmas that cannot be apprehended as nondual. Other than that, it does not happen at all.

[B25]

Explanation of Chapters 64 to 72

5.­1177

Having heard about such a deep state, he says,

“Deep, Lord, is the perfection of wisdom,” P18k P25k

and so on.1719 Connect this with this simile as well: understand, as an illustration, that just as a person who wants roots, bark, leaves, flowers, and fruit does not, in the beginning, apprehend them, similarly a bodhisattva [F.259.a] does not apprehend all dharmas. And just as the person gets and makes use of the roots, bark, and so on later when the trunk has grown, similarly all beings are given use of the benefits and happiness when the many accumulations of merit and knowledge have increased and they have gained the knowledge of all aspects.

5.­1178

“Subhūti, it is because that suchness, on account of which tathāgatas are labeled, is just the suchness… on account of which the suchness of all beings and the suchness of the tathāgatas is labeled.” P18k P25k

The “tathāgatas” are so called because of having gone into reality.1720 Bodhisattvas, too, go into reality, therefore they should indeed be called tathāgatas.

5.­1179

In the second subsection of the passage,

“standing in this suchness, bodhisattva great beings,” P18k P25k

because of comprehending and realizing suchness,

“are called tathāgatas.”1721 P18k P25k

This reality is also called

“the perfection of wisdom.” P18k P25k

5.­1180

After this, the increase in benefits and merits from practicing suchness and the perfection of wisdom is easy to understand.1722

5.­1181

“Candidates for bodhisattva”1723 P18k P25k

are those standing on the path to perfect, complete awakening.

5.­1182

“Subhūti… the knowledge of all aspects is a nonexistent thing that is without a defining mark,”1724 P18k P25k

and so on. It is “a nonexistent thing” because it is beyond existent dharmas; “without a defining mark” because it is separated from specific and general defining marks;

5.­1183

“without a causal sign” P18k P25k

because it is separated from all words and signifiers;

5.­1184

“without effort” P18k P25k

because it is spontaneous;

5.­1185

“unproduced” P18k P25k

because it is uncompounded;

5.­1186

“and not appearing” P18k P25k

because it is marked as not remaining.

5.­1187

“Subhūti, the objective support of the knowledge of all aspects is a nonexistent thing” P18k P25k

means “it operates having taken a nonexistent thing as the point of departure”; it is not the objective support condition.

5.­1188

“The dominant factor is mindfulness.” P18k P25k

It says that based on its being its earlier cause. [F.259.b] It is not there at that time.

5.­1189

“Subhūti, something that has arisen from a union has no intrinsic nature…”1725 P18k P25k

Form, feeling, and so on, which are imaginary in their intrinsic nature, are said to be “arisen from a union” because they have arisen dependent on conditions. Such an intrinsic nature is a nominal one because it is necessarily dependent.

5.­1190

“And anything arisen from a union with no intrinsic nature is a nonexistent thing.” P18k P25k

A dharma that is contingent on something else‍—that is not an “intrinsic nature”‍—is called a “nonexistent thing.” It is not nonexistent because it is absolutely nonexistent like a rabbit’s horns and so on; it is because it is the nonexistent thing that is the reverse of a phenomenon that is an existent thing.

5.­1191

“Are the intrinsic nature of a nonexistent thing”1726‍— P18k P25k

falsely imagined dharmas, form and so on, are called “nonexistent things.” The reversed intrinsic nature they have is also called “the intrinsic nature of a nonexistent thing.”

5.­1192

After that it teaches that the perfection of wisdom is the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature and is skillful means.

5.­1193

There,

“Lord, are phenomena separated from the phenomena themselves?”1727 P18k P25k

means that if all phenomena are separated from all phenomena, in that case something known and something that knows would not exist, and it would not be suitable to say, “It is known.”

5.­1194

“It is not appropriate that an existent thing knows an existent thing.” P18k P25k

It is not appropriate that a falsely imagined phenomenon knows a falsely imagined phenomenon, like an illusory elephant a footprint of an illusory elephant.

5.­1195

“It is not appropriate that a nonexistent thing knows a nonexistent thing,”1728 P18k P25k

like space;

“it is not appropriate that an existent thing knows a nonexistent thing,” P18k P25k

like an illusory person space; and

“it is not appropriate that a nonexistent thing knows an existent thing,” P18k P25k

like space an illusory person. This is the perfection of wisdom of existent things and nonexistent things.

5.­1196

“Lord, is ordinary convention one thing and the ultimate another?” [F.260.a] P18k P25k

An ordinary convention is marked as a nonexistent thing, so the question is about the ultimate.

5.­1197

“Just that suchness of ordinary convention is the suchness of the ultimate” P18k P25k

means that the suchness of “ordinary convention”‍—of all dharmas, form and so on‍—is itself just the suchness of the ultimate.

5.­1198

“Subhūti, true reality is called buddha”1729 P18k P25k

says what the intrinsic nature marking an awakened being is. It means true reality, suchness, the dharma body, is called buddha.

5.­1199

“Also, they are those who have fully awakened to the true Dharma,1730 therefore they are called buddha,” P18k P25k

and so on, provides three creative explanations. With the knowledge of a worthy one’s path, the lords awaken to the true Dharma‍—the state of nirvāṇa; then, with the knowledge of a knower of all aspects they have a penetrating realization of true reality as a reality that is empty, calm, and so on; and with the subsequent attainment of the knowledge of those who know all, they subsequently realize the characteristic marks of all. Thus, it says, because

“there are those who have fully awakened to the true Dharma… have a penetrating realization of true reality, … [and] have fully awakened to all dharmas as they really are, therefore they are called buddha.” P18k P25k

5.­1200

“Lord, what is the word awakening for?” P18k P25k

Awakening is also taught threefold: intrinsic nature, characteristic mark, and creative explanation. The intrinsic nature is twofold: the thoroughly established intrinsic nature and the falsely imagined intrinsic nature. In regard to the thoroughly established intrinsic nature, it says,

“Subhūti, awakening is a word for emptiness.” P18k P25k

5.­1201

In regard to the falsely imagined intrinsic nature, it says,

“Also, Subhūti, awakening is a word for mere designation.” P18k P25k

5.­1202

As for the characteristic mark, [F.260.b] it says

“true reality means awakening.”1731 P18k P25k

The characteristic mark of the ultimate is true reality, called the reality of the ultimate.

5.­1203

As for the creative explanation, it is threefold:

“that awakening is a realization that all dharmas are a mere designation and causal sign,” P18k P25k

and so on. There, the creative explanation of it as the realization of the marks of falsely imagined phenomena is: “it is a realization that all dharmas are a mere designation and causal sign.” It says about the dharma body’s way of being marked by the transformation of the basis on account of the realization of dependent phenomena,

“that… is the awakening of the lord buddhas, therefore it is called awakening.” P18k P25k

5.­1204

As for the realization of the mark of the thoroughly established phenomenon, it says

“the lord buddhas have fully awakened to it, therefore it is called awakening.” P18k P25k

5.­1205

In regard to the awakening of those practicing the perfection of wisdom, it says it

“is not to accumulate or to diminish… any dharma.” P18k P25k

5.­1206

Where it says

“it is not available in the manner of an objective support that has to be accumulated,” P18k P25k

wholesome roots from giving and so on;

5.­1207

“or that has to be diminished,” P18k P25k

miserliness, immorality and so on;

5.­1208

“or that has to be decreased,” P18k P25k

the dark side;

5.­1209

“or that has to be increased,” P18k P25k

the bright side;

5.­1210

“or that has to be produced,” P18k P25k

the unproduced buddhadharmas;

5.­1211

“or that has to be stopped,” P18k P25k

defilements that have been produced;

5.­1212

“or that has to be defiled,” P18k P25k

during the period with stains;

5.­1213

“or that has to be purified,” P18k P25k

during the period without stains, it says that because awakening is in its basic nature the elimination of all objective supports.

5.­1214

“Practice the perfection of giving in a dualistic way”1732 P18k P25k

means with apprehended and apprehender as existent things. As it will say immediately after this below,

“even bodhisattva great beings who have attended on the lord buddhas, have planted wholesome roots, and have been looked after by spiritual friends [F.261.a] will not be able to gain the knowledge of all aspects,”1733 P18k P25k

because, on account of the power of apprehending things, they do not have skillful means.

5.­1215

“How will… [they] fully grasp the perfection of giving?”1734 P18k P25k

He asks this with the thought that “giving gifts, having taken awakening as the object, is labeled the perfection of giving.”

5.­1216

“[They] do not practice the perfection of giving in a dualistic way” P18k P25k

means they do not practice with the idea, “I will do this for awakening,” conceptualizing the two‍—an apprehended and an apprehender‍—as existent things.

5.­1217

“Lord, if they do not practice the perfection of giving in a dualistic way” P18k P25k

is asking: if they are not making a dedication to awakening in a dualistic way, how will the wholesome roots grow and flourish?

5.­1218

“Subhūti, those who practice dualistically do not1735 grow and flourish on wholesome roots” P18k P25k

teaches that just practicing without dualism causes the wholesome roots to grow and flourish, not dualistic practice. This is the practice of the perfection of wisdom without dualism.

5.­1219

Then the practice of the six perfections endowed with skillful means, the practice of the dharmas on the side of awakening, the practice of the buddhadharmas, and the praise of the bodhisattvas who

“do not move from their intrinsic nature”1736 P18k P25k

are easy to understand from the scripture itself.1737

5.­1220

As for the four possibilities in

“can a nonexistent thing fully awaken to a nonexistent thing,”1738 P18k P25k

and so on, it is not suitable to connect full awakening with those sorts of four possibilities so a scriptural authority for them does not exist.

5.­1221

“Seeing sameness like this, not like an existent thing and not like a nonexistent thing either, is clear realization.”1739 P18k P25k

A falsely imagined phenomenon, like something conjured up by magic, is not in the form of an existent thing nor in a totally nonexistent form like a rabbit’s horns. [F.261.b] That sameness that is not an existent thing and not a nonexistent thing is seeing, “is clear realization” of the sameness of an existent thing and nonexistent thing‍—

“the perfection of wisdom without thought construction.”1740 P18k P25k

5.­1222

“To illustrate, Subhūti, worthy ones… having trained on all the paths”‍— P18k P25k

having trained on the paths of stream enterer, once-returner, non-returner, and worthy one‍—

“do indeed enter into the flawlessness that is a perfect state,” P18k P25k

do enter into a worthy one’s state of flawlessness. For the moment, they

“will not reach the result of worthy one in a single instant of the path” P18k P25k

means for as long as they have not finally produced the moment of the path of freedom.

5.­1223

“Through the wisdom of the unique single instant”‍— P18k P25k

through the instant of

“the vajropama meditative stabilization.” P18k P25k

5.­1224

“Having beheld all eight levels, pass beyond them with knowledge and seeing,”1741 P18k P25k

just as explained earlier in the section teaching knowledge of mastery.1742

5.­1225

“On that bodhisattva great beings should accomplish vocalizations, conventional terms, and sounds,”1743 P18k P25k

similar to the vocalizations of the various beings.

5.­1226

“Do not bring about and do not take away any dharma at all”1744‍— P18k P25k

he asks: those dharmas on the side of awakening with no characteristic mark, the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature, do not bring about awakening, do they? And the Lord raises his voice in praise, with

“exactly so, Subhūti, exactly so!” P18k P25k

5.­1227

Nothing at all brings about anything at all, because dharmas are marked by remaining the same. Still, even though that is the case, it formulates this1745 conventionally, as a method so that simple folk will comprehend, because having understood in this gradual sequence and practiced like that, they become awakened.

5.­1228

“Noble Dharma and Vinaya”1746 P18k P25k

teaches that in its intrinsic nature it tames attachment [F.262.a] and so on, and, when it has been achieved, is marked by remaining tamed.1747 This

“noble Dharma and Vinaya” P18k P25k

is the

“perfection of wisdom.”1748 P18k P25k

5.­1229

“The disintegration of meditation on all dharmas is meditation”1749 P18k P25k

means meditating on “all dharmas,” form and so on, as nonexistent things.

5.­1230

“[They] do not meditate on ‘form is an existent thing’ ”1750 P18k P25k

means they do not meditate on “form is an existent thing in its intrinsic nature.”

5.­1231

“Someone attached to the two extremes, thinking ‘this is me,’ in reference to an existent thing”1751‍— P18k P25k

this means someone attached to the two extremes of permanence and annihilation with the notion of an existent thing: “This is me, which is to say, I exist separately,” “I am form,” “I am feeling,” and so on.

5.­1232

“Subhūti, the perception of form is a duality.”1752 P18k P25k

There is no doubt that where there is the perception “it is form,” the false imagining that it is there or it is not there, or that it is an existent thing or a nonexistent thing, arises. Alternatively, it says “duality” because of a grasped and grasper in the form of existent things.

5.­1233

“To the extent there is an existent thing, to that extent there are volitional factors.” P18k P25k

The conceptualization of an existent thing gives rise to volitional factors that are good, bad, and so on. To “thoroughly reject an existent thing” is not to thoroughly reject the maturation.1753

5.­1234

“[They] gain control over all dharmas,”1754 P25k

over perfect, complete awakening;

“[they] gain control over the range of all phenomena,”1755 P18k P25k

the clairvoyances and the ten controls.1756

5.­1235

“Here, earlier when I was practicing the bodhisattva’s practice of the six perfections,” P18k P25k

and so on, is teaching the following:

“When I was the one practicing the six perfections and entering into absorption in the clairvoyances and so on, having eliminated perceptions with any objective support, I produced and practiced [F.262.b] a naturally purified perception without relishing the experience of the causal signs. Having fully awakened by just paying attention to space, and, following that, having fully awakened to the four noble truths with subsequent attainment knowledge, I actualized the qualities of a buddha. By paying attention to the conventional I prophesied beings in the three groups.”

This means he was therefore faultless because he practiced in a state where nothing is apprehended and became awakened in a state where nothing is apprehended.

5.­1236

With,

“Lord, how has a tathāgata, worthy one, perfectly complete buddha,” P18k P25k

and so on,1757 the elder is asking: if concentrations, clairvoyances, and beings are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature, how have you produced them, and prophesied those beings? Then the Lord, with

“Subhūti, were an intrinsic nature of sense objects or of wrong unwholesome dharmas,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that because they are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature everything is established, not otherwise. So, it is because sense objects and wrong unwholesome dharmas are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature that they have been prophesied and the concentrations produced. They

“are not existent things, or nonexistent things, or intrinsically existent things, or dependently existent things”1758 P18k P25k

is teaching that they are not constituted as falsely imagined existent things, are not totally nonexistent things like a rabbit’s horns, also are not something constituted as its own existent thing, and are also not something constituted as a dependent existent thing.

5.­1237

“How… will there be serial action, serial training, and serial practice?” [F.263.a] P18k P25k

The intention is that just as apprehending and not apprehending a magically produced illusory elephant and so on happens suddenly, so too the bodhisattvas’ realization that does not apprehend anything happens suddenly; it does not happen gradually.

5.­1238

With

“Subhūti, here bodhisattva great beings from the very outset have heard from the lord buddhas… that an intrinsic nature… is nonexistent,” P18k P25k

and so on, the Lord explains that bodhisattvas are not vigorously attempting the series of practices for their own benefit; rather, they are gradually making the vigorous attempt so that all beings will come to a gradual understanding, because they are incapable of a sudden understanding.

5.­1239

“Starting from the first production of the thought,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches the order of the unfolding series.

5.­1240

“Having [transcended the śrāvaka level and pratyekabuddha level], they enter,” P18k P25k

after they have produced the thought.1759

5.­1241

“Do you think you can apprehend a ‘there-is’ or a ‘there-is-not’ in all the phenomena that are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature”1760 P18k P25k

and that are the intrinsic nature of six perfections?1761 If taken1762 as nonexistence, it becomes an annihilation. Those who say they are not existent things, and they are intrinsic natures, say there are not existent things and say there are intrinsic natures, so it is teaching that it is not suitable to take them at the extremes of “there-is” and “there-is-not.”

5.­1242

“Just the absence of an apprehended object is attainment, just the attainment of the absence of an apprehended object is clear realization.”1763 P18k P25k

If it had said “attainment is without an apprehended object, and clear realization does not apprehend an object,” there would be something to be attained and a clear realization to be had, so there would be the absence of an apprehended object and hence the colossal blunder of apprehending something.1764 Therefore it teaches that just the absence of an apprehended object is spoken of as “attainment… clear realization,” and

“unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening.” P18k P25k

5.­1243

“How will there be the clairvoyances arisen from maturation?”1765 P18k P25k

The clairvoyances arisen from maturation and the perfections arisen from maturation are located from the eighth level on up.

5.­1244

All of the explanation of serial practice is easy to understand.1766

5.­1245

In regard to the question, [F.263.b]

“Lord, when bodhisattva great beings are practicing the perfection of wisdom, how do they complete the six perfections in a single thought?”1767 P18k P25k

and so on, it says

“when they give gifts it is informed by the perfection of wisdom,” P18k P25k

explaining that because they are informed by the perfection of wisdom all beings also become one.

5.­1246

“Nothing other than”1768 P18k P25k

means simply just the one.

5.­1247

Then again, in response to the second question,1769 it explains that it is a single thought because it is not a dualistic thought. The cultivation of all dharmas, the six perfections and so on, while

“not having a dualistic notion” P18k P25k

is easy to understand.

5.­1248

“When they give gifts with a thought free from causal signs, without outflows, the perfection of maturation is completed.”1770 P18k P25k

It teaches that, because from the eighth level on up afflictions do not arise and it is a maturation.

5.­1249

“This gift you have given is worthless”1771 P18k P25k

is said by the Māra class of gods.

5.­1250

Then the completion of the six perfections and the maturation of the clairvoyances can be grasped from the text itself. It is also very easy to understand the exposition of the perfections arisen from maturation from the teaching about the knowledge of the mark of all dharmas.1772

Explanation of Chapter 73

5.­1251

Then the question,

“Lord, how, when all dharmas are like a dream, have nonexistence for their intrinsic nature, and are empty of their own marks,” P18k P25k

and so on‍—the response is that the teaching is amazing and marvelous, and the two gifts of Dharma, the ordinary and extraordinary, should be grasped right from the scripture itself.1773

5.­1252

Among the extraordinary gifts of Dharma, most have already been explained. I will explain the ones I have not explained before. Among them is,

“What is conflict-free meditative stabilization?”1774 P18k P25k

Having become absorbed in a meditative stabilization sustained by the power of the thought “may afflictions not arise in others on account of me,” through the force [F.264.a] of the earlier prayer that is a vow that does not provide an opportunity for afflictions to arise in the mindstreams of others, is called “conflict-free absorption.”

5.­1253

“There, what is knowledge from prayer?” P18k P25k

Immediately after a prayer has been made to know some phenomenon included in knowable things‍—anything at all from the phenomena of the three time periods and three realms included in the ordinary and extraordinary‍—that knowledge through which it comes to be known is called “knowledge from prayer.”

5.­1254

“There, what are the four total purities?”1775 P18k P25k

5.­1255

The absolute separation from the “basis”‍—all the final bases of suffering with which all beings are afflicted‍—and the independence to appropriate, remain in, and die in whatever body one wants is the

“thoroughly purified basis.” P18k P25k

5.­1256

Control gained over what are counted as magical productions and transformations, and over objective supports, is the

“thoroughly purified objective support.” P18k P25k

5.­1257

The increase of the wholesome in the mind to the fullest extent because of separation from the final basis of mental suffering is the

“thoroughly purified mind.” P18k P25k

5.­1258

Control over the absence of obstructions to the knowledge of all knowable things because of separation from the final basis of suffering that is on the side of ignorance is

“thoroughly purified knowledge.” P18k P25k

5.­1259

There what are the ten controls?

5.­1260

“Control over lifespan” P18k P25k

is remaining for as long as they want;

5.­1261

“control over mind” P18k P25k

is the abiding at will in the mental abiding in which they want to abide, in a concentration, an immeasurable, a deliverance, and so on;

5.­1262

“control over necessities” P18k P25k

is being endowed at will with all necessities, food and so on, immediately after just having the idea of them;

5.­1263

“control over action” P18k P25k

is the transformation at will [F.264.b] of all actions that evolve into birth;

5.­1264

“control over birth” P18k P25k

is the birth at will in all birthplaces, in whichever birth they desire;

5.­1265

“control over belief” P18k P25k

is the accomplishing of real things, whatever they are just as they have believed them to be;

5.­1266

“control over prayer” P18k P25k

is this‍—all their prayers being answered at will;

5.­1267

“control over magical powers” P18k P25k

is the accomplishing of all necessary magical powers at will;

5.­1268

“control over knowledge” P18k P25k

is the speedy knowledge of what they want to know‍—those very deep things to be known; and

5.­1269

“control over the doctrine” P18k P25k

is the skill at gaining, at will, collections of speech sounds, collections of words, and collections of phrases, and making a perfect presentation of all the doctrine.

5.­1270

“What are the three things the tathāgatas do not have to guard against?”1776 P18k P25k

The three things they do not have to guard against are easy to understand from the scripture itself.

5.­1271

“[The] three applications of mindfulness” P18k P25k

are easy to understand as the absence of attachment and anger.

5.­1272

“A natural state not robbed of mindfulness”‍— P18k

in whatever way and at whatever time the tathāgatas work for the welfare of beings, when it is accomplished, at that time it is called the “natural state not robbed of mindfulness.”

Major marks and minor signs of a buddha

5.­1273

“What are the thirty-two major marks of a great person?”1777 P18k P25k

These are presented to engender faith in persons who take the body as the measure of greatness. There, bodhisattva great beings and buddhas are called

“great person” P18k P25k

because of their great humanity on account of great lineage, belief, prayer, vigorous attempt, setting out, practice that accomplishes the final result, wisdom and skillful means, and so on. Because they are great persons, these make that clear so they are the “major marks of a great person.”


5.­1274

Qualm: Well then, [F.265.a] the number “thirty-two” is meaningless because there is no difference between the major or minor parts of their body when appearing as a great person, so it is not appropriate to think “there are this many.”

5.­1275

That is true, but still, the specific number is tailored to the type of experience that follows from studying and being mindful so here too the explanation is with just that number.

5.­1276

The explanation of these major marks, furthermore, is in four parts: overview, explanation, cause, and result.

5.­1277

The first is the brief teaching; then, the commentary on the major marks is the explanation, the description of earlier karma the cause, and what they presage is the result.

5.­1278

“They have wheel marks on the surfaces of their hands and feet.” P18k P25k

Ordinarily a wheel is of two kinds: a wheel that is a weapon and the locomotion wheel, such as a wagon wheel and so on. They occur on both their hands and also their feet. The earlier karma for them is twofold: one, included in the perfection of morality, is listed as having

“welcomed and accompanied gurus.” P18k P25k

5.­1279

This results in the appearance of locomotion wheels on the soles of their feet. The one included in the perfection of giving is having

“listened to the doctrine, strung garlands, visited temples and caityas, and given the gift of servants.”1778 P18k P25k

This results in their appearance on the palms of both hands.

5.­1280

“Wheels with a thousand spokes, with rims and hubs”‍— P18k P25k

when these three are not complete it signifies that, having become wheel-turning emperors, they will go forth to homelessness. At that time, they will not become completely awakened, like, for example, King Śaṅka.1779 When they have become complete in every respect they will become completely awakened, [F.265.b] therefore it says

“complete in every respect.” P18k P25k

5.­1281

Qualm: Among these, the various other signs taught in other sūtras‍—the śrīvatsa, svastika, vardhamāna,1780 full pot, joined fish, victory banner, conch shell, throne, white parasol, fly whisk, and so on‍—have not been taught, have they?

That is true, but still, when it explains the main one‍—being endowed with the major wheel sign‍—it indicates those as well.

5.­1282

Some say all the major marks that do not appear on the two feet of a tathāgata are not absent because they are included as the necessary insignia of a universal emperor. Hence, it says “complete in every respect.”1781

5.­1283

“It is a sign presaging an extremely large circle of servants.” P18k P25k

This is shared by wheel-turning emperors and buddhas. Because it has a hub1782 and spokes, and is held by a rim, it is similar to “an extremely large circle of servants.”

5.­1284

“Feet that are well placed”‍— P18k P25k

lord buddhas are not like others for whom the ground is uneven, the soles of whose feet are not flat, or who plant the point of the foot or a side of the foot or the heel on the ground when walking, or who bound along taking breaks in the middle.1783 The whole sole of their foot is flat, lands on the ground when walking, touches the ground evenly, so it is said they have “feet that are well placed.” The entire face of the earth is even and has no change in elevation, no pebbles, boulders, water, mud, thorns, pits and so on, and as rulers over many hundreds and thousands of world systems even the distant is close by. Teaching the earlier karma it says

“their commitment is firm.” P18k P25k

5.­1285

It says this because in regard to all undertakings, on account of the force of the sustaining power of truth, renunciation, peace, and wisdom, [F.266.a] nobody can make them break it.

5.­1286

“It is a sign presaging that they cannot be swayed.” P18k P25k

They all‍—Māra, opponents, tīrthikas and so on‍—cannot sway them.

5.­1287

“Hands and feet with connecting webbing”1784‍— P18k P25k

from the first finger joint there is no gap in between the fingers on hands with totally stunning “connecting webbing,” but still they are suited for slipping on jewelry such as a ring and so on.1785 And the earlier karma is because of

“their assiduous practice of the four ways of gathering a retinue.” P18k P25k

5.­1288

It is explained that both their hands have “connecting webbing,” because of the force of gathering a retinue

“by giving” P18k P25k

and so on; and both their feet have “connecting webbing” because of the force of the other three ways‍—

“consistency between words and deeds,” P18k P25k

and so on.

5.­1289

Alternatively, they are understood to have come about from two hands gathering a retinue. The beings who have been gathered into the retinue have touched the feet. The appearance of the fingers and toes is with no gaps.

5.­1290

They are like “the four ways of gathering a retinue” because they gather and have become soft.

5.­1291

“The speedy gathering of a retinue”‍— P18k P25k

this means the eight retinues1786 quickly gather for the explanation of the Dharma.

5.­1292

Someone else explains “hands and feet with connecting webbing” differently. Setting aside the two thumbs on the hands of the lord buddhas, the tips of all the fingers are aligned, that is, the fingers are marked by each being connected with each part, standing aligned like a lattice work window or the tops of columns, so, on all the toes and fingers all the marks of each joint line appear aligned so they appear like a lattice; thus they have “hands and feet with connecting webbing.”1787

5.­1293

It is said, “When unimportant beings touch the two feet of a tathāgata there is an extremely pleasant feeling, and after death they are born in the ranks of the gods. Such is the power of feet with that major sign‍—connecting webbing.”

5.­1294

“Delicate and soft feet and hands”‍— [F.266.b] P18k P25k

because “delicate” means pliable, and “soft”1788 means having a perfect hue.

5.­1295

“Stands out prominently in seven ways,” P18k P25k

because they‍—

“the backs of their hands and upper parts of their feet, shoulders, neck, and head”‍— P18k P25k

are parts that have filled out. The earlier karma is the

“perfectly prepared hard and soft food and drink.” P18k P25k

5.­1296

From having given what has been perfectly prepared, their hands and feet have become “delicate and soft”; from having given many things to eat, “the parts stand out prominently in seven ways.” Alternatively, they went on their feet and gave with their two hands. Alternatively, their two hands and feet have become like that because, having given with their two hands, beings have served at their feet. “The parts stand out prominently in seven ways” because they are similar to the seven mental constituents1789 that have been satisfied.

5.­1297

How do you know that one karma gives rise to two major signs?

The explanation is that even though it is taken as being one karma, it accomplishes two or even three major signs on account of its being done and accumulated to an extreme degree.

5.­1298

“They have long toes and fingers.” P18k P25k

What goes wrong in fingers that are too long, too short, too fat, too thin, and crooked, and so on, has been eliminated. There is nothing wrong with them, and they are in correct proportion relative to the palms of the hands, are of proper length, and are gradually filled out and have slender tips. They are called “long fingers.”

5.­1299

They have

“stretched-out heels” P18k P25k

because they have heels free from what goes wrong in heels. They are of proper length and in correct proportion [F.267.a] relative to the feet. There, having taken the entire sole of the foot as having four parts, when three parts are the foot and one part is the heel, it is “of proper length.”1790

5.­1300

They have

“a big… body” P18k P25k

because they have a perfect build and are tall in height;

“and a straight body,” P18k P25k

because unlike those of other persons they do not bend.

“[It] is not crooked” P18k

anywhere from the shoulders, waist, or knees.1791

5.­1301

In this “long toes and fingers and stretched-out heels,” the locutions “long” and “stretched-out” are words for proportionate and fitting;1792 they are not words for very long and very stretched out.

5.­1302

Also, in regard to the explanation of the earlier karma,

“because they have freed convicts condemned to death, have sustained life by giving food and drink and so on, and assiduously practiced abstaining from killing”‍— P18k P25k

having freed those who are going to be killed from having a short life, those humans remain in their ordinary life, they do not suddenly come to live a longer life; and similarly, giving them all that is required for sustaining themselves, they make it so that they do not have a shortened life, but do not suddenly make them have a longer life. Similarly, also, with the toes and fingers and heels here, the “long” is a nontruncated state; it is not additional length.

5.­1303

“At seven hasta they are elevated in height.” P18k P25k

They are elevated in height relative to an ordinary body. Take this as the measure of an ordinary body. You cannot with certainty take the measure of the body of the Lord because, having looked for the top of the head, it cannot be seen. Because of

“abstaining from killing” P18k P25k

their physical karma is not twisted, similar to “a straight body.”

5.­1304

“Lower legs from the feet up that are not knobby”‍— P18k P25k

prominent bones of the knee joints and ankle joints are said to be “knobby.” In others those two bones are big, so the feet and calves are not attractive. Movement is not easy because they are not flexible, so the movement is unattractive. The calves of the Lord are attractive because the joints do not show; they are flexible, so the movement is attractive.

5.­1305

Others say, “The ankle bones of ordinary humans are toward the back of the foot, so their feet look like they have been nailed on. They are not flexible so they cannot be turned freely,1793 therefore when they move, the soles of the feet do not show.”

5.­1306

The ankle bones of great persons are higher up on the foot.1794 Also, only the lower parts of their bodies move, the upper parts [F.267.b] do not appear to move. Their feet can be turned easily. When you look from the front, back, right, and left, the soles of the feet appear and the movement is attractive.

5.­1307

“Body hair that points upward”‍— P18k P25k

when the hairs on the bodies of great persons grow in the follicles, they grow pointing upward toward the top, like looking upward at a beautiful face.

5.­1308

Again, just as the earlier karma,

“the wholesome dharmas they have undertaken,” P18k P25k

grow higher and higher, the parts of the legs are higher, and the body hair faces upward. The similarity is in the appearance of height.

5.­1309

“Calves like the aiṇeya antelope”‍— P18k P25k

those who have calves that are like those of the black antelope are said to have “calves like the aiṇeya antelope.” The calves of ordinary humans have flesh that hangs down1795 in one part, or they wobble or are too thick or too long or too short. Those of great persons have flesh that is compact, and they taper, are evenly shaped, very spherical, and well built, occupying only the space of eighteen aṅgula.1796

5.­1310

Again, the earlier karma is

“having shown respect, they have made vocations and branches of knowledge available” P18k P25k

so those trainees have increased and flourished, and by having made necessary goods available they have become strong. The calves are similar to that because the muscles have developed and have become like the calves of the black antelope.

5.­1311

“It is a sign presaging a speedy grasp of things.” P18k P25k

Those great persons quickly grasp all the buddhas have said, and the tathāgatas also grasp in a single instant the stream of questions of all beings.

5.­1312

“Tubular and long arms”‍— P18k P25k

“tubular” because they are big, thick arms; “long” because they reach down to their knees. They are long. Again, the earlier karma is similar because they extended their arms out a long way giving gifts to others, and because the doctrine they give is vast.

5.­1313

“[Their] private parts are hidden in a sheath.” P18k P25k

The “private part” is a secret that is a private part, hence “private part.” About that private part hidden in a sheath, not present before the eyes, it says the “private part [F.268.a] is hidden in a sheath.” It means the private part portion is hidden in the sheath and not present before the eyes, like a golden colored lotus flower hidden in the sheath of the surrounding calyx. Again, the earlier karma is

“[they] reconciled friends and relatives and did not separate” P18k P25k

them and so on. A sheath and a private part are similar in that way. They are similar because on account of something that can be hidden the secret portion was not obvious.

5.­1314

“A color like gold”‍— P18k P25k

this teaches that their body is dense, glossy, and has a very clear color.

5.­1315

“Extremely fine skin”‍— P18k P25k

this teaches that inner and outer

“dirt particles” P18k P25k

and stains and so on do not

“stick to it.” P18k P25k

5.­1316

Here, washing hands and feet and needing to be washed and so on is done by way of conventional designation so those who look after them will get merit, and to fit in at the appropriate times.1797

5.­1317

“Each strand of body hair grows curling to the right”‍— P18k P25k

“each strand of body hair” because from their body hair follicle grows just a single strand of body hair; “curling to the right” because they are circular, like an ornamental coiling snake ring, or the circle of a coiling snake, both of which coil to the right.

5.­1318

“An ūrṇā marks their face.” P18k P25k

When there is a pliable, soft body hair, white in color and glossy, in the spot between the eyebrows, a full hasta or a pair of hasta or three hasta and so on in length when it is stretched out, that, when let go again,1798 coils to the right with the tip on the upper part, just the measure of an Indian gooseberry fruit,1799 like an egg-shaped drop of silver, beautifying whatever face it is on, it is said that “an ūrṇā marks their face.” The earlier karma is that

“they have avoided society, and accorded an appropriate status to parents and so on, served them, given them gifts, not displeased them,”1800 P18k P25k

and so on. That is for both these major marks. On account of that, those strands grow curling to the right and the ūrṇā is long and has an excellent shape.

5.­1319

“[Their] upper body is like a lion’s.” P18k P25k

Their upper body is like a lion’s upper body so [F.268.b] they have an “upper body like a lion’s.” It says this because their chest is broad and big in size‍—perfectly broad and big because it is filled out.1801

5.­1320

“[Their] shoulders are well rounded without an indentation at the throat.” P18k P25k

Put the word “well” together with “rounded.” The “rounded” teaches that the Adam’s apple does not show. This means it is spherical and compact like the neck of a golden pot.1802

5.­1321

Again, the earlier karma is

“[they] did not speak unkindly,” P18k P25k

similar in style to a lion, the cause of a beautiful throat;

“did not belittle others,” P18k P25k

the cause of the chest being broad like a lion’s; and being

“eloquent and not jarring, and their speech is the same as the roar of a lion,” P18k P25k

the cause of a beautiful neck.

5.­1322

“The part between the collarbones is filled in”‍— P18k P25k

the part between the collarbones is expanded and broad.

5.­1323

“They know tastes as tasty.” P18k P25k

Those who know the tastes of the six tastes1803 are said to “know tastes as tasty.” In this context, take to “know” as to like, as in “treats like a mother, treats like a father” and so on. Because they enjoy and are satisfied by the tastes, it is said they “know the tastes.” The gullets of great persons have seven thousand receptive tastebuds giving rise to the experience. If they eat even as little as a single tiny sesame seed, it spreads throughout the entire body.1804 When all tastes are introduced to the mouth they become like the taste of nectar. That is the karma of the major mark. How it is similar to the earlier karma is easy to understand.1805

5.­1324

“A build like an Indian fig tree”‍— P18k P25k

some say nya gro means beneath. Take this as the lower part of the body. Take the ro dha as the upper part of the body. Their build is the same. So, when the upper part and the lower part of their body, starting from the waist, are equal in size it is said that they have “a build like an Indian fig tree.”1806 [F.269.a]

5.­1325

Others say take the nya gro to be from the top of the head down to the feet; take the ro dha as the width; and take the build as the two outstretched arms. So there, when the height and width of their body is the same length of their two outstretched arms, it is said that they have “a build like an Indian fig tree.”

5.­1326

Some say the trunk and branches of an Indian fig tree are equal in height and width. All the bodies of great persons are like that, the same in being the size of two extended arms.

5.­1327

“[They] have an uṣṇīṣa on the top of their head”‍— P18k P25k

take this as a head like a bound turban.1807 It is explained that the heads of others are not fully developed, are elongated or squashed and are not symmetrical. The heads of great persons are arranged evenly like a turban, spherical, completed, well shaped, and well developed.

5.­1328

Others say this major sign is to teach that the forehead is fully developed in size. The flesh in between and above the right ear and the left ear of the foreheads of great persons is well shaped; the size of the forehead is fully completed and beautiful like a royal golden turban that has been bound on.

5.­1329

Again, the earlier karma is that they were

“first”‍— P18k

they were chief

“at doing” P18k

all wholesome actions, making

“parks, assembly halls,” P18k P25k

places to quench thirst and so on‍—therefore

“they have a build like a fig tree,” P18k P25k

and

“an uṣṇīṣa on the top of their head,” P18k P25k

because, having become chief in the assembly, they raised their head uncowed and fearlessly encouraged others to engage in these actions. Hence,

“these are signs that presage holding the highest office.” P18k P25k

5.­1330

“A long thin tongue”: P18k P25k

“long”‍—big or lengthy; “thin”‍—pliable.

5.­1331

“The voice of Brahmā”‍— P18k P25k

because it is a voice like Brahmā, or the finest voice.

5.­1332

“The call of the kalaviṅka bird”‍— P18k P25k

like the sound of the Indian cuckoo.

5.­1333

“They have lion-like jaws” P18k P25k

because they are similar in part to the moon on the twelfth day before it is full, and the edges of the jaws are muscled and excellently rounded.1808

5.­1334

“Very white teeth,” P18k P25k

because they shine;

“extremely white,” P18k P25k

even more than the planet Venus. [F.269.b]

5.­1335

“Even teeth,” P18k P25k

because they

“are not too long or too short,” P18k P25k

or uneven.

5.­1336

“Teeth without gaps”‍— P18k P25k

because there are

“no spaces between their teeth,” P18k P25k

and so on, they are good looking.

5.­1337

“Forty teeth,” P18k P25k

because while other humans have thirty-two or thirty-eight teeth, on the contrary their teeth number forty and are complete.

5.­1338

“Dark blue eyes”‍— P18k P25k

the globe in the middle of the round of their eyes is moist and black. The two edges of the black globe are white. When the two eyelashes are still, they remain moist and dark blue. The two corners are a little bit redder. In between the eyelashes and eye is like a golden color. Thus, even though they do have the five clarities of sense faculties, still, because the circle of the eye is the foremost, it says “dark blue eyes.”1809

5.­1339

“[Their] eyelashes are like those of a cow,” P18k P25k

because, like a calf that right from birth has a youth’s eyelashes, the color of

“the upper and lower eyelashes” P18k P25k

is extremely glossy, and they are

“not entangled, so… [their] eyelashes are like those of a cow.” P18k P25k

[B26]

5.­1340

“Eighty minor signs”1810‍— P18k P25k

they are called “minor signs”1811 because they subsequently expand on the major marks or are subsequently divided in conformity with the major marks, that is, they indicate that they are great persons or make them handsome in conformity with the major marks.

5.­1341

“Lord buddhas have nails with a color like copper” P18k P25k

is an explanation of a minor sign. They

“are isolated from all conditioned things”1812 P18k P25k

is its corresponding cause. Connect them all like that.

5.­1342

“Bodhisattva great beings gather beings with those six perfections, by kind words.”1813 P18k P25k

Having brought them into the fold with kind words, they gather them into a retinue with the six perfections, so “kind words” is in the list.1814

5.­1343

“They have gathered beings… with those same six perfections by… beneficial actions.”1815 P18k P25k

The aspiration to do something of benefit goes ahead of the six perfections that gather them into a retinue. [F.270.a] Connect the later ones like that as well.1816

5.­1344

“Become skilled at one syllable accomplishment.”1817 P18k P25k

Through the sequence of dhāraṇī letters as gateways‍—“the letter a is the door to all dharmas because they are unproduced from the very beginning,” and so on1818‍—they should, through one letter, become skilled at the accomplishment of the signlessness meditative stabilization.

5.­1345

“Know1819 through one syllable that all have a decline.” P18k P25k

To have a decline is to decline.1820 This means compounded phenomena have a complete change.

5.­1346

“Meditate on forty-five syllables being included in one syllable.”1821 P18k P25k

Meditate on the meditative stabilizations of all the syllables being included in the a that accomplishes the nonproduction meditative stabilization.

5.­1347

“Meditate on one syllable being included in forty-five syllables.” P18k P25k

Meditate on the meditative stabilizations of the forty-five syllables being in just the a.

5.­1348

“All dharmas, Subhūti, being the appearance of that for which there are no letters, are magical creations.”1822 P18k P25k

This means they are generated as an appearance of the inexpressible dharma-constituent.

5.­1349

With

“how do bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom arisen from maturation,” P18k P25k

and so on,1823 he is asking: If

“a being… and a dharma… cannot be apprehended,” P18k P25k

which is to say, do not appear when they practice what has arisen from maturation because what has arisen from maturation is an absence of conceptual thinking, how could they give an explanation of the Dharma? How, given that they would be connecting them with dharmas on the side of awakening that do not exist, would they not

“be connecting them with error?” P18k

5.­1350

Having asked that,

the Lord said, “Exactly so, Subhūti, exactly so!” P18k P25k

and so on, delighting in those words.

5.­1351

“Having thus seen that all those dharmas are empty, teach the doctrine to beings,” P18k P25k

and so on,1824 teaches that although it is true that Subhūti, [F.270.b] beings, and dharmas are empty, still beings do not know them as emptiness. Hence the Lord teaches the doctrine in order that they will know, and when he teaches the doctrine, he teaches the doctrine so that one way or the other it does not disagree with that emptiness.

5.­1352

“They see that all dharmas are without obscurations” P18k P25k

means they see them separated from falsely imagined obscurations, as absolutely pure.

5.­1353

The similarity based on the analogy of a tathāgata’s magical creation has been dealt with already.1825

5.­1354

“By way of their not being bound and not being freed”1826‍— P18k P25k

during the period when the true dharmic nature of form has stains it is a falsely imagined thing isolated from an intrinsic nature, so it is “not bound”; and even during the period when it is stainless there is no purification plucked out of thin air, so it is “not freed.”

5.­1355

“Form’s state of not being bound and not being freed is not form.” P18k P25k

The “state of not being bound and not being freed” is the thoroughly established state. This means it is not the intrinsic nature of a falsely imagined form.1827

5.­1356

“Are absolutely pure”‍— P18k P25k

“in their basic nature” is intended.

5.­1357

“Something nonexistent is not located in something nonexistent,” P18k P25k

because it does not rest on it, just as, to illustrate, space is not located in space.

5.­1358

“Something’s own existence is not located in something nonexistent,” P18k P25k

because it does not exist, just as, to illustrate, sharpness is not located in a rabbit’s horns and so on.

5.­1359

“And something else’s existence is not located in something nonexistent or in something’s own existence,”1828 P18k P25k

because both something else’s existence and something’s own existence are nonexistent. Connect the others1829 like that as well.

5.­1360

“The lord buddhas, the bodhisattvas, pratyekabuddhas, worthy ones, and all the noble beings understand1830 just that true dharmic nature of dharmas” P18k P25k

teaches that all have [F.271.a] just the one clear dharma realization.

5.­1361

“Without going beyond that true dharmic nature of dharmas”‍— P18k P25k

when giving an exposition of the Dharma they do not go beyond that.

5.­1362

“Subhūti, the dharma-constituent does not go beyond anything, and suchness and the very limit of reality do not go beyond anything either.” P18k P25k

Take them specifically with their particulars: the lord buddhas’ “dharma-constituent,” which is to say, dharma body, does not go beyond anything; the bodhisattvas’ “suchness” does not go beyond anything; and the śrāvakas’ and pratyekabuddhas’ “very limit of reality” does not go beyond anything.

5.­1363

“Because they have no intrinsic nature that goes beyond anything” P18k P25k

means an intrinsic nature that can be gone beyond does not exist.

5.­1364

“Lord, if, in the dharma-constituent, there is no going beyond, and in suchness and at the very limit of reality there is no going beyond,” P18k P25k

and so on, poses the following question: Form, feeling, and so on are in their intrinsic nature changeable, so it appears they go beyond something. Thus, there is a going beyond something when it comes to form and so on, but there is none when it comes to the dharma-constituent and so on, so, at that time are form and so on and the dharma-constituent and so on different?

5.­1365

“No, Subhūti,” the Lord replied, P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that the dharmas‍—form, feeling, and so on‍—and the three, the dharma-constituent and so on, are not different. The intention of this is that “ultimate form does not go beyond anything.”

5.­1366

Then the elder Subhūti said,

“Lord, if form is not one thing and the dharma-constituent is not another,” P18k P25k

and so on‍—he asks: if there is no difference between form, feeling, and so on, and the dharma-constituent and so on, well then, will there not be

“a detailed presentation of the results” P18k P25k

of wholesome and unwholesome actions because [F.271.b] all dharmas will be uncompounded just as the dharma-constituent and so on are? Then the Lord says,

5.­1367

“Subhūti, … based on conventional truth,” P18k P25k

and so on. This is saying that even though all phenomena are uncompounded in their intrinsic nature, nevertheless for

“simple… folk,” P18k P25k

who make them into falsely imagined objects, there are falsely imagined wholesome and unwholesome things, and through the force of that there are also bright and bad maturations. The Lord, governed by that, has given an exposition of them by way of their being “conventional truth.” Ultimately all dharmas are the intrinsic nature of suchness, so

“an exposition of a detailed presentation of” P18k P25k

karma and maturation is impossible because ultimately they

“are undifferentiated”‍— P18k P25k

those dharmas “are undifferentiated,” are not something that can be expressed, hence they are

“not something that can be talked about,” P18k P25k

and thus

“name and form are not produced and do not stop, are not defiled and not purified.” P18k P25k

5.­1368

From among the formless phenomena and form phenomena, saying “name” and “form” is conventional truth mode. Ultimately that suchness is thoroughly established and hence is undifferentiated. It cannot be expressed, so it is “not something that can be talked about.” It is uncompounded so it is “not produced”; it is not produced so it does “not stop”; it is isolated from an intrinsic nature so it is “not defiled”; and it is pure in its intrinsic nature so it is “not purified.”

5.­1369

“They are an emptiness of what transcends limits and an emptiness of no beginning and no end.” P18k P25k

Those same phenomena, undifferentiated and so on, are talked about as the two emptinesses.

5.­1370

Subhūti said, “Lord, if the detailed presentation of results is based on conventional truth,” P18k P25k

and so on. He is asking: if you are going to make a presentation [F.272.a] of results that are unreal why would you not make a presentation of

“simple, ordinary folk,” P18k P25k

and so on,

“in the result of stream enterer,” P18k P25k

and so on?

5.­1371

Then the Lord said, “Subhūti, were simple, ordinary folk to know the conventional truth or the ultimate truth,” P18k P25k

and so on. He is saying that while there is no detailed presentation of results, nevertheless there is a presentation of the falsely imagined result of stream enterer, and so on, because of the comprehension of falsely imagined things. Simple, ordinary folk do not comprehend, therefore they do not cultivate the path. Noble persons do comprehend, therefore just for them there should be a detailed presentation of the path, and what is not the path, and the results.

5.­1372

The elder Subhūti asks,1831

“Lord, when they have become habituated to the path” P18k P25k

as cause,

“does the result appear and do they attain the result?” P18k P25k

If it does, it would happen just as an ultimate.

5.­1373

Then the Lord said,

“No, Subhūti. The result does not appear, and they do not attain the result from having become habituated to the path.” P18k P25k

He has refuted both the path and result because they are falsely imagined phenomena.

5.­1374

“Nor, Subhūti, do they attain the result from having not become habituated to the path.” P18k P25k

This is explaining that they are falsely imagined phenomena, but not arbitrary.

5.­1375

“A result to be attained with the path does not exist, it will not be attained with what is not the path, and it does not exist on the path either”1832 P18k P25k

teaches the certification of dharmas.

5.­1376

“In the dharma-constituent they do not make a presentation of the results by way of apportioning them.”1833 P18k

This means that in the dharma-constituent, [F.272.b] having apportioned them like that, there is ultimately no detailed presentation.

5.­1377

With

“Lord, if the compounded element and uncompounded element have not been apportioned,” P18k P25k

and so on, the elder Subhūti asks why, then, has a detailed presentation been given having specified particular abandonments, paths, and results. Then the Lord said,

“Subhūti, … is the result of stream enterer… compounded or… uncompounded?”1834 P18k P25k

and so on. Ultimately they have no stages of comprehension and awakening. Thus the “result of stream enterer,” and so on, are uncompounded and in them there is no division into stages. Therefore, given that they are all an awakening to emptiness, none has been apportioned.

Explanation of Chapters 74 to 82

5.­1378

“Lord, how have… they realized well what marks dharmas as dharmas”1835 P18k P25k

means how have they, if ultimately there is no realization of what has not been apportioned.

5.­1379

“Lord, how do they meditate on the path of a magical creation?” P18k

is asked using the analogy of a magical creation.

5.­1380

“Subhūti, it is based on meditating on a path,” P18k

and so on, says the achievement is just analogous to a magical creation.

5.­1381

“Lord, how do bodhisattva great beings realize all dharmas that are nonexistent things” P18k

means how, if they are nonexistent, is there a realization? There is no achievement of the realization of a rabbit’s horns and so on.

5.­1382

“Is there any existent thing apprehended in a tathāgata’s magical creation, thanks to which it is defiled and is purified?” P18k

This teaches that for the tathāgatas there is no defilement and there is no purification. There is no realization because the forms of suffering life and liberation are similar; it is nothing at all because it is simply posited as just nonexistent. [F.273.a]

5.­1383

“Lord, … if the five forms of life in saṃsāra from which beings will be liberated do not exist, how is there going to be a bodhisattva’s personal heroic power?”1836 P18k P25k

This means that in its basic nature saṃsāra is unreal, so in its intrinsic nature it is liberated.

5.­1384

Then the Lord said, “What do you think, Subhūti,” P18k P25k

and so on. Bodhisattvas do not see beings or a cycle of existences. Those analogies of a dream and so on teach that they did see earlier, but beings do not know they are nonexistent, so their “personal heroic power” is causing them to understand.1837

5.­1385

“Subhūti, if, just on their own, beings knew that all dharmas are like a dream, up to are like a magical creation,” P18k P25k

and so on,1838 teaches just that.

5.­1386

“The basic nature of all dharmas is name because they point somewhere.”1839 P18k P25k

All falsely imagined dharmas with a falsely imagined basic nature are called “name.” Therefore, they point like that to that intellectually active mind of beings, or that basic nature points to that intellectually active mind.1840

5.­1387

With

“is signlessness one thing and śrāvaka dharmas another?” P18k P25k

and so on,1841 the Lord explains that if, given that all dharmas are signless, he had presented śrāvaka dharmas and so on as having signs, then there would be a fault, but because they are all signless there is therefore no fault.

5.­1388

“Does that not complicate the dharma-constituent?”1842 P18k P25k

This means it would complicate it, because, when they realize defining marks in dharmas that have no defining marks, they would grasp each differently even though they are in fact suchness.

5.­1389

“Subhūti, the dharma-constituent [F.273.b] would be complicated if there were to be any other dharma not included in the dharma-constituent,” P18k P25k

and so on. With this the Lord teaches that even though they conceive of dharmas like that, still, later they realize with wisdom that all are not different because of having the dharma-constituent as their intrinsic nature. Therefore, they do not complicate the dharma-constituent.

5.­1390

“Subhūti, the form constituent is the dharma-constituent”1843

is the suchness of form.

5.­1391

“Do they train in form?”

Subhūti is asking: since all dharmas are exhausted in the dharma-constituent, the dharmas, form and so on, would be absolutely nonexistent, so, when they train in them would it not be similar to an error?

5.­1392

“Are aware of all dharmas as they really are, the dharma-constituent,”1844 P18k P25k

and so on, says: They see the dharmas, form and so on, as just the dharma-constituent, not as something else. They cannot inspire beings to take it up in some other way, so they teach the dharma-constituent with skillful means, having designated form and so on as signlessness.

5.­1393

“Subhūti, if the dharma-constituent were not exactly the same later as it was before, and if it were not like that in between as well,”1845 P18k P25k

and so on, is teaching: “before,” at the time of a foolish, ordinary person, the dharma-constituent was impure; “in between,” at the time of a bodhisattva, it is pure and impure; and “later,” at the end, it is absolutely pure. So far so good, but you should not understand from this that there are specific features there. In its intrinsic nature it is pure at all times, pure in its absolutely pure nature.

5.­1394

“Subhūti, having taken the very limit of reality as the measure”1846 P18k P25k

is saying: Bodhisattvas do not practice the perfection of wisdom for the sake of beings, they practice for the sake of the very limit of reality. Thus, having set aside nonexistent beings [F.274.a] because they are not existent, they establish them in the very limit of reality that is their intrinsic nature. The very limit of beings is made into the very limit of reality.

5.­1395

“Lord, if just the very limit of reality is also the limit of beings” P18k P25k

is asking: if a “limit of beings” were not to exist as anything other than the very limit of reality, well then, beings and the very limit of reality would be the same, so what you have said, that they

“establish beings at the very limit of reality” P18k P25k

would not be right. If they were to establish just that in that, they would be saying “the very limit of reality enters into the very limit of reality,” and that is not right either.

5.­1396

The Lord says,

“With skillful means they establish the limit of beings at the very limit of reality without complicating the very limit of reality.” P18k P25k

An intrinsic nature does not enter into an intrinsic nature. Having eliminated a falsely imagined limit of beings and a falsely imagined real basis of beings with skillful means, they establish them in their intrinsic nature, which is absolutely pure suchness, “establishing them at the very limit of reality.” Therefore, this means that the very limit of reality and the limit of beings are an undivided unity,

“are not two.” P18k P25k

5.­1397

Then he asks,

“What are the skillful means?”1847 P18k P25k

And

“Subhūti, here, starting from the first production of the thought, bodhisattva great beings,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that having transformed all dharmas into the very limit of reality, the completion of the six perfections is skillful means.

5.­1398

The instruction in the perfections is easy to understand.1848

5.­1399

“Lord, if all phenomena are empty of a basic nature, and if in the emptiness of a basic nature a being is not apprehended, nor are a dharma and a path apprehended,” P18k P25k

and so on,1849 asks the following: [F.274.b] if all phenomena are empty of an intrinsic nature and “a being… a dharma, and a path” do not exist,

“how will bodhisattva great beings,” P18k P25k

having brought beings to maturity, having purified a buddhafield, and having cultivated the knowledge of path aspects,

“stand in the knowledge of all aspects?” P18k P25k

5.­1400

Then the Lord, with

“Subhūti, were all phenomena not empty of a basic nature,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches that if dharmas or paths were to exist separately, it would be right to apprehend something, and in that case there would be all living beings and so on, and bodhisattvas would not, therefore, having stood in emptiness, become buddhas, and would not explain all dharmas, form and so on, as emptiness. But there are no such dharmas or paths in the emptiness of a basic nature. Therefore, that emptiness is established. Having stood in emptiness they therefore become buddhas and explain all the emptiness dharmas. Hence it is established that they enter into the knowledge of all aspects thanks to the emptiness of a basic nature.

5.­1401

He continues with

“Subhūti, if inner emptiness were not empty of a basic nature,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaching that not only the trivial dharmas, form and so on, are empty, but that the sixteen emptinesses, inner emptiness and so on, are empty of a basic nature too. Were inner emptiness and so on not empty of a basic nature, the explanation of all dharmas as emptiness would not be well founded.

Emptiness of a basic nature

5.­1402

“The emptiness of a basic nature would have been destroyed.”1850 P18k P25k

If inner emptiness and so on were not also empty of a basic nature, the teaching

“that ‘all dharmas are empty of a basic nature’ ” P18k P25k

would get damaged, in the sense of being destroyed. Then

“the emptiness of a basic nature does not perish, is not immovable, and is not nonrecurring”1851 P18k P25k

teaches [F.275.a] the emptiness that is the mark of the establishment of dharmas. This mark of the establishment of dharmas, furthermore, is taught fourfold:1852 not perishing and so on; not increasing or decreasing and so on; not being established and not being established after having set out; and not obstructing.

5.­1403

There, the first of those subsections is: it “does not perish” because it is uncompounded; it “is not immovable” because it is constituted as a nonexistent thing; and it “is not nonrecurring” because it is freedom from forms of life. Then it again teaches these same three in detail with

“it does occupy a location,”1853 P18k P25k

teaching that it is in an uncompounded state because something compounded occupies a location; it

“does not stand in a place,” P18k P25k

because it is pervaded by a nonexistent thing; and it

“does not come from anywhere and does not go anywhere,” P18k P25k

because it is freedom from forms of life.

5.­1404

The second subsection on not increasing and so on is as before.1854

5.­1405

“All dharmas are not established”1855 P18k P25k

because they are in their intrinsic nature not established,

“and not established after having set out”

because an escape does not exist. These two teach the investigation of the two‍—the “established” and the “established after having set out”‍—in the statement about dharmas other than these two, “established in which bodhisattvas are, after setting out, established in unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening.”1856

5.­1406

“They do not see any dharma at all as obstructing” P18k P25k

as an attachment to emptiness.

5.­1407

“They see all dharmas as not obstructing” P18k P25k

means they see all dharmas are empty. Then, they

“do not apprehend… a self,” P18k P25k

and so on, teaches

“the emptiness of a basic nature.” P18k P25k

5.­1408

“In that”‍— P18k P25k

in this emptiness of a basic nature. The “emptiness of a basic nature” [F.275.b] teaches that persons have no self, and dharmas have no self. The illustration of

“a tathāgata’s… magically created monk or nun” P18k P25k

establishes those two selflessnesses.

5.­1409

“Just that error is itself not error.”1857 P18k P25k

Earlier, in the context of the falsely imagined, “just that” foundation “is itself error”; in the context of the thoroughly purified it is “not error.”

5.­1410

“Because of having thought construction as cause”1858‍— P18k P25k

it has in mind a falsely imagined result.

5.­1411

“They, furthermore, are not exactly like the ultimate there” P18k P25k

means

“the applications of mindfulness,” P18k

and so on, are falsely imagined, they are not the ultimate. That emptiness of a basic nature is also called “perfection.”1859

5.­1412

“That emptiness of a basic nature, furthermore, is the emptiness of a basic nature at the prior limit,”1860 P18k P25k

and so on, teaches it is emptiness at all three times.

5.­1413

“Thus, it is amazing how they practice all dharmas that are the emptiness of a basic nature without complicating the emptiness of a basic nature.”1861 P18k P25k

The idea is that engaging with dharmas that do not exist would complicate emptiness. So, he says

“form is not one thing and the emptiness of a basic nature another.” P18k P25k

5.­1414

Thus, it is saying “it is amazing” how when bodhisattvas engage with phenomena, they see that form and so on “is not one thing and the emptiness of a basic nature another,” that just those, form and so on, are the emptiness of a basic nature.

“Fully awaken to form itself as the knower of all aspects”‍— P18k

this means fully awakening to the dharmas, form and so on, at the time of the knowledge of all aspects because there is no difference between them.

5.­1415

“On the contrary, the world together with the gods, together with Māra, together with Brahmā”1862‍— P18k P25k

“on the contrary,” [F.276.a] they do not know that form and so on are only one. It means ordinary beings

“do not know” P18k P25k

as they really are that form and so on are only one, and

“on account of not knowing,” P18k

they

“settle down on” P18k P25k

them and accumulate karma, grasp hold of and

“appropriate form,” P18k P25k

and so on, that are its maturation. On account of that they come into suffering existence caused by appropriation, and

“are not liberated from” P18k P25k

suffering.

5.­1416

“…the emptiness of a basic nature … [they] do not complicate form with ‘it is empty, or it is not empty.’ ”1863 P18k P25k

Form does not make emptiness complicated on account of the perception of duality, because there is no duality.

5.­1417

“It is because the ‘this is form,’ and ‘this is emptiness’… that might make that sort of complication have no intrinsic existence”1864‍— P18k P25k

no intrinsic existence that constitutes an existent thing.

5.­1418

“Bodhisattva great beings do not practice awakening and form within having made a division.”1865 P18k P25k

5.­1419

“They do not practice form having made a division in awakening.” P18k P25k

This means they do not engage with form having made a division into the bodhisattva and the awakening in “bodhisattvas practice awakening.”

5.­1420

“Subhūti, bodhisattva great beings do not think, ‘I am practicing awakening and form.’ ”

They do not, making a division, engage with form, thinking, “I am practicing awakening.”

5.­1421

“A practice of taking anything up”1866‍— P18k P25k

engaging with a causal sign.

5.­1422

“Stand in the basic nature of form”1867‍— P18k P25k

stand in the emptiness of form.

5.­1423

“Moreover, … simply based on… labeled by way of ordinary convention”1868 P18k P25k

teaches that ultimately even unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening does not exist.

5.­1424

When they practice just those dharmas it means they practice just those, giving and so on,

“without apprehending giving, … a benefactor,”1869 P18k P25k

and so on.

5.­1425

“Lord, how, when bodhisattva great beings are practicing the perfection of wisdom, [F.276.b] do they make an effort at the awakening path?”1870 P18k P25k

How, if all the awakening path does not exist, is the idea.

5.­1426

“[They] do not disengage from form,” P18k P25k

because form and so on do not exist.

5.­1427

“How will the perfection of wisdom… be accomplished”1871 P18k P25k

given that it does not exist?

5.­1428

The explanations of skillful means and of the perfection of wisdom that cannot be grasped are easy to understand.1872

5.­1429

The question,

“Has there been or will there be a real basis of form in the way a foolish ordinary person has settled down on it?”1873 P18k P25k

is a statement about the three times.

5.­1430

“If something that really existed was there before”1874‍— P18k P25k

this means that if they were to grasp all those they grasped as there before as not there later,

“there would be the fault.”1875 P18k P25k

5.­1431

“Lord, what is the bodhisattva great beings’ path?”1876 P18k P25k

is a question about the path that comprises bringing beings to maturity and purifying a buddhafield.

5.­1432

Then the explanation of the six perfections, the explanation of the path, the explanation of the training in all dharmas, and the explanation of no location can be grasped from a close reading of the scripture.1877

5.­1433

“Lord, if all dharmas are unproduced, well then, Lord, how will bodhisattva great beings produce a path to awakening?”1878 P18k P25k

This intends that the statement “they should produce the unproduced” is not logical. With,

5.­1434

“All dharmas have not been produced. How so? All dharmas have not been produced for those who do not occasion anything,”1879 P18k P25k

it says that all dharmas have not been produced just for those abiding in nonconceptual meditative stabilization who do not occasion anything good or bad and so on, but they are indeed produced for those foolish, noncomprehending ordinary people who do occasion things.

5.­1435

With

“Lord, [F.277.a] whether the tathāgatas arise or whether the tathāgatas do not arise,” P18k P25k

and so on,1880 the elder asks how, if the true nature of dharmas is at all times marked as completely unmistaken, could it be logical that it comes to possess the attribute of production for ordinary beings and does not come to do so for the learned?

5.­1436

Having said that, the Lord said, “Exactly so, Subhūti,” P18k P25k

and so on. He is teaching that in the true nature of dharmas there is never any mistake, but, because of the fault of not comprehending, foolish ordinary people say of falsely imagined phenomena that “they are produced.” He intends to say that production is just of falsely imagined phenomena from falsely imagined phenomena. He does not intend that it is from the true nature of dharmas.

5.­1437

Having said that, the elder Subhūti said,

“Lord, do they reach awakening on that path that has been produced?” P18k P25k

and so on, is an inquiry about the production and nonproduction of dharmas without outflows.

5.­1438

“Just awakening is the path, and just the path is awakening.” P18k P25k

The Lord is saying there is no difference between the path and awakening because both are divisions of the pure dharma-constituent, but still, during the earlier time period it is called “path” because it is the cause, and during the later time period it is called “awakening.” He is explaining that ultimately, because those two are not different, it is not suitable to say “they reach awakening on the path” or “they reach it without a path.”

5.­1439

With

“Lord, if just awakening is the path, and just the path is awakening,” P18k P25k

and so on, the elder asks: if the path and awakening are not different, in that case bodhisattvas who have reached the path will have reached awakening, in which case bodhisattvas will have obtained [F.277.b] all the buddhadharmas included in the form body and included in the dharma body.

5.­1440

Having asked that, the Lord, P18k P25k

who does not accept the statement that “a buddha reaches awakening,”

asked him in return, “Subhūti, what do you think, does a buddha reach awakening?” P18k P25k

and so on. He is saying that what he said is not right because a buddha and awakening are not different. He is teaching that just as that statement is not right, similarly what he said about “bodhisattvas reaching awakening” is not right either.

5.­1441

Then, accepting that even though a bodhisattva and awakening are not different, still, that bodhisattvas reach awakening exists as a conventional designation, with

“Subhūti, here bodhisattva great beings, having completed the six perfections,” P18k P25k

and so on, he teaches the steps for reaching awakening. Hence, without totally rejecting such falsely imagined steps as those, he is explaining that they will reach awakening, but not attain it immediately.

5.­1442

Then the question about how they will

“purify a buddhafield” P18k P25k

and the parts to that are easy to understand.1881

5.­1443

“Lord, are bodhisattva great beings ‘destined’ or rather ‘not necessarily destined’?”1882 P18k P25k

is asking whether bodhisattvas are so called when “destined,” or rather bodhisattvas are so called also when “not necessarily destined”;

“the śrāvaka group or the pratyekabuddha group” P18k P25k

is asking are bodhisattvas so called when destined to be śrāvakas or when destined to be pratyekabuddhas.

5.­1444

“He intentionally, with skillful means, appropriated whatever sort of body would be of benefit to beings.”1883 P18k P25k

He took birth by obtaining control over birth, not as something unwanted, under the control of karma.

5.­1445

“Through a noble action without outflows, do they… take birth in terrible forms of life or…”1884‍— P18k P25k

from the eighth level [F.278.a] all their actions are noble, without outflows.1885

5.­1446

“But they have no contact with them at all”1886‍— P18k P25k

with the contact of existence,1887 or the contact of looking, or the contact of conceptualizing.

5.­1447

Subhūti asks,

“How could all dharmas be included in the perfection of wisdom?”1888 P18k P25k

having found unbearable the statement that all dharmas are included because the perfection of wisdom is empty of an intrinsic nature.

5.­1448

With

“Subhūti, … all dharmas are empty of all dharmas, are they not?” P18k P25k

and so on, the Lord explains that it does not make sense that when the perfection of wisdom does not exist then other dharmas exist, and when dharmas other than it do not exist the perfection of wisdom exists. It therefore makes sense that they are all empty and included because they have emptiness as a defining mark.

5.­1449

“Lord, how do [they]… standing in the emptiness of all dharmas find and produce within themselves the perfection of clairvoyance” P18k P25k

is asking how, if they are empty, is it established that they find and produce within themselves the clairvoyances that bring beings to maturity?

5.­1450

In order to teach that they find and produce them within themselves through the gateway of emptiness, with

the Lord said, “Subhūti, here bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom see all those world systems,”1889 P18k P25k

and so on, it teaches the different clairvoyances, explains the dharmas that are

“branches of… awakening,”1890 P18k P25k

teaches the different persons, asks about freeing beings, responds, and explains that security is close by. These are easy to understand.1891

5.­1451

“Lord, will beings pass into complete nirvāṇa on account of knowing suffering or will they pass into complete nirvāṇa on account of suffering?”1892 P18k P25k

This question intends that were they to pass into nirvāṇa on account of suffering and its origination and so on, all foolish, ordinary persons would also pass into nirvāṇa because they have [F.278.b] suffering and the origination and so on; but if they pass into nirvāṇa on account of knowing suffering and knowing its origination and so on, in that case, like śrāvakas, they will have reached the result of stream enterer and so on.

5.­1452

Then the Lord teaches that they do not pass into nirvāṇa in either way, but rather pass into nirvāṇa on account of the realization of

“the sameness”1893 P18k P25k

called suchness.

5.­1453

“Those dharmas included in the truths or not included in the truths”1894‍— P18k P25k

the inner aggregates are those “included in the truths,” the external ones are “not included in the truths.”1895

5.­1454

“Subhūti, such a dharma as that, which bodhisattva great beings see, does not exist.”1896 P18k P25k

All phenomena do not exist just in their thoroughly established state.

5.­1455

“Those bodhisattvas standing at the Gotra level do not fall onto a peak”1897 P18k P25k

means there they do not entertain the craving that causes acting on the desire for the śrāvaka dharmas.

5.­1456

“Even though they comprehend suffering, they do not produce any thought with suffering as its objective support”1898 P18k P25k

means they only master it with the knowledge of thorough mastery in the way explained before.1899 They do not actualize it with those sixteen mental states knowing impermanence and so on because they fear falling to the śrāvaka level after having done so.

5.­1457

“Awakening is a nonexistent thing.”1900 P18k P25k

“Existent things” are compounded and uncompounded, constructed and unconstructed phenomena. Because it is separated from their intrinsic nature, the inexpressible ultimately abiding awakening is called “a nonexistent thing.”

5.­1458

Then again, with

“unlettered,1901 foolish, ordinary people,” P18k P25k

and so on,1902 it teaches that the dharmas of the three realms are just falsely imagined.

5.­1459

“That which is not real is just not real”1903 P18k P25k

means because it is falsely imagined it is simply unreal in itself. [F.279.a]

5.­1460

“The path is a nonexistent thing, the result of stream enterer is a nonexistent thing,”1904 P18k P25k

and so on, teaches there is no “listening”1905 at all because they are in their intrinsic nature nonexistent things.

5.­1461

“Lord, is there some real basis called suchness and unmistaken suchness, that was or is,”1906 P18k P25k

and so on, is asking: does a past, or future, or present intrinsic nature of “suchness” or intrinsic nature of “unmistaken suchness” that is a compounded phenomenon ultimately exist at all?

5.­1462

The six analogies,

“like a dream” P18k P25k

and so on, are easy to understand.1907

5.­1463

“Subhūti, … what do you think, those dharmas… are like an illusion, like a dream, … are they not?”1908 P18k P25k

and so on teaches the perfection of giving and so on, ending with all those dharmas spoken by

“Brahmā’s melodious voice” P18k P25k

are like an illusion. So, since all are like an illusion there is no fault.

5.­1464

“Subhūti, it is because all these dharmas have been brought into being and are the outcome of intentions”1909 P18k P25k

is teaching that the perfection of giving and so on are constituted out of virtue so they have been brought into being. Because they are preceded by an intention, they are the outcome of intention, so they are falsely imagined phenomena.

5.­1465

“But still, Subhūti, all those dharmas establish the path and bring about the path, even though they do not cause a result to be obtained” P18k P25k

is teaching that all the dharmas, the perfection of giving and so on, cause a purification of the foundation, and when they cause a purification of the foundation the continuum of the path comes into being.1910 Those nonexistent things constituted out of what is not produced and does not stop do not cause a result to be obtained, but they are marked by an unfabricated nature‍—the foundation.

5.­1466

“The perfection of giving cannot be grasped.”1911 P18k P25k

It is not appropriate to grasp it as an existent thing or as a nonexistent thing.

5.­1467

“Subhūti, [F.279.b] there is no clear realization dualistically and there is no clear realization nondualistically either.”1912 P18k P25k

This is teaching: If any compounded or uncompounded existent thing were to be seen, there would be a “clear realization dualistically.” And even if it were an absolutely nonexistent thing, like a rabbit’s horns and so on, there would be a “clear realization nondualistically.” The reverse from both of those is therefore the realization of sameness called

“clear realization.” P18k P25k

5.­1468

“Is inexpressible”1913 P18k P25k

is not something that can be expressed is not something that can be discussed, or that can be explained, so, “Subhūti, take it as an ordinary convention.”1914

5.­1469

“Is the dharma a tathāgata has fully awakened to…”1915 P18k P25k

is teaching that the absolutely final transformation of the basis where conceptualization and thought construction have been eliminated remains a sameness, so a knowable state does not exist and an object that will become knowable is not seen, so what will be fully awakened to?

5.­1470

“Lord, given that dharmas are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature, what is this ‘sameness of dharmas’?”1916 P18k P25k

The intention is: were dharmas to exist there would also be a “sameness.”

5.­1471

“Subhūti, here just that is the sameness of dharmas.”1917 P18k

This is saying the sameness of dharmas that is the intrinsic nature of nonexistent things is the intrinsic nature of nonexistent things because even the conceptualization of it as an existent thing has also been eliminated.1918

5.­1472

“Subhūti, that sameness of dharmas is not within the range of… even tathāgatas.” P18k P25k

The sameness of dharmas is not within the range of anyone. Even the tathāgatas do not see an intrinsic nature of the sameness of dharmas. “The sameness of foolish ordinary people,” of all noble beings, and “of tathāgatas is the same.”

5.­1473

“Makes a presentation of dharmas without moving from the sameness of dharmas”1919‍— [F.280.a] P18k P25k

as an ultimate truth they do not move; but conventionally they make a presentation.

5.­1474

“Lord, is that true nature of dharmas a compounded phenomenon or is it an uncompounded phenomenon?”1920 P18k P25k

What does this intend? He is asking with the thought that if that true dharmic nature of these dharmas, form and so on, is an uncompounded phenomenon, then it will not be the true dharmic nature of form and so on that are compounded phenomena; and if it is a compounded phenomenon, then it, like that form and so on, will be falsely imagined, because it will be subject to production and stopping.

5.­1475

The Lord said, “Subhūti, it is not a compounded phenomenon and it is not an uncompounded phenomenon either.” P18k P25k

He eliminates them both because both are open to criticism.

5.­1476

“An uncompounded phenomenon other than a compounded phenomenon cannot be apprehended, and a compounded phenomenon other than an uncompounded phenomenon cannot be apprehended either.” P18k P25k

Here the impure suchness of the aggregates, constituents, sense fields and so on cannot be apprehended as something aside from the aggregates and so on, and the aggregates and so on cannot be apprehended as something other than suchness either, so it is inappropriate to say about that impure suchness that it is exactly the same as or different from them.

5.­1477

Thus, neither can be apprehended as other than the other. It is therefore not appropriate to say “they are both the same,” so they

“are not conjoined”; P18k P25k

5.­1478

it is not appropriate to say “they are different,” so they

“are not disjoined”; P18k P25k

5.­1479

they have no form and are without conceptualization, so they

“are formless”; P18k P25k

5.­1480

words and so on cannot explain them, so they

“cannot be pointed out”; P18k P25k

5.­1481

they do not obstruct as do objects of the senses, and grasped and grasper are nonexistent, so they

“do not obstruct”; P18k P25k

5.­1482

and both have no defining mark. They have only a single mark, therefore they

“have only one mark‍—that is, no mark.” P18k P25k

Here a compounded phenomenon is unreal so “it has no mark.” An uncompounded phenomenon, as signlessness, [F.280.b] cannot be grasped as a causal sign so “it has no mark.”

5.­1483

“A tathāgata employs this language according to ordinary convention.” P18k P25k

Even though compounded phenomena are not real they are designated by ordinary conventional designations. The uncompounded is inexpressible but can be talked about conventionally.

5.­1484

Having said that, with

“in the ultimate there is no physical volitional factor, no verbal volitional factor, and no mental volitional factor,” P18k P25k

it explains that those designations are not real because all three types of karma are also falsely imagined phenomena.

5.­1485

“Subhūti, emptiness is not anything at all, there is nothing at all.”1921 P18k P25k

Because it does not do anything at all, it is “not anything at all”; because it is the intrinsic nature of a nonexistent thing, “there is nothing at all.”

5.­1486

“This is not what makes a tathāgata the bull that leads the herd.”1922

This is teaching that the work of a tathāgata is simply just mere representation.1923 Were these beings to understand by themselves there would be no need1924 for a tathāgata.

5.­1487

“Lord, why is it empty?”1925 P18k P25k

This means “empty through the nonexistence of what?”

5.­1488

“Whatever the perception of it, it is empty of that.”1926 P18k P25k

A perception that in its nature grasps a causal sign of any “compounded phenomenon” does not exist, so it is empty of it.

5.­1489

“Subhūti, when someone magically creates a magical creation,”1927 P25k

and this magical creation

“magically creates other magical creations” P18k

there,

“is there any real thing there that is not empty?” P18k P25k

This is saying that when one magical creation magically creates another magical creation, is there any entity there that is not empty?

5.­1490

“Subhūti, what do you think, is it concealed…”1928 P18k P25k

means has

“ ‘this is a magical creation; this is an emptiness’ ” P18k P25k

been made obscure by emptiness?

5.­1491

The four statements,1929

“some are magically created by śrāvakas,” P18k P25k

and so on, teach the ordinary applications of mindfulness, and so on, and the extraordinary dharmas‍— [F.281.a]

“some are magically created by afflictive emotions” P18k P25k

teaches sentient beings, living beings, and so on;

“and some are magically created by actions” P18k P25k

teaches the aggregates, constituents, sense fields, and so on.

5.­1492

“Be it a production or cessation”1930 P18k P25k

means the compounded dharmas.

5.­1493

“It is nirvāṇa‍—that which has the quality of not coaxing you into believing it is true.” P18k P25k

In regard to “nirvāṇa,” it is said it is “that which has the quality of not coaxing you into believing it is true” because an attribute that can deceive you, or that needs to be taken away, or that needs to weaken, or that needs to be added does not exist.

5.­1494

“According to what you have said, Lord, that ‘not moving from emptiness and not stained by duality either…’ ”1931 P18k P25k

This is saying that since you have said “nirvāṇa does not move from emptiness,” therefore you are saying that emptiness does not move but dharmas other than it do move. Since you have said “it is not stained by duality either,” you are teaching that it is not stained by either existence or nonexistence. In regard to that, if any dharma called “nirvāṇa” exists, something else, setting aside emptiness, would exist, and by existing there would still be a stain. Therefore, having worked on that statement, you must be saying that nirvāṇa is a magical creation as well.

5.­1495

Then, with

“exactly so, Subhūti, exactly so!” P18k P25k

the Lord teaches that a different dharma called “nirvāṇa” that is constituted as an existent thing does not exist at all, so it too is emptiness.

5.­1496

“Lord, … a person who is beginning the work… how should they be advised?”1932 P18k P25k

He is asking for advice to be able to comprehend such a deep intrinsic nature, emptiness.

5.­1497

The Lord again says that if

“a thing that really existed before” P18k P25k

through the power of the understanding of yogic practitioners

“becomes a thing that does not exist later” P18k P25k

on account of an emptiness of its intrinsic nature, in that case a person who is beginning the work would be undertaking a difficult practice. But

“there is no existent thing” P18k P25k

falsely imagined as constituted by an existent thing,

“nor a nonexistent thing” [F.281.b] P18k P25k

like a rabbit’s horns, and

“there is not something’s own existence”‍— P18k P25k

anything under its own power‍—

“nor any existence from something else”‍— P18k P25k

anything through the power of cause and conditions‍—

“so how will there ever be” P18k P25k

some other dharma called “an intrinsic nature?” Therefore, there is no fault because they understand even the emptiness of an intrinsic nature is of “something’s own existence.”

[B27]


6.

Explanation of the Maitreya Chapter: Chapter 83

6.­1

Having thus finished explaining Her Ladyship the One Hundred Thousand, I will now explain what is in the Twenty-Five Thousand.1933

6.­2

Then, for the sake of future living beings and for the sake of those gathered in the retinue at that time, the noble

Maitreya asked… “Lord, how do bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom who want to train in a bodhisattva’s training train in form?” P18k P25k


c.

Colophon

c.­1

Revised and finalized by the Indian preceptor Surendrabodhi and the chief editor-translator monk Yeshé Dé.


ap.
Appendix

Outline

ap1.­1

Introduction

I.1 Introduction common to all sūtras

I.2 Introduction unique to the Perfection of Wisdom

I.2.A First, radiating light from the major and minor parts of the body

I.2.B Second, radiating light from the pores of the body

I.2.C Third, radiating natural light

I.2.D Fourth, radiating light from the tongue

I.2.E Helping the world of inhabitant beings

I.3 Presentation of the single vehicle system

Summary of Contents

Explanation of the Brief Teaching (The single sentence at the beginning of Chapter 2 in all three sūtras)

Explanation of the Intermediate Teaching (Chapters 2 to 21 in the Eighteen Thousand, Chapters 2 to 13 in the Twenty-Five Thousand and One Hundred Thousand)

IV.1 Brief teaching

IV.1.A Practice of the perfections

IV.1.B Practice of the dharmas on the side of awakening

IV.1.C Practice without harming that brings beings to maturity

IV.1.D Practice that brings the buddhadharmas to maturity

IV.2 Detailed teaching

IV.2.A Why bodhisattvas endeavor

IV.2.A.i They want to make themselves familiar with the three vehicles

IV.2.A.ii They want the greatnesses of bodhisattvas

IV.2.A.iii They want the greatnesses of buddhas

IV.2.B How bodhisattvas endeavor

IV.2.C The defining marks of those who endeavor

IV.2.C.i The intrinsic nature of each‍—of form and so on, separately‍—that cannot be apprehended

IV.2.C.ii The intrinsic nature of them as a collection that cannot be apprehended

IV.2.C.iii Their defining marks that cannot be apprehended

IV.2.C.iv The totality of dharmas that cannot be apprehended

IV.2.D Those who endeavor

IV.2.E Instructions for the endeavor

IV.2.E.i Instructions for making an effort by using names and conventional terms conventionally

IV.2.E.ii Instructions for making an effort without apprehending beings

IV.2.E.iii Instructions for making an effort by not apprehending words for things

IV.2.E.iv Instructions for making an effort when all dharmas cannot be apprehended

IV.2.F Benefits of the endeavor

IV.2.G Subdivisions of the endeavor

IV.2.G.i Practice free from the two extremes

IV.2.G.ii Practice that does not stand

IV.2.G.iii Practice that does not fully grasp

IV.2.G.iii.a Not Fully Grasping Dharmas

IV.2.G.iii.b Not Fully Grasping Causal signs

IV.2.G.iii.c Not Fully Grasping Understanding

IV.2.G.iv Practice that has made a full investigation

IV.2.G.v Practice of method

IV.2.G.vi Practice for quickly fully awakening

IV.2.G.vi.a Training in the meditative stabilizations

IV.2.G.vi.b Training in not apprehending all dharmas

IV.2.G.vi.c Training in the illusion-like

IV.2.G.vi.d Training in skillful means

IV.2.H Specific instruction for coming to an authoritative conclusion about this exposition

IV.2.H1 Part One: The twenty-eight [or twenty-nine] questions (starting at Chapter 11 in the Eighteen Thousand, Chapter 8 in the Twenty-Five Thousand and One Hundred Thousand)

IV.2.H1.i 1a. What is the meaning of the word “bodhisattva?”

IV.2.H1.ii 1b. What is the meaning of the term “great being?”

IV.2.H.ii.a The Lord’s intention

IV.2.H.ii.b Śāriputra’s intention

IV.2.H.ii.c Subhūti’s intention

IV.2.H1.iii 1c. How are they armed with great armor?

IV.2.H.iii.a Pūrṇa’s intention

IV.2.H1.iv 2. How have they set out in the Great Vehicle?

IV.2.H1.v 3. How do they stand in the Great Vehicle?

IV.2.H1.vi 6. How is it a great vehicle?

IV.2.H1.vi.a 2. Great Vehicle of all the emptinesses

IV.2.H1.vi.b 3. Great Vehicle of all the meditative stabilizations

IV.2.H1.vi.c 4. Great Vehicle of the applications of mindfulness

IV.2.H1.vi.d 5. Great Vehicle of the right abandonments

IV.2.H1.vi.e 6. Great Vehicle of the legs of miraculous power

IV.2.H1.vi.f 7. Great Vehicle of the faculties

IV.2.H1.vi.g 8. Great Vehicle of the powers

IV.2.H1.vi.h 9. Great Vehicle of the limbs of awakening

IV.2.H1.vi.i 10. Great Vehicle of the path

IV.2.H1.vi.j 11. Great Vehicle of the liberations

IV.2.H1.vi.k 12. Great Vehicle of the knowledges

IV.2.H1.vi.l 13. Great Vehicle of the three faculties

IV.2.H1.vi.m 14. Great Vehicle of the three meditative stabilizations

IV.2.H1.vi.n 15–16. Great Vehicle of the mindfulnesses and the five absorptions

IV.2.H1.vi.o 17. Great Vehicle of the ten powers

IV.2.H1.vi.o.1 First power

IV.2.H1.vi.o.2 Second power

IV.2.H1.vi.o.3 Third power

IV.2.H1.vi.o.4 Fourth power

IV.2.H1.vi.o.5 Fifth power

IV.2.H1.vi.o.6 Sixth power

IV.2.H1.vi.o.7 Seventh power

IV.2.H1.vi.o.8 Eighth to Tenth powers

IV.2.H1.vi.p 18. Great Vehicle of the four fearlessnesses

IV.2.H1.vi.q 19. Great Vehicle of the four detailed and thorough knowledges

IV.2.H1.vi.r 20. Great Vehicle of the eighteen distinct attributes of a buddha

IV.2.H1.vi.s 21. Great Vehicle of the dhāraṇī gateways

IV.2.H1.vii 7. How have they come to set out in the Great Vehicle?

IV.2.H1.viii 8. From where will the Great Vehicle go forth?

IV.2.H1.ix 9. Where will that Great Vehicle stand?

IV.2.H1.x 10. Who will go forth in this vehicle?

IV.2.H1.xi 11. It surpasses the world with its gods, humans, and asuras and goes forth. Is that why it is called a great vehicle?

IV.2.H1.xii 12. That vehicle is equal to space

IV.2.H1.xiii The remaining sixteen questions

IV.2.H2 Part Two

IV.2.H2.i The results of paying attention to the nonconceptual

IV.2.H2.ii The questions and responses of the two elders


ab.

Abbreviations

AAV Āryavimuktisena (’phags pa rnam grol sde). ’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan gyi tshig le’ur byas pa’i ’grel pa (Ārya­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā-pāramitopadeśa­śāstrābhisamayālaṃkāra­kārikā­vārttika). Toh 3787, Degé Tengyur vol. 80 (shes phyin, ka), folios 14b–212a.
AAVN Āryavimuktisena. Abhi­samayālamkāra­vrtti (mistakenly titled Abhi­samayālaṅkāra­vyākhyā). Nepal German Manuscript Preservation Project A 37/9, National Archives Kathmandu Accession Number 5/55. The numbers follow the page numbering of my own undated, unpublished transliteration of the part of the manuscript not included in Pensa 1967.
AAVārt Bhadanta Vimuktisena (btsun pa grol sde). ’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan gyi tshig le’ur byas pa’i rnam par ’grel pa (*Ārya­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā-pāramitopadeśa­śāstrābhisamayālaṃkāra­kārikā­vārttika). Toh 3788, Degé Tengyur vol. 81 (shes phyin, kha), folios 1b–181a.
AAtib shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan zhes bya ba tshig le’le’urur byas pa (Abhi­samayālaṃkāra-nāma-prajñā­pāramitopadeśa­śāstra­kārikā) [Ornament for the Clear Realizations]. Toh 3786, Degé Tengyur (shes phyin, ka), folios 1b–13a.
Abhisamayālaṃkāra Abhi­samayālaṃkāra-nāma-prajñā­pāramitopadeśa­śāstra. Numbering of the verses as in Unrai Wogihara edition. Abhisamayālaṃkārālokā Prajñāpāramitā Vyākhyā: The Work of Haribhadra. Tokyo: The Toyo Bunko, 1932–5; reprint ed., Tokyo: Sankibo Buddhist Book Store, 1973.
Amano Amano, Koei H. Abhisamayālaṃkāra-kārikā-śāstra-vivṛti: Haribhadra’s Commentary on the Abhisamayālaṃkāra-kārikā-śāstra edited for the first time from a Sanskrit Manuscript. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 2000.
Aṣṭa Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā. Page numbers are Wogihara (1973) that includes the edition of Mitra (1888).
BPS ’phags pa byang chub sems dpa’i sde snod ces bya ba theg pa chen po’i mdo (Ārya­bodhi­sattva­piṭaka­nāma­mahā­yāna­sūtra) [The Collected Teachings on the Bodhisatva]. Toh 56, Degé Kangyur vols. 40–41 (dkon brtsegs, kha, ga), folios 255b1–294a7, 1b1–205b1. English translation in Norwegian Institute of Palaeography and Historical Philology 2023.
Bod rgya tshig mdzod chen mo Zhang, Yisun, ed. Bod rgya tshig mdzod chen mo. Pe-cing: Mi rigs dpe skrun khang 2000.
Buddhaśrī shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa sdud pa’i tshig su byas pa’i dka’ ’grel (Prajñā­pāramitā­saṃcaya­gāthā­pañjikā). Toh 3798, Degé Tengyur vol. 87 (shes phyin, nya), folios 116a–189b.
Bṭ1 Anonymous/Daṃṣṭrāsena. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ’bum gyi rgya cher ’grel (Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā) [Bṛhaṭṭīkā]. Toh 3807, Degé Tengyur vols. 91–92 (shes phyin, na, pa).
Bṭ3 Vasubandhu/Daṃṣṭrāsena. ’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ’bum dang / nyi khri lnga sgong pa dang / khri brgyad stong pa rgya cher bshad pa (Ārya­śata­sāhasrikā­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikāṣṭā­daśa-sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitābṭhaṭṭīkā) [Bṛhaṭṭīkā]. Degé Tengyur vol. 93 (shes phyin, pha), folios 1b–292b.
C Choné (co ne) Kangyur and Tengyur.
D Degé (sde dge) Kangyur and Tengyur.
DMDic Dan Martin Dictionary. Part of The Tibetan to English Translation Tool, version 3.3.0, compiled by Andrés Montano Pellegrini. Available from https://www.bdrc.io/blog/2020/12/21/dan-martins-tibetan-histories/.
Edg Edgerton, Franklin. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Dictionary. New Haven, 1953.
Eight Thousand Conze, Edward. The Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines & Its Verse Summary. Bolinas, Calif.: Four Seasons Foundation, 1973.
GRETIL Göttingen Register of Electronic Texts in Indian Languages.
Ghoṣa Ghoṣa, Pratāpachandra, ed. Śata­sāhasrikā Prajñā­pāramitā. Asiatic Society of Bengal. Calcutta, 1902–14.
Gilgit Gilgit Buddhist Manuscripts (revised and enlarged compact facsimile edition). Vol. 1. by Raghu Vira and Lokesh Chandra. Bibliotheca Indo-Buddhica Series No. 150. Delhi 110007: Sri Satguru Publications, a division of Indian Books Center, 1995.
GilgitC Conze, Edward, ed. and trans. The Gilgit Manuscript of the Aṣṭādaśasāhasrikāprajñāpāramitā: Chapters 55 to 70 Corresponding to the 5th Abhisamaya. Roma: Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente, 1962.
Golden snar thang gser bri ma. Golden Tengyur/Ganden Tengyur. Produced between 1731 and 1741 by Polhane Sonam Tobgyal for the Qing court, published in Tianjing 1988. BDRC W23702.
H Lhasa (zhol) Kangyur and Tengyur
Haribhadra (Amano) Abhi­samayālaṃkāra­kārikā­śāstra­vivṛti. Amano edition.
Haribhadra (Wogihara) Abhi­samayālaṃkārālokā Prajñā­pāramitā­vyākhyā. Wogihara edition.
LC Candra, Lokesh. Tibetan Sanskrit Dictionary. Śata-piṭaka Series Indo-Asian Literature, Vol. 3. International Academy of Indian Culture (1959–61) third reprint edition 2001.
LSPW Conze, Edward. The Large Sutra on Perfection Wisdom. Berkeley and Los Angeles, California: University of California Press, 1975. First paperback printing, 1984.
MDPL Conze, Edward. Materials for a Dictionary of the Prajñāpāramitā Literature. Tokyo: Suzuki Research Foundation, 1973.
MQ Conze, Edward and Shotaro Iida. “ ‘Maitreya’s Questions’ in the Prajñāpāramitā.” In Mélanges d’India a la Mémoire de Louis Renou, 229–42. Paris: Éditions E. de Boccard, 1968.
MSAvy Asaṅga / Vasubandhu. Sūtrālaṃkāra­vyākhyā.
MSAvyT Asaṅga / Vasubandhu. mdo sde’i rgyan gyi bshad pa (Sūtrālaṃkāra­vyākhyā). Toh 4026, Degé Tengyur vol. 225 (sems tsam, phi), folios 129b–260a.
MW Monier-Williams, Monier. A Sanskrit-English dictionary: Etymologically and Philologically Arranged with Special Reference to Cognate Indo-European Languages. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1899.
Mppś Lamotte, Étienne. Le Traité de la Grande Vertu de Sagesse de Nāgārjuna (Mahāprajñā-pāramitā-śāstra). Vol. I and II: Bibliothèque du Muséon, 18. Louvain: Institut Orientaliste, 1949; reprinted 1967. Vol III, IV and V: Publications de l’Institut Orientaliste de Louvain, 2, 12 and 24. Louvain: Institut Orientaliste, 1970, 1976 and 1980.
Mppś English Gelongma Karma Migme Chodron. The Treatise on the Great Virtue of Wisdom of Nāgārjuna. Gampo Abbey Nova Scotia, 2001. English translation of Étienne Lamotte (1949–80).
Mvy Mahāvyutpatti (bye brag tu rtogs par byed pa chen po. Toh. 4346, Degé Tengyur vol. 306 (bstan bcos sna tshogs, co), folios 1b-131a.
N Narthang (snar thang) Kangyur and Tengyur.
NAK National Archives Kathmandu.
NGMPP Nepal German Manuscript Preservation Project.
PSP Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā. Edited by Takayasu Kimura. Tokyo: Sankibo Busshorin 2007–9 (1-1, 1-2), 1986 (2-3), 1990 (4), 1992 (5), 2006 (6-8). Available online (input by Klaus Wille, Göttingen) at GRETIL.
RecA Skt and Tib editions of Recension A in Yuyama 1976.
RecAs Sanskrit Recension A in Yuyama 1976.
RecAt Tibetan Recension A in Yuyama 1976.
Rgs Ratna­guṇa­saṃcaya­gāthā.
S Stok Palace (stog pho brang bris ma) Kangyur.
Skt Sanskrit.
Subodhinī Attributed to Haribhadra. bcom ldan ’das yon tan rin po che sdud pa’i tshig su byas pa’i dka’ ’grel shes bya ba (Bhagavadratna­guṇa­saṃcaya­gāthā-pañjikā­nāma) [A Commentary on the Difficult Points of the “Verses that Summarize the Perfection of Wisdom”]. Toh 3792, Degé Tengyur vol. 86 (shes phyin, ja), folios 1b–78a.
TGN de bshin gshegs pa’i gsang ba bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i bstan pa (Tathāgatācintya­guhyaka­nirdeśa) [The Secrets of the Realized Ones]. Toh 47, Degé Kangyur vol. 39 (dkon brtsegs, ka), folios 100a7–203a. English translation in Fiordalis, David. and Dharmachakra Translation Committee 2023.
TMN de bzhin gshegs pa’i snying po chen po nges par bstan pa (Tathāgata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa­sūtra) [“The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata”]. Toh 147, Degé Kangyur vol. 57 (mdo sde, pa), folios 42a1–242b7. English translation in Burchardi 2020.
Tempangma bka’ ’gyur rgyal rtse’i them spang ma. The Gyaltse Tempangma manuscript of the Kangyur preserved at National Library of Mongolia, Ulaanbaatar, Mongolia.
Tib Tibetan.
Toh Tōhoku Imperial University A Complete Catalogue of the Tibetan Buddhist Canons. (bkaḥ-ḥgyur and bstan-ḥgyur). Edited by Ui, Hakuju; Suzuki, Munetada; Kanakura, Yenshō; and Taka, Tōkan. Tohoku Imperial University, Sendai, 1934.
Vetter Vetter, Tilmann. “Compounds in the Prologue of the Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā,” Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens, Band XXXVII, 1993: 45–92.
Wogihara Wogihara, Unrai. Abhisamayālaṃkārālokā Prajñāpāramitā Vyākhyā: The Work of Haribhadra. Tokyo: The Toyo Bunko, 1932–5; reprint ed., Tokyo: Sankibo Buddhist Book Store, 1973.
Z Zacchetti, Stefano. In Praise of the Light. Bibliotheca Philologica et Philosophica Buddhica, Vol. 8. The International Research Institute for Advanced Buddhology. Tokyo: Soka University, 2005.
brgyad stong pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa bryad stong pa (Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [“Eight Thousand”]. Toh 12, Degé Kangyur vol. 33 (shes phyin, brgyad stong pa, ka), folios 1a–286a.
khri brgyad shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri brgyad stong pa (Aṣṭā­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [“Perfection of Wisdom in Eighteen Thousand Lines”]. Toh 10, Degé Kangyur vols. 29–31 (shes phyin, khri brgyad, ka, kha, and in ga folios 1b–206a). English translation in Sparham 2022.
khri pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri pa (Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [“Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines”]. Toh 11, Degé Kangyur vols. 31–32 (shes phyin, khri brgyad, ga folios 1b–91a (second repetition of numbering), and in shes phyin, khrid pa, nga, folios 92b-397a). English translation in Dorje 2018.
le’u brgyad ma shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [Haribhadra’s “Eight Chapters”]. Toh 3790, vols. 82–84 (shes phyin, ga, nga, ca). Citations are from the 1976–79 Karmapae chodhey gyalwae sungrab partun khang edition, first the Tib. vol. letter in italics, followed by the folio and line number.
nyi khri shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-Five Thousand Lines]. Toh 9, Degé Kangyur vols. 26–28 (shes phyin, nyi khri, ka–ga). Citations are from the 1976–79 Karmapae chodhey gyalwae sungrab partun khang edition. English Translation in Padmakara 2023.
rgyan snang Haribhadra. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa brgyad stong pa’i bshad pa mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan gyi snang ba, (Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā-vyākhyānābhi­samayālaṃkārālokā) [“Illumination of the Abhisamayālaṃkāra”]. Toh 3791, Degé Tengyur vol. 85 (shes phyin, cha), folios 1b–341a.
sa bcu pa sangs rgyas phal po che zhes bya ba las, sa bcu’i le’u ste, sum cu rtsa gcig pa’o (sa bcu pa’i mdo) (Daśa­bhūmika­sūtra) [“The Ten Bhūmis”]. Toh 44-31, Degé Kangyur vol. 36 (phal chen, kha), folios 166.a–283.a. English translation in Roberts 2021.
snying po mchog Ratnākaraśānti. ’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa brgyad stong pa’i dka’ ’grel snying po mchog. (Sāratamā) [“Quintessence”]. Toh 3803, Degé Tengyur vol. 89 (shes phyin, tha), folios 1b–230a.
ŚsPK Śata­sāhasrikā­prajña­paramitā. Edited by Takayasu Kimura. Tokyo: Sankibo Busshorin 2009 (II-1), 2010 (II-2, II-3), 2014 (II-4). Available online (input by Klaus Wille, Göttingen) at GRETIL.
ŚsPN3 Śata­sāhasrikā­prajña­paramitā NGMPP A 115/3, NAK Accession Number 3/632. Numbering of the scanned pages.
ŚsPN4 Śata­sāhasrikā­prajña­paramitā NGMPP B 91/3, NAK Accession Number 3/633. Numbering of the scanned pages.
ŚsPN4/2 Śata­sāhasrikā­prajña­paramitā NGMPP B 91/3, NAK Accession Number 3/633 (part two). Numbering of the scanned pages.
’bum shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag brgya pa (Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand Lines]. Toh 8, Degé Kangyur vols. 14–25 (shes phyin, ’bum, ka–a). Citations are from the 1976–79 Karmapae chodhey gyalwae sungrab partun khang edition, first the Tib. vol. letter in italics, followed by the folio and line number. English translation in Sparham 2024.

n.

Notes

n.­1
Degé Tengyur vol. 213 (dkar chag, shrI), F.432b–433a. The four great “pathbreaker” traditions of interpretation (shing rta chen po’i srol bzhi or shing rta’i srol ’byed bzhi) are: (1) the Ornament for the Clear Realizations and all the commentaries based on it, (2) the Madhyamaka “corpus based on reasoning” (dbu ma rig pa’i tshogs, i.e. Nāgārjuna’s writings categorized as the Yuktikāya and by extension the Madhyamaka treatises in general), (3) the two Bṛhaṭṭīka commentaries discussed here, and (4) Dignāga’s Prajñāpāramitā­saṃgraha­kārikā (Toh 3809, also known as the Piṇḍārtha­saṃgraha), said to be characterized by its thirty-two topics, and its subcommentary the Prajñāpāramitā­saṃgraha­kārikā­vivaraṇa (Toh 3810).
n.­2
Denkarma, folio 305.a.6; see also Herrmann-Pfandt, pp. 293-294, no. 515. Phangthangma 2003, p. 35. The only substantial difference in the titles, as with so many canonical texts, is that “noble” is added as an honorific in present editions of the Tibetan canon.
n.­3
Among modern writers, Lama Chimpa and Alaka Chattopadhyaya (1997), Kazuo Kano and Xuezhu Li (2012, 2014), and Karl Brunnhölzl (2011b) use the title Bṛhaṭṭīkā.
n.­4
Abhisamayālaṅkārāloka (Toh 3791), Degé Tengyur vol. 85 F.2.a.
n.­5
Bhagavaty­āmnāyānusāriṇī­nāma­vyākhyā (bcom ldan ’das ma’i man ngag gi rjes su ’brang ba zhes bya ba’i rnam par bshad pa), Toh 3811.
n.­6
shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ’bum pa rgya cher ’grel pa.
n.­7
’di yi gzhung ’grel gnod ’joms bya bar ’dod.
n.­8
One may understand the verse as follows: “Having reverently (gus par, ādārāt) bowed (phyag ’tshal te, namaskṛ) to the Mother of Victors (rgyal ba’i yum, jinajananī), the foremost perfection (pha rol phyin pa’i gtso, pāramitāgrā) in the form of wisdom (shes rab bdag nyid, prajñātmakā), I want to make (bya bar ’dod, cikīrṣitā) a Path (gzhung ’grel, paddhati) there on which the Thorns Have Been Trodden Down (gnod ’joms, marditakaṇṭakā) so the later scriptures (bla ma’i lung, uttarāgama) will be of benefit to me (bdag la phan pa’i phyir, ātmahitāya).” Alternative translation of the last part: “because the tradition of the gurus (bla ma’i lung, gurvāgama) has been of benefit to me (bdag la phan pa’i phyir, ātmahitāt).”
n.­29
See outline of Bṭ3 in the appendix.
n.­39
The translators have inserted into the text here the notation bam po dang po (the “first bam po,” or bundle of pages equal to about 300 lines of original text), together with their own homage.
n.­40
Alternatively, bdag la phan pa’i phyir could be rendered “In order that the tradition of the gurus will be of benefit to me.”
n.­41
Alternatively, chos kyi tshogs renders dharmakāya (“dharma body”).
n.­512
This section begins the seventh of the eight subsections introduced earlier (2.­5).
n.­575
khri brgyad 8.­40–8.­54.
n.­587
Earlier (4.­501) our author calls this division “the practice of method.” Here (F.104.a) he calls this section brtson par sgrub pa, “practice as perseverance,” and (4.­620, F.105.a) brtson pa’i sgrub pa “practice of perseverance,” with the practice of method as a subset.
n.­699
Cf. 4.­678.
n.­736
This is the sixth of the twenty-eight or twenty-nine questions listed earlier (4.­678). The numbering here jumps to six, leaving out four and five, because the first three questions go together as 1a, 1b, and 1c, followed by 2 and then 3.
n.­741
Our author begins with an explanation of the second Great Vehicle because he has already explained the six perfections in response to the earlier question.
n.­826
Our author’s presentation is a paraphrase of, and often a direct citation from, The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata (Toh 147, Tathāgata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa­sūtra) 2.­258 ff. (Burchardi 2020), cited in the AAV (Sparham 2006–11, vol. 4, p. 80) by the name of the questioner, Dhāraṇīśvararāja. The same explanation is also in The Bodhisattva’s Scriptural Collection of the Heap of Jewels collection (byang chub sems dpa’i sde snod, Degé Kangyur [dkon brtsegs, ga], 11a ff.). Mppś English (vol. 3, p. 1239 ff.) lists earlier sources for the powers, including the Majjhimanikāya.
n.­839
TMN takes dhātu and adhimukti together in a single section and deals with adhimukti first. Mppś English (p. 1264) takes adhimukti (“aspiration”) as the fifth power and dhātu (“acquired disposition”) as the sixth.
n.­892
This is the seventh of Subhūti’s twenty-eight questions at 4.­678.
n.­921
This is the eighth of Subhūti’s twenty-eight questions (4.­678).
n.­996
The remainder of Subhūti’s twenty-eight questions ( 4.­678) and the responses are khri brgyad 20.­1–20.­106. First are the statements made by Subhūti (khri brgyad 20.­8–20.­10) that are then queried by Śāriputra (khri brgyad 20.­11), and then answered by Subhūti up to the end of the chapter (khri brgyad 20.­106).
n.­1052
4.­679.
n.­1078
2.­2.
n.­1079
K, N de bzhin gshegs pas. The reading in D, de bzhin gshegs pa, may intend, “In this tathāgata the perfection of wisdom is a threefold teaching: brief, middling, and detailed.”
n.­1080
khri brgyad 22.­2.
n.­1081
khri brgyad 22.­4 (ka 243b3) and nyi khri 14.­3 (kha 1b4) yang dag par skyon med pa, “flawlessness that is a perfect state.”
n.­1082
The fifteen are, in addition, attention to form as “a thorn, a misfortune, dependent, by its nature headed to destruction, shaky, brittle, a hazard, persecution, and a headache.”
n.­1083
These seven attentions (khri brgyad Tempangma ka 346b7) are attention to cessation as selfless, calm, isolated, emptiness, signlessness, wishlessness, and a nonenactment. khri brgyad 22.­8 (ka 244a7) incorrectly has attention to impermanence and suffering (mi rtag pa dang / bsdug sngal ba) in a list of nine.
n.­1084
khri brgyad 22.­10 ff.
n.­1085
khri brgyad 22.­5.
n.­1086
Emend sngon po to sdong po.
n.­1087
“Absence of hazards” renders abhaya; alternatively, “freedom from fear,” because bhaya is “fear” in other contexts.
n.­1088
“Nagging demon” renders ’dre ba (piśāca); alternatively, “a mix-up.”
n.­1089
khri brgyad 22.­11, literally, “causing dharmas to join together with a dharma.” The three parts of the picture are (1) the state of mind committed to becoming fully awakened, (2) the state of mind closer to the goal because of the good that has been done motivated by the commitment, and (3) the state of mind when rededicating to the original commitment, turning over all the good that brings the goal of full awakening closer to full awakening.
n.­1090
Cf. khri brgyad 22.­13, khri brgyad 3.­129.
n.­1091
khri brgyad 22.­11.
n.­1092
Tib ’grogs suggests “accompany” or “befriend” or “associate with.”
n.­1093
khri brgyad 22.­11, nyi khri 14.­23 (kha 5a4).
n.­1094
This reading is not at khri brgyad 22.­13, ’bum 14.­76, or nyi khri 14.­25, which all have “the thought of dedication is no thought.”
n.­1095
This reading is from our author’s version of the Sūtra.
n.­1096
khri brgyad 22.­16.
n.­1097
khri brgyad 22.­28.
n.­1098
Both D and Golden 248a5–b1 have chos (“dharma”) and then chos nyid (“true nature of dharmas”) below. It is hard to know whether the first or the second reading is wrong, or, indeed, if both are correct. If the second, and chos nyid (“the true nature of dharmas”) is emended to chos (“dharma”), the word “mark” (mtshan nyid, *lakṣaṇa) here is used not in the sense of a general and specific mark of a form (impermanent, and suitable to be seen), but rather in the sense of a causal sign, the object aspect in a mental image, which gives rise to the perception of something, conveyed in Skt by the word followed by iti (“the idea of”). Alternatively, if the first chos (“dharma”) is emended to, or at least understood as, chos nyid (“the true nature of dharmas”), then the mark is in reference to a unifying ultimate nature, and the iti to the falsely imagined phenomenon.
n.­1099
khri brgyad 22.­28–22.­31.
n.­1100
khri brgyad 22.­33–22.­37.
n.­1101
khri brgyad 22.­38–22.­43.
n.­1102
khri brgyad 22.­44–22.­46.
n.­1103
khri brgyad 22.­46–22.­59.
n.­1104
khri brgyad 22.­50–22.­59.
n.­1105
khri brgyad 22.­58.
n.­1106
khri brgyad 22.­62.
n.­1107
khri brgyad 22.­71.
n.­1108
“Move” renders g.yo derived from iñj or miñj. The meaning is that conceptual thought cannot get at it.
n.­1109
khri brgyad 22.­73.
n.­1110
khri brgyad 22.­75: “Therefore, gods, those who want to be candidates for the result of stream enterer and those who want to realize the result of stream enterer cannot, without having resorted to this forbearance.”
n.­1111
khri brgyad 23.­1.
n.­1112
khri brgyad 23.­12.
n.­1113
Cf. khri brgyad 22.­8: “the cessation of volitional factors from the cessation of ignorance… the cessation of old age and death, pain, lamentation, suffering, mental anguish, and grief from the cessation of birth‍—thus the cessation of simply this great heap of suffering.”
n.­1114
The negation in the Tibetan here (ma, "not") may very well be a scribal error that should be deleted.
n.­1115
khri brgyad 23.­13.
n.­1116
khri brgyad 23.­14–23.­21.
n.­1117
khri brgyad 23.­22.
n.­1118
khri brgyad 23.­23.
n.­1119
khri brgyad 23.­25.
n.­1120
Cf. Śrījagattalanivāsin’s Āmnayānusāriṇī, man ngag gi rjes su brang ba, Degé Tengyur (shes phyin, ba), 68a4 “in order to teach the gods the sign that the light of transcendental knowledge has been generated” (lha’i bu rnams la ye shes kyi snang ba bskyed pa’i rtags bstan pa’i don du me tog gi mchod pa bstan par byed de).
n.­1121
khri brgyad 24.­2.
n.­1122
khri brgyad 24.­15.
n.­1123
khri brgyad 24.­20.
n.­1124
5.­6, citing khri brgyad 22.­2.
n.­1125
khri brgyad 24.­21.
n.­1126
khri brgyad 24.­25.
n.­1127
khri brgyad 24.­26, nyi khri 16.­23.
n.­1128
khri brgyad 24.­27; ’bum 16.­58, nyi khri 16.­24 “does not see” in place of “does not train in.”
n.­1129
This is not found with exactly the same words in khri brgyad, ’bum, or nyi khri.
n.­1130
I have not emended “train in the knowledge of all aspects” to “train in the emptiness of the knowledge of all aspects” (PSP 2-3: 24 and ŚsPK II-3: 83–88) because this is the reading at khri brgyad 24.­29–24.­32. The abbreviation is too extreme. The idea is that training in the emptiness of any one dharma is training in the emptiness of any other. Therefore, to train in the emptiness of any one dharma is to train in any other different dharma, or in all dharmas.
n.­1131
khri brgyad 24.­34.
n.­1132
khri brgyad 24.­40.
n.­1133
khri brgyad 24.­43.
n.­1134
See 2.­4–2.­15.
n.­1135
khri brgyad 24.­45.
n.­1136
Here tathāgata means “knower of reality”‍—literally “gone” or “come thus”; tathatā means “reality”: literally, “suchness.”
n.­1137
khri brgyad 24.­50–24.­51.
n.­1138
khri brgyad 24.­55, answering Kauśika’s question, “Where should bodhisattva great beings look for the perfection of wisdom?”
n.­1139
khri brgyad 24.­58.
n.­1140
khri brgyad 24.­61.
n.­1141
khri brgyad 24.­63.
n.­1142
khri brgyad 24.­65.
n.­1143
khri brgyad 24.­67.
n.­1144
The first three are khri brgyad 24.­71–24.­81. The “body of dharmas” (dharmakāya) is called the “objective support”: cp. ŚsPK II-3: 213 “dharmas as objective support” (dharmālambanānantatayānanta­pāramiteyaṃ) and PSP 2-3: 33 “dharma constituent as objective support” (dharma­dhātvārambaṇānantatayānanta-pāramiteyaṃ), in the sense of being the objective support of the knowledge of all aspects‍—both are limitless. The third is the ultimate reality of the knowledge of all aspects and the dharmas it knows. The fourth begins from khri brgyad 24.­82.
n.­1145
Cf. khri brgyad 24.­87, nyi khri 16.­72.
n.­1146
khri brgyad 25.­2.
n.­1147
khri brgyad 25.­3.
n.­1148
This is the brahmin student who in the future would become Śākyamuni.
n.­1149
nyi khri 16.­80.
n.­1150
An alternative translation: “remains consistent with.”
n.­1151
I have capitalized “perfection of wisdom” as an aid to the reader, not because it refers exclusively to the book as distinct from its contents or internalization.
n.­1152
’bum 16.­250, nyi khri 16.­81, khri pa 16.­19 (nga 171b3). khri brgyad 25.­7 and le’u brgyad ma nga 40a5 is a better Tib translation, “will have made just the emptiness of form into a good sustainable position,” of ŚsPK II-3: 223, PSP 2-3: 36, and Gilgit 440.8 rūpaśūnyataiva svadhiṣṭhitā bhaviṣyati [Gilgit bhaviṣyaṇti?].
n.­1153
The children of a good family who are not hurt (“not infiltrated”) because they respect the Perfection of Wisdom and what it teaches.
n.­1154
khri brgyad 25.­17.
n.­1155
khri brgyad 25.­18 says gods will amass a greater store of merit from respecting and protecting bodhisattvas practicing and teaching the perfection of wisdom than from respecting and protecting all the other types of beings.
n.­1156
The others at khri brgyad 26.­1 are “perfect celebrity, a perfect life, a perfect retinue, perfect major signs, perfect radiance, perfect eyes, a perfect voice, perfect meditative concentration, and perfect dhāraṇī.”
n.­1157
’khrugs; dkrugs at khri brgyad 26.­7 (ka 277b5).
n.­1158
khri brgyad 26.­9 “There is a medicinal herb called maghī that gives relief from all poisons.”
n.­1159
khri brgyad 26.­10.
n.­1160
khri brgyad 26.­12.
n.­1161
khri brgyad 26.­34–26.­37.
n.­1162
khri brgyad 26.­39 ff.
n.­1163
This summarizes khri brgyad 27.­1–27.­39, chapter 27.
n.­1164
glags thod. thod is a non-agentive form of gtod.
n.­1165
khri brgyad 27.­11.
n.­1166
khri brgyad 27.­23 ff. The merit from the worship of the perfection of wisdom.
n.­1167
khri brgyad 27.­37.
n.­1168
khri brgyad 28.­5: “Kauśika, you should take up the perfection of wisdom. Kauśika, you should keep in mind, you should recite, you should master, and you should properly pay attention to the perfection of wisdom.”
n.­1169
khri brgyad 28.­8.
n.­1170
khri brgyad 28.­13 ff.
n.­1171
khri brgyad 28.­18 ff.
n.­1172
khri brgyad 29.­1 ff., chapter 29.
n.­1173
khri brgyad 29.­11.
n.­1174
khri brgyad 29.­14.
n.­1175
Cf. khri brgyad 29.­15, nyi khri 20.­13.
n.­1176
khri brgyad 30.­1 ff.
n.­1177
le’u brgyad ma nga 74a2.
n.­1178
Cf. khri brgyad 30.­5 (kha 2a5–2b2). The Tib translators evidently read anupādānayogena (rendered len pa med pa’i tshul gyis) in place of Gilgit 465.6, PSP 2-3: 78 anutpādayogena, rendered ’bum 21.­10 (ca 308b3), nyi khri 21.­5 (kha 90b3), le’u brgyad ma nga 74a6–7 m(y)i skye pa’i tshul gyis.
n.­1179
khri brgyad 30.­11 ff.
n.­1180
khri brgyad 30.­17 “Those gods will want to connect those sons of a good family or daughters of a good family with the confidence that gives a readiness to speak about the perfection of wisdom.”
n.­1181
khri brgyad 30.­23, PSP 2-3: 82 anācchedya.
n.­1182
khri brgyad 30.­30.
n.­1183
rgya chen po la mos pa. Closest is khri brgyad 30.­34 (kha 7b5–6) rgya cher mos pa: “The belief of those sons of a good family or daughters of a good family becomes stronger and stronger in line with the arrival there of those extremely powerful gods.” PSP 2-3: 85 udārādhimuktika; ’bum 21.­54 (ca 331a6), nyi khri 21.­37 (kha 98a7), le’u brgyad ma nga 80a5 mos pa rgya chen po. LSPW p. 243b “confirmed in their faith.”
n.­1184
Closest again is khri brgyad 30.­38 (kha 8b6) lus la gzi brjid bcug par. PSP 2-3: 86, Aṣṭa (Wogihara p. 262) kāyam ojaḥprakṣiptam; ’bum 21.­63 (ca 336b6), nyi khri 21.­42 (kha 99b2), le’u brgyad ma nga 81a6 mdangs dang ldan par ’gyur.
n.­1185
The four requirements are robes, alms, beds and seats, and medicines for sicknesses.
n.­1186
khri brgyad 31.­3 ff.
n.­1187
These are the establishment and removal, respectively, of dharmas of buddhas and ordinary persons; bodhisattvas and śrāvakas; those in training and for whom there is no more training; and the uncompounded and compounded.
n.­1188
khri brgyad 31.­7.
n.­1189
These are the discourses, melodious narrations, predictions, verses, summaries, introductions, accounts, birth stories, expanded texts, marvels, tales, and expositions.
n.­1190
khri brgyad 31.­18.
n.­1191
khri brgyad 31.­19.
n.­1192
khri brgyad 31.­32.
n.­1193
’bum 22.­52 (ca 360b3) and nyi khri 22.­39 (kha 110a3) have ye shes kyi sku (jñānakāya) here. khri brgyad 31.­35, and also khri brgyad S kha 79b2, PSP 2-3: 96 (dharmakāyena ca rūpakāyena ca draṣṭukāmena), and le’u brgyad ma nga 89b1 omit. The dharma body and form body are the result of the jñānasaṃbhāra (“knowledge accumulation” or “equipment”) and the puṇyasaṃbhāra (“merit accumulation” or “equipment”), respectively.
n.­1194
Golden 261b4 mtshan nyid.
n.­1195
khri brgyad 31.­42.
n.­1196
khri brgyad 31.­51.
n.­1197
khri brgyad 31.­55.
n.­1198
khri brgyad 31.­58.
n.­1199
Beginning at khri brgyad 32.­1, chapter 32.
n.­1200
khri brgyad 32.­4.
n.­1201
khri brgyad 32.­9 ff.
n.­1202
khri brgyad 32.­17, le’u brgyad ma, nga, 98b7; ’bum 23.­118 (cha 29b5), nyi khri 23.­29 (kha 123b3–4) gnyis la spyod pa yang ma yin/ mi gnyis pa la spyod pa yang ma yin pa’i blo, Twenty-Five Thousand translation: “the mind, without engaging in duality and without engaging in nonduality.”
n.­1203
This is explaining properly paying attention to others.
n.­1204
khri brgyad 32.­18. This is introducing the explanation of the fourteen pairs.
n.­1205
This is paraphrasing Madhyānta­vibhāga 2.14–16, picking and choosing from the list of ten antidotes that counteract obstacles to the ten bodhisattva levels.
n.­1206
The sections are khri brgyad 32.­24–32.­39, 32.­40–32.­42, and the last two at 32.­43–32.­44; cf. ’bum 23.­368 ff. and PSP 2-3: 113.
n.­1207
khri brgyad 32.­45–32.­51.
n.­1208
Cf. nyi khri 23.­61 (kha 130a4–5).
n.­1209
This and the following sections summarize khri brgyad 32.­52–32.­74.
n.­1210
khri brgyad 32.­67–32.­68; ’bum 23.­458–23.­464, summarized nyi khri kha 23.­84-23.­85, le’u brgyad ma nga 108b7–109a7.
n.­1211
khri brgyad 32.­69 and 32.­74.
n.­1212
The admiration for, rejoicing in, and dedication to the perfection of wisdom in comparison to any other virtuous activity.
n.­1213
khri brgyad 33.­1, nyi khri 24.­1. The idea is that there is the thought of awakening (bodhicitta). Then there is rejoicing in the good works motivated by that thought and the wholesome roots planted by those good works, a rejoicing that gives energy to the motivating thought. Then there is the dedication of all the wholesome roots to awakening again‍—to the mindset the thought of awakening presupposes so that it grows stronger and stronger.
n.­1214
khri brgyad 33.­2–33.­4.
n.­1215
khri brgyad 33.­2: “aggregates of morality, aggregates of meditative stabilization, aggregates of wisdom, aggregates of liberation, and aggregates of knowledge and seeing of liberation.”
n.­1216
K, N.
n.­1217
khri brgyad 33.­4.
n.­1218
khri brgyad 33.­5.
n.­1219
khri brgyad 33.­6.
n.­1220
khri brgyad 33.­10.
n.­1221
khri brgyad 33.­11.
n.­1222
khri brgyad 33.­12. I have included some words left out of the citation to make it readable in English.
n.­1223
khri brgyad 33.­13 ff.
n.­1224
Cf. khri brgyad 33.­14, where “perception” (’du shes) is rendered “notion.” The Abhidharmakośa (cf. Abhidharmakośa 1.14c saṃjñā nimittodgrahaṇātmikā) defines saṃjñā (“perception,” “notion,” “discrimination,” “naming,” “idea”) as taking hold of or naming a causal sign, a mediating quasi-entity that allows consciousness to discriminate specific objects. The six may be (’bum 24.­22) “has no perception of a buddha, has no perception of śrāvakas, has no perception of wholesome roots, and has no perception of a thought doing the dedication.” The two perceptions of rejoicing and dedication are implicit. Alternatively, the six are derived from the six sense faculties‍—the perceptions that pop up based on the eye sense faculty and so on‍—eye perception, up to thinking mind perception. Alternatively (Śrāvakabhūmi, Degé Tengyur [mdo ’grel, sems tsam, dzi], 153a7–b1), they are “the two‍—the perception of signlessness and the perception of the absence of distraction in signlessness‍—and the perception of the absence of thought construction, and similarly, the perception of the absence of proliferation and the absence of disturbance in the absence of thought construction, the perception of calm, and the perception of the absence of sorrow, a stable mind, and pleasure in calm.” Alternatively (cf. Ten Thousand, khri pa 8.­38), “It entails absorption in the six aspects of perception (’du shes rnam pa drug) by engaging with all things as if they were an illusion.”
n.­1225
Cf. khri brgyad 33.­17.
n.­1226
Cf. nyi khri 24.­26; also ’bum 24.­21.
n.­1227
Cf. khri brgyad 33.­23–33.­24.
n.­1228
khri brgyad 33.­26–33.­34.
n.­1229
khri brgyad 33.­35–33.­38.
n.­1230
khri brgyad 33.­40.
n.­1231
nyi khri 24.­50; khri brgyad 33.­44 “untainted.”
n.­1232
khri brgyad 33.­43–33.­45.
n.­1233
khri brgyad 33.­50–33.­52.
n.­1234
The first section is khri brgyad 33.­53–33.­56, the second 33.­57.
n.­1235
The first section is khri brgyad 33.­53–33.­56, the second 33.­57.
n.­1236
khri brgyad 33.­59.
n.­1237
khri brgyad 33.­59. The Lord is speaking to Subhūti.
n.­1238
khri brgyad 33.­59.
n.­1239
This follows the order at nyi khri 24.­67.
n.­1240
khri brgyad 33.­61–33.­62.
n.­1241
khri brgyad 34.­1. The perfection of wisdom (1) makes things clear because of absolute purity; (2) makes you want to bow; (3) is bowed to by me (Subhūti and the Buddha); (4) is untainted by all three realms; (5) corrects visual distortions because of having eliminated all the darkness of afflictive emotion and views; (6) works as the highest of the dharmas on the side of awakening; (7) provides security because of having eliminated all hazards, terrors, and persecution; (8) gives light because then all beings easily appropriate the five eyes; (9) shows the ruts because beings caught in the ruts avoid the two edges; (10) works as the knowledge of all aspects because of having eliminated all residual impressions, connections, and afflictions; (11) is the mother of great bodhisattvas because she gives birth to all the buddhadharmas; (12) is unproduced and unceasing because of being empty of her own mark; (13) counteracts saṃsāra because she is not unmoved and not destroyed; (14) works as the protector of all unprotected beings because she is the giver of all dharma jewels; (15) works as the ten powers because she deals with those who are untamed; (16) works as repeating and thus turning the wheel of the Dharma; and (17) works to show the intrinsic nature of all dharmas because of the emptiness of the nonexistence of intrinsic nature.
n.­1242
This question by Śāriputra comes at the end of his seventeen statements praising the perfection of wisdom.
n.­1243
khri brgyad 22.­2 ff.
n.­1244
’jar is apparently a form of the modern colloquial honorific gcar, “to approach,” with honor to the place or person being approached. Bṭ1 pa 28a6–7 gus shing rim gro bya ba’i thabs ji lta bur bgyi, “how do you feel respect for and serve.”
n.­1245
khri brgyad 34.­4: “dedicate those wholesome roots of the past, future, and present lord buddhas, as many as there are, starting from when they first produced the thought, up to for as long as their good Dharma lasts…”
n.­1246
khri brgyad 34.­7.
n.­1247
khri brgyad 34.­9 (kha 54a2) “find and produce within themselves” renders mngon par sgrub (abhinirhṛ); LSPW “consummate.”
n.­1248
khri brgyad 34.­11.
n.­1249
khri brgyad 34.­17.
n.­1250
khri brgyad 29.­15: “Those sons of a good family or daughters of a good family who take up, up to properly pay attention to this perfection of wisdom will have attended on many buddhas and will have been looked after by spiritual friends. And why? Because the knowledge of all aspects issues forth from this‍—that is, the perfection of wisdom‍—and the perfection of wisdom issues forth from this, that is, the knowledge of all aspects. And why? Because the knowledge of all aspects is not one thing and the perfection of wisdom another. Therefore, the knowledge of all aspects and the perfection of wisdom are not two and cannot be divided into two; they have not been broken apart and have not been cut apart.”
n.­1251
khri brgyad 34.­22.
n.­1252
khri brgyad 34.­26.
n.­1253
khri brgyad 34.­28.
n.­1254
khri brgyad 34.­30
n.­1255
The perfection of wisdom.
n.­1256
khri brgyad 34.­36.
n.­1257
khri brgyad 34.­36. ’bum 25.­180 (cha 239b4), nyi khri 25.­31 (kha 168a1), le’u brgyad ma nga 134a1 render niṣyanda by dang mthun pa’i ’bras bu, “not a result in accord with the perfection of wisdom.”
n.­1258
Our author’s version of the Sūtra has the synonyms of “a being” at this point. Other versions omit.
n.­1259
khri brgyad 34.­46.
n.­1260
khri brgyad 35.­4 ff. This is misplaced here, probably early in the transmission of the text by a scribe. It should come after the following summary, not before it.
n.­1261
khri brgyad 35.­1–35.­22.
n.­1262
khri brgyad 35.­23.
n.­1263
khri brgyad 35.­26.
n.­1264
khri brgyad 35.­31.
n.­1265
khri brgyad 35.­36 ff., nyi khri 26.­38 ff., ’bum 26.­150 ff.
n.­1266
khri brgyad 35.­35: “Subhūti, it is hard for those who do not work hard, up to are without introspection to believe in this perfection of wisdom.”
n.­1267
’bum 26.­151 (cha 348b3) so so ma yin, also nyi khri 26.­57 (kha 182a2); khri brgyad 35.­37 (kha 64b5–6), S kha 147b1 tha mi dad de gcad du med.
n.­1268
khri brgyad 35.­38 ff., ’bum 26.­151 ff., nyi khri 26.­39 ff.
n.­1269
The two passages (khri brgyad 35.­37–35.­38, ’bum 26.­150–26.­164, nyi khri 26.­38-26.­39) are the one that includes the purity of the result and the one that leaves it out.
n.­1270
khri brgyad 35.­39, nyi khri 26.­40-26.­42. The passage is truly spelled out in full from ’bum 26.­165 to ’bum 26.­441!
n.­1271
khri brgyad 35.­41, nyi khri 26.­43-26.­49, ’bum 26.­442–26.­525.
n.­1272
nyi khri 26.­50, ’bum 26.­526; cf. khri brgyad 35.­42 ff.
n.­1273
Closest is nyi khri 26.­51. Our author’s version differs slightly. Cf. khri brgyad 35.­43, ’bum 26.­527.
n.­1274
This citation suggests our author is following a version giving even more detail. Cf. nyi khri 26.­55, and ’bum 26.­531, where the purity of each earlier dharma is the reason for the purity of the next in the series, ending with the purity of the knowledge of the path aspects being the reason for the purity of the knowledge of all aspects. khri brgyad 35.­43 is an abbreviation.
n.­1275
The collections are the collecting together of a form, the eyes, eye consciousness, eye contact, and pleasurable, suffering, and neither pleasurable nor suffering feelings that arise from the condition of contact with the eyes and so on.
n.­1276
Cf. nyi khri 26.­56, ’bum 26.­532. khri brgyad 35.­44 is an abbreviation.
n.­1277
Cf. nyi khri 26.­79, 26.­91, and ’bum 26.­861 (nya 101a5–7).
n.­1278
’bum 26.­862–26.­891; cf. khri brgyad 35.­45. The operative factor is the similarity with the purity of the knowledge of all aspects.
n.­1279
khri brgyad 35.­46–35.­47, ’bum 26.­892–26.­895.
n.­1280
khri brgyad 36.­1.
n.­1281
In the cyclic of existences, a stream of deaths and rebirths, death both precedes rebirth, and follows it.
n.­1282
nyi khri 27.­28 (kha 192a3–4); ’bum 27.­234 (nya 151b7), and khri brgyad 36.­31 (kha 69b1) have chos kyi dbyings gnas pa nyid (*dharma­dhātu­sthititā). PSP 2-3: 1562 dharmasthititā, le’u brgyad ma nga 147b2 ch[o]s gnas pa nyid.
n.­1283
“Assist” renders yongs su ’dzin (parigrah), “take hold of.” Cf. Aṣṭa (Wogihara p. 411) prajñāpāramitā na kaṃcid dharmaṃ na parigṛhṇāti na parityajati, glossed by Haribhara (Sparham 2006–11, vol. 2, p. 287) with pratipakṣa (“antidote”) and vipakṣa (“opposing side”) (the words in single quotation marks are words from the Eight Thousand): “ ‘neither gains’ an antidote that counteracts ‘nor abandons’ an opposing side ‘any dharma.’ ” Bṭ1 pa 44a3–7 says help and harm is irrelevant to the dharma-constituent, which has an unchangeable nature and is intrinsically complete. It says “the ultimate, nonconceptual perfection of wisdom is not an existent thing and is purity, therefore it does not conceive of any dharma at all and is not in its intrinsic nature something that apprehends a causal sign.” LSPW p. 282: “How is it that the purity of the perfection of wisdom does not take hold of any dharma? The Lord: Because the Dharma-element has been taken hold of.”
n.­1284
khri brgyad 36.­34 ff.
n.­1285
khri brgyad 36.­47; ’bum 27.­448, nyi khri 27.­43 omit.
n.­1286
khri brgyad 36.­48, ’bum 27.­451, nyi khri 27.­45.
n.­1287
khri brgyad 36.­57; cf. Abhi­samayālaṃkāra 3.1.
n.­1288
khri brgyad 36.­60.
n.­1289
khri brgyad 36.­60.
n.­1290
nyi khri 27.­63, ’bum 27.­666, le’u brgyad ma nga 151a5; cp. khri brgyad 36.­68: “Form does not perceive form.”
n.­1291
khri brgyad 36.­70.
n.­1292
khri brgyad 36.­72.
n.­1293
khri brgyad 36.­76.
n.­1294
5.­279, explaining khri brgyad 35.­1, 35.­25, and 36.­1.
n.­1295
The first section (khri brgyad 37.­4) is “if one does not practice form, one practices the perfection of wisdom” and so on, and the second, “if one does not practice with the idea ‘form is permanent’ and so on, one practices the perfection of wisdom.”
n.­1296
khri brgyad 37.­11.
n.­1297
The statements (khri brgyad 37.­15, 37.­22, 37.­23, finishing 37.­32) all say that the perfection of wisdom is like space, or like a dream and so on, but is the origin of benefits.
n.­1298
khri brgyad 37.­34.
n.­1299
khri brgyad 37.­36.
n.­1300
khri brgyad 37.­39.
n.­1301
khri brgyad 37.­44.
n.­1302
khri brgyad 37.­49.
n.­1303
Cf. khri brgyad 37.­54, nyi khri 28.­60, ’bum 28.­392.
n.­1304
khri brgyad 37.­60.
n.­1305
khri brgyad 37.­63.
n.­1306
Cf. khri brgyad 37.­72 (kha 84b2) has thob par byed pa ma yin in place of sgrub pa’am; ’bum 28.­404 and nyi khri 28.­71 both omit sgrub pa. The “this perfection of wisdom” here is seyaṃ punaḥ, “And again, this,” at both PSP 2-3: 183 and Aṣṭa (Wogihara p. 441); le’u brgyd ma nga 166b7 rab ’byor yang shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ’di ni chos gang yang mthong bar byed pa ma yin. Abhi­samayālaṃkāra 3.16 and the AAV (Sparham 2006–11 vol. 2, p. 63) relate the repetition of “[And again] this perfection of wisdom” with the first three of the Abhi­samayālaṃkāra’s eight chapters, respectively.
n.­1307
Emend brtag par bya to rtag par bya (PSP 2-3:180 śāśvatikā).
n.­1308
khri brgyad 37.­75, ’bum 28.­409, nyi khri 28.­73 omit “Subhūti.”
n.­1309
khri brgyad 37.­77.
n.­1310
nyi khri 28.­75, ’bum 28.­407; khri brgyad 37.­78 differs.
n.­1311
’bum 28.­413–28.­416 says of the six perfections, eighteen emptinesses, thirty-seven dharmas on the side of awakening, and the twenty-five other dharmas that they are empty. The total of ninety-five is perhaps reached by taking each of the ten powers separately.
n.­1312
nyi khri 28.­80, ’bum 28.­417; cf. khri brgyad 37.­80.
n.­1313
Cf. khri brgyad 37.­80, nyi khri 28.­80, ’bum 28.­417.
n.­1314
khri brgyad 37.­80–37.­81.
n.­1315
Cp. khri brgyad 37.­80, nyi khri 28.­80, and ’bum 28.­417.
n.­1316
In the Sūtra (khri brgyad 38.­1–38.­95), Subhūti makes a brief statement and the Buddha gives a corroborating reason. In this first instance Subhūti says, “This perfection of wisdom is a nonexistent thing (alternatively, “not truly real”) (asat) and the Buddha says, “Because space is a nonexistent thing.” In the Abhi­samayālaṃkāra’s system this marks the beginning of the fourth chapter, the explanation of the practice (prayoga) proper, beginning with a listing of its one hundred and seventy-three ākāras (“aspects,” “cognitive-subjective states”). Our author only glosses those he feels need clarification.
n.­1317
This is in response to Subhūti’s rhetorical question (khri brgyad 38.­7), “Lord, this is a perfection without language?” I have not been able to identify the citation.
n.­1318
nāmarūpa (“name and form”) is the fourth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
n.­1319
khri brgyad 38.­10: “Lord, this perfection of wisdom is a perfection that is not stolen.”
n.­1320
khri brgyad 38.­15: “Lord, this perfection of wisdom is a perfection that does not change places.”
n.­1321
nyi khri 29.­17.
n.­1322
Golden 289a5. D: “Just as that human seen in a dream, who is an existent thing in a dream, cannot be apprehended and does not exist, so too all phenomena are there as nonexistent things.”
n.­1323
khri brgyad 38.­24. The separate statements by Subhūti and the Buddha are combined into a single statement in this and some of the following glosses.
n.­1324
At khri brgyad 38.­30, ’bum nya 343a7, and nyi khri 29.­29 this is the response to Subhūti’s, “Lord, this perfection of wisdom is a detached perfection.” Below Subhūti will say, “Lord, this perfection of wisdom is a calm perfection.”
n.­1325
“Not a means of measurement” or, alternatively, “immeasurable” renders tshad ma mchis pa (apramāṇa); it has the sense of “not a valid cognition” of something. “Fully arise” renders kun nas ldang ba (paryutthāna), which has a negative sense, like a rage that arises in somebody and totally takes them over.
n.­1326
“Something to be measured” renders gzhal bya (prameya).
n.­1327
Cited earlier 4.­1267.
n.­1328
This is the response to khri brgyad 38.­46, “Lord, this perfection of wisdom is a suffering perfection.”
n.­1329
This is partially supported by AAVN 63a2 śūnyatākāreṇa sarva-dharmānupalabdher iti, AAV ka 122b4, Sparham 2006–11 vol. 2, p. 63. khri brgyad kha 89b1, nyi khri kha 219b3, ’bum nya 344b2 omit.
n.­1330
These are the definitions of the form and feeling aggregates.
n.­1331
khri brgyad 38.­50–38.­68 goes through the entire list of emptinesses.
n.­1332
khri brgyad 38.­83–38.­87.
n.­1333
khri brgyad 38.­88.
n.­1334
At nyi khri 29.­86, ’bum nya 347b3 Subhūti says the “four fearlessnesses” are the perfection because “the knowledge of a knower of paths is not cowed.” khri brgyad 38.­89 says it is “a perfection that is fearlessness” because the knowledge of paths cannot be apprehended.
n.­1335
Golden 289a5. “Realized one” renders tathāgata, “reality” tathatā, and “thus” tathā. D: “This is a perfection that is the realized one, because what has been said by all the buddhas is indeed the realized one.” At nyi khri 29.­89, ’bum nya 347b7: “This perfection of wisdom is a perfection that is the realized one because it is the reality of all that has been said.” khri brgyad 38.­93: “Lord, this perfection of wisdom is a perfection that is suchness… because it is the suchness of all that has been said.” Note that the Sanskrit tathatā/Tibetan de bzhin nyid is generally rendered "suchness" throughout. See also 3.­4.
n.­1336
svayambhū, “self-originated” = “intrinsic”; abhibhū, “predominate.”
n.­1337
khri brgyad 39.­1–39.­7.
n.­1338
’bum nya 353a5–6, nyi khri 30.­6, le’u brgyad ma nga 177b4. I have rendered brtson par byed in line with khri brgyad 39.­8 (kha 95a1) rnal ’byor du byed pa yin no (PSP 4: 11 yogam āpadyate). LSPW pp. 301–2, “does not stand in form, etc. and in consequence makes no endeavor about form.”
n.­1339
Cf. khri brgyad 39.­10, nyi khri 30.­8, ’bum nya 361a5.
n.­1340
Here “stand on X” means, from a negative perspective, to keep on entertaining the idea of X as real, and from a positive perspective to have one’s feet solidly on the ground of reality. Even the second is ultimately negated.
n.­1341
nyi khri 30.­14, “It is because the depth of form is not form” and so on, up to “the depth of the knowledge of all aspects is not the knowledge of all aspects.” It does the same with “hard to fathom” (30.­16) and “immeasurable” (30.­18); ’bum nya 386a7 to ’bum ta 4b1 is the same but fills in all the details; khri brgyad 39.­11 ff. differs.
n.­1342
khri brgyad 39.­12–39.­43. The section goes up to ’bum ta 11a, and nyi khri 30.­37.
n.­1343
khri brgyad 39.­45–39.­47, ending “what marks dharmas as dharmas is irreversibility, vanity, hollowness, pointlessness, and fraudulence.”
n.­1344
khri brgyad 39.­48–39.­49.
n.­1345
khri brgyad 39.­52.
n.­1346
Cf. khri brgyad 39.­12. Here (Bṭ3 39.­53) Subhūti says, “Lord, the perfection of wisdom is deep because form is deep.”
n.­1347
khri brgyad 39.­55. The gloss explains the tatpuruṣa compound śuddharāśi.
n.­1348
khri brgyad 39.­57: “Lord, that such an exposition of this deep perfection of wisdom would not give rise to many hindrances would be amazing,”
n.­1349
khri brgyad 39.­58–39.­73 explains the hindrances and merit.
n.­1350
khri brgyad 39.­77, ’bum ta 58a6, nyi khri 30.­65 (kha 245b1) lnga brgya tha ma; Harrison (2006, p. 144, n. 40) “final five hundred years”; PSP 4: 29–30, le’u brgyad ma nga 193a1 ff. omit; Aṣṭa (Wogihara p. 487) saddharma­syāntardhānakāle. There are a number of ways to explain “last of the five hundreds,” one of which is that the Dharma lasts five thousand years, divided into ten periods of five hundred years (Nattier 1999, Yuyama 1992).
n.­1351
“Chapter” renders le’u. Skt parivarta means not only “chapter” but also a period of time. The literal translation of le’u (“chapter”) is retained here because it conveys the sense of “a chapter in our history,” and connects the history to scripture.
n.­1352
K, N; D rtags tsam ’jigs pa’i le’u “Fear of Mere Signs chapter”; Mañjuśrīkīrti’s Kīrtimālā commentary chos thams cad kyi rang bzhin mnyam pa nyid rnam par spros pa’i ting nge ’dzin gyi rgyal po zhes bya ba theg pa chen po’i mdo’i ’grel pa grags pa’i phreng ba, Degé Tengyur (mdo ’grel, nyi), 116b2, has rtags tzam ’dzin pa’i (“Grasping Mere Signs”).
n.­1353
Braarvig (1993, vol. II, pp. 587–89) cites the passage from Vasubandhu’s Akṣaya­mati­nirdeśa­ṭīkā, ’phags pa blo gros mi zad pas bstan pa rgya cher ’grel pa, Degé Tengyur (mdo ’grel, ci), 268a4–269a3, in a note and has an excellent translation. The entire passage in a slightly different wording is found in Mañjuśrīkīrti’s work cited in the previous note (mdo ’grel, nyi), 116a6–116b4.
n.­1354
Vasubandhu’s Akṣaya­mati­nirdeśa­ṭīkā.
n.­1355
I have included this paragraph (between the two asterisks) even though it is omitted from the Degé Tengyur. In K, N, and Golden 293b4–6 it reads de de ltar byas na de bzhin gshegs pa’i bstan pa gnas pa’i dus lo nyis stong lnga brgyar ’gyur te/ TI ka ’di dang gnyis ’gal bar snang ba/ shanta rak+Shi ta’i bsam pa ni/ dgra bcom pa’i le’u dang/ ting nge ’dzin gyi le’u’i bar la dam pa’i chos gnas so zhes bya bar bsam pa yin te/ ’chad pa’i lugs la ji skad ’chad/ la la ji skad du ’chad de/ spyir lo lnga stong mthun no. If this is part of our original text, it is clearly problematic to assert that our author is Vasubandhu.
n.­1356
khri brgyad 39.­62–39.­94.
n.­1357
khri brgyad 40.­2.
n.­1358
’bum ta 64a4, nyi khri 31.­6 (kha 250a7). steg is an old word for sgeg and rol.
n.­1359
The reading is uncertain, as our author makes clear. PSP 4: 35, Aṣṭa (Wogihara p. 500) anyonya­vijñāna­samaṅgino, le’u brgyad ma nga 197b6 phan tshun rnam par shes pa chags shing, “they feel an attraction for each other”; khri brgyad 40.­20 (kha 114a3) phan tshun sems ’thun par byed, “harmonize their thoughts with each other.” Haribhadra’s Illumination of the Abhisamayālaṃkāra, rgyan gyi snang ba, Degé Tengyur (shes phyin, cha), 194a6, cites this with the translation rnam par shes pa phan tshun dang ldan pas, which is to say, they both have the same attractive object in mind. Gilgit 486.12 anya­vyañjanasasaṅgo, ’bum ta 66a5–6 and nyi khri 31.­6 (kha 250b1) yi ge gzhan la chags shing tshig gi don myi /mi shes par, “attached to other readings while not knowing what the meaning is”; ŚsPN3 4518.10 anyo na vyañjana­samāṅganaḥ padārtham ajānā; Bṭ1 pa 87a4–5 explains that it means quibbling over the correct grammatical form in place of looking at the meaning; LSPW p. 316 “with their minds on other kinds of talk.”
n.­1360
The five are yawning, laughing, sneering, being distracted, and being attached to each other’s ideas (“harmonizing their minds”).
n.­1361
khri brgyad 40.­28; cf. ’bum ta 67b1–2, nyi khri 31.­12; LSPW p. 316 “have to take to (Birth-and-death).”
n.­1362
khri brgyad 40.­28.
n.­1363
khri brgyad 40.­44.
n.­1364
khri brgyad 40.­47.
n.­1365
khri brgyad 40.­48.
n.­1366
K, N mnyam du med pa, “without equal.”
n.­1367
The section goes up to khri brgyad 41.­53.
n.­1368
khri brgyad 42.­6; PSP 4: 58 anayā subhūte gambhīrayā prajñā­pāramitayā daśa­tathāgata­balāni janitāni.
n.­1369
khri brgyad 42.­5–43.­28.
n.­1370
khri brgyad 42.­12–?.
n.­1371
Cf. 5.­514 ff., explaining khri brgyad 43.­13. The words kṛtajñatā (byas pa bzo ba, or, alternatively, byas pa shes pa) and kṛtaveditā (byas pa tshor ba) usually mean “appreciation” and “gratitude.”
n.­1372
This is eight to eleven of the ways the perfection of wisdom reveals the world to bodhisattvas.
n.­1373
khri brgyad 42.­7.
n.­1374
khri brgyad kha 130a2–3 omits “ever exist or.”
n.­1375
’bum ta 113a2–3 ff.; cf. khri brgyad 42.­11, nyi khri 32.­73.
n.­1376
khri brgyad 42.­17.
n.­1377
This is responding to the question “how do the tathāgatas, worthy ones, perfectly complete buddhas know a greedy thought?”
n.­1378
Cf. khri brgyad 42.­15.
n.­1379
nyi khri 32.­82. khri brgyad 42.­18 reverses the statement.
n.­1380
Alternatively, “this one’s thought comes, another’s does not come.” In khyab par ’gro ba, the khyab pa may render Skt ā (“from all sides”), or else is alerting a reader to an a+ā sandhi. If so, khyab pa is being used (like rnam pa as a sign for vi-) in a mechanical translation (tshig ’gyur), not a translation conveying what the words mean (don ’gyur). khri brgyad 42.­19 (kha 132a5) sems ’ong ba ma yin / sems ’gro ba ma yin, and similarly, nyi khri 32.­85, ’bum ta 114b3–4 (“that a thought does not come, and that a thought does not go”), supported by ŚsPN3 4538r7, PSP 4: 61–62 nāgacchati na gacchati; Gilgit 506.1 anāgacchati tac cittaṃ na vigacchati.
n.­1381
khri brgyad 42.­20, nyi khri, and ’bum all omit the negation of “coming” and so on, and have mi gzigs.
n.­1382
“Has become” renders gyur pa (-gata). Whitney’s Sanskrit Grammar 1273c, 435: “gata… is used in a loose way… to express relation of various kinds.” The compound mahāgata (chen por gyur pa) just means “great.”
n.­1383
Cf. the slight difference from the translations at ’bum ta 115b2, nyi khri 32.­87, le’u brgyad ma nga 218b7; the forms of sthita at PSP 4: 62, ŚsPN3 4538r10, and Gilgit 506.9 all differ slightly; LSPW p. 330: “He does not review that it is, nor that it is not, nor does He review it as discontinuous, or as not discontinuous.”
n.­1384
“Basic element” renders dbyings (dhātu). Alternatively, “entire cosmos,” “vast expanse.”
n.­1385
This derives citta from root ci, “to gather.” gsags from gsog (K, N brtsags?) (the prefixed g in place of b is not attested in the bod rgya tshig mdzod chen mo) means to get everything together, as in “accumulate the equipment,” tshogs gnyis bsags te rdzogs sangs rgyas, or to accumulate in the sense of possession: “The water drops all together form the ocean,” chu thigs bsogs na rgya mtshor ’gyur. Cf. Laṅkāvatāra­sūtra (Nanjio edition, p. 46) citteṇa cīyate karmam, (Suzuki translation, p. 158) “Karma is accumulated by thought.”
n.­1386
Our author cites the words (probably unmiñjita, nimiñjita, saṃmiñjita, and prasārita) as derived from miñj (“to say, to shine”), a derivation that fits the context well. The translators at khri brgyad kha 133b1 (lhag par g.yo ba, bral bar g.yo ba, bsdus par g.yo ba, rgyas pa), and, less obviously, in part at least, at ’bum ta 116b1, nyi khri kha 275b2, le’u brgyad ma nga 219b3 (’phro ba, ’du pa, bkram pa, bcum pa) understood some of the words as derived from iñj. The four categories are those under which the wrong views (khri brgyad 42.­24–42.­28) are explained. Cf. the sixty-two wrong views set forth in detail in the Brahma­jāla­sūtra (tshangs pa’i dra ba’i mdo).
n.­1387
khri brgyad 42.­24: “When the thoughts of beings that have moved excessively are freed from movement, have moved to abridge, and are expanded, arise, whichever of them arises they all arise based on form, or based on feeling, or based on perception, or based on volitional factors, or based on consciousness.”
n.­1388
This ’phro ba (from iñj) (if derived from miñj the translation is “been beamed out”) is an alternative translation of the first of the four categories (gsal ba, rendered “clear”).
n.­1389
khri brgyad 42.­29.
n.­1390
khri brgyad 43.­2.
n.­1391
These are perhaps the transformations (parāvṛtti) of the ālaya, kliṣṭamanas, and pravṛtti­vijñānas into the three bodies and a fundamental purity. Cf. the transformations in Ratnākaraśānti’s Prajñā­pāramitopadeśa, shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i man ngag, Degé Tengyur (sems tsam, hi), 141a7, and Khasamā­nāma­ṭīkā, nam mkha’ dang mnyam pa zhes bya ba’i rgya cher ’grel pa, Degé Tengyur (rgyud, wa), translated and explained by Seton (pp. 97–101).
n.­1392
This means the time of birth, the time of death, and the duration of a life in between.
n.­1393
’bum ta 121a6, nyi khri 33.­3. Gilgit 510.7 vigopayati, cf. Edg, s.v. avikopana, LSPW “alter.” khri brgyad 43.­3 (kha 136b5) ’khrug; le’u brgyad ma nga 223a4 dkrugs; PSP 4: 68 vikopayati, “disturb.”
n.­1394
’bum ta 121a7, nyi khri 33.­3.
n.­1395
Similar to khri brgyad 43.­3; cf. ’bum ta 121b1–2, nyi khri 33.­3, Twenty-Five Thousand translation: “Therefore, as far as defining characteristics, absence of defining characteristics, both presence and absence of defining characteristics, and neither presence nor absence of defining characteristics are concerned, it is impossible for them to be known by anyone, for any of them to be known, or for them to know anything”; le’u brgyad ma nga, 223a5–6 … gang gis shes par bya ba’am/ gang shes par bya ba mi srid do (“to know or to be known”); Gilgit 510.8, ŚsPN3 4540v6 lakṣaṇaṃ cālakṣaṇaṃ ca lakṣaṇālakṣaṇaṃ ca tayor ubhayo[r] nāsti saṃbhavo yena prajānīyād yo vā prajānīyād (“something that might know or someone that might know”).
n.­1396
The perfection of wisdom is the subject.
n.­1397
chos gnas pa’i mtshan nyid is similar to the term chos gnas pa nyid (dharmasthititā): “the establishment of dharmas,” “the abiding of phenomena.”
n.­1398
The sense of tathāgata here, a synonym of the perfection of wisdom, is that all the doctrines have properly been included (tathā āgata) in it, or that it properly understands (tathā gata) all phenomena, or that all the doctrines that might be included in it do not ultimately exist (tathā a-āgata), or that all that might be properly understood is not ultimately understood (tathā a-gata) with the corresponding negative senses.
n.­1399
“Suchness” renders tathatā and “realized” renders gata.
n.­1400
K, N; D yang dag par rab tu mkhyen, “knows.”
n.­1401
khri brgyad 43.­2 ff.
n.­1402
nyi khri 33.­15, Twenty-Five Thousand translation: “Subhūti, if you ask how the tathāgatas appreciate it and are thankful for it, it is, Subhūti, because the tathāgatas serve, respect, honor, worship, and protect that very vehicle by which the tathāgatas, arhats, completely awakened buddhas reach, and that very path by which they attain, consummate buddhahood in unsurpassed, complete enlightenment. In this sense, Subhūti, it should be recognized that the tathāgatas appreciate it and are thankful for it.” Cf. khri brgyad 43.­13. The words kṛtajñatā and kṛtaveditā usually mean “appreciation” or “one who has appreciation,” and “gratitude” or “one who feels gratitude,” but here the Tib literally renders them as “cognizant of what has been done” and “acknowledge what has been done.” ’bum ta 126a6–7, nyi khri kha 281b3 render kṛtajñatā by byas pa mkhyen pa and byas pa shes pa, and kṛtaveditā by byas pa dgongs pa and byas pa dran pa.
n.­1403
D: “Fully awakened as not done (akṛta) and not changed (avikṛta).”
n.­1404
Cf. khri brgyad 43.­14; ’bum ta 126b6–7 sangs rgyas kyi ye shes byas pa med pa/ chos thams cad la ’jug pa med pa’i brdas ’jug ste, “the unmade transcendental knowledge engages with all dharmas through the convention of not engaging;” nyi khri 33.­17, Twenty-Five Thousand translation: “symbolically engage with the uncreated wisdom, which does not engage with anything.”
n.­1405
Alternatively, “the Tathāgata does not have appreciation.”
n.­1406
khri brgyad 43.­16 “not producers and not revealers”; nyi khri 33.­18, ’bum ta 127a1 “not knowers and not seers.”
n.­1407
K, N; here and in the following D has ma mthong, “it is not seen.”
n.­1408
Literally “I.” The Lord is speaking.
n.­1409
khri brgyad 43.­25: “Furthermore, Subhūti, the perfection of wisdom reveals to the tathāgatas that the world is inconceivable.”
n.­1410
In place of “does not appear,” khri brgyad 43.­37 (kha 142a3–4) shes par byar med pa’i phyir ro, “not something to be known”; nyi khri 33.­48 (kha 286b5) mnyam pa dang mi mnyam pa mi dmigs so, Twenty-Five Thousand: “with regard to physical forms, why can that which is inconceivable, inestimable, unappraisable, and equal to the unequaled not be apprehended”; PSP 4: 76 rūpaṃ hi subhūte acintyam atulyam aprameyam asaṃkhyeyam asamasaman na prajñāyate, “…does not make itself known”; le’u brgyad ma nga 230ba2 shes su ma mchis pa lags, “cannot be known.”
n.­1411
khri brgyad 43.­37.
n.­1412
khri brgyad 43.­37.
n.­1413
Earlier nyi khri 33.­35 (kha 285a3), and here 34.­1 (288a7–b1) don chen po slad du (Twenty-Five Thousand: “is established for a great purpose”); khri brgyad 43.­29 (kha 141a3) mdzad pa chen pos, 44.­1 (143b7) bgyid pa chen pos is the corresponding reading (“is made available through the tremendous work”).
n.­1414
khri brgyad 44.­3.
n.­1415
khri brgyad 44.­7: “Subhūti, I too do not see that form which you might hold on to and might settle down on, or which itself holds on and settles down. Subhūti, I too do not see… up to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening.”
n.­1416
khri brgyad 44.­10, K, N; D has spros pa, “enthusiasm.” prahāna, “abandonment,” also means pradhāna (=spros pa), “effort.”
n.­1417
khri brgyad 44.­13.
n.­1418
khri brgyad 44.­23.
n.­1419
khri brgyad 45.­1–45.­9.
n.­1420
khri brgyad 45.­10–45.­18. Subhūti asks, “How is it, Lord, that those sons of a good family or daughters of a good family who have set out in the Bodhisattva Vehicle have not been assisted by the perfection of wisdom and have not been assisted by skillful means and even fall to the śrāvaka level and the pratyekabuddha level?” Our author, based on the Lord’s long reply, construes the question from both the conventional and ultimate perspectives.
n.­1421
Cf. khri brgyad 45.­14 (kha 154a3), ’bum ta 255a7, nyi khri 35.­14 (kha 301b2–5), le’u brgyad ma nga 242b5: “The perfection (pāramitā, pha rol tu phyin pa) of giving has gone to the farthest limit (āram itā, pha mthar phyin/ring du song).” Our author, or at least his Tibetan translators, perhaps understood a-āraṃ / apāraṃ.
n.­1422
Cf. le’u brgyad ma nga 242b6–7 de ltar yin yang gang zag byang chub sems dpa’i theg pa pa des tshu rol yang mi shes/ pha rol yang mi shes te; LSPW p. 347: “and he knows neither the not-beyond nor the Beyond.” khri brgyad 45.­17 (kha 154b5), pha mtha’ yang shes/ pha rol yang shes, “knows the farthest limit and knows the farther shore.”
n.­1423
The immediately preceding citation ends the section. It begins at khri brgyad 45.­10 and goes up to 45.­17; nyi khri 35.­13 up to 35.­20.
n.­1424
khri brgyad 46.­1.
n.­1425
PSP 4: 94, ŚsPN3 4594 mā … rūpataḥ parāmrākṣīḥ / parāmṛkṣaḥ. Cf. khri brgyad 46.­3 (kha 155b1), nyi khri 36.­2 (kha 305a2) rtog par ma byed, “should not form an idea.”
n.­1426
khri brgyad 46.­4.
n.­1427
khri brgyad 46.­5.
n.­1428
nyi khri 36.­7 (kha 307a5); khri brgyad 46.­6 (kha 156b5) skyob.
n.­1429
khri brgyad 46.­7–46.­45.
n.­1430
Emend ’dres to ’dren.
n.­1431
khri brgyad 46.­12.
n.­1432
khri brgyad 46.­13. The Sūtra explains parāyana (“finally ally”) with pāra (“farther shore”).
n.­1433
Emend rtog to rtogs.
n.­1434
D rigs pa; K, N rig pa.
n.­1435
khri brgyad kha 159a7 nam mkha’i tshul can (ākāśagatika); ’bum ta 311a1, nyi khri kha 314a4 ngang tshul can; LSPW p. 353 “situated in space”; Ten Thousand, khri pa 22.­23 “have the modality of space.” This explains “support” (rten), that in turn renders gati, the last of the nine words describing the “doers of the difficult.” The author here takes it as the “eighty-five” places (ecosystems), but it is more often understood as a form of life, or as life itself as continual movement.
n.­1436
khri brgyad 46.­30.
n.­1437
nyi khri 36.­29; khri brgyad 46.­30 (kha 160a3) mu med pa.
n.­1438
’bum ta 330b5 ’dod chags rnam par bstal bas dben pa’i rang bzhin du ’gyur ro; khri brgyad, kha 162a2 ’dod chags bsal bas; nyi khri kha 318a6, le’u brgyad ma nga 256a7 rnam par bsal bas; Jäschke, s.v. stsol ba, points out that bstal ba is “sometimes incorr. for bsal-ba (sel-ba).” PSP 4: 106, ŚsPN3 4616r6 rāga­vinaya­vivikta­svabhāvās; LSPW p. 356 “isolated from (the need for the) disciplining of greed.”
n.­1439
khri brgyad 47.­10.
n.­1440
khri brgyad 47.­13.
n.­1441
Cf. n.­720 on bhāvanā and vibhāvanā.
n.­1442
“Irreversible from progress toward awakening” renders phyir mi ldog pa. khri brgyad, 47.­20: “Subhūti, you should look closely at a bodhisattva great being irreversible from this deep perfection of wisdom.” Cp. nyi khri 37.­29, Twenty-Five Thousand translation: “bodhisattva great beings who are irreversible should investigate this profound perfection of wisdom to determine, Subhūti, if bodhisattva great beings are without attachment to this profound perfection of wisdom.”
n.­1443
Golden 307a2, nyi khri 37.­36; khri brgyad 47.­24 (kha 165b1) rnam par spyad is a different spelling of rnam par dpyad.
n.­1444
Golden 307a6, nyi khri 37.­38; khri brgyad 47.­28 (kha 166a1) rnam par dpyod.
n.­1445
Golden 307b3; D rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid kyang gcig go, “and the knowledge of all aspects are one,” is a mistake.
n.­1446
khri brgyad 48.­1 ff.
n.­1447
khri brgyad 48.­4, PSP 4: 117 dvayasamudācāro.
n.­1448
khri brgyad 48.­10 ff.
n.­1449
Emend rnam par byed to rnam par ’byed, “explain”?
n.­1450
Golden 308a6 and D have, “Construe them all in the same way. That suchness of form has not come and has not gone. Similarly…” The citation here differs considerably from other versions and suggests our author was looking at a scripture even longer than ’bum. Cf. khri brgyad 48.­15; ’bum tha 29b4–5; nyi khri 38.­21; khri pa 23.­32–23.­33.
n.­1451
khri brgyad 48.­16.
n.­1452
khri brgyad 48.­17.
n.­1453
K, N omit this paragraph.
n.­1454
khri brgyad 48.­19.
n.­1455
khri brgyad 48.­19: “Therefore, since [the suchness] is not something else, even though the elder Subhūti takes after the Tathāgata he does not take after him in anything.”
n.­1456
khri brgyad 48.­20; cf. nyi khri 38.­28, ’bum tha 30b.
n.­1457
The “dharma of form” is the ultimate attribute of form. Our author’s version of the Sūtra differs.
n.­1458
khri brgyad 48.­23. Cf. ’bum tha 40a6–7, nyi khri 38.­35, both of which omit yang dag pa (bhūta) (“perfect,” “true”).
n.­1459
See n.­250 to 3.­4 from the Diamond Sūtra (Vajracchedikā). where this same passage was cited in Harrison’s translation: “ ‘Realized one,’ Subhūti, is a term for perfect reality.”
n.­1460
khri brgyad 48.­24.
n.­1461
1.­163–1.­165.
n.­1462
Here dharmatā means both “the actual way things are” and the doctrine as a teaching articulating the way things actually are.
n.­1463
Cf. Śrījagattalanivāsin’s Āmnayānusāriṇī, man ngag rjes ’brang Degé Tengyur (shes phyin, ba), 212a2–5; Ratnākaraśānti’s Sarotamā (Jaini pp. 204–5).
n.­1464
Emend mugs to mu gas; mugs would mean “fogged up.”
n.­1465
khri brgyad 48.­26 rjes su skyes (“take after”) renders anujan, literally “born after.”
n.­1466
Cf. 4.­511–4.­521.
n.­1467
The word dharma here means the ultimate attribute of any dharmin (“attribute-possessor”), its emptiness.
n.­1468
The meaning is the “dharma body” dharmakāya=dharmatākāya, “the body of the true natures of the attributes [of a buddha].” The word dharma here means “attribute” or “good quality.” The “constituent” is a cause in the sense that the elements that constitute a body are the cause of it.
n.­1469
This, in slightly differing forms, is a recurring statement, as at PSP 2-3: 184 utpādād vā tathāgatānām anutpādād vā tathāgatānāṃ sthitaivaiṣā dharmāṇāṃ dharmatā dharmadhātur dharmasthititā dharmaniyāmatā.
n.­1470
nges pa renders niyata (“secure,” “definite,” and here “restriction”), and by extension niyāmatā/nyāmatā, Tib skyon med pa nyid, “flawlessness.” When skyon med pa is together with byang chub sems dpa’ (bodhisattvanyāma), skyon med pa (niyāma/nyāma) is rendered “secure state (of bodhisattvas)”; when together with dharmas (dharma(tā)niyāmatā/nyāmatā), skyon med pa nyid is rendered “certification (of dharmas),” (LSPW “established order of dharmas”). The picture is further complicated by deriving nyāmatā (skyon med pa nyid, “flawlessness”) from ni plus āma (“uncookedness,” “rawness”), rendered skyon (“flaw”) and āmana, (sred pa, “craving,” “affection”).
n.­1471
Literally, “the flawlessness in respect to them.”
n.­1472
khri brgyad 22.­4, explained earlier (Bṭ3 5.­9). Note that here zhugs (from avakram), “entered into,” could have a negative sense: “step down from”; cf. ’bum 14.­3 (nga 284b1), le’u brgyad ma nga 9a6, and nyi khri 14.­3: “Those who have stepped down from the flawlessness that is a perfect state [are incapable of producing the thought of unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening].”
n.­1473
4.­482–4.­483.
n.­1474
“Both” are the “form” and “the suchness of form” in the passage just cited.
n.­1475
K, N; D “because ‘suchness of form’ is the term used.”
n.­1476
khri brgyad 48.­33.
n.­1477
khri brgyad 48.­33–48.­40.
n.­1478
khri brgyad 48.­41.
n.­1479
This is the family of bodhisattvas spoken of in the previous paragraph: “Śāriputra, here you should know that when bodhisattva great beings, starting from the production of the first thought, are inseparable from the thought of the knowledge of all aspects…”
n.­1480
khri brgyad 48.­45.
n.­1481
nyi khri 38.­68; khri brgyad 48.­46 (kha 175b2) sla in place of mi dka’.
n.­1482
Golden 314b2.
n.­1483
khri brgyad 48.­47.
n.­1484
khri brgyad 48.­48–48.­61.
n.­1485
khri brgyad 48.­62; LSPW pp. 371–72: “When one adopts the method of considering dharmas in their ultimate reality, which Subhuti the elder uses in his exposition.”
n.­1486
khri brgyad 48.­64.
n.­1487
5.­576–5.­598.
n.­1488
khri brgyad 48.­74.
n.­1489
khri brgyad 48.­75.
n.­1490
khri brgyad 48.­99, nyi khri 38.­110: “That is how bodhisattva great beings should train in the perfection of wisdom and skillful means. Training like that, standing like that, their form will be without obscuration.”
n.­1491
Bṭ1 pa 160b2–7: “It teaches that they gain the obscuration-free knowledge of all dharmas, form and so on. Why? Because they did not seize form in the past. This teaches the reason why obscuration is absent relative to all dharmas. They have seen that all dharmas were nonexistent things in the past and hence have not seized on an existent thing or a causal sign. That is why obscuration is absent. That is the meaning. What is the reason for that? ‘Even that absence of seizing form is not form,’ up to ‘… knowledge of all aspects.’ That absence of seizing all dharmas, form and so on, is not an absence of seizing something that exists, because ultimately all dharmas are empty of an intrinsic nature, therefore the dharmas, form and so on, are not existent things and hence are not seized.”
n.­1492
At khri brgyad 48.­30 it says, “Sixty bodhisattvas lacking in what is necessary stopped appropriating anything and their minds were freed from contamination.” This leads to an exchange between Śāriputra and the Lord (48.­31–48.­33) and a discussion in which śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas feature. “Why, Lord, even though they have similarly cultivated just those dharmas‍—emptiness, signlessness, and wishlessness‍—did those separated from skillful means actualize the very limit of reality and become śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas, while those other bodhisattvas, Lord, will, thanks to skillful means, by cultivating just those dharmas‍—emptiness, signlessness, and wishlessness‍—fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening?” This leads to Subhūti (48.­46) saying it is not hard to awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening. Śāriputra (48.­47) says this leads to an absurdity: “If bodhisattva great beings do not believe that dharmas are like space, but still it is easy to fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening, full awakening would not be hard, and bodhisattvas, as many of them as there are sand particles in the Gaṅgā River, would not turn back from unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening.”
n.­1493
The three types are with the śrāvaka, pratyekabuddha, and bodhisattva dispositions.
n.­1494
khri brgyad 49.­1–50.­43.
n.­1495
khri brgyad 49.­11. K, N omit.
n.­1496
The five are desire for sense gratification, malice, drowsiness and dozing, gross mental excitement and uneasiness, and doubt, where the pair drowsiness and dozing are counted as one, as are the pair gross mental excitement and uneasiness.
n.­1497
The seven bad proclivities (anuśaya) according to Abhidharmakośa 5.1–2 are attachment (rāga), of which there are two based on the desire realm and two upper realms, anger (pratigha), pride (māna), ignorance (avidyā), view (dṛṣṭi), and doubt (vicikitsā).
n.­1498
khri brgyad 49.­29.
n.­1499
khri brgyad 49.­30–49.­31.
n.­1500
khri brgyad 49.­32.
n.­1501
khri brgyad 49.­35: They have gained the forbearance because they have entered “into the secure state of a bodhisattva.”
n.­1502
khri brgyad 50.­4: “Lord, do you call an irreversible bodhisattva great being ‘irreversible,’ or do you call a bodhisattva who turns back ‘irreversible’?”
n.­1503
khri brgyad 50.­11. The four are: “They personally practice the perfection of giving, and they inspire others to practice the perfection of giving, speak in praise of practicing the perfection of giving, and speak in praise of others practicing the perfection of giving as well, welcoming it.”
n.­1504
khri brgyad 50.­12: “without oppressing anyone by unleashing the oppression that causes others mental distress.”
n.­1505
This supports the reading at khri brgyad 50.­13. ’bum tha 137a3, nyi khri 40.­12 (kha 366a4–5) have lag na rdo rje’i rigs rnams, “Vajrapāṇi families”; khri pa 31.­47 (nga 361b4) rdo rje’i rigs lnga brgya, “five hundred Vajra families.”
n.­1506
khri brgyad 50.­19–50.­29.
n.­1507
khri brgyad 50.­30–50.­34.
n.­1508
khri brgyad 50.­35.
n.­1509
Our author (or the translator) reads nominative plurals, as at PSP 1: 141 hi tās tathatā yā. Cp. khri brgyad 49.­2 de bzhin nyid las de dag, where the translator reads an ablative (tathatāyā): “have no doubt at all that they are not each separate from suchness”; cp. nyi khri 39.­2, Twenty-Five Thousand translation: “they are not in the slightest consumed by doubt, thinking that the real nature is individual, dual, or neither.”
n.­1510
The different noble persons, from śrāvakas to buddhas, are ultimately “suchness, unchanging, undifferentiated, not two, and not divided.” The sign that the bodhisattvas are irreversible is their understanding that does not reify a “suchness” over and above each of their individual suchnesses. Their suchnesses are both unique to each of them separately and yet make them ultimately the same.
n.­1511
khri brgyad 49.­4.
n.­1512
khri brgyad 49.­7.
n.­1513
khri brgyad 50.­5: “Subhūti, irreversible bodhisattvas are said to ‘turn back,’ and bodhisattvas who turn back are said to be ‘irreversible.’ ”
n.­1514
khri brgyad 51.­3; nyi khri 41.­3, ’bum tha 145b: “please reveal the profound states…”
n.­1515
PSP 4: 193 kathaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ śūnyatāyāṃ sthitaḥ śūnyatāṃ na sākṣātkaroti; ’bum tha 199b4, nyi khri ga 7b3 mngon sum du m(y)i bgyid pa lags; ŚsPN4 9817v7 kathaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ śūnyatāyāṃ sthitaḥ śūnyatāṃ sākṣātkaroti; LSPW p. 406 “how then does [he] who has stood in emptiness, realize emptiness?”
n.­1516
1. Is it the emptiness of the perfection of wisdom that practices the perfection of wisdom? 2. Can you apprehend any dharma other than the perfection of wisdom that is practicing the perfection of wisdom? 3. Does the perfection of wisdom practice the perfection of wisdom? 4. Does emptiness practice emptiness? 5. Does something other than emptiness practice emptiness? 6. Does form and so on practice the perfection of wisdom? 7. Do the six perfections and so on practice the perfection of wisdom? 8. Is it the emptiness of form and so on that practices the perfection of wisdom? 9. Is it the emptiness of the four fearlessnesses that practices the perfection of wisdom? 10. If those dharmas do not practice the perfection of wisdom, how does a bodhisattva great being practice when one practices the perfection of wisdom?
n.­1517
This is placed later by Haribhadra at PSP 5: 44.
n.­1518
K, N; D adds here, and below, “and by way of being delighted by” (dga’i ba’i tshul gyis), probably an accidental addition by a block-cutter.
n.­1519
In Haribhadra’s version (PSP 5: 50, le’u brgyad ma, ca, 74a7) this is located in a different part of the Sūtra.
n.­1520
K, N yon tan la in place of rje su ’brel ba (anuśaṃsā in place of anubandha); ’bum da 132b3, nyi khri ga 119a7 just sems kyi rgyun ma chad pa dang / ma bral bar spyad par bgyi. PSP 5: 111 kiṃ punar bhagavaṃś cittāntarānām avakāśan dadatā prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caritavyam; le’u brgyad ma ca 133b1 sems gzhan gyi go skabs mi ’byed par, “not giving an occasion for other thoughts.”
n.­1521
The four questions are: “How will (1) suchness, how will (2) the very limit of reality, how will (3) the dharma-constituent, and how will (4) the self element, up to the person element, reach the knowledge of all aspects?” Alternatively, it intends these four questions: “Will they reach the knowledge of all aspects (1) having meditated, (2) without having meditated, (3) having meditated when they meditated and without having meditated when they did not meditate, or (4) without having meditated and without having not meditated?”
n.­1522
Noteworthy here is the omission of the question, “Lord, how will one train in, up to the knowledge of all aspects, without taking anything away and without adding anything?”
n.­1523
khri brgyad, K, N, ’bum da 152a7, nyi khri 53.­128.
n.­1524
This question perhaps includes a second rhetorical question, PSP 5: 120: “Well then, Lord, the tathāgatas stood in miraculous powers in a succession / (GilgitC 142) in error”? Alternatively, the absence of the second question here suggests that the rhetorical question at PSP 5: 120 is an unsupported addition to the Sūtra.
n.­1525
’bum da 175a4, ŚsPN4 9965v10. khri brgyad 63.­193, PSP 5: 126 have “Before reaching the knowledge of all aspects, is there an uncompounded elimination of afflictions?”
n.­1526
This question in four parts is placed in a different order here and below (5.­1148) than in the presently extant versions of the Sūtra. The four questions are: “Do they actualize the very limit of reality (1) having stood on the path, (2) having stood on what is not the path, (3) having stood on both the path and what is not the path, or (4) having stood on neither the path nor what is not the path? And, have they “stopped appropriating anything and become freed in their hearts from outflows having stood on a path?” and so on (four alternatives).
n.­1527
khri brgyad 63.­201: “Lord, how will a later limit be designated?”
n.­1528
don dang tshul gyis (PSP 2-3:149 arthataś ca nayataś), absent from other versions. The translation is from LSPW.
n.­1529
The three questions are: “Does a dual dharma reach a nondual dharma? Does a nondual dharma reach a nondual dharma? Does a nondual dharma reach a dual dharma?”
n.­1530
khri brgyad 65.­12: “Lord, if they do not practice the perfection of giving in a dualistic way, and similarly, up to do not practice the knowledge of all aspects in a dualistic way, how will the bodhisattva great beings, starting from the production of the first thought, grow and flourish on wholesome roots, and how will they grow and flourish on wholesome roots up to the production of the last thought?”
n.­1531
The four questions are: (1) “Can a nonexistent thing fully awaken to an existent thing, (2) can an existent thing fully awaken to a nonexistent thing, (3) can a nonexistent thing fully awaken to a nonexistent thing, and (4) and an existent thing fully awaken to an existent thing?”
n.­1532
K, N. Emend D bdag gi to dag gis? (PSP 5: 154, GilgitC 183, ŚsPN4/2 3r4 jānīyāma). Cf. khri brgyad 69.­23; ’bum da 257a7–b2: “Given that it would be impossible for a bodhisattva great being to enter into the fixed state of a bodhisattva and reach the knowledge of all aspects, how, Lord, am I to understand a bodhisattva great being entering into the fixed state of a bodhisattva having completed all paths, and having entered into the fixed state of a bodhisattva reaching the knowledge of all aspects and eliminating all residual impression connections?” le’u brgyad ma ca 173b4 lam de snyed ma thob par rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid thob bar ji ltar mi ’gyur lags, “How, if one does not attain all the paths, as many as there are, would one not not attain the knowledge of all aspects?” The psychological dimension of “complete” (a path) includes (1) unbroken bodhicitta, (2) knowing that paths ultimately go nowhere, (3) knowing a path has temporary value for the beings attracted to it, and (4) knowledge of each path after having learned and practiced it.
n.­1533
’bum da 265b3.
n.­1534
Earlier khri brgyad 69.­43, in response to the question, “Lord, how is the disintegration of meditation on all dharmas meditation on the perfection of wisdom?” “The Lord said, ‘The disintegration of meditation on form is meditation on the perfection of wisdom.’ ” Cf. ’bum da 272b7.
n.­1535
’bum da 294a3.
n.­1536
This question is ungrammatical. The order of the questions here is problematic.
n.­1537
’bum da 295a1.
n.­1538
nyi khri 59.­8.
n.­1539
This formulation of the question makes better sense than the version at khri brgyad 71.­5, which begins, “If in the absence of an apprehended object there is no attainment, there is no clear realization, and there is no unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening…” LSPW p. 508, n. 3, says, “The last clause of this sentence puzzles me, and the translation is only approximately right.”
n.­1540
nyi khri 60.­15.
n.­1541
’bum da 345a4.
n.­1542
nyi khri 61.­1; cf. khri brgyad 72.­1.
n.­1543
The complete question is: “Lord, what is the difference between these two types of patience: the forbearance for dharmas that are not produced of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas and the forbearance for dharmas of bodhisattva great beings?”
n.­1544
khri brgyad 72.­27. This derives nyāma (PSP niyāma) (“fixed state”) from āma (“hardheadedness”) (Conze “rawness,” Twenty-Five Thousand “immaturity”). The Tib translators render āma with skyon (“flaw”) and nyāma with skyon med (“flawlessness”).
n.­1545
’bum na 38b7; cf. khri brgyad 73.­23. This question is not in fact asked by Subhūti but is one of a series of rhetorical questions posed by the Lord in response to Subhūti.
n.­1546
’bum na 41b3–4; cf. khri brgyad 73.­35, “Well then, Lord, is there a distinction to be made between a bodhisattva great being and a tathāgata?”
n.­1547
khri brgyad 73.­111: “Lord, when one has become habituated to the path does the result appear and does one attain the result?” ’bum na 86a3, nyi khri 62.­99: “Lord, when one has become habituated to the path does one attain the result or does one not attain the result?” le’u brgyad ma ca 251a3 bcom ldan ’das ci lags/ lam bsgoms pas ’bras bu ’thob pa’am/ ’bras bu ’thob par bgyi pa ma mchis sam: “Lord, when one has become habituated to the path does one attain or does one cause the result to be attained?”
n.­1548
Emend both D rigs su tshar bcad and K, N rigs su bcad to ris su bcad? khri brgyad 73.­113 (ga 87a1) tshar bcad pa’i tshul kyis, “by curbing.” Cf. below Bṭ3 5.­1376 (F.272a7) char bcad pa’i tshul gyis. khri brgyad ga 86a7 gal te ’dus byas kyi khams sam/ ’dus ma byas kyi khams la tshar bcad pas. LSPW pp. 538–39: “without having cut off the share of either the conditioned or the unconditioned element.” Gilgit 628.4–5 na ca bhāgacchedena saṃskṛtadhātau asaṃskṛtadhātau vā vyavasthānam; AAVN 103b6 phala­bhāgacchedābhāva­praśnena; ’bum na 86a5–6, nyi khri 62.­100 (ga 245b1), le’u brgyad ma ca 251a5–6 ’dus byas kyi khams sam/ ’dus ma byas kyi khams ris su bcad cing; khri pa nga 337b ’dus byas kyi khams la’am/ ’dus ma byas kyi khams la tshar bcad pa’i tshul kyis, Twenty-Five Thousand translation: “eradicating (bhāgacchedena, tshar gcad pas).”
n.­1549
’bum na 97a2. Gilgit 631.14 yathā kathaṃ punar. khri brgyad 74.­31, corroborated by PSP 6-8: 80: “Lord, how do bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom train in the five appropriating aggregates?”
n.­1550
’bum a 123b5–7 is: “Lord, if the very limit of reality limit is thus not one thing and the limit of beings is not another, well then, does the very limit of reality rest at the very limit of reality? Lord, if the very limit of reality rests at the very limit of reality, an intrinsic nature will rest in intrinsic nature. Lord, given that an intrinsic nature does not rest in intrinsic nature, how, Lord, is a bodhisattva great being practicing the perfection of wisdom going to establish the limit of beings at the very limit of reality?” At khri brgyad 75.­3, the beginning of the question differs, “Lord, if the very limit of reality is also the limit of beings…?” The remainder of the question is the same.
n.­1551
khri brgyad 75.­5. The part left out is: “establish beings at the very limit of reality without complicating the very limit of reality?”
n.­1552
khri brgyad 75.­18. The part left out is: “and if in the emptiness of a basic nature a being is not apprehended, nor are a dharma and a path apprehended, Lord, how will bodhisattva great beings stand in the knowledge of all aspects?”
n.­1553
’bum na 191a6–7.
n.­1554
K, N.
n.­1555
khri brgyad 75.­40; nyi khri 64.­50, ’bum na 191a4 sems dpa’ chen po’i byang chub, “If a bodhisattva great being’s awakening is not practiced…”
n.­1556
nyi khri 64.­50: “Lord, if a bodhisattva great being’s awakening is not practiced by taking anything up or not taking anything up, is not a practice of form, up to is not a practice of the knowledge of all aspects, well then, Lord, how will a bodhisattva great being practice the six perfections… practice the eighteen distinct attributes of a buddha?” This is followed by the question “how will one complete the ten bodhisattva levels?” khri brgyad 75.­40, does not demarcate the two separate questions, twenty-two and twenty-three.
n.­1557
The five questions are: (1) do they reach awakening on that path that has been produced, (2) on that path that has not been produced, (3) on that path that has not been produced when it is not produced and is produced when it is produced, or (4) on that path that has neither been produced nor not produced, and (5) how do they reach awakening?
n.­1558
Emend D des shes to nges zhes.
n.­1559
’bum na 309a5, nyi khri 67.­6 (ga 305b7), le’u brgyad ma ca 302b2 de ltar nges pa, “a bodhisattva destined like that”; khri brgyad 78.­10, “a bodhisattva great being with such wholesome roots.”
n.­1560
The question is put in the mouth of the Lord at khri brgyad 78.­17, and also at ’bum na 310a2–3 and nyi khri 67.­10.
n.­1561
The question as it is found here is closest to a paraphrase of ’bum na 334b, nyi khri 67.­58 (ga 314a7), le’u brgyad ma ca 309b4–5: bcom ldan ’das byang chub sems dpa’i sems dpa’ chen po lam gyi yan lag yongs su rdzogs par bgyis shing / bla na myed pa yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub tu mngon par rdzogs par ’tshang rgya bar ’gyur ba’i lam de dag gang lags. “Lord, what are the paths, when the branches of those paths have been completed, through which a bodhisattva great being will fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening?” The question at khri brgyad 78.­51, is: “Lord, what are the branches of the bodhisattva great beings’ awakening, having completed which the bodhisattva great beings will fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening?”
n.­1562
The question at khri brgyad 81.­23, is: “Lord, if in the sameness of all dharmas ‘this is an ordinary person, this is a stream enterer,’ up to ‘this is a pratyekabuddha, this is a bodhisattva,’ up to ‘this is a tathāgata, worthy one, perfectly complete buddha’ all cannot be apprehended, in that case would foolish ordinary people, faith-followers and dharma-followers, stream enterers, once-returners, non-returners, worthy ones, pratyekabuddhas, bodhisattvas, and even tathāgatas, worthy ones, perfectly complete buddhas not have specific features?”
n.­1563
khri brgyad 82.­3. I have supplied the referent “emptiness” from the context.
n.­1564
khri brgyad 82.­10. The part left out is: “and those other dharmas‍—the result of stream enterer, result of once-returner, result of non-returner, and state of a worthy one‍—also magical creations? And are those other dharmas‍—the Pratyekabuddha level, the Buddha level, and the elimination of all residual impressions, connections, and afflictions‍—are those dharmas…”
n.­1565
nyi khri 41.­5; khri brgyad 51.­7 zab pa.
n.­1566
khri brgyad 51.­12–51.­16.
n.­1567
The wholesome roots of an irreversible bodhisattva are so vast that an immense amount of them would be left over even after using them to fill up that many world systems.
n.­1568
khri brgyad 51.­22.
n.­1569
khri brgyad 51.­23.
n.­1570
khri brgyad 51.­32. This is Subhūti’s fourth question.
n.­1571
khri brgyad 51.­33.
n.­1572
khri brgyad 51.­34. This is Subhūti’s fifth question.
n.­1573
nyi khri 41.­33; Gilgit 575.12–13 asaṃkhyeyam api [emend to iti] subhūte yat saṃkhyām nopeti saṃskṛte vā dhātā ca [delete ca] asaṃskrte vā dhatau.
n.­1574
nyi khri 41.­35; cf. khri brgyad 51.­39. This is the response to Subhūti’s sixth question.
n.­1575
khri brgyad 51.­43. The “great compassion” is part of the extract according to le’u brgyad ma ca 6a2 thugs rje chen po’i rgyu mthun gyis bstan pa; cf. Abhi­samayālaṃkāra 4.55c (Wogihara p. 710) kṛpāniṣyandabhūtās te.
n.­1576
khri brgyad 51.­46. This is Subhūti’s eighth question.
n.­1577
khri brgyad 51.­48.
n.­1578
This is Subhūti’s tenth question.
n.­1579
Literally, “by way of the accumulation of residual impressions left by volitional factors.”
n.­1580
K, N omit.
n.­1581
khri brgyad 51.­61.
n.­1582
This is a paraphrase of khri brgyad 51.­61–51.­65.
n.­1583
Śrījagattalanivāsin’s Āmnayānusāriṇī, man ngag gi rjes su brang ba Degé Tengyur (shes phyin, ba), 231a–b provides helpful glosses for this part of the text.
n.­1584
Perhaps emend chos can ma yin to chos can yin, “that which has been produced is subject to stopping.”
n.­1585
nyi khri 41.­60; khri brgyad 51.­67 omits yang.
n.­1586
Golden 335a3, citing nyi khri 41.­66, khri brgyad 51.­73.
n.­1587
khri brgyad 51.­80.
n.­1588
The two elders, Śāriputra and Subhūti, discussed how a bodhisattva, for the sake of those who benefit from such a model, models the meditations on emptiness, signlessness, and wishlessness that deliver a śrāvaka to nirvāṇa, while employing the skillful means to avoid actually entering nirvāṇa.
n.­1589
Cf. khri brgyad 52.­10: “ordinary beings, having made each separate one into a causal sign”; nyi khri 42.­8, ’bum tha 182b5 omit “ordinary beings” and “each separate one.”
n.­1590
khri brgyad 52.­22–52.­53.
n.­1591
Golden 339b3 thams cad la don yod pa, “are not all fully answered.” The bodhisattvas make the prayers that are vows to complete the six perfections and purify a buddhafield as explained at length at this point in the Sūtra.
n.­1592
Emend lus to lung. khri brgyad 53.­1–53.­11.
n.­1593
Earlier (5.­661), it said “the sixteenth question is, ‘How do bodhisattva great beings fully master emptiness?’ ” The question has not been repeated here.
n.­1594
Cf. khri brgyad 54.­2.
n.­1595
Cf. khri brgyad 54.­2; nyi khri 44.­2.
n.­1596
khri brgyad 54.­2: “Because they are well trained in phenomena that are empty of their own marks, so they see that all those phenomena‍—an actualizer, something to be actualized, and something through which there is actualization‍—are not joined and are not disjoined.”
n.­1597
A “cessation” (nirodha, ’gog pa) is a nirvāṇa.
n.­1598
In the absence of the Skt it is hard to be certain of the meaning of rang bzhin gyi sems (*prakṛtacitta) (“mind in its ordinary state”). Alternatively, “a thought of the intrinsic nature.”
n.­1599
khri brgyad 54.­7–54.­11.
n.­1600
Read bar ma dor in place of par ma dor.
n.­1601
Cf. nyi khri 44.­13, Twenty-Five Thousand translation: “I should release all these sentient beings who maintain inauthentic doctrines”; khri brgyad 54.­13: “these beings who are deceived because they perceive nonexistent phenomena as existing.”
n.­1602
khri brgyad 54.­14–54.­15.
n.­1603
khri brgyad 54.­16.
n.­1604
khri brgyad 54.­17.
n.­1605
khri brgyad 54.­18.
n.­1606
khri brgyad 54.­19.
n.­1607
khri brgyad 54.­22: “Subhūti, you should ask bodhisattva great beings thus practicing mastery of those thirty-seven dharmas on the side of awakening, ‘How do bodhisattva great beings who want to fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening cultivate the perfection of wisdom?’ ”
n.­1608
This renders rab tu rtogs pa literally, “realized well”; cf. khri brgyad 54.­22 (kha 224b1), nyi khri 44.­24 (ga 13b6) rab tu ’byed, “sort out,” “distinguish.”
n.­1609
This means through the lack of skillful means that leads a bodhisattva to say to another bodhisattva that it is necessary to reject a śrāvaka’s meditation on emptiness, signlessness, and wishlessnes.
n.­1610
Cf. khri brgyad 54.­25; nyi khri 44.­28, ’bum tha 212a1.
n.­1611
I have translated this without emendation even though it is a repetition.
n.­1612
khri brgyad 55.­1–55.­32.
n.­1613
khri brgyad 55.­34. This is the response to Subhūti’s eighteenth question, “Lord, what is the mark of the perfection of wisdom?”
n.­1614
khri brgyad 55.­9 ff. The “and so on” brings in the impediment to the perfection of wisdom posed by the false projection of superiority over other bodhisattvas because of living in physical isolation, engaging in austerities, and mistaking Māra for a spiritual friend.
n.­1615
N, K, Golden 343a2; D: “it is not the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature.”
n.­1616
khri brgyad 55.­44.
n.­1617
khri brgyad 55.­45–55.­52.
n.­1618
khri brgyad 55.­53. This is Subhūti’s twentieth question.
n.­1619
This is Subhūti’s twenty-first question.
n.­1620
This is Subhūti’s twenty-second question.
n.­1621
khri brgyad 55.­70.
n.­1622
khri brgyad 55.­72. This is Subhūti’s twenty-third question.
n.­1623
This statement by “Śatakratu, head of the gods” (khri brgyad 56.­1) brings to an end an exchange between Subhūti and the Buddha that begins (khri brgyad 51.­3) where Subhūti makes the request, “would that you might also well expound those deep places standing in which bodhisattva great beings practicing the six perfections complete… the knowledge of all aspects.”
n.­1624
This is a general characterization of khri brgyad 56.­1–58.­4: glorification (56.­1), good qualities (ends 56.­8), Śatakratu and Ānanda (ends 56.­10), the description of Māra and the work of Māra (56.­11), the description of what happens because of that work (56.­26), how one should behave in the presence of persons in the Bodhisattva Vehicle (56.­31), sameness (57.­1), ending, detachment, and cessation (57.­3), the benefits of training (57.­7), surpassing nonbeings (57.­21), the Śatakratu passage (58.­1), and the immeasurable merit (58.­4).
n.­1625
Here sems can ma yin pa rnams means those for whom life is not the perfect moment for the practice of the perfection of wisdom‍—those without “the perfect human rebirth.”
n.­1626
khri brgyad 58.­5.
n.­1627
khri brgyad 58.­8. I have added the word “awakening” based on the following gloss.
n.­1628
Based on the fact that there has been a transformation of the basis, awakening will not be in that thought, which is to say, awakening will not be the same as the state of mind during the first moment of bodhicitta. Ultimately, they are not different, so it will not be in another moment of bodhicitta, which is to say awakening will not be other than the state of mind during the first moment of bodhicitta.
n.­1629
This is the response to Subhūti’s twenty-eighth question (nyi khri 48.­10), “Lord, in what way will a thought that is like an illusion fully awaken to unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening?” Its presence here perhaps buttresses the argument that Haribhadra changed the order of his version (PSP 5: 37, le’u brgyad ma ca 63a7).
n.­1630
“Extremely isolated” means totally isolated from the aspirations of śrāvakas or from its own hypothetical intrinsic nature.
n.­1631
Unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening.
n.­1632
khri brgyad kha 254a2 rnam par gzhig pa; cf. nyi khri ga 48a5 rnam par bsgom pa.
n.­1633
Here “it” means a dharma that is cultivated or eliminated.
n.­1634
Cf. khri brgyad 58.­14; nyi khri 48.­14.
n.­1635
khri brgyad 58.­14. This is Subhūti’s twenty-ninth question.
n.­1636
The section specifically dealing with the absence of vikalpa (“conceptualization,” “thought construction”) is khri brgyad 58.­18–58.­29. Cf. nyi khri 48.­19, PSP 5: 37, le’u brgyad ma ca 63a7 ff.
n.­1637
khri brgyad 58.­31. This is not said by the Lord, but is an exchange between Subhūti and Śāriputra.
n.­1638
I have added “It is right to bow down to those bodhisattva great beings,” which comes at the beginning of the sentence at khri brgyad 59.­3.
n.­1639
khri brgyad 59.­4. The first aspect is just as space is isolated, utterly other than the material objects within it, so too is a being in their inner absolute nature utterly other than the falsely imagined being the person projects. The second aspect is as follows: to buckle on armor to fight the hard fight is to do what is difficult, but seeing the space-like emptiness of all things is the armor that makes the difficult practice of the six perfections, which is done in order to bring about the welfare of infinite beings, doable. Third, just as beings are empty and isolated, like space, so are all the dharmas that locate them.
n.­1640
khri brgyad 59.­4–59.­20.
n.­1641
nyi khri 49.­29, le’u brgyad ma ca 69b4–5, and in a slightly different translation khri brgyad 59.­20. This is Subhūti’s thirty-first question.
n.­1642
This reading, a good one not attested in the present versions of the Sūtra, does not support Conze’s conjecture (GilgitC, 265 n. 10) that GilgitC 66 tathāgata­nirmito (le’u brgyad ma ca 70a2 gang de bzhin gshegs pa’i sprul pa) is a corruption of Aṣṭa (Wogihara p. 858, Mitra p. 453) tathatā­vinirmukto nānyaḥ kaścid dharmam upalabhyate; cf. ŚsPN4 9869v10.
n.­1643
khri brgyad 59.­23–61.­7.
n.­1644
khri brgyad 60.­38.
n.­1645
khri brgyad 61.­4.
n.­1646
This is in response to the question, “Lord, how are bodhisattva great beings to accomplish the perfection of wisdom?” The response is that everything is akṣaya (“inexhaustible,” a word similar in sound to ākāśa, “space”), so all dharmas are indivisible as thoroughly established phenomena, so seeing them as dharmas, and seeing them as the inexhaustible ultimate reality of things, produces wisdom.
n.­1647
I am unsure exactly which part of the Sūtra our author is referring to, whether it includes the section of dependent origination or whether it begins from khri brgyad 61.­9 and goes up to 61.­30. Just below our author will reference “each of the six perfections being connected one with the other,” a section that perhaps begins at 61.­13.
n.­1648
khri brgyad 62.­43.
n.­1649
This omits the analogy of the sun and moon.
n.­1650
The six perfections are khri brgyad 61.­13–62.­56; skillful means and the account of the completion of the accumulations, the illustrations, and the six perfections go up to 63.­25.
n.­1651
khri brgyad 63.­26.
n.­1652
khri brgyad 63.­29.
n.­1653
khri brgyad 63.­38.
n.­1654
khri brgyad 63.­40.
n.­1655
khri brgyad 63.­46.
n.­1656
khri brgyad 63.­51: “All phenomena are without attachment and have not been taken hold of”; nyi khri 53.­41 (ga 104b5) med pa (asattāḥ in place of GilgitC 120, note c asaktāḥ): “All phenomena do not exist and have not been taken hold of.”
n.­1657
khri brgyad 63.­53: “ ‘Subhūti,’ replied the Lord, ‘here bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom do not settle down on form.’ ”
n.­1658
khri brgyad 63.­55.
n.­1659
khri brgyad 63.­60.
n.­1660
khri brgyad 63.­64.
n.­1661
The nine kun tu sbyor ba/ kun sbyor (samyojana) were given earlier at 1.­36. “Conjoin” renders samyuj, “fetter” renders samyojana.
n.­1662
Literally this says, “I will stand in a maturation of charming aggregates and so on.”
n.­1663
khri brgyad 63.­66–63.­72; “the ocean is the door of all rivers.”
n.­1664
khri brgyad 63.­75.
n.­1665
khri brgyad 63.­82.
n.­1666
khri brgyad 63.­85; “limit,” “summit,” “edge” (mtha’) render koṭi.
n.­1667
khri brgyad 63.­97.
n.­1668
lam gyi rgyun bcad pa is probably an archaic translation (based on the original meaning of the root śrambh) that escaped the eye of an editor. Mvy attests rgyun bcad pa as rendering pratiprasrabdha (PSP 5: 110). Cf. GilgitC 134 prasrabdhi­mārga­kuśalo; khri brgyad kha 303a7–b1, le’u brgyad ma ca 132a3 shin tu sbyang ba; ’bum da 125b6, nyi khri ga 118a5 rab tu sbyang ba, “skilled in the path with pliancy,” which is to say, a path that has incorporated calm abiding (śamatha).
n.­1669
khri brgyad 63.­101.
n.­1670
PSP 5: 110 ākāśa­śūnyatā­bhāvanayā prajñāpāramitā bhāvayitavyā. GilgitC 135, nyi khri 53.­96, LSPW pp. 468–69 differ.
n.­1671
“These” are the practice of, the accomplishment of, and the meditation on the perfection of wisdom.
n.­1672
D gal; Golden 357b3, K, N gal te, “because of worrying about whether they have been disturbed by the passage propounding a duality.”
n.­1673
This is in response to the question, “Well then, Lord, how will they reach the knowledge of all aspects?”
n.­1674
Cf. khri brgyad 63.­126 (ga 3b4), which has gzhig pa in place of rnam par gzhig pa; nyi khri ga 121b2 bsgom pa’am rnam par bsgom pa.
n.­1675
The gloss suggests the translators understood gzhig pa (vibhāvana) here, at least, as a future form of ’jig, “to destroy,” not as “investigate.”
n.­1676
khri brgyad 63.­129.
n.­1677
khri brgyad 63.­131. This is Subhūti’s ninety-ninth question.
n.­1678
Bṭ1 pa 245a5: “Even though bodhisattvas beginning the work are not able to complete the ultimate practice of not apprehending all dharmas, they should train to the extent they are able.”
n.­1679
This is the reading at ’bum da 152a7, nyi khri 53.­128, Bṭ1 pa 245b3, GilgitC 139, ŚsPN4 9956r8 and PSP 5: 116. An alternative translation: “Lord, does apprehending not apprehend or does the absence of apprehending not apprehend?” khri brgyad 63.­137 differs.
n.­1680
khri brgyad 63.­138.
n.­1681
khri brgyad 63.­138. Alternative translation: “the sameness of providing a basis for apprehending and not providing a basis for apprehending is the absence of a basis for apprehending.”
n.­1682
To paraphrase Bṭ1 pa 245b3–6: Someone thinks that when bodhisattvas do not apprehend something it means there is something intrinsically real left as an object when not apprehending occurs. With that in mind the person asks if the object is something real that can be apprehended or something real that cannot be apprehended. The Lord responds that it is neither of those two.
n.­1683
khri brgyad 63.­140.
n.­1684
Golden 355b4.
n.­1685
5.­515, explaining khri brgyad 43.­14.
n.­1686
khri brgyad 63.­150.
n.­1687
I have added some words from khri brgyad 63.­152 to make the citation readable in English.
n.­1688
khri brgyad 63.­158.
n.­1689
khri brgyad 63.­163: “Subhūti, the true nature of dharmas on account of which the tathāgata has become worthy of the offerings of the world with its gods and humans is just that true nature of dharmas on account of which the magical creation has become worthy of the offerings of the world with its gods and humans.”
n.­1690
The tathāgatas.
n.­1691
khri brgyad 63.­167.
n.­1692
khri brgyad 63.­170.
n.­1693
khri brgyad 63.­175.
n.­1694
Abhidharmakośa 6.26 ff. (Pruden, vol. 3, p. 945).
n.­1695
The three marks in this context are emptiness, signlessness, and wishlessness, being the present, past, and future form of things.
n.­1696
These are the first two of ten antidotes that counteract obstacles to the ten bodhisattva levels given in the Madhyānta­vibhāga 2.14–16 cited earlier (5.­194). The remaining ones are the outflow’s tip sense, ungraspable sense, undifferentiated continuums sense, being-neither-defiled-nor-pure sense, nondiverse sense, (and the four sovereignties:) sovereignty over nonconceptuality and purification of the buddhafield, sovereignty over knowledge, and sovereignty over action.
n.­1697
khri brgyad 63.­190.
n.­1698
khri brgyad 63.­192.
n.­1699
nyi khri 53.­180, khri brgyad 63.­196 omit “voices.”
n.­1700
This is referring to accounts of a handsome worthy one gazing at himself in a mirror because of the force of habit, Maudgalyāyana’s hopping while walking because of the force of habit from his physical movements as a monkey in earlier lives, and Pilindavatsa’s use of a word for a low caste woman when addressing his apology to the goddess Gaṅgā, because of the force of habit from the language he used as an upper caste person in earlier lives. Mppś English (vol. 1, p. 114). Bailey (p. 199) says Pilindavatsa used the derogatory name for the goddess Gaṅgā when the river had swept away a monastery on its banks.
n.­1701
This is Subhūti’s one hundred and twenty-sixth question (5.­773). At khri brgyad 63.­180–63.­189; PSP 5: 124–26; GilgitC 147–48; ’bum da 173b–174b; nyi khri 53.­165–53.­173; and le’u brgyad ma ca 144a7–145a it comes earlier in the explanation of the differences between the three knowledges.
n.­1702
khri brgyad 63.­197.
n.­1703
Harrison (p. 145, n. 44) says that by rendering asaṃskṛta­prabhāvitā “distinguished by the power they derive from the unconditioned” he has “tried to represent more than one of its possible meanings.”
n.­1704
The order of this and the next three citations does not exactly follow the order in khri brgyad 63.­200.
n.­1705
4.­134–4.­136.
n.­1706
khri brgyad 63.­205. “Perfection” renders paramita; “perfect” (more literally, “ultimate superiority”) renders paramapārami. Cf. GilgitC 151 parama­pāramiprāptaiṣā subhūte prajñāpāramitā sarvadharmāṇām; ’bum da 176a6, nyi khri ga 132b5, le’u brgyad ma ca 147a1 shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ’di ni pha rol du phyin pa’i dam pa thob pa; ŚsPN4 9966r9 paramapāramitās teṣām subhūte prajñāpāramitā sarvadharmāṇām; PSP 5: 127 parama­pāramitaiṣā subhūte sarvadharmāṇām agamanārthena prajñāpāramitety ucyate.
n.­1707
The point here is that pāramitā, for an Indian writer, is first understood as derived from parama (“ultimate,” “supreme”), in a secondary form pārama (“ultimacy,” “supremacy”) in the feminine gender (pārami). The -tā ending works as a suffix turning the word (in this case somewhat redundantly) into an abstract noun. For their own reasons, while aware of this more obvious derivation, translators into Tibetan rendered pāramitā as pha rol tu phyin pa, following a creative explanation (nirukti) deriving the word from pāram (neuter gender) (“the other side”), a word related to para (“better,” “beyond,” “other,” etc.) and i (“to go”) with the same -tā ending as a suffix, turning the word into an abstract noun. I have not translated the Tibetan words literally here because it would not convey what the author intended. Readers should also be aware that creative explanations are also derived from pāraya, from pṛ, “to cause to pass”; and from pṝ, “to cause to fill.” I do not think the Sūtra or our author has these roots in mind here, but I am not certain.
n.­1708
I have not identified the work on grammar our author is citing here. “A suffix that makes an abstract noun” renders bhāvapratyaya. “Water-element fluidity” (abdhātu­dravatva) is in reference to the defining characteristic of the water element. “Received tradition” renders Tib lung (āgama).
n.­1709
Cf. khri brgyad 63.­208. “Gone into” (chud) renders antargata, explaining pāram ita.
n.­1710
The “knowledges” here are the knowledges of śrāvakas, bodhisattvas, and buddhas.
n.­1711
Golden 362a3–5, citing khri brgyad 63.­210, with slight differences. D (F.257.b2–4) has the three forms of the homophone spyod (“a practitioner” and so on) both in the citation from the Sūtra and in the gloss.
n.­1712
“Māra and the Māra class of gods” and so on.
n.­1713
khri brgyad 63.­211. “Reality” and “good” both render the same word don (artha).
n.­1714
nyi khri 53.­188. khri brgyad 63.­211 adds “the meaning of knowledge of things as they really are” for a total of twelve.
n.­1715
K, N, Golden 362b2; D adds “that has been taught before.”
n.­1716
khri brgyad 63.­215.
n.­1717
This translation is based on Golden 363a1 na in place of D no, and D don dam in place of Golden ston tam.
n.­1718
“Nondual intrinsic nature” means an intrinsic nature that precludes two different things; “dual intrinsic nature” means an intrinsic nature that allows two different things.
n.­1719
khri brgyad 64.­1.
n.­1720
The tathāgatas are those who have gone (gata) to suchness (tathatā) (understand “go” as in a phrase like “go to pieces” not in a phrase like “go to another country”); de bzhin nyid (tathatā) (“the state of being the way things are”).
n.­1721
’bum da 187b1–2, nyi khri 54.­6, le’u brgyad ma ca 151b2–3. The tathāgatas here are “realized ones” (the root gam, “go,” is understood in its secondary meaning of “understand”). khri brgyad 64.­9: “Standing in this suchness, bodhisattva great beings gain the knowledge of all aspects, therefore it is called suchness.”
n.­1722
khri brgyad 64.­10–64.­19.
n.­1723
byang chub sems dpa’ zhugs par gyur pa. I have not emended this reading because there is a very old idea that “a bodhisattva” is a single buddha, like Śākyamuni, in his life before awakening, but unless it is emended to byang chub zhugs par gyur pa it contextually does not make sense. The mistake, if it is one, goes back a long way, leading to the need for our author’s gloss here. PSP 5: 135, and GilgitC 161 sacet subhūte ye trisāhasra­mahā­sāhasre lokadhātau sattvās te sarve bodhi­sattva­pratipannakā bhaveyus, teṣāṃ yat puṇyaṃ tat tathāgata­syārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya śatatamīm api kalān nopaiti. Conze translates the mistake (LSPW p. 481: “if they had all entered on a Bodhisattva’s special way of salvation, then their merit would be infinitesimal compared with that of a Bodhisattva great being”) and says in note 10, “I do not understand this sentence.” The correct reading is ’bum da 191b6, nyi khri 54.­23, khri brgyad 64.­19: “Subhūti, even if all the beings included in the great billion world systems were to have entered into the secure state of a bodhisattva their merit would not approach even, up to a hundred thousand one hundred millionth part of the merit of bodhisattva great beings who are candidates for awakening.” A “candidate for awakening” is in the last birth before awakening.
n.­1724
khri brgyad 64.­23.
n.­1725
khri brgyad 64.­26.
n.­1726
Cf. khri brgyad 64.­26: “Subhūti, in this way all phenomena are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature.” Our author is breaking the compound abhāvasvabhāva (rendered “the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature”) to mean “the intrinsic nature of a nonexistent thing.”
n.­1727
khri brgyad 64.­31. This is Subhūti’s one hundred and forty-third question.
n.­1728
Cf. khri brgyad 64.­32, nyi khri 54.­37.
n.­1729
khri brgyad 65.­6. The word bhūtārtha (“true reality”) sounds like the word buddha. This is the response to Subhūti’s one hundred and forty-sixth question.
n.­1730
Based on our author’s own comment below I have emended D yang dag pa’i don to yang dang pa’i chos (khri brgyad 65.­6, ga 21a3).
n.­1731
Cf. khri brgyad 65.­7 (ga 21a6) byang chub kyi don ni yang dag pa’i don no, “awakening means true reality.” The compounds bodhyartha and bhūtārtha have a similar sound. PSP 5: 140 and GilgitC 169 have abheda (“the undivided reality”) in place of bhūta, as at ’bum da 213b5 and nyi khri 55.­5 (ga 145b4) dbyer med pa.
n.­1732
khri brgyad 65.­12. This citation is part of an introduction to the following section that explains skillful means as not apprehending anything.
n.­1733
khri brgyad 66.­2.
n.­1734
khri brgyad 65.­10 This is Subhūti’s one hundred and forty-ninth question.
n.­1735
Emend rnam par ’phel bar ’gyur to rnam par’phel bar mi ’gyur (khri brgyad 65.­13, ga 22b2). Golden folio 367 is missing.
n.­1736
khri brgyad 69.­6.
n.­1737
khri brgyad 66.­1–69.­7.
n.­1738
nyi khri 58.­11, khri brgyad 69.­8–69.­11 present the alternatives in a different order. Alternatively, “nothing that makes them known.”
n.­1739
khri brgyad 69.­14.
n.­1740
khri brgyad 69.­18.
n.­1741
Cf. khri brgyad 69.­24.
n.­1742
Cf. 4.­31–4.­52; also 4.­905–4.­906, 5.­1009.
n.­1743
khri brgyad 69.­27.
n.­1744
khri brgyad 69.­30. This is Subhūti’s one hundred and sixty-second question, “Lord, if those dharmas‍—the dharmas on the side of awakening and the awakening‍—are not conjoined and not disjoined… how, Lord, will the dharmas on the side of awakening be those that bring about awakening?”
n.­1745
Here “this” stands for the passage (khri brgyad 69.­27–69.­29) explaining that the dharmas on the side of awakening and so on are the perfection of wisdom.
n.­1746
Cf. khri brgyad 69.­32.
n.­1747
Tib ’dul ba, “tamed, taming.” Alternatively, based on Skt vi-nī (“separate”), “in its nature it is separate from attachment and so on, and, when practiced, is marked by remaining separated.”
n.­1748
Cf. khri brgyad 69.­34, nyi khri 58.­42, ’bum da 261b3.
n.­1749
khri brgyad 69.­42. Cf. Bṭ3 n.­720; also 5.­566.
n.­1750
khri brgyad 69.­46.
n.­1751
khri brgyad 69.­47.
n.­1752
khri brgyad 69.­50.
n.­1753
If this is a citation from our author’s version of the Sūtra I have not been able to locate it in the versions I have consulted. “A maturation” (rnam par smin pa) renders vipāka, specifically the new form of life from conception to death as a result of earlier karma. In this context I take it to mean a life taken for the sake of others.
n.­1754
nyi khri 59.­8.
n.­1755
khri brgyad 70.­9. This is Subhūti’s one hundred and seventy-fourth question, “Lord, if all phenomena are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature, how did the Tathāgata fully awaken to all the phenomena that are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature, and, having fully awakened to them, gain control over the range of all phenomena?”
n.­1756
These are listed below (5.­1259–5.­1269); also Edg, s.v. vaśitā 2, citing the Mvy, gives the ten controls (dbang, vaśita) (Edg calls them “masteries”) as control over life (āyus), thought (citta), human requirements (pariṣkāra), dharma, miraculous power (ṛddhi), birth (janma/utpatti), belief (adhimukti), prayer (praṇidhāna), action (karma), and knowledge (jñāna).
n.­1757
khri brgyad 70.­11. This is Subhūti’s one hundred and seventy-fifth question.
n.­1758
khri brgyad 70.­12.
n.­1759
khri brgyad 70.­19 and khri brgyad 70.­18. Generally speaking, “the first production of the thought” marks the beginning of a bodhisattva’s path, or else it marks the path when the bodhisattva first awakens (the so-called “path of seeing”). Here our author is talking about bodhisattvas when they have become irreversible from progress toward full awakening. Alternatively, these two are statements in general, and are not meant as citations from the Sūtra.
n.­1760
khri brgyad 70.­44–70.­45. This is the question in response to Subhūti’s one hundred and seventy-seventh rhetorical question, “Lord, if all phenomena are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature, well then, there is no form, up to there is no consciousness; there are no aggregates, there are no constituents, and there are no sense fields; there are no applications of mindfulness, and similarly, up to there is no knowledge of all aspects; there is no Buddha, there is no Dharma, and there is no Saṅgha; there is no path, there is no result, there is no defilement, there is no purification, there is no attainment, and there is no clear realization; and similarly, up to there are no phenomena, any of them?”
n.­1761
Cf. khri brgyad 70.­17–70.­43 for the addition of this gloss to “all phenomena” in this context.
n.­1762
Our author is explaining the two parts, abhāva and svabhāva in the Skt compound “nonexistence of an intrinsic nature” (abhāvasvabhāva, dngos po med pa’i ngo bo nyid). See 4.­158–4.­161 and notes, and 4.­809–4.­812 and notes. Our author is saying that if you take the entire compound as meaning “nonexistent” then you annihilate phenomena completely. If you take it as a dvandva meaning phenomena are nonexistent things and are intrinsic natures, then the former would be nonexistent and the latter existent (at the extremes of “there-is-not” and “there-is”); therefore, the compound means phenomena are not at the two extremes.
n.­1763
khri brgyad 71.­4. This is the response to Subhūti’s one hundred and seventy-ninth question.
n.­1764
This is the reading in K, N, and Golden 369b5. D differs. It says, “If it had said ‘attainment is without an apprehended object, and clear realization does not apprehend an object’ there would be something to be attained and a clear realization to be had, so there is an apprehended object. Therefore it teaches that just the apprehended object is spoken of as ‘attainment… clear realization,’ and ‘unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening.’ ”
n.­1765
nyi khri 60.­5; khri brgyad 71.­5 has five clairvoyances.
n.­1766
khri brgyad 70.­14–71.­10.
n.­1767
khri brgyad 71.­11 (ga 47b4–5) with yongs su ’dzin pa, “incorporate,” in place of “complete.” At 5.­833 Subhūti’s one hundred and eighty-third question is the same as at nyi khri 60.­11. Twenty-Five Thousand renders yongs su ’dzin pa “acquire.”
n.­1768
khri brgyad 71.­12: “they are informed by nothing other than the perfection of wisdom.”
n.­1769
khri brgyad 71.­13: “Lord, how, informed by the perfection of wisdom, does a bodhisattva great being incorporate the six perfections in a single thought?”
n.­1770
Cf. khri brgyad 71.­17 ff., ’bum da 349b1–5 ff., nyi khri 60.­26 ff., and le’u brgyad ma ca 204b4 ff. This may be a summary of the section rather than an actual citation from a version of the Sūtra no longer available to us.
n.­1771
khri brgyad 71.­21.
n.­1772
khri brgyad 71.­21–71.­43 is the perfections arisen from maturation; 72.­1–72.­39 is the teaching about the knowledge of the mark of all dharmas, answering the question of how dharmas that have no mark can be different.
n.­1773
khri brgyad 73.­1 is Subhūti’s one hundred and ninety-fourth question, “Lord, how, when all dharmas are like a dream, are the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature, and are empty of their own marks can you present these as wholesome and these as unwholesome, these as ordinary and these as extraordinary… and these for making manifest unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening?” khri brgyad 73.­2–73.­4 is the response; 73.­5 ff. is the amazing and marvelous teaching; 73.­24: “How, Subhūti, do bodhisattva great beings gather a retinue with gifts? … by a twofold way of giving material gifts and the gift of Dharma”; 73.­27 “the gift of Dharma is these two: the ordinary and extraordinary”; 73.­28–73.­37 the ordinary gift of Dharma, the qualities of śrāvakas and so on, as well as the qualities of bodhisattvas not fully informed by a buddha’s wisdom and compassion; and 73.­38–73.­94 extraordinary qualities “shared in common with foolish ordinary people.” These are all the list of qualities looked at from the side of conventional reality. Abhi­samayālaṃkāra 8.7–40 connects them with the two form bodies of a buddha. They overlap with the activities of the emanation bodies.
n.­1774
khri brgyad 73.­61.
n.­1775
PSP 6-8: 59, AAVN 102b2–3 (Sparham 2006–11, vol. 4, p. 79).
n.­1776
khri brgyad 73.­80.
n.­1777
khri brgyad 73.­89 has “tathāgata” in place of “great being;” nyi khri 62.­76 has both “tathāgata” and “great being.”
n.­1778
Cf. khri brgyad 73.­91 (ga 78b1). g.yog ’khor (“being in the circle of servants”) for parivāra conveys more clearly the intended meaning.
n.­1779
MW, s.v. śaṅka, also gives the name śaṅkana.
n.­1780
In general, these are all symbols of royalty, but exactly what the symbols are is contested, or at least they change over time and in different geographical locations or religious traditions. “Lakṣmī’s calf,” the śrīvatsa (dpal be’u), is perhaps the endless knot; the svastika (bkra shis ), “may it be well,” is of course not the Nazi version of the symbol but the one placed flat. Mvy sdong ris [’khyil ba] (= g.yung drung ’khyil ba?) renders vardhamāna. I have understood it provisionally to be the same as the nandyāvarta symbol, probably a w-shaped symbol, cf. Bhattacarya 2000 and Johnston 1932 who say A.K. Coomaraswamy says vardhamāna is “a lidded jar… to hold powder”; Johnston himself says “its primary sense is the name of a particular lucky pattern.” Johnston thinks the vardhamāna pattern is what Coomaraswamy says is an early śrīvasta pattern.
n.­1781
The reading is uncertain. K, N mtshan gyi ’khor bsgyur de dag nyid. D mtshan gyis ’khor lo de dag nyid. If the reading is mtshan gyis ’khor de dag nyid, it means, “Because the accompanying ones are included with the major sign.”
n.­1782
Emend ste to lte.
n.­1783
This is a conjectural translation. Cf. Mvy skabs phyin pa as a translation of mṛṣṭa, “touched.” The idea is perhaps that a buddha glides along just above the surface while lesser beings have to “touch down,” as it were.
n.­1784
jālaka (“connecting webbing”).
n.­1785
This suggests something like a force-field, so stuff cannot fall through, even though it does not constitute a block. The idea is that nobody falls through the safety net. Cf. Abhayākaragupta’s Muni­matālaṃkāra (thub pa’i dgons rgyan Degé Tengyur [dbu ma, ’a], 286a4–5) sor mo’i tshigs dang po nas brtsams pa’i sor mo’i bar la seng seng po med na yang sor gdub la sogs pa’i rgyan gzhug tu rung ba’i sor mo can no.
n.­1786
The eight retinues (four human and four divine) “known in the Pāli suttas as the aṭṭha parisā” (Bucknell 20) are kṣatriya (army), brāhmaṇa (priest), gṛhapati (business), śramaṇa (mendicant), Cāturmahārājakāyika gods, Trayastriṃśa gods, Māras, and Brahmās.
n.­1787
Banerjea (1930), citing Rhys Davids (1910, p. 14, n. 5) “there is no ‘webbing’ between fingers and toes, but that these are set in right lines, like the meshes of a net,” gives the Pāli commentary: jalahatthapado ti na cammena patibaddha angulantaro. Ediso hi phanahatthako purisadosena upahato pabbajjam pi na labhati. Mahapurisassa pana catasso hatthanguliyo panca pi padanguliyo ekappamana honti, tasam pana ekappamanatta jalalakkhanam annamannam pativijjhitva titthanti, ath’assa hatthapada sukusalena vaddhakina yojitajalavata-panasadisa honti, tena vuttam jalahatthapado ti. He says the hands are certainly not shaped like the hood of a cobra because a person with such hands would not even be accepted into the order. The four fingers and five toes are aligned. They are like a lattice-work window put together (yojitajalavatapanasadisa) by a skilled carpenter.
n.­1788
Mvy says gzhon sha chags renders taruṇa. I am unsure what word our author is glossing.
n.­1789
The khams bdun are probably, of the eighteen constituents (dhātu, khams), the six consciousnesses (from eye consciousness constituent to thinking-mind consciousness constituent) and the thinking-mind constituent.
n.­1790
Rhys Davids (1910, p. 14, n. 3) “If the foot of a ‘Great Man’ be measured in four parts, two are taken up by the sole and toes, one is under the leg, and one is the heel projecting rearward.”
n.­1791
D adds “[to] the front and back and any side.”
n.­1792
This translation is based on tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. rkyen ’bab, explained as skabs dang ’tsham par ’byung ba.
n.­1793
In place of ci bder *yathāsūkham (the translation “freely” is from Valby, s.v. ci bder), K, N have ci bden, “whatever is true.”
n.­1794
This is a conjectural translation of zhabs kyi gong bas mtho ba. If gong ba means gong bu, read “higher up relative to the mass of the foot.”
n.­1795
tshig mdzod chen mo says rlo ba is an archaism for ’phyang ba, “hang down.”
n.­1796
MW, s.v. vitasti, says 12 aṅgulas equal about nine inches.
n.­1797
Rhys Davids: “Hence the Buddhas only wash as an example to their followers.”
n.­1798
D slar btang na is supported by Abhayākaragupta’s Muni­matālaṃkāra (thub pa’i dgongs rgyan, Degé Tengyur [dbu ma, ’a], 286b3).
n.­1799
skyu ru ra (ābalaka), emblic myrobalan.
n.­1800
K, N gus par ma byas pa; khri brgyad 73.­91 (ga 79a3) mgu bar byas pa.
n.­1801
K, N shas rgyas pas yangs shing; D sha rgyas pas spangs; Abhayākaragupta’s Muni­matālaṃkāra (thub pa’i dgongs rgyan, Degé Tengyur [dbu ma, ’a], 286b5) rgyas pa yangs pa sha rgyas pa’i brang can nyid kyi phyir dang.
n.­1802
This explanation certainly makes excellent sense, but it is not found elsewhere. PSP 6-8: 62 kāñcana­paṭṭasuvimṛṣṭo. MW, s.v paṭṭa, “a slab”; khri brgyad 73.­90 (ga 78a2) gser gyi glegs ma, “a highly polished golden door panel.”
n.­1803
These are sweet, salty, sour (like a lemon), bitter like the bitter gourd (Hindi karela), astringent (like an unripe banana), and pungent (like chili).
n.­1804
Szántō (18.iv.2017), ms. 5r5–5v1: mahā­puruṣāṇāṃ hi sapta rasāharaṇī sahasrāṇi grīvāyām ūrdhvamukhāni pravarttante sarve pi rasā mukhai prakṣiptā amṛtarasatulyā bhavati.
n.­1805
Here karman means the way the habit formed by doing an earlier action again and again. It translates out as an experience experienced at the highest stage of physical development. The pūrvakarma (“earlier karma”) is forming the habit by doing the action again and again earlier.
n.­1806
This derives the nya gro in nyagrodha (“an Indian fig tree”) from ny-añc, “bend down,” in the sense of beneath something, here the lower part of the body; and the ro dha from ruh (“grow up”), here the upper part of the body. The parimaṇḍala (“a build,” an encompassing measurement) means that they are equal in size. Abhayākaragupta’s Muni­matālaṃkāra (thub pa’i dgongs rgyan, Degé Tengyur [dbu ma, ’a], 287a1) n+yag ni dma’ ba ste sku smad do, ro dha ni sku stod do is better. Thus, nya gro intends just the ny-ag from ny-añc (“to bend down”); ro dha is like a past passive participle from ruh (“to grow up”). It is referencing the fact that the Indian fig tree (a banyan tree) sends out secondary roots from its branches that then take root and grow.
n.­1807
dbu ze’u ka bcings pa. This is a conjectural translation of ze’u ka as “turban.” ze is a word for rngog ma (a “mane”) and a ze’u ka is perhaps a diminutive. Jäschke, s.v. ze, cites ze ka from Czoma di Korosi’s Dictionary as meaning a “hump.” Rhys Davids (1910, p. 16, n. 4): “This expression, says the Cy., refers to the fullness either of the forehead or of the cranium. In either case the rounded highly-developed appearance is meant, giving to the unadorned head the decorative dignified effect of a crested turban, and the smooth symmetry of a water-bubble.” Edg, s.v. uṣṇīṣa, “having a head the size and shape of which makes it seem turbanned.”
n.­1808
K, N omit sha mkhregs shing, “muscled.”
n.­1809
Abhayākaragupta’s Muni­matālaṃkāra (thub pa’i dgongs rgyan, Degé Tengyur [dbu ma, ’a], 287a5–6).
n.­1810
khri brgyad 73.­93 ff.
n.­1811
This is explaining “minor sign” by breaking up the parts of anuvyañjana into anu (“subsequent”) plus vi and añj (“to beautify”) or añc (“to make clear”) vi añc (“to expand on”). Muni­matālaṃkāra (thub pa’i dgongs rgyan, Degé Tengyur [dbu ma, ’a], 287a6–7) mtshan ’di rnams rjes su gsal par byed pa’am mtshan dang rjes su mthun par gsal bar byed pa’am/ skyes bu chen por rab tu gsal bar byed ces pa’am/ rjes su mthun par mdzes par byed ces pa dpe byad bzang po brgyad cu rnams te.
n.­1812
’bum na 52a5, nyi khri 62.­79 (ga 237a3), le’u brgyad ma ca 244a2. khri brgyad 73.­93 (ga 79b7) ma chags pa’i thugs mnga’ bas, “have minds free from attachment to all conditioned things.”
n.­1813
khri brgyad 73.­95. See also n.­1814..
n.­1814
“Kind words” is the second of the four ways of gathering an assembly‍—giving gifts, kind words, beneficial actions, and consistency between words and deeds. This harkens back to the statement at 73.­22: “Subhūti, here, looking down with my buddha eye on as many world systems as there are sand particles in the Gaṅgā River in the eastern direction I have seen bodhisattva great beings gathering humans with the four ways of gathering a retinue. What are the four? The ways of gathering are by giving gifts, kind words, beneficial actions, and consistency between words and deeds.” The first, “giving gifts,” comprises all the practices (dharmas) down to the minor signs ending at 73.­94.
n.­1815
Cf. khri brgyad 73.­96, nyi khri 62.­82.
n.­1816
Cf. nyi khri 62.­83. “With those same six perfections, by consistency between words and deeds, they gather beings into a retinue.” Here it says “later ones” (plural) because “with those same six perfections” goes with “skill in letters” (dhāraṇī) as well.
n.­1817
Cf. khri brgyad 73.­97 (ga 82b5). “Syllable accomplishment” (yi ge mngon par sgrub pa, akṣarābhinirhāra) is explained earlier (4.­554 explaining khri brgyad 8.­22).
n.­1818
At khri brgyad 16.­99 the 42 letters (“the arapacana syllabary”) are each given a meaning.
n.­1819
K, N, Golden 378b6.
n.­1820
ldan pa renders -gata, cf. Whitney’s Sanskrit Grammar 1273c, p. 435.
n.­1821
khri brgyad 73.­97. However, PSP 6-8: 68, ŚsPN4/2 0087r1, Gilgit 625.5 dvācatvāriṃśad; ’bum na 56a1, nyi khri 62.­84, le’u brgyad ma ca 247a4 bzhi bcu rtsa gnyis, have the “forty-two” letters in the arapacana alphabet.
n.­1822
khri brgyad 73.­97 (reading chos de, “that Dharma” or “that doctrine,” in place of “all dharmas”). Cp. ŚsPN4/2 87r4, Gilgit 625.8 na cākśarākāra­nirmuktaḥ subhūte sarvadharmaḥ; ’bum na 56a6, nyi khri ga 241a, le’u brgyad ma ca 248b1 chos ston kyang / chos de yi ge’i rnam pa dang bral ba yang ma yin te; LSPW pp. 536–37: “And yet that Dharma is not quite free from the mode of letters!”; khri pa 29.­61 (nga 333b5) yi ge dang yi ge med pa la ma g/rtogs pa’i chos gang yang med do, Ten Thousand translation: “There is no doctrine at all that is not included in the syllables and the absence of syllables.”
n.­1823
khri brgyad 73.­98 ff. This is Subhūti’s one hundred and ninety-ninth question, “Lord, if, because of the emptinesses of what transcends limits and no beginning and no end, a being absolutely cannot be apprehended, a dharma also cannot be apprehended, and a dharma’s intrinsic nature cannot be apprehended, well then, Lord, how do bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom arisen from maturation… teach the Dharma to beings?”
n.­1824
khri brgyad 73.­100.
n.­1825
5.­1065.
n.­1826
khri brgyad 73.­102.
n.­1827
Alternatively, taking the construction as a bahuvrīhi, “it does not have the form that is a falsely imagined thing as its intrinsic nature.” Brunnhölzl (2011, pp. 42–43) renders this: “ ‘the lack of bondage and the lack of liberation’ refer to the state of the perfect [nature], which is not the nature of imaginary form.”
n.­1828
khri brgyad 73.­104. PSP 6-8: 70, ŚsPN4/2 93r5, ’bum na 71a2, nyi khri ga 243b4, le’u brgyad ma ca 249b5, khri pa nga 336a1–2 all have a reading similar to LSPW pp. 537–38: “Because one cannot apprehend of them an own-being in which they could be established. For the nonexistent does not stand in the nonexistent, own-being does not stand in own-being, other-being does not stand in other-being.”
n.­1829
Here gzhan dag (“others”) means the rest in the list, starting from “form” given at khri brgyad 73.­103: “ ‘form is empty,’ up to by way of not apprehending ‘consciousness is empty,’ up to by way of not apprehending ‘compounded and uncompounded dharmas are empty.’ ”
n.­1830
khri brgyad 73.­104, ’bum na 71a5; PSP 6-8: 70 has anubaddha in place of anubuddha.
n.­1831
khri brgyad 73.­111. This is Subhūti’s two hundred and first question.
n.­1832
’bum na 86a4–5.
n.­1833
char bcad pa’i tshul gyis, bhāgacchedena. This is the reply to Subhūti’s two hundred and second question that reads “by curbing”; cf. 5.­853.
n.­1834
I have added the last part of khri brgyad 73.­114 to make the citation readable in English.
n.­1835
’bum na 88b4.
n.­1836
khri brgyad 74.­9.
n.­1837
This is summarizing khri brgyad 74.­10–74.­13. “They”‍—the bodhisattvas‍—do see “beings to be liberated from hell, or the animal world” and so on as like a dream and an illusion, but the beings do not know “they,” the hells and so on, do not ultimately exist, so “their”‍—the bodhisattvas’‍—power is causing “them”‍—the beings‍—to understand.
n.­1838
khri brgyad 74.­13. This is the response to Subhūti’s two hundred and seventh question.
n.­1839
khri brgyad 74.­16. This relates nāman (“name”) with the root nam (“to bow”) and the derivative nimna (“incline to”). The idea is that they get up onto the roof of the ultimate on the ladder of the conventional. The context is as follows: Subhūti asks who exactly are the nonexistent beings that bodhisattvas heroically work to liberate. The Lord says (74.­16) a “name” and says, “Subhūti, these‍—namely ‘name’ and ‘causal sign’‍—are names plucked out of thin air,” and so with all dharmas “they are made-up name designations,” followed by this statement. nyi khri 63.­14, ’bum na 92b3–4 differ.
n.­1840
This is a conjectural translation. I have not understood this line.
n.­1841
khri brgyad 74.­25. This is the response to Subhūti’s two hundred and eleventh question.
n.­1842
khri brgyad 74.­46. This is Subhūti’s two hundred and thirteenth question, “Lord, if bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom are aware in that way of those dharmas that are different from each other, well then, Lord, does that not complicate the dharma-constituent?”
n.­1843
I have not been able to identify the version of the Sūtra from which this and the following are extracted. Cf. ’bum na 100a2–3, khri brgyad 74.­49: “All dharmas are the dharma-constituent”; and Subhūti’s two hundred and fifteenth question (khri brgyad 74.­51), “How should bodhisattva great beings train in the perfection of wisdom?” and so on.
n.­1844
khri brgyad 74.­52. This is part of the long response at khri brgyad 74.­52–74.­55.
n.­1845
khri brgyad 74.­55.
n.­1846
khri brgyad 75.­2. If the ultimate nature that is pure from the beginning and nirvāṇa, and the ultimate nature of beings caught in saṃsāra based on falsely imagined things conjured out of thin air, is the same ultimate nature, how can you talk about beings in saṃsāra getting to nirvāṇa?
n.­1847
khri brgyad 75.­5.
n.­1848
khri brgyad 75.­6–75.­17.
n.­1849
khri brgyad 75.­18.
n.­1850
khri brgyad 75.­20.
n.­1851
khri brgyad 75.­21.
n.­1852
khri brgyad 75.­21.
n.­1853
D and Golden 385b6 both read yul na ni gnas (alternative translation: “it is there as an object”). If emended to ni mi based on the reading at khri brgyad 75.­21 (ga 104a6), it would mean “it does not occupy a location,” which is certainly easier to understand.
n.­1854
4.­205, 4.­737, 5.­949.
n.­1855
Cf. khri brgyad 75.­21: “In regard to all dharmas, there is no establishment and there is no destruction.” Our author’s gloss supports the better reading at khri brgyad K ’jug (“and not established after having set out”). The Tib renderings of Skt sthā (gnas) and prasthā (’jug) should be understood having in mind Tib forms of prior-state and resultant nonvolitional verbs (Tournadre 2010).
n.­1856
Cf. khri brgyad 75.­21 (reading K, etc., ’jug in place of D ’jig, “destroyed”). “Having stood there, bodhisattva great beings stand in unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening, but do not see any dharma established at all after having set out.”
n.­1857
khri brgyad 75.­23.
n.­1858
Cf. khri brgyad 75.­23 (ga 105a4) ma yin pa, “not having thought construction as cause.”
n.­1859
This is connecting paramārtha (“ultimate”) with pāramitā (“perfection”). Just below (khri brgyad 75.­24): “Therefore, bodhisattva great beings, having stood in the perfection that is the emptiness of a basic nature…”
n.­1860
khri brgyad 75.­24.
n.­1861
Cf. ’bum na 146a4, nyi khri 64.­35, khri brgyad 75.­25.
n.­1862
khri brgyad 75.­27.
n.­1863
khri brgyad 75.­28.
n.­1864
khri brgyad 75.­31.
n.­1865
Cf. khri brgyad 75.­33. This part is an explanation of khri brgyad 75.­32–75.­48, although our author’s version of the Sūtra differs. He is saying, in essence, that the Sūtra is saying that bodhisattvas treat the constituents of themselves as bodhisattvas, their form aggregate and so on, the same as the constituents of themselves in an awakened state. Both are the same from the perspective of the emptiness of a basic nature that is not different from the different dharmas.
n.­1866
khri brgyad 75.­34.
n.­1867
khri brgyad 75.­42.
n.­1868
khri brgyad 75.­43.
n.­1869
khri brgyad 76.­2.
n.­1870
nyi khri 65.­9; cf. khri brgyad 76.­3.
n.­1871
khri brgyad 76.­5.
n.­1872
khri brgyad 76.­7–76.­10.
n.­1873
khri brgyad 76.­9.
n.­1874
khri brgyad 76.­19; cf. nyi khri 65.­29.
n.­1875
“The fault is that a bodhisattva and tathāgata ‘would have been there before and would not be there later.’ There would also be the fault that the five forms of life in the stream of cyclic existence would have been something that really existed before and would be something that really does not exist later,” and so on.
n.­1876
khri brgyad 76.­23. This is Subhūti’s two hundred and twenty-fourth question.
n.­1877
khri brgyad 76.­24–76.­51 is the explanation of the six perfections; 77.­1–77.­2 is the explanation of the path; 77.­3–77.­8 is the explanation of the training in all dharmas; and 77.­9–77.­12 is the explanation of no location. “Close reading” renders rjes su bsnyags pa (Jäschke says it is a colloquial form of snyeg; Mvy samanubandh), literally “to hasten after.”
n.­1878
khri brgyad 77.­13. This is Subhūti’s two hundred and twenty-ninth question.
n.­1879
“Do not occasion anything” means that they have not accumulated the karma that would give rise to the production, or they have removed the accompanying conditions that would make the karma ripen.
n.­1880
khri brgyad 77.­15. This is Subhūti’s two hundred and thirtieth question.
n.­1881
khri brgyad 77.­25–77.­42.
n.­1882
khri brgyad 78.­1. This is Subhūti’s two hundred and thirty-fifth question.
n.­1883
khri brgyad 78.­11.
n.­1884
Cf. khri brgyad 78.­16, ’bum na 310a2.
n.­1885
Golden 389b6. D omits zag pa.
n.­1886
khri brgyad 78.­27. The full response to Subhūti’s two hundred and forty-third question, “Lord, standing in those bright dharmas, do bodhisattva great beings utilize such skillful means but still are not affected by those actions?” is, “Endowed with those skillful means, they work for the welfare of beings… but they have no contact with them at all.”
n.­1887
The “contact of existence” (srid pa’i reg pa) is one of the twelve links of dependent origination. It is the basis for the link of feeling (tshor ba) of pleasure and so on that gives rise to the three levels of craving‍—the links of craving, appropriation, and existence (sred pa, len pa, and srid pa) where the last “existence” (srid pa) is the strongest craving for the future form of life.
n.­1888
khri brgyad 78.­29.
n.­1889
khri brgyad 78.­34.
n.­1890
khri brgyad 78.­51.
n.­1891
khri brgyad 78.­35–78.­50 clairvoyances; 78.­51–78.­55 branches; 79.­1–79.­11 persons. Then the question is at 79.­12: “Lord, if all phenomena are empty of their own marks, well then, how do bodhisattva great beings… free beings from the five forms of life in saṃsāra?” The response is 79.­13. That “security is close by” (bde ba bsten, *kṣemāsannībhūtam) is in the sense of the Three Jewels being present as a refuge.
n.­1892
khri brgyad 79.­14. This is Subhūti’s two hundred and fifty-third question.
n.­1893
khri brgyad 79.­15.
n.­1894
’bum na 348b3 gtogs, PSP 6-8: 144–45 paryāpannāṃ (cf. Edg, s.v. paryāpanna); nyi khri ga 319b1, khri brgyad D ga 138a7–b1 rtogs, but K, N gtogs.
n.­1895
Alternatively, “One’s own aggregates are ‘included in the truths’ and [those] of others ‘are not included in the truths’ ”; or, alternatively, a person’s personal makeup (the aggregates) are relevant to a discussion of the four noble truths, the outer world, but the usual world out there a person understands him or herself to be living in is not.
n.­1896
Our author’s version of the Sūtra differs from le’u brgyad ma ca 313b4–5, ’bum na 349b2–3, nyi khri 68.­19, Twenty-Five Thousand translation: “they see these phenomena without apprehending anything at all”; from khri brgyad 79.­20: “Subhūti, there is no dharma the limit of which bodhisattva great beings do not see. When they do not see any dharma they then do not apprehend it”; and from PSP 6-8: 144 na so dharmo yasyāntaṃ paśyati, tathā ca paśyati yathā na kañcid dharmam upalabhate: “They do not see that dharma of which there is a limit. They see in a way that they do not apprehend any dharma at all.”
n.­1897
khri brgyad 79.­20.
n.­1898
khri brgyad 79.­21.
n.­1899
khri brgyad 54.­2–54.­25, explained at Bṭ3 5.­1002-5.­1027.
n.­1900
khri brgyad 79.­24.
n.­1901
khri brgyad 80.­2, LSPW p. 632, “untutored.” PSP 6-8: 158, le’u brgyad ma ca 313b7–314a1, nyi khri 69.­3, ’bum na 351a3 omit.
n.­1902
This is the response to Subhūti’s two hundred and fifty-sixth question (khri brgyad 80.­1): “Lord, if all dharmas are in their nature not real things, if they have not been made by buddhas… why in these dharmas is there a distinction made between them,” and so on, where it says (80.­2 ff.), “Subhūti, whereas in a dharma that is not real there is no karma, there is no action, and there is no result, unlettered, foolish, ordinary people uneducated about the noble dharmas do not know that dharmas are in their nature unreal things and because of a thought that has arisen on account of error, accumulate a variety of karma.”
n.­1903
khri brgyad 80.­2.
n.­1904
nyi khri 69.­5; cf. khri brgyad 80.­3.
n.­1905
D thos pa; K, N, Golden 391a5 thog pa?=thogs pa, “impediment?”
n.­1906
Cf. nyi khri 69.­10; khri brgyad 80.­7. This is Subhūti’s two hundred and fifty-seventh question. Bṭ3 5.­909 omits “that was or is” (byung ba’am/ ’byung).
n.­1907
khri brgyad 80.­8–80.­36.
n.­1908
khri brgyad 81.­5. This rhetorical question is referencing the immediately preceding paragraph (khri brgyad 81.­4).
n.­1909
Golden 391b3, citing khri brgyad 81.­8.
n.­1910
D rgyun; K, N, Golden 391b5 rgyur: “and when they cause a purification of the foundation they become the cause of the path.”
n.­1911
khri brgyad 81.­10.
n.­1912
khri brgyad 81.­17. I have not adjusted the slightly problematic order in which our author deals with the statements in the Sūtra but have translated them in the order they are found. The exchange at khri brgyad 81.­13 ff. and ’bum na 375a ff. begins with the Lord saying: “Subhūti, bodhisattva great beings practicing the perfection of wisdom with skillful means do not personally settle down on any dharma at all, and also establish all beings in nonsettling as well, but as an ordinary convention, not ultimately.” Then Subhūti asks, “Lord, is the dharma a tathāgata has fully awakened to, fully awakened to as an ordinary convention or as an ultimate?” After this the Lord says that one dharma cannot awaken to another; it would be happening within a dualism that the awakened state excludes. Subhūti then asks if it happens nondualistically, and the Lord says it is within “sameness” (the absence of both). Subhūti then asks what sameness is and the Lord says it is inexpressible, and then says it is not even within the range of tathāgatas.
n.­1913
nyi khri 70.­17; cf. khri brgyad 81.­19.
n.­1914
Cf. khri brgyad 81.­19. This may be an extract from a different version of the Sūtra. I have taken it as a summary of the passage.
n.­1915
khri brgyad 81.­14: “Is the dharma a tathāgata has fully awakened to, fully awakened to as an ordinary convention or as an ultimate?”
n.­1916
khri brgyad 81.­18.
n.­1917
“Just that” renders de nyid (eva). Alternatively, “true reality” (tattva). Closest is khri brgyad 81.­19 (ga 146b7) de ni ’dir but it omits nyid as do ’bum na 375b4, nyi khri ga 333b3, Gilgit 671.11, ŚsPN4/2 0213r10, and PSP 6-8: 169.
n.­1918
Alternatively, “The sameness of dharmas that are nonexistent things in their intrinsic nature is in its intrinsic nature a nonexistent thing, because even the conceptualization of it as an existent thing has been eliminated.”
n.­1919
khri brgyad 81.­29, ’bum na 379b5, nyi khri 70.­27.
n.­1920
khri brgyad 81.­36, ’bum na 389b5. This is Subhūti’s two hundred and sixty-ninth question.
n.­1921
Cf. PSP 6-8: 176, khri brgyad 82.­2. This is the response to Subhūti’s two hundred and seventieth question. nyi khri 71.­2, le’u brgyad ma ca 340a1–2, ’bum na 390a6–7: “That which is emptiness does not do and does not not do anything at all to anything.” ŚsPN4/2 219r2 ya śūnyatā na sā kasyacit kiṃcit karoti.
n.­1922
Lhasa Kangyur (shes phyin, bum, na), 470a3 de bzhin gshegs pa’i khyu mchog gi mthur mi ’gyur ro. Degé Kangyur (shes phyin, bum, a), 395a, ends abruptly. According to LC, khyu mchog gi mthu is the translation of vṛṣabha in the Daśa­bhūmika­sūtra; cf Edg, s.v. vṛṣabhitā. PSP 6-8: 176 neyaṃ tathāgatasya vṛṣabhitā bhavet.
n.­1923
rnam par rig par bya ba tsam. Alternatively, “just something one becomes aware of.”
n.­1924
K, N, Golden 393b4 mi dgos; D mi dmigs, “they would not apprehend.”
n.­1925
Cf. khri brgyad 82.­3, nyi khri 71.­3, Lhasa ’bum na 470a4.
n.­1926
K, N, Golden 393b5 ’du shes pa, supported by ŚsPN4/2 22r10 sarvasaṃjñābhiḥ śūnyaḥ. D ’du byed pa, “it is empty of any volitional factor.”
n.­1927
Golden 393b6, citing nyi khri 71.­3.
n.­1928
Lhasa ’bum na 470a7 rnam par bcab par mdzad, nyi khri 71.­4, Twenty-Five Thousand translation: “why is this point concealed when it is said, ‘This is emptiness. That is a phantom emanation’?”; PSP 6-8: 178, Gilgit 674.12 vinigūhita. khri brgyad 82.­5 (ga 151a5) rnam par sprul pa zhig (Mvy vikurvita) yod snyam’am, “Is there a contortion into ‘this is a magical creation; this is an emptiness’?” Conze (LSPW p.593: “is the difference… mysteriously concealed?”) observes that the reading is hard to determine with confidence.
n.­1929
The four (khri brgyad 82.­9) are “some are magically created by śrāvakas, … pratyekabuddhas, … bodhisattvas, … tathāgatas.”
n.­1930
khri brgyad 82.­10.
n.­1931
khri brgyad 82.­13. This is Subhūti’s two hundred and seventy-sixth rhetorical question: “according to what you have said, Lord, that ‘not moving from emptiness and not stained by duality either there is no dharma at all that is not emptiness,’ then even that which has the dharma of not coaxing you into believing it is true, nirvāṇa, is magically created?”
n.­1932
khri brgyad 82.­15. This is Subhūti’s two hundred and seventy-seventh and last question.
n.­1933
As this statement makes clear, the Maitreya Chapter was not included in the version of the Hundred Thousand that our author was following. In fact, among the long Perfection of Wisdom sūtras as they were brought to Tibet, it may only have been included in the Twenty-Five Thousand (in which it is chapter 72) and the Eighteen Thousand (in which it is chapter 83). In both sūtras its title, as given in the chapter colophon, is “Categorization of a Bodhisattva’s Training.” The traditional explanation is that this particular chapter, along with the three other final chapters recounting the narrative of Sadāprarudita, were held back by the nāgas when Nāgārjuna brought the text of the Hundred Thousand from their realm to the human world. While the versions of the Hundred Thousand in the Degé Kangyur and in most Kangyurs of both Tshalpa and Themphangma lineages thus do not include it, it is present in the versions in the Narthang and Lhasa Kangyurs, following a tradition (mentioned in the Degé Kangyur dkar chag F.117.a) of completing the text by adding these chapters from the other long sūtras.

b.

Bibliography

Primary Sources‍—Tibetan

’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ’bum dang / nyi khri lnga sgong pa dang / khri brgyad stong pa rgya cher bshad pa (Ārya­śata­sāhasrikā­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikāṣṭādaśa-sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitābṭhaṭṭīkā) [The Long Explanation of the Noble Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Lines]. Vasubandhu/Daṃṣṭrāsena. Toh 3808, Degé Tengyur vol. 93 (shes phyin, pha), folios 1b–292b.

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa brgyad stong pa (Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [The Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines]. Toh 12, Degé Kangyur vol. 33 (shes phyin, brgyad stong pa, ka), folios 1b–286a.

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri brgyad stong pa (Aṣṭā­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [The Perfection of Wisdom in Eighteen Thousand Lines]. Toh 10, Degé Kangyur (shes phyin, khri brgyad, ka, kha, ga), folios (ga) 1b–206a. English translation in Sparham 2022.

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri pa (Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [The Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines]. Toh 11, Degé Kangyur (shes phyin, khri pa, ga, nga), folios 1b–91a, 1b–397a. English translation in Dorje 2018.

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa rdo rje bcod pa (Vajracchedikā) [The Diamond Sūtra]. Toh 16, Degé Kangyur (shes phyin, rna tshogs, ka), folios 121a–132b.

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag brgya pa (Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [The Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand Lines]. Toh 8, Degé Kangyur (shes phyin, ’bum, ka–a), 12 vols. English translation in Sparham 2024.

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [The Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-Five Thousand Lines]. Toh 9, Degé Kangyur (shes phyin, nyi khri, ka–a), 3 vols. English translation in Padmakara 2023.

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa sdud pa tshigs su bcad pa (Prajñā­pāramitā­ratna­guṇa­saṃcaya­gāthā) [“Verse Summary of the Jewel Qualities”]. In shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri brgyad stong pa (Aṣṭā­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) Toh 10, Degé Kangyur (shes phyin, khri brgyad, ga), folios 163a–181.b. Also Toh 13, Degé Kangyur vol. 34 (shes rab sna tshogs pa, ka), folios 1b–19b. English translation in Sparham 2022.

Primary Sources‍—Sanskrit

Abhi­samayālaṃkāra-nāma-prajñā­pāramitopadeśa­śāstra [Ornament for the Clear Realizations]. Edited by Unrai Wogihara (1973).

Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā [The Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines]. Edited by Unrai Wogihara (1973) incorporating Mitra (1888).

Pañcaviṃśati-sāhasrikā Prajñā-pāramitā [“The Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-Five Thousand Lines”]. Edited by Nalinaksha Dutt with critical notes and introduction (Calcutta Oriental Series, 28. London: Luzac, 1934.) Reprint edition, Sri Satguru Publications, 1986.

Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā [The Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-Five Thousand Lines]. Edited by Takayasu Kimura. Tokyo: Sankibo Busshorin 2007–9 (1-1, 1-2), 1986 (2-3), 1990 (4), 1992 (5), 2006 (6-8). Available online (input by Klaus Wille, Göttingen) at GRETIL.

Secondary References

Sūtras

’phags pa chos bcu pa zhes bya ba theg pa chen po’i mdo (Ārya­daśa­dharmaka-nāma-mahāyāna­sūtra) [The Ten Dharmas Sūtra]. Toh 53, Degé Kangyur vol. 40 (dkon brtsegs, kha), folios 164a6–184b6.

’phags pa de bzhin gshegs pa’i snying po zhes bya ba theg pa chen po’i mdo (Ārya­tathāgata­garbha-nāma-mahā­yāna­sūtra) [The Tathāgatagarbha Sūtra]. Toh 258, Dege Kangyur vol. 66 (mdo sde, za), folios 245b2–259b4.

’phags pa lang kar gshegs pa’i theg pa chen po’i mdo (Ārya­laṅkāvatāra­mahā­yāna­sūtra) [Descent into Laṅkā Sūtra]. Toh 107, Degé Kangyur vol. 49 (mdo sde, ca), folios 56a1–191b7.

’phags pa lha mo dpal ’phreng gi seng ge’i sgra (Śrī­mālā­devī­siṃha­nāda­sūtra) [Lion’s Roar of the Goddess Śrīmālā]. Toh 92, Degé Kangyur vol. 44 (dkon brtsegs, cha), folios 255a1–277b7.

blo gros mi zad pas bstan pa (Akṣaya­mati­nirdeśa) [The Teaching of Akṣayamati]. Toh 175, Degé Kangyur vol. 60 (mdo sde, ma), folios 79a1–174b7. English translation in Braarvig and Welsh 2020.

blo gros rgya mtshos zhus pa’i mdo (Sāgara­mati­paripṛcchā) [The Questions of Sāgaramati]. Toh 152, Degé Kangyur vol. 58 (mdo sde, pha), folios 1b1–115b7. English translation in Dharmachakra 2020.

byang chub sems dpa’i sde snod kyi mdo (Bodhi­sattva­piṭaka­sūtra) [The Bodhisattva’s Scriptural Collection]. Toh 56, Degé Kangyur vols. 40–41 (dkon brtsegs, kha, ga), folios 255b1–294a7, 1b1–205b1. English translation in Norwegian Institute of Palaeography and Historical Philology 2023.

dam pa’i chos padma dkar po (Saddharma­puṇḍarika) [The White Lotus of the Good Dharma]. Toh 113, Degé Kangyur vol. 51 (mdo sde, ja), folios 1b1–180b7. English translation in Roberts 2018.

de bshin gshegs pa’i gsang ba bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i bstan pa (Tathāgatācintya­guhyaka­nirdeśa) [Explanation of the Inconceivable Secrets of the Tathāgatas]. Toh 47, Degé Kangyur vol. 39 (dkon brtsegs, ka), folios 100a7–203a. English translation in Fiordalis, David. and Dharmachakra Translation Committee 2023.

de bzhin gshegs pa’i snying rje chen po nges par bstan pa (Tathāgata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa) [The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata]. Toh 147, Degé Kangyur vol. 57 (mdo sde, pa), folios 142a1–242b7. English translation in Burchardi 2020.

Dhāraṇīśvara­rāja. See de bzhin gshegs pa’i snying rje chen po nges par bstan pa.

dri ma med par grags pas bstan pa (Vimala­kīrti­nirdeśa) [The Teaching of Vimalakīrti]. Toh 176, Degé Kangyur vol. 60 (mdo sde, ma), folios 175a1–239b7. English translation in Thurman 2017.

mdo chen po stong pa nyid ces bya ba (Śūnyatā-nāma-mahāśūtra) [Great Sūtra called Emptiness]. Toh 290, Degé Kangyur vol. 71 (mdo sde, sha), folios 250a1–253b2.

rgya cher rol pa (Lalitavistara) [The Play in Full]. Toh 95, Degé Kangyur vol. 46 (mdo sde, kha), folios 1b1–216b7. English translation in Dharmachakra 2013.

sa bcu pa’i mdo (Daśa­bhūmika­sūtra) [The Ten Bhūmis]. See sangs rgyas phal po che zhes bya ba las, sa bcu’i le’u ste, sum cu rtsa gcig pa’o.

sangs rgyas phal po che zhes bya ba las, sa bcu’i le’u ste, sum cu rtsa gcig pa’o (sa bcu pa’i mdo, Daśa­bhūmika­sūtra) [The Ten Bhūmis]. Degé Kangyur vol. 36 (phal chen, kha), folios 166.a5–283.a7. English translation in Roberts 2021.

sangs rgyas phal po che zhes bya ba shin tu rgyas pa chen po’i mdo (Buddhāvataṃsaka-nāma-mahā­vaipūlya­sūtra) [Avataṃsaka Sūtra]. Toh 44, Degé Kangyur vols. 35–36 (phal chen, ka–a).

tshangs pa’i dra ba’i mdo (Brahmajālasūtra) [The Sūtra of Brahma’s Net]. Toh 352, Degé Kangyur vol. 76 (mdo sde, aḥ), folios 70b2–86a2.

Indic Commentaries

Abhayākaragupta. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa brgyad stong pa’i ’grel pa gnad kyi zla ’od (Āṣṭa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­vṛtti-marmakaumudī) [“Moonlight”]. Toh 3805, Degé Tengyur vol. 90 (shes phyin, da), folios 1b–228a.

Abhayākaragupta. thub pa’i dgongs pai rgyan (Muni­matālaṃkāra) [“Intention of the Sage”]. Toh 3903, Degé Tengyur vol. 211 (dbu ma, a), folios 73b–293a.

Anonymous/Daṃṣṭrāsena. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ’bum gyi rgya cher ’grel (Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā) [The Long Commentary on the One Hundred Thousand]. Toh 3807, Degé Tengyur vols. 91–92 (shes phyin, na, pa).

Āryavimuktisena. ’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan gyi tshig le’ur byas pa’i rnam par ’grel pa (Ārya­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitopadeśa­śāstrābhisamayālaṃkāra­kārikā­vārttika) [“Āryavimuktisena’s Commentary”]. Toh 3787, Degé Tengyur vol. 80 (shes phyin, ka), folios 14b–212a.

Asaṅga. theg pa chen po rgyud bla ma’i bstan bcos rnam par bshad pa (Mahā­yānottara­tantra­śāstra­vyākhyā) [The Explanation of The Treatise on the Ultimate Continuum of the Mahāyāna]. Toh 4025, Degé Tengyur vol. 225 (sems tsam, phi), folios 74b1–129a7.

Asaṅga. rnal ’byor spyod pa’i sa (Yogācārabhūmi) [The Levels of Spiritual Practice]. Toh 4035, Degé Tengyur vol. 229 (sems tsam, tshi), folios 1b–283a.

Asaṅga. rnal ’byor spyod pa’i sa las byang chub sems dpa’i sa (Bodhi­sattva­bhūmi) [The Level of a Bodhisattva]. Toh 4037, Degé Tengyur vol. 231 (sems tsam, wi), folios 1b–213a.

Asaṅga. theg pa chen po bsdus pa (Mahā­yāna­saṃgraha) [A Summary of the Great Vehicle]. Toh 4048, Degé Tengyur vol. 236 (sems tsam, ri), folios 1b–43a.

Asvabhāva. theg pa chen po bsdus pa’i bshad sbyar (Mahā­yāna­saṃgrahopanibandhana) [Explanations Connected to A Summary of the Great Vehicle]. Toh 4051, Degé Tengyur vol. 236 (sems tsam, ri), folios 190b–296a.

Bhadanta Vimuktisena (btsun pa grol sde). ’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan gyi tshig le’ur byas pa’i rnam par ’grel pa (*Ārya­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitopadeśa-śāstrābhisamayālaṃkāra­kārikā­vārttika) [A General Commentary on “The Ornament for Clear Realizations,” A Treatise of Personal Instructions on the Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-Five Thousand Lines]. Toh 3788, Degé Tengyur vol. 81 (shes phyin, kha), folios 1b–181a.

Buddhaśrī. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa sdud pa’i tshig su byas pa’i dka’ ’grel (Prajñā­pāramitā­saṃcaya­gāthā­pañjikā) [A Commentary on the Difficult Points of the “Verses [that Summarize the Perfection of Wisdom]. Toh 3798, Degé Tengyur (shes phyin, nya), folios 116a–189b.

Daśabalaśrīmitra. ’dus byas ’dus ma byas rnam par nges pa (Saṃskṛtāsaṃskṛta­viniścaya) [Differentiating Between the Compounded and Uncompounded]. Toh 3897, Degé Tengyur (dbu ma, ha), folios 109a–317a.

Dharmatrāta. ched du brjod pa’i tshoms (Udānavarga) [Chapters of Utterances on Specific Topics]. Toh 4099, Degé Tengyur vol. 250 (mngon pa, tu), folios 1b–45a; Toh 326, Degé Kangyur vol. 72 (mdo sde, sa), folios 209a1–253a7.

Haribhadra. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa brgyad stong pa’i bshad pa mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan gyi snang ba, (Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā-vyākhyānābhisamayālaṃkārālokā) [“Illumination of the Abhisamayālaṃkāra”]. Toh 3791, Degé Tengyur vol. 85 (shes phyin, cha), folios 1b–341a.

Haribhadra. bcom ldan ’das yon tan rin po che sdud pa’i tshig su byas pa’i dka’ ’grel shes bya ba (Bhagavadratna­guṇa­saṃcaya­gāthā-pañjikānāma/Subodhinī) [A Commentary on the Difficult Points of the “Verses that Summarize the Perfection of Wisdom”]. Toh 3792, Degé Tengyur vol. 86 (shes phyin, ja), folios 1b–78a.

Haribhadra. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan zhes bya ba’i ’grel pa (Abhi­samayālaṃkāra-nāma-prajñā­pāramitopadeśa­śāstra­vṛtti) [A Running Commentary on “The Ornament for Clear Realizations, A Treatise of Personal Instructions on the Perfection of Wisdom”]. Toh 3793, Degé Tengyur vol. 86 (shes phyin, ja), folios 78b–140a.

Haribhadra. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa (Pañcaviṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [“Eight Chapters”]. Toh 3790, vols. 82–84 (shes phyin, ga, nga, ca).

Jñānavarja. ’phags pa lang kar gshegs pa zhes bya ba theg pa chen po’i mdo’i ’grel pa de bzhin gshegs pa’i snying po’i rgyan zhes bya ba (Ārya­laṅkāvatāra-nāma-mahā­yāna­sūtra­vṛtti­tathāgata-hṛdayālaṃkāra-nāma) [A Commentary on The Descent into Laṅkā called “The Ornament of the Heart of the Tathāgata”]. Toh 4019, Degé Tengyur (mdo ’grel, pi), folios 1b1–310a7.

Maitreya. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan zhes bya ba tshig le’ur byas pa (Abhi­samayālaṃkāra-nāma-prajñā­pāramitopadeśa­śāstra­kārikā) [“Ornament for the Clear Realizations”]. Toh 3786, Degé Tengyur (shes phyin, ka), folios 1b–13a.

Maitreya. dbus dang mtha’ rnam par ’byed pa’i tshig le’ur byas pa (Madhyānta­vibhāga) [“Distinguishing the Middle from the Extremes”]. Toh 4021, Degé Tengyur vol. 225 (sems tsam, phi), folios 40b–45a.

Maitreya. theg pa chen po mdo sde’i rgyan zhes bya ba’i tshig le’ur byas pa (Mahā­yāna­sūtrālaṃkāra­kārikā) [Ornament for the Mahāyāna Sūtras]. Toh 4020, Degé Tengyur vol. 225 (sems tsam, phi), folios 1b1–39a4.

Maitreya. theg pa chen po rgyud bla ma’i bstan bcos (Mahāyānottara­tantra­śāstra-ratnagotra-vibhāga) [The Treatise on the Ultimate Continuum of the Mahāyāna]. Toh 4024, Degé Tengyur vol. 225 (sems tsam, phi), folios 54b1–73a7.

Mañjuśrīkīrti. ’phags pa chos thams cad kyi rang bzhin mnyam pa nyid rnam par spros pa’i ting nge ’dzin kyi rgyal po zhes bya ba theg pa chen po’i mdo’i ’grel pa grags pa’i phreng ba (Sarva­dharma­svabhāva­samatāvi­pañcita­samādhi­rāja-nāma-mahā­yāna­sūtra­ṭīkā­kīrti­mālā) [A Commentary on the Mahāyāna Sūtra “The King of Samādhis, the Revealed Equality of the Nature of All Phenomena,” called “The Garland of Renown”] Toh 4010, Degé Tengyur (mdo ’grel, nyi), folios 1b–163b.

Nāgārjuna. dbu ma rtsa ba’i tshig le’ur byas pa shes rab ces bya ba (Prajñā-nāma-mūla­madhyamaka­kārikā) [Fundamental Treatise on the Middle Way called “Wisdom”]. Toh 3824, Degé Tengyur vol. 198 (dbu ma, tsa), folios 1b1–19a6.

Prajñāvarman. ched du brjod pa’i tshoms kyi rnam par ’grel pa (Udāna­varga­vivaraṇa) [An Exposition of “The Categorical Sayings”]. Toh 4100, Degé Tengyur vol. 148–49 (mngon pa, tu, thu), folios 45b–thu 222a.

Pūrṇavardana. chos mngon par chos kyi ’grel bshad mtshan nyid kyi rjes su ’brang ba (Abhi­dharma­kośa­ṭīkā­lakṣaṇānusāriṇī) [An Explanatory Commentary on “The Treasury of Abhidharma” called “Following the Defining Characteristics”]. Toh 4093, Degé Tengyur vols. 144–45 (mngon pa, cu, chu), chu folios 1b–322a.

Ratnākaraśānti. ’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa brgyad stong pa’i dka’ ’grel snying po mchog (Āryāṣṭa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­pañjikāsārottamā) [“Sāratamā”]. Toh 3803, Degé Tengyur vol. 89 (shes phyin, tha), folios 1b–230a.

Ratnākaraśānti. nam mkha’ dang mnyam pa zhes bya ba’i rgya cher ’grel pa (Khasamā-nāma-ṭīkā) [An Extensive Explanation of the Extant Khasama Tantra]. Toh 1424, Degé Tengyur vol. 21 (rgyud, wa), folios 153a3–171a7.

Ratnākaraśānti. mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan gyi ’grel pa’i tshig le’ur byas pa’i ’grel pa dag ldan (Abhi­samayālaṃkāra­kārikā­vṛitti­śuddha­matī) [A Running Commentary on “The Ornament for Clear Realizations” called “Pristine Intelligence”]. Toh 3801, Degé Tengyur vol. 88 (shes phyin, ta), folios 76a–204a.

Sāgaramegha (rgya mtsho sprin). rnal ’byor spyod pa’i sa las byang chub sems dpa’i sa’i rnam par bshad pa (Bodhi­sattva­bhūmi­vyākhyā) [“An Explanation of The Level of a Bodhisattva”]. Toh 4047, Degé Tengyur vol. 235 (sems tsam, yi), folios 1b–338a.

Śrījagattalanivāsin. bcom ldan ’das ma’i man ngag gi rjes su brang ba zhes bya ba’i rnam par bshad pa (Bhagavatyāmnāyānusāriṇī-nāma-vyākhyā) [An Explanation of “The Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines” called “Following the Personal Instructions of the Bhagavatī”]. Toh 3811, Degé Tengyur vol. 94 (shes phyin), folios 1b–320a.

Sthiramati. mdo sde rgyan gyi ’grel bshad (Sūtrālaṃkāra­vṛtti­bhāṣya) [An Explanatory Commentary on the Ornament for the Mahāyāna Sūtras]. Toh 4034, Degé Tengyur vols. 227, 228 (sems tsam, ma, tsi).

Vasubandhu. ’phags pa bcom ldan ’das ma shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa rdo rje gcod pa’i don bdun gyi rgya cher ’grel pa (Ārya­bhagavatī­prajñā­pāramitā­vajracchedikā­saptārtha­ṭīkā) [An Extensive Commentary on the Seven Subjects of “The Perfection of Wisdom, ‘The Diamond Sūtra”]. Toh 3816, Degé Tengyur vol. 95 (shes phyin, ma), folios 178a5–203b7.

Vasubandhu. ’phags pa blo gros mi zad pas bstan pa rgya cher ’grel pa (Akṣaya­mati­nirdeśa­ṭīkā) [An Extensive Commentary on The Teaching of Ākṣayamati]. Toh 3994, Degé Tengyur (mdo ’grel, ci), 1b1–269a7.

Vasubandhu. ’phags pa sa bcu pa’i rnam par bshad pa (Ārya­daśa­bhūmi­vyākhyāna) [Explanation of The Ten Bhūmis]. Toh 3993, Degé Tengyur vol. 215 (mdo sde, ngi), folios 103b–266a.

Vasubandhu. chos mngon pa’i mdzod kyi bshad pa (Abhidharmakośabhāṣya) [Explanation of “The Treasury of Abhidharma”]. Toh 4090, Degé Tengyur, vols. 242, 243 (mngon pa, ku, khu), folios ku 26a1–258a7, khu 1b1–95a7.

Vasubandhu. chos mngon pa’i mdzod kyi tshig le’ur byas pa (Abhi­dharma­kośa­kārikā) [The Treasury of Abhidharma]. Toh 4089, Degé Tengyur, vol. 242 (mngon pa, ku), folios 1b1–25a7.

Vasubandhu. dbus dang mtha’ rnam par ’byed pa’i ’grel pa (Madhyānta­vibhāga­bhāṣya) [An Extensive Commentary on Distinguishing the Middle from the Extremes]. Toh 4027, Degé Tengyur vol. 226 (sems tsam, bi), folios 1b1–27a7.

Vasubandhu. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa rdo rje gcod pa bshad pa’i bshad sbyar gyi tshig le’ur byas pa (Vajracchedikāyāḥ prajñāpāramitāyā vyākhyānopanibandhana­kārikā) [“Verse Explanation of the Diamond Sūtra”]. Peking Tengyur 5864, vol. 146 (ngo mtshar bstan bcos, nyo), folios 1b1–5b1.

Vasubandhu. mdo sde’i rgyan gyi bshad pa (Sūtrālaṃkāra­vyākhyā) [An Explanation of The Ornament for the Mahāyāna Sūtras]. Toh 4026, Degé Tengyur vol. 225 (sems tsam, phi), folios 129b–260a.

Vasubandhu. ’phags pa blo gros mi zad pas bstan pa rgya cher ’grel pa (Akṣaya­mati­nirdeśaṭīkā) [An Extensive Commentary on The Teaching of Ākṣayamati]. Toh 3994, Degé Tengyur (mdo ’grel, ci), folios 1b–269a.

Indigenous Tibetan Works

Ar Changchup Yeshé (ar byang chub ye shes). mngon rtogs rgyan gyi ’grel pa rnam ’byed [Disentanglement of Haribhadra’s “Exposition of Maitreya’s ‘Ornament for the Clear Realizations’ ”]. Ar byang chub ye shes kyi gsung chos skor, Bka’ gdams dpe dkon gches btus, 2. Edited by Dpal brtsegs bod yig dpe rnying zhib ’jug khang. Pe cin: krung go’i bod rig pa’i dpe skrun khang, 2006.

Bodong Tsöntru Dorjé (bo dong brtson ’grus rdo rje). shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan gyi ’grel bshad shes rab mchog gi rgyan (stod cha) [Ornament for the Supreme Wisdom]. ’Phags yul rgyan drug mchog gnyis kyi zhal lung, vol. 11, pp. 22–565.

Butön (bu ston rin chen grub). bde bar gshegs pa’i bstan pa’i gsal byed chos kyi ’byung gnas gsung rab rin po che’i mdzod / chos ’byung chen mo [History of Buddhism]. Zhol phar khang gsung ’bum, vol. ya (26), folios 1b–212a.

Chim Namkha Drak (mchims nam mkha’ grags). shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i stong phrag brgya pa gzhung gi don rnam par ’byed pa’i bshad pa [Summary Explanation of the One Hundred Thousand]. ’Phags yul rgyan drug mchog gnyis kyi zhal lung, vol. 8, pp. 217–468.

Chomden Rikpé Reltri (bcom ldan rigs pa’i ral gri). shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i ’grel bshad mngon par rtogs pa rgyan gyi me tog [Flower Ornament for the Clear Realizations]. gsung ’bum, Kamtrul Sonam Dondrub typeset edition, ga, folios 1-389b [3-780].

Chomden Rikpé Reltri (bcom ldan rigs pa’i ral gri). sha ta sa ha sRi ka pRadznyA pA ra mi ta a laM ka ra pushpe nA ma bi dza ha raM / shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phra brgya pa rgyan gyi me tog [Flower Ornament for the One Hundred Thousand]. gsung ’bum, Kamtrul Sonam Dondrub typeset edition, ca, folios 1-26b [565-617].

Chomden Rikpé Reltri (bcom ldan rigs pa’i ral gri). bstan pa rgyas pa rgyan gyi nyi ’od [An Early Survey of Buddhist Literature]. gsung ’bum, Kamtrul Sonam Dondrub typeset edition, ca, 1-81b [99-260].

Chomden Rikpé Reltri (bcom ldan rigs pa’i ral gri). byams pa dang ’brel ba’i chos kyi byung tshul [Historical Evolution of the Works of Maitreya]. gsung ’bum, Kamtrul Sonam Dondrub typeset edition, ca, 1-6a [43-56].

Denkarma (pho brang stod thang ldan dkar gyi chos kyi ’gyur ro cog gi dkar chag). Toh 4364, Degé Tengyur vol. 206 (sna tshogs, jo), folios 294.b–310.a.

Dolpopa (dol po pa shes rab rgyal mtshan). shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri brgyad stong pa’i mchan bu zur du bkod pa (stod cha) [“Notes to the Eight Thousand”]. ’dzam thang gsum ’bum, ma, pp. 5.3–134. Available online at BDRC.

Dolpopa (dol po pa shes rab rgyal mtshan). ’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi su lnga pa’i bshad pa [Explanation of the Twenty-Five Thousand Perfection of Wisdom]. Jo nang kun mkhyen dol po pa shes rab rgyal mtshan gyi gsung ’bum (glog klad ma gsungs ’bum), vol. 6, 1–279. Edited by dpal brtsegs bod yig dpe rnying zhib ’jug khang. Pe cin: krung go’i bod rig pa’i dpe skrun khang, 2011.

Jamsar Shérap Wozer (’jam gsar ba shes rab ’od zer). mngon rtogs rgyan gyi ’grel bshad ’thad pa’i ’od ’bar [Blaze of What is Tenable]. ’Phags yul rgyan drug mchog gnyis kyi zhal lung, vol. 9, pp. 22–458.

Luyi Gyeltsen (Degé Tengyur: klu’i rgyal mtshan; Toh: byang chub rdzu ’phrul). phags pa dgongs pa nges par ’grel pa’i mdo’i rnam par bshad pa (Ārya­saṃdhi­nirmocana­sūtra­vyākhyāna) [Explanation of the Saṃdhinirmocana Sūtra]. Toh 4358, Degé Tengyur vol. 205 (sna tshogs, cho, jo), folios 1b1–293a7; 1b1–183b7.

Pema Karpo (kun mkhyen pad ma dkar po). mngon par rtogs pa rgyan gyi ’grel pa rje btsun byams pa’i zhal lung [“Words of Maitreya”]. Collected Works (gsuṅ-’bum) of Kun-Mkhyen Padma-Dkar-Po. Darjeeling: Kargyud Sungrab Nyamso Khang, 1973–1974. Vol. 8, pp. 1–340.

Phangthangma (dkar chag ’phang thang ma). Beijing: mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 2003.

Rongtön (rong ston shes bya kun rig). sher phyin stong phrag brgya pa’i rnam ’grel. In gsung ’bum, 4:380–678. khren tu’u: si khron dpe skrun tshogs pa. si khron mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 2008.

Serdok Shakya Chokden (gser mdog paṇ chen shākya mchog ldan). shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan ’grel pa dang bcas pa’i snga phyi’i ’brel rnam par btsal zhing / dngos bstan kyi dka’ ba’i gnas la legs par bshad pa’i dpung tshogs rnam par bkod pa/ bzhed tshul rba rlabs kyi phreng ba [“Garland of Waves”]. Complete Works, vol. 11. Thimphu, 1975.

Tsongkhapa (tsong kha pa blo bzang grags pa). shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan ’grel pa dang bcas pa’i rgya cher bshad pa legs bshad gser gyi phreng ba [Golden Garland of Eloquence: Long Explanation of the Perfection of Wisdom]. Zi ling: tsho sngon mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 1986. The page numbers are the same as vols. tsa and tsha in the mtsho sngon mi rigs dpe skrun khang gsung ’bum, 11: 11–519. zi ling: mtsho sngon mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 1999.

Upa Losal Sangyé Bum (dbus pa blo gsal sangs rgyas ’bum). pa). bstan ’gyur dkar chag [Catalog of the Early Narthang Tengyur]. Scans from gnas bcu lha khang, on BDRC (MW2CZ7507).

Secondary Literature

Amano, Koei H. Abhisamayālaṃkāra-kārikā-śāstra-vivṛti: Haribhadra’s Commentary on the Abhisamayālaṃkāra-kārikā-śāstra edited for the first time from a Sanskrit Manuscript. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 2000.

Ānandajyoti Bhikkhu. Maps of Ancient Buddhist India.

Bailey, D. R. Shackleton. The Śatapañcāśatka of Mātṛceṭa. Cambridge University Press, 1951.

Banerjea, Jitendra Nath. “The ‘Webbed Fingers’ of Buddha.” The Indian Historical Quarterly 6: no. 4 (December 1930): 717–27.

Bernhard, Franz, ed. Udānavarga. Abhandlungen Der Akadamie Der Wissenschaften. Vandenhoek & Ruprecht, 1965.

Bhattacarya, Gouriswar. “Nandipada or Nandyāvarta‍—The ‘ω -motif,’ ” Berliner Indologische Studien 13/14 (2000): 265–72.

Braarvig, Jens, ed. and trans. Akṣaya­mati­nirdeśa­sūtra. Oslo: Solum Forlag, 1993.

Braarvig, Jens, and David Welsh, trans. The Teaching of Akṣayamati (Akṣaya­mati­nirdeśa, Toh 175). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2020.

Brough, John. “The Arapacana Syllabary in the Old Lalitavistara.” Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 40 (1977): 85–95.

Brunnhöltzl, Karl (2011a). Prajñāpāramitā, Indian “gzhan stong pas,” and the beginning of Tibetan gzhan stong. Wien: Arbeitskreis für Tibetische und Buddhistische Studien.

Brunnhöltzl, Karl (2011b). Gone Beyond. Ithaca, N.Y.: Snow Lion Publications, 2011.

Bucknell, Roderick S. “The Structure of the Sagātha-Vagga of the Saṃyutta-Nikāya.” Buddhist Studies Review 24, no. 1 (2007): 7–34.

Burchardi, Anne, trans. The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata (Tathāgata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa, Toh 147). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2020.

Candra, Lokesh. Tibetan Sanskrit Dictionary. Śata-piṭaka Series Indo-Asian Literature, Vol. 3. International Academy of Indian Culture (1959–61), third reprint edition 2001.

Chimpa, Lama and Alaka Chattopadhyaya. Tāranātha’s History of Buddhism in India. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1997.

Chodron, Gelongma Karma Migme. The Treatise on the Great Virtue of Wisdom of Nāgārjuna. Gampo Abbey Nova Scotia, 2001. English translation of Étienne Lamotte (1949–80).

Conze, Edward (No date). Ed. Ms. Cambridge Add. 1628 (abhi­samayālaṃkāra, pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) with various additions. Photocopy of typed manuscript. No date, no place.

Conze, Edward (1973a). Materials for a Dictionary of the Prajñāpāramitā Literature. Tokyo: Suzuki Research Foundation, 1973.

Conze, Edward (1973b). The Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines & Its Verse Summary. Bolinas, Calif.: Four Seasons Foundation, 1973.

Conze, Edward (1962). Ed. and trans. The Gilgit Manuscript of the Aṣṭādaśa-sāhasrikāprajñāpāramitā: Chapters 55 to 70 Corresponding to the 5th Abhisamaya. Roma: Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente, 1962.

Conze, Edward (1954). Ed. Abhi­samayālaṅkāra. Serie Orientale Roma, 6. Roma: Is.M.E.O., 1954.

Conze, Edward and Shotaro Iida. “Maitreya’s Questions” in the Prajñāpāramitā.” In Mélanges d’India a la Mémoire de Louis Renou, pp. 229–42. Paris: Éditions E. de Boccard, 1968.

Critical Pāli Dictionary Online.

de Jong, J. W. Nāgārjuna, Mūlamadhyamakakārikāḥ. Madras, India: Adyar Library and Research Centre, 1977.

Das, Sarat Candra. Tibetan-English Dictionary. Calcutta, 1902; reprint ed., New Delhi 1985.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, (2013). Trans. The Play in Full (Lalita­vistara, Toh 95). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, (2020). Trans. The Questions of Sāgaramati (Sāgaramati­paripṛcchā, Toh 152). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Dorje, Gyurme, trans. The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines (Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 11). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.

Dutt, Nalinaksha. Pañcaviṃśati-sāhasrikā Prajñā-pāramitā. Edited with critical notes and introduction. (Calcutta Oriental Series, 28. London: Luzac, 1934.) Reprint edition, Sri Satguru Publications, 1986.

Edgerton, Franklin. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Grammar and Dictionary. 2 vols. New Haven: Yale University Press,1953. Vol. 1, Dictionary.

Encyclopaedia Iranica.

Goldstein, Melvyn. A New Tibetan English Dictionary of Modern Tibetan. University of California Press, 2001.

Fiordalis, David. and Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. The Secrets of the Realized Ones (Toh 47). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2023.

Ghoṣa, Pratāpachandra, ed. Śatasāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā. Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1902–14.

Griffiths, Paul J. “Omniscience in the Mahā­yāna­sūtrālaṃkāra and its Commentaries.” Indo-Iranian Journal 33 (1990): 85–120.

Harrison, Paul. “Vajracchedikā Prajñāpāramitā: A New English Translation of the Sanskrit Text Based on Two Manuscripts from Greater Gandhāra.” In Buddhist Manuscripts Volume III, edited by Jens Braavig et al., 133–59. Manuscripts in the Schøyen Collection. Oslo: Hermes, 2006.

Harvey, Peter. “The Dynamics of Paritta Chanting in Southern Buddhism.” In Love Divine: Studies in Bhakti and Devotional Mysticism, edited by Karel Werner, 53–84. London: Curzon Press, 1993.

Herrmann-Pfandt, Adelheid. Die lHan kar ma: ein früher Katalog der ins Tibetische übersetzten buddhistischen Texte. Vienna: Verlag der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 2008.

Honda, Megumu. “Annotated Translation of the Daśabhūmika-sūtra.” Studies in South, East, and Central Asia, Satapitaka Series 74 (1968): 115–276.

Hong, Luo. “Is Ratnākaraśānti a gZhan stong pa?” Journal of Indian Philosophy 46 (2018): 577–619.

Hookham, Susan K. The Buddha Within. Tathagatagarbha Doctrine According to the Shentong Interpretation of the Ratnagotravibhaga. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 1991.

Hopkins, Jeffrey (1999). Emptiness in the Mind-Only School of Buddhism. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1999.

Hopkins, Jeffrey (2013). “The Hidden Teaching of the Perfection of Wisdom Sūtras: Jam-yang-shay-pa’s Seventy Topics and Kon-chog-jig-may-wang-po’s Supplement.” Available online from UMA Institute for Tibetan Studies, 2013.

Ishihama, Yumiko and Yoichi Fukuda, eds. A New Critical Edition of the Mahāvyutpatti. Tokyo: The Toyo Bunko, 1989.

Jaini, P. S. Sāratamā: A Pañjikā on the Abhisamayālaṃkāra by Ācārya Ratnākaraśānti. Tibetan Sanskrit Works Series 18. Patna: Kashi Prasad Jayaswal Research Institute, 1972.

Jäschke, H. A. A Tibetan-English Dictionary. London: Routledge, Kegan and Paul, 1881; reprint edition Dover Publications, 2003.

Johnston, E. H., ed. (1950). The Ratnagotravibhāga Mahāyānottaratantraśāstra. Patna, India: Bihar Research Society.

Johnston, E. H., ed. (1932). “Vardhamāna and Śrīvasta.” Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 64, no. 2 (April 1932): 393–98.

Kano, Kazuo and Xuezhu Li (2014). “Critical Edition and Japanese Translation and Critical Edition of the Saṃskrit text of the Muni­matālaṃkāra Chapter 1. Ekayāna Portion (fol. 67v2–70r4): Parallel Passages in the Madhyamakāloka,” The Mikkyo Bunka [Journal of Esoteric Buddhism] 232 (March 2014): 138–03 [7–42]. The Association of Esoteric Buddhist Studies, Koyasan University, Koyasan, Wakayama, Japan.

Kano, Kazuo and Xuezhu Li (2012). “Annotated Japanese Translation and Critical Edition of the Saṃskrit text of the Muni­matālaṃkāra Chapter 1‍—Opening Portion.” The Mikkyo Bunka [Journal of Esoteric Buddhism] 229 (December 2012): 64–37 [59–86]. The Association of Esoteric Buddhist Studies, Koyasan University, Koyasan, Wakayama, Japan.

Karashima, Seishi. Introduction to Manuscripts in the National Archives of India Facsimile Edition Volume II.1 Mahāyāna Texts: Prajñāpāramitā Texts (1). Edited by Karashima, Seishi et al. Published by the National Archives of India (New Delhi) and the International Research Institute for Advanced Buddhology (Tokyo), 2016.

Kern, H., trans. The Saddharma-puṇḍarīka, or Lotus of the True Law. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1884.

Kimura, Takayasu, ed. Pañcaviṃśatisāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā. GRETIL edition input by Klaus Wille. Tokyo: Sankibo Busshorin 2007–9 (1-1, 1-2), 1986 (2-3), 1990 (4), 1992 (5), 2006 (6-8).

Lamotte, Étienne. Le Traité de la Grande Vertu de Sagesse de Nāgārjuna (Mahāprajñā-pāramitā-śāstra). Vol. I and II: Bibliothèque du Muséon, 18. Louvain: Institut Orientaliste, 1949; reprinted 1967. Vol III, IV, and V: Publications de l’Institut Orientaliste de Louvain, 2, 12, and 24. Louvain: Institut Orientaliste, 1970, 1976, and 1980.

la Vallée Poussin, Louis de. L’Abhidharmakośa de Vasubandhu. 6 vols. Brussels: Institut Belge des Hautes Études Chinoises, 1971.

Law, B. C. Historical Geography of Ancient India. Paris: Société Asiatique de Paris, 1954.

Lévi, Sylvain. Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra, exposé de la doctrine du grand véhicule selon le système Yogācāra. 2 vols. Paris: Bibliothèque de l’École des Hautes Études, 1907; reprint, vol. 1, Shanghai, China, 1940.

Jaini, P. S. Sāratamā: A Pañjikā on the Abhisamayālaṃkāra by Ācārya Ratnākaraśānti, Tibetan Sanskrit Works Series 18. Patna: Kashi Prasad Jayaswal Research Institute, 1972.

Malalasekera. G. P. Dictionary of Pāli Proper Names. Vols. i and ii. London: John Murray, 1937–38.

Martin, Dan. Dan Martin Dictionary. Part of The Tibetan to English Translation Tool, version 3.3.0 compiled by Andrés Montano Pellegrini. Available from https://www.bdrc.io/blog/2020/12/21/dan-martins-tibetan-histories/.

McKay, Alex. Kailasa histories: renunciate traditions and the construction of Himalayan sacred geography. Brill’s Tibetan Studies Library 38. Leiden: Brill, 2015.

McKlintock, Sarah. “Omniscience and the Rhetoric of Reason in the Tattvasaṃgraha and the Tattva­saṃgraha­pañjikā.” Unpublished PhD diss. Harvard University, 2002.

Mitra, Rājendralāla. Ashṭasāhasrikā. Calcutta: Baptist Mission Press, 1888.

Monier-Williams, Monier. A Sanskrit-English Dictionary: Etymologically and Philologically Arranged with Special Reference to Cognate Indo-European Languages. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1899.

Nattier, Jan. Once Upon a Future Time: Studies in a Buddhist Prophecy of Decline. Berkeley, CA: Asian Humanities Press, 1999.

Norwegian Institute of Palaeography and Historical Philology, trans. The Collected Teachings on the Bodhisatva (Toh 56). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2023.

Padmakara Translation Group, trans. The Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-Five Thousand Lines (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 9). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Pensa, Corrado. L’Abhisamayālamkāravrtti di Ārya-Vimuktisena: primo Abhisamaya / testo e note critiche [a cura di] Corrado Pensa. Roma, Italy: Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente, 1967.

Pruden, Leo M. Abhidharma­kośa­bhāṣyam. 4 vols. Berkeley, CA: Asian Humanities Press, 1988. English translation of la Vallée Poussin 1971.

Nagao, Gadjin M., ed. Madhyānta­vibhāga­bhāṣya. Tokyo: Suzuki Research Foundation, 1964.

Ñāṇamoli, Bhikkhu, trans. Visuddhimagga: The Path of Purification. Columbo, Ceylon: R. Semage, 1956; Berkeley, CA: Shambhala Publications 1976.

Nanjio, Bunyiu, ed. Laṅkāvatāra Sūtra. Bibliotheca Otaniensis, vol. 1. Kyoto: Otani University Press, 1923.

Obermiller, E. (1932–33). “The Doctrine of Prajñāpāramitā as Exposed in the Abhi­samayālaṃkāra of Maitreya.” Acta Orientalia 9 (1932–33): 1–33; additional indices pp. 334–54.

Obermiller, E. (1960). Ed. Prajñā-pāramitā-ratna-guṇa-saṃcaya-gāthā. Bibliotheca Buddhica XXIX, Leningrad: Akademii Nauk, 1937. Reprint edition, Indo-Iranian Reprints, ’S-Gravenhage: Mouton and Co.

Rahder, Johannes. Dasabhumikasutra et Bodhisattvabhumi. Chapitres Vihāra et Bhūmi. Publiés avec une introduction et des notes. Paris and Louvain: Paul Guethner/J.-B. Istas, 1926.

Régamey, Konstanty. Philosophy in the Samadhirajasutra. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1990.

Rhys Davids, T. W. and C. A. F. Dialogues of the Buddha Part II. London: Oxford University Press, 1910.

Roberts, Peter Alan, (2018). Trans. The White Lotus of the Good Dharma (Saddharma­puṇḍarīka, Toh 113). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Roberts, Peter Alan, (2021a). Trans. The Stem Array (Gaṇḍavyūha, Toh 44-45). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2021.

Roberts, Peter Alan, (2021b). Trans. The Ten Bhūmis (Daśabhūmika, Toh 44-31). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Saloman, Richard. “New Evidence for a Gāndhārī Original of the Arapacana Syllabary.” Journal of the American Oriental Society 110 (April–June 1990): 255–73.

Sánchez, Pedro Manuel Castro. “The Indian Buddhist Dāraṇī: An Introduction to its History, Meanings and Functions.” MA diss., University of Sunderland, 2011.

Schopen, Gregory. “The Manuscript of the Vajracchedikā Found at Gilgit.” In Studies in the Literature of the Great Vehicle, Three Mahāyāna Buddhist Texts, edited by L. O. Gomez and J. A. Silk, 89–141. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan, 1989.

Seton, Gregory Max. “Defining Wisdom: Ratnākaraśānti’s Sāratamā.” PhD diss., Oxford, 2015.

Shastri, Swami Dwarikadas, ed., Abhidharmakośa & Bhāṣya of Ācārya Vasubandhu with Sphuṭārtha Commentary of Ācārya Yaśomitra. Bauddha Bharati Series 5. Banaras: Bauddha Bharati, 1970.

Skilling, Peter, “Vasubandhu and the Vyakhyayukti Literature,” in Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies vol. 23, no. 2, 2000.

Sparham, Gareth (2006–11). Abhisamayālaṃkāra with Vṛtti and Ālokā. 4 vols. Fremont, CA: Jain Publication Company Inc.

Sparham, Gareth (2008–13). Golden Garland of Eloquence: legs bshad gser phreng, 4 vols. Fremont, CA: Jain Publishing Company.

Sparham, Gareth (2022). Trans. The Perfection of Wisdom in Eighteen Thousand Lines (Aṣṭādaśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 10). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2022.

Sparham, Gareth (2024). Trans. The Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand Lines (Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 8). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2024.

Stein, R.A. La civilization tibétaine. Paris: Dunod, 1962. English translation by J. E. S. Driver, Tibetan Civilization. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1972.

Suzuki, D. T. The Lankavatara Sutra. London: George Routledge and Sons, 1932.

Szántō, Péter-Dániel. “A Sanskrit Fragment of Daśabalaśrīmitra’s Saṃskṛtāsaṃskṛtaviniścaya (Ch. 29 & 30)” version 18.iv.2017.

Thurman, Robert A. F., trans. The Teaching of Vimalakīrti (Vimala­kīrti­nirdeśa, Toh 176). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2017.

Thurman, Robert et al. The Universal Vehicle Discourse Literature. New York: American Institute of Buddhist Studies, 2004.

Tournadre, N. “The Classical Tibetan Cases.” Himalayan Linguistics 9, no. 2 (2010): 87–125.

Tucci, Giuseppe. Minor Buddhist Texts, Part 1. Serie Orientale Roma IX. Roma: IsMeo, 1956.

Ui, Hakuju et al, eds. A Complete Catalogue of the Tibetan Buddhist Canons: Bkaḥ-ḥgyur and Bstan-ḥgyur. Sendai: Tōhoku Imperial University, 1934.

Vaidya, P. L., ed. Lalitavistara. Darbhanga: Mithila Institute, 1958.

van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. “Some Remarks on the Textual Transmission and Text of Bu ston rin chen grub’s Chos ’byung, a Chronicle of Buddhism in India and Tibet.” Revue d’Etudes Tibétaines 25 (April 2013): 115–93.

Vetter, Tilmann. “Compounds in the Prologue of the Pañcaviṃśatisāhasrikā.” Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens, Band XXXVII, pp. 45–92, 1993.

Vira, Raghu and Lokesh Chandra. Gilgit Buddhist Manuscripts (revised and enlarged compact facsimile edition) Vol. 1. Bibliotheca Indo-Buddhica Series no. 150. Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications, a division of Indian Books Center, 1995.

Vogel, J. Indian Serpent Lore: Or, The Nāgas in Hindu Legend and Art. London: Arthur Probsthain, 1926.

Whitney, William Dwight. A Sanskrit Grammar. Leipzig: Breitkopf and Härtel; London: Trübner and Co., 1879.

Wogihara, Unrai, ed. Abhisamayālaṃkārālokā Prajñāpāramitā Vyākhyā: The Work of Haribhadra. Tokyo: The Toyo Bunko, 1932–5; reprint ed., Tokyo: Sankibo Buddhist Book Store, 1973.

Yuyama, Akira (1992). “Pañcāśati-, “500” or “50”? With special reference to the Lotus Sutra,” The Dating of the Historical Buddha/Die Datierung des Historischen Buddha, Part 2, 208–33. Edited by Heinz Bechert. Göttingen: Vandenhoek & Ruprecht.

Yuyama, Akira (1976). Prajñā-pāramitā-ratna-guṇa-saṃcaya-gāthā (Sanskrit Recension A). London: Cambridge University Press.

Zacchetti, Stefano (2005). In Praise of the Light. Bibliotheca Philologica et Philosophica Buddhica, Vol. 8. The International Research Institute for Advanced Buddhology. Tokyo: Soka University, 2005.

Zacchetti, Stefano (2014). “Mind the Hermeneutical Gap.” Chinese Buddhism: Past, Present and Future, 157–94.

Zimmermann, Michael. A Buddha within: The Tathāgatagarbhasūtra; the earliest exposition of the Buddha-nature teaching in India. Tokyo: Soka University, 2002.

Zhang, Yisun, ed. Bod rgya tshig mdzod chen mo. Pe-cing: Mi rigs dpe skrun khaṅ, 2000.


g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

absorption

Wylie:
  • snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samāpatti

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Sanskrit literally means “attainment,” and is used to refer specifically to meditative attainment and to particular meditative states. The Tibetan translators interpreted it as sama-āpatti, which suggests the idea of “equal” or “level”; however, they also parsed it as sam-āpatti, in which case it would have the sense of “concentration” or “absorption,” much like samādhi, but with the added sense of “attainment.”

Located in 54 passages in the translation:

  • i.­108
  • 1.­7-8
  • 1.­15-16
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­36
  • 1.­38
  • 1.­45
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­149
  • 1.­151
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­171
  • 4.­339-340
  • 4.­379
  • 4.­499
  • 4.­564
  • 4.­628-629
  • 4.­638
  • 4.­787
  • 4.­838
  • 4.­874
  • 4.­939-945
  • 4.­992-994
  • 4.­996
  • 4.­1016
  • 4.­1019
  • 4.­1027
  • 4.­1130
  • 5.­67
  • 5.­235
  • 5.­634
  • 5.­659
  • 5.­978-979
  • 5.­1235
  • 5.­1252
  • n.­703
  • n.­740
  • n.­917
  • n.­1224
  • g.­140
  • g.­342
g.­2

Acalā

Wylie:
  • mi g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • acalā

Lit. “Immovable.” The eighth level of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten bodhisattva levels.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­87
  • g.­339
g.­3

affliction

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kleśa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The essentially pure nature of mind is obscured and afflicted by various psychological defilements, which destroy the mind’s peace and composure and lead to unwholesome deeds of body, speech, and mind, acting as causes for continued existence in saṃsāra. Included among them are the primary afflictions of desire (rāga), anger (dveṣa), and ignorance (avidyā). It is said that there are eighty-four thousand of these negative mental qualities, for which the eighty-four thousand categories of the Buddha’s teachings serve as the antidote.

Kleśa is also commonly translated as “negative emotions,” “disturbing emotions,” and so on. The Pāli kilesa, Middle Indic kileśa, and Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit kleśa all primarily mean “stain” or “defilement.” The translation “affliction” is a secondary development that derives from the more general (non-Buddhist) classical understanding of √kliś (“to harm,“ “to afflict”). Both meanings are noted by Buddhist commentators.

In this text:

Also rendered here as afflictive emotion.

Located in 100 passages in the translation:

  • i.­64
  • 1.­21-22
  • 1.­24-25
  • 1.­27-30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­39
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­79
  • 1.­82
  • 1.­88
  • 1.­96
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­186-188
  • 1.­204-205
  • 1.­208-209
  • 1.­211-214
  • 1.­220
  • 1.­226
  • 3.­10
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­47
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­80
  • 4.­120
  • 4.­179
  • 4.­336
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­576-577
  • 4.­757
  • 4.­783
  • 4.­885
  • 4.­890
  • 4.­893
  • 4.­897
  • 4.­910
  • 4.­969
  • 4.­976
  • 4.­985
  • 4.­1008
  • 4.­1017
  • 4.­1024
  • 4.­1027
  • 4.­1031
  • 4.­1049
  • 4.­1051
  • 4.­1056
  • 4.­1078
  • 4.­1185
  • 5.­20
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­80
  • 5.­193
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­311
  • 5.­365
  • 5.­369
  • 5.­529
  • 5.­769-770
  • 5.­1146-1147
  • 5.­1152
  • 5.­1248
  • 5.­1252
  • 6.­92-94
  • 6.­98
  • 6.­102
  • n.­50
  • n.­58
  • n.­94
  • n.­107
  • n.­277
  • n.­291
  • n.­295
  • n.­564-565
  • n.­1026
  • n.­1241
  • n.­1525
  • n.­1564
  • g.­114
  • g.­180
  • g.­342
g.­4

aggregates

Wylie:
  • phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • skandha

Lit. a “heap” or “pile.” The five aggregates of form, feeling, perception, volitional factors, and consciousness. On the individual level the five aggregates refer to the basis upon which the mistaken idea of a self is projected.

However, in this text, five pure or uncontaminated aggregates are also listed, namely: the aggregate of morality, the aggregate of meditative stabilization, the aggregate of wisdom, the aggregate of liberation, and the aggregate of knowledge and seeing of liberation.

Located in 79 passages in the translation:

  • i.­52
  • i.­70-71
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­21-22
  • 1.­24-25
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­66
  • 1.­91
  • 4.­45-46
  • 4.­91
  • 4.­104
  • 4.­139-140
  • 4.­162
  • 4.­192
  • 4.­214
  • 4.­259
  • 4.­421
  • 4.­451
  • 4.­455-456
  • 4.­460
  • 4.­471-472
  • 4.­476
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­532-533
  • 4.­640
  • 4.­664
  • 4.­680
  • 4.­697
  • 4.­702
  • 4.­709
  • 4.­720
  • 4.­732
  • 4.­838
  • 4.­876
  • 4.­1078
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1217
  • 4.­1347
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­246
  • 5.­304
  • 5.­306
  • 5.­392
  • 5.­464-465
  • 5.­489
  • 5.­544
  • 5.­1031
  • 5.­1453
  • 5.­1476
  • 5.­1491
  • 6.­13
  • 6.­73
  • n.­50
  • n.­60
  • n.­120
  • n.­392
  • n.­404
  • n.­419
  • n.­527
  • n.­649
  • n.­1042
  • n.­1067
  • n.­1215
  • n.­1330
  • n.­1662
  • n.­1760
  • n.­1895
  • g.­112
  • g.­290
g.­5

Ānanda

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ānanda

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A major śrāvaka disciple and personal attendant of the Buddha Śākyamuni during the last twenty-five years of his life. He was a cousin of the Buddha (according to the Mahāvastu, he was a son of Śuklodana, one of the brothers of King Śuddhodana, which means he was a brother of Devadatta; other sources say he was a son of Amṛtodana, another brother of King Śuddhodana, which means he would have been a brother of Aniruddha).

Ānanda, having always been in the Buddha’s presence, is said to have memorized all the teachings he heard and is celebrated for having recited all the Buddha’s teachings by memory at the first council of the Buddhist saṅgha, thus preserving the teachings after the Buddha’s parinirvāṇa. The phrase “Thus did I hear at one time,” found at the beginning of the sūtras, usually stands for his recitation of the teachings. He became a patriarch after the passing of Mahākāśyapa.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­17
  • 5.­154-155
  • 5.­1044
  • 5.­1071-1072
  • n.­247
  • n.­1624
g.­7

annihilation

Wylie:
  • chad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • uccheda

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The extreme philosophical view that rejects rebirth and the law of karma by considering that causes (and thus actions) do not have effects and that the self, being the same as one or all of the aggregates (skandhas), ends at death. Commonly translated as “nihilism” or, more literally, as “view of annihilation.” It is often mentioned along with its opposite view, the extreme of eternalism or permanence.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­303
  • 4.­627
  • 4.­651
  • 4.­709
  • 4.­798
  • 4.­1117
  • 4.­1180
  • 5.­125
  • 5.­328
  • 5.­495
  • 5.­558
  • 5.­1231
  • 5.­1241
  • n.­720
g.­8

applications of mindfulness

Wylie:
  • dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛtyupasthāna

See “four applications of mindfulness.”

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­91
  • 4.­31-33
  • 4.­431
  • 4.­621
  • 4.­762
  • 4.­787
  • 4.­818
  • 4.­987
  • 4.­1217
  • 4.­1230
  • 5.­306
  • 5.­1271
  • 5.­1411
  • 5.­1491
  • n.­82
  • n.­1042
  • n.­1760
g.­9

applied thought

Wylie:
  • rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vitarka

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 4.­911
  • 4.­922
  • 4.­925
  • 4.­927
  • 4.­992
  • 5.­458
  • n.­747
g.­10

apprehend

Wylie:
  • dmigs
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

dmigs (pa) translates a number of Sanskrit terms, including ālambana, upalabdhi, and ālambate. These terms commonly refer to the apprehending of a subject, an object, and the relationships that exist between them. The term may also be translated as “referentiality,” meaning a system based on the existence of referent objects, referent subjects, and the referential relationships that exist between them. As part of their doctrine of “threefold nonapprehending/nonreferentiality” (’khor gsum mi dmigs pa), Mahāyāna Buddhists famously assert that all three categories of apprehending lack substantiality.

Located in 301 passages in the translation:

  • i.­52
  • i.­68
  • i.­72
  • i.­91
  • i.­98
  • i.­112
  • i.­114
  • i.­118
  • 1.­95-96
  • 1.­111-112
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­116-117
  • 1.­119
  • 2.­13
  • 4.­14
  • 4.­17-19
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­35
  • 4.­79
  • 4.­109
  • 4.­126-127
  • 4.­139
  • 4.­156-157
  • 4.­170
  • 4.­191
  • 4.­220
  • 4.­222-224
  • 4.­261
  • 4.­288
  • 4.­292
  • 4.­300-301
  • 4.­309
  • 4.­318
  • 4.­320
  • 4.­322
  • 4.­353
  • 4.­363
  • 4.­373
  • 4.­376
  • 4.­380
  • 4.­382-383
  • 4.­407-408
  • 4.­413-414
  • 4.­418
  • 4.­455
  • 4.­457-458
  • 4.­461-463
  • 4.­468-469
  • 4.­471
  • 4.­490
  • 4.­503-504
  • 4.­507
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­532
  • 4.­568
  • 4.­574
  • 4.­580-581
  • 4.­583
  • 4.­601
  • 4.­616-617
  • 4.­619
  • 4.­636
  • 4.­640
  • 4.­642-643
  • 4.­660-661
  • 4.­670
  • 4.­678
  • 4.­682
  • 4.­685-686
  • 4.­688
  • 4.­690-691
  • 4.­693
  • 4.­696-697
  • 4.­733
  • 4.­750
  • 4.­754
  • 4.­769
  • 4.­771
  • 4.­780
  • 4.­805
  • 4.­902-904
  • 4.­914
  • 4.­917
  • 4.­942-944
  • 4.­967
  • 4.­1065
  • 4.­1116
  • 4.­1163-1166
  • 4.­1174
  • 4.­1191
  • 4.­1214
  • 4.­1218
  • 4.­1224-1225
  • 4.­1227-1229
  • 4.­1235-1237
  • 4.­1239
  • 4.­1244
  • 4.­1248
  • 4.­1316
  • 4.­1343
  • 5.­112-114
  • 5.­120
  • 5.­122-123
  • 5.­155-156
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­173
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­239
  • 5.­262-263
  • 5.­266-267
  • 5.­270
  • 5.­316
  • 5.­320
  • 5.­332-333
  • 5.­335
  • 5.­349
  • 5.­351
  • 5.­360
  • 5.­362
  • 5.­365
  • 5.­380
  • 5.­387-388
  • 5.­399-401
  • 5.­403
  • 5.­407
  • 5.­411
  • 5.­414-418
  • 5.­427
  • 5.­459
  • 5.­464
  • 5.­466
  • 5.­524-525
  • 5.­536
  • 5.­564
  • 5.­589-590
  • 5.­592
  • 5.­613
  • 5.­615
  • 5.­619
  • 5.­624
  • 5.­676-677
  • 5.­750
  • 5.­752-753
  • 5.­756
  • 5.­771-772
  • 5.­778
  • 5.­808
  • 5.­829-831
  • 5.­849
  • 5.­867
  • 5.­900-902
  • 5.­917
  • 5.­938
  • 5.­945
  • 5.­973
  • 5.­979-980
  • 5.­982
  • 5.­995-996
  • 5.­998
  • 5.­1005
  • 5.­1033
  • 5.­1039
  • 5.­1049
  • 5.­1054-1055
  • 5.­1061
  • 5.­1065
  • 5.­1067-1069
  • 5.­1076-1077
  • 5.­1094
  • 5.­1111
  • 5.­1113
  • 5.­1118
  • 5.­1123
  • 5.­1125-1126
  • 5.­1130
  • 5.­1155
  • 5.­1164
  • 5.­1176-1177
  • 5.­1214
  • 5.­1216
  • 5.­1235
  • 5.­1237
  • 5.­1241-1242
  • 5.­1349
  • 5.­1382
  • 5.­1399-1400
  • 5.­1407
  • 5.­1476-1477
  • 6.­5
  • 6.­14
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­29-32
  • 6.­36
  • n.­265
  • n.­334
  • n.­404
  • n.­563
  • n.­634
  • n.­755
  • n.­816
  • n.­833
  • n.­933
  • n.­1000
  • n.­1006
  • n.­1008
  • n.­1029
  • n.­1065
  • n.­1283
  • n.­1322
  • n.­1334
  • n.­1410
  • n.­1516
  • n.­1539
  • n.­1552
  • n.­1562
  • n.­1679
  • n.­1682
  • n.­1764
  • n.­1823
  • n.­1828
  • n.­1896
  • n.­1924
  • n.­1941
g.­11

appropriation

Wylie:
  • len pa
Tibetan:
  • ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upādāna

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

This term, although commonly translated as “appropriation,” also means “grasping” or “clinging,” but it has a particular meaning as the ninth of the twelve links of dependent origination, situated between craving (tṛṣṇā, sred pa) and becoming or existence (bhava, srid pa). In some texts, four types of appropriation (upādāna) are listed: that of desire (rāga), view (dṛṣṭi), rules and observances as paramount (śīla­vrata­parāmarśa), and belief in a self (ātmavāda).

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­218
  • 5.­1415
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­76-77
  • 6.­83
  • n.­52
  • n.­56
  • n.­1887
  • g.­112
g.­13

ārya

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārya

See “noble being.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • 5.­70
g.­14

as it really is

Wylie:
  • ji lta ba bzhin du
  • ji lta ba’i bdag nyid
  • bdag nyid ji lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ།
  • ཇི་ལྟ་བའི་བདག་ཉིད།
  • བདག་ཉིད་ཇི་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • yathābhūtam
  • yathātmyam

The quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Akin to other terms rendered here as “suchness,” “the real,” and so on.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126-127
  • 4.­119
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­469-470
  • 5.­509
  • n.­319
g.­16

Asaṅga

Wylie:
  • thogs med
Tibetan:
  • ཐོགས་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga

Indian commentator from the late fourth– early fifth centuries; closely associated with the works of Maitreya and the Yogācāra philosophical school.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­15
  • i.­30
  • i.­44
  • n.­221
  • n.­224
  • n.­226
  • n.­966
g.­17

Aṣṭamaka level

Wylie:
  • brgyad pa’i sa
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱད་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭamakabhūmi

Lit. “Eighth level,” sometimes rendered “Eighth Lowest.” The third of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. See “ten levels.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1135
  • 5.­809
  • 5.­957
  • n.­832
  • g.­340
g.­18

asura

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura
  • dānava

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A type of nonhuman being whose precise status is subject to different views, but is included as one of the six classes of beings in the sixfold classification of realms of rebirth. In the Buddhist context, asuras are powerful beings said to be dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility. They are also known in the pre-Buddhist and pre-Vedic mythologies of India and Iran, and feature prominently in Vedic and post-Vedic Brahmanical mythology, as well as in the Buddhist tradition. In these traditions, asuras are often described as being engaged in interminable conflict with the devas (gods).

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­72-73
  • 1.­187
  • 4.­678
  • 4.­1009
  • 4.­1169
  • 4.­1174
  • 4.­1182
  • 5.­146
  • n.­190
  • n.­738
g.­20

basic nature

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • svabhāva

See “intrinsic nature.”

Located in 51 passages in the translation:

  • i.­74
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­123
  • 4.­144
  • 4.­149
  • 4.­213
  • 4.­279-280
  • 4.­487-488
  • 4.­562
  • 4.­570
  • 4.­596
  • 4.­790
  • 4.­795
  • 4.­802
  • 4.­813
  • 4.­1216
  • 4.­1259
  • 4.­1275-1276
  • 4.­1343
  • 5.­243
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­313
  • 5.­341
  • 5.­344
  • 5.­346
  • 5.­353
  • 5.­416
  • 5.­454
  • 5.­464
  • 5.­588
  • 5.­671
  • 5.­870
  • 5.­922
  • 5.­1150
  • 5.­1160
  • 5.­1213
  • 5.­1356
  • 5.­1383
  • 5.­1386
  • 5.­1399-1402
  • 5.­1422
  • n.­744
  • n.­752
  • n.­844
  • n.­989
g.­21

basis of meritorious action

Wylie:
  • bsod nams bya ba’i dngos po
  • bsod nams bgyi ba’i dngos po
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་བྱ་བའི་དངོས་པོ།
  • བསོད་ནམས་བགྱི་བའི་དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­kriyā­vastu

The meaning of this term is made clear in chapter 33, when the value of a bodhisattva practicing the perfection of wisdom is compared with other meritorious acts; cf. Mppś 2248, Mppś English p. 1858.

As an example: a gold coin is a “basis.” Given into the hand of a pauper (the “action”) it becomes a basis for action that makes merit (puṇya­kriyā­vastu). It becomes that because of the giver’s aim‍—stopping the pauper’s hunger. The same gold coin (the basis, Skt vastu), remaining in a person’s pocket, remains a basis as the term is used in the fundamental Buddhist scriptures‍—a place (vastu) where the renunciant is to avoid attachment, but not a basis of meritorious action (puṇya­kriyā­vastu). The bsod nams bya ba (puṇyakriyā), “meritorious action” or work that produces merit, makes the basis into something (the basis) that now is achieving the aim.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­100
  • 4.­301
  • 5.­205-207
  • 5.­213
  • 5.­215
  • 5.­238
g.­22

beings in hell

Wylie:
  • sems can dmyal ba
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་དམྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • naraka

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings. Birth in hell is considered to be the karmic fruition of past anger and harmful actions. According to Buddhist tradition there are eighteen different hells, namely eight hot hells and eight cold hells, as well as neighboring and ephemeral hells, all of them tormented by increasing levels of unimaginable suffering.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­76
  • 1.­187
  • 4.­1009
  • 5.­900
  • 5.­908
g.­23

bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhisattva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A being who is dedicated to the cultivation and fulfilment of the altruistic intention to attain perfect buddhahood, traversing the ten bodhisattva levels (daśabhūmi, sa bcu). Bodhisattvas purposely opt to remain within cyclic existence in order to liberate all sentient beings, instead of simply seeking personal freedom from suffering. In terms of the view, they realize both the selflessness of persons and the selflessness of phenomena.

Located in 892 passages in the translation:

  • i.­49
  • i.­52
  • i.­54-59
  • i.­61
  • i.­64-66
  • i.­68-72
  • i.­82
  • i.­93
  • i.­95
  • i.­100-103
  • i.­105-106
  • i.­108
  • i.­111
  • i.­117-119
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­6
  • 1.­12
  • 1.­18
  • 1.­41-49
  • 1.­52-53
  • 1.­56-57
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­72-75
  • 1.­77
  • 1.­79-82
  • 1.­86-88
  • 1.­92
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­97-98
  • 1.­101
  • 1.­103-104
  • 1.­106
  • 1.­109-110
  • 1.­123
  • 1.­125
  • 1.­127
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­139
  • 1.­146
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­161
  • 1.­170
  • 1.­180-181
  • 1.­183
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­191
  • 1.­193-194
  • 1.­200-201
  • 1.­203-204
  • 1.­208
  • 1.­210-211
  • 1.­213-214
  • 1.­216
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­222
  • 1.­226
  • 1.­228
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­3-14
  • 2.­16
  • 3.­1-5
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­19
  • 4.­1-2
  • 4.­4-5
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­12-13
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­18
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­22-23
  • 4.­25-29
  • 4.­31-32
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­40-41
  • 4.­47-48
  • 4.­50-55
  • 4.­61
  • 4.­63
  • 4.­66-68
  • 4.­70
  • 4.­74
  • 4.­81-84
  • 4.­88-93
  • 4.­96
  • 4.­103-105
  • 4.­115
  • 4.­118
  • 4.­120
  • 4.­126
  • 4.­128-130
  • 4.­135
  • 4.­139-140
  • 4.­144-147
  • 4.­150
  • 4.­156
  • 4.­158
  • 4.­168
  • 4.­172
  • 4.­179-180
  • 4.­183-191
  • 4.­193-201
  • 4.­204
  • 4.­212
  • 4.­218-219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­224
  • 4.­226-227
  • 4.­234
  • 4.­241
  • 4.­244
  • 4.­247-248
  • 4.­251-252
  • 4.­257-258
  • 4.­301
  • 4.­308-310
  • 4.­316
  • 4.­319
  • 4.­321
  • 4.­324
  • 4.­327
  • 4.­337
  • 4.­341-343
  • 4.­370-378
  • 4.­380-381
  • 4.­386
  • 4.­394
  • 4.­400-404
  • 4.­406-417
  • 4.­421-422
  • 4.­424
  • 4.­428
  • 4.­431-432
  • 4.­434
  • 4.­436-453
  • 4.­455-457
  • 4.­459-464
  • 4.­468
  • 4.­471
  • 4.­474
  • 4.­476
  • 4.­486
  • 4.­500
  • 4.­502-503
  • 4.­507
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­532
  • 4.­534-536
  • 4.­538-539
  • 4.­555
  • 4.­557
  • 4.­562
  • 4.­568
  • 4.­572
  • 4.­576-577
  • 4.­587
  • 4.­590
  • 4.­594-595
  • 4.­607
  • 4.­609
  • 4.­611-612
  • 4.­614
  • 4.­616
  • 4.­622
  • 4.­625
  • 4.­629-630
  • 4.­632
  • 4.­644
  • 4.­661
  • 4.­664-666
  • 4.­668
  • 4.­670-671
  • 4.­673
  • 4.­675
  • 4.­677-678
  • 4.­680-681
  • 4.­683-685
  • 4.­687
  • 4.­689
  • 4.­691-693
  • 4.­696-702
  • 4.­707-708
  • 4.­710
  • 4.­713
  • 4.­725
  • 4.­728
  • 4.­745
  • 4.­756
  • 4.­758
  • 4.­760-762
  • 4.­769-772
  • 4.­774
  • 4.­777-778
  • 4.­786
  • 4.­816
  • 4.­818
  • 4.­839
  • 4.­887
  • 4.­910
  • 4.­971
  • 4.­989
  • 4.­1011
  • 4.­1033
  • 4.­1035
  • 4.­1041
  • 4.­1092
  • 4.­1094-1095
  • 4.­1111
  • 4.­1130
  • 4.­1212
  • 4.­1220
  • 4.­1222-1223
  • 4.­1230-1231
  • 4.­1233
  • 4.­1235-1241
  • 4.­1244-1246
  • 4.­1248-1249
  • 4.­1251-1252
  • 4.­1255
  • 4.­1257
  • 4.­1259
  • 4.­1278
  • 4.­1294
  • 4.­1296-1298
  • 4.­1313
  • 4.­1316
  • 4.­1363
  • 5.­6-7
  • 5.­10-12
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­60
  • 5.­68
  • 5.­87-88
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­96
  • 5.­99
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­130-132
  • 5.­138
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­205-207
  • 5.­209-212
  • 5.­218-219
  • 5.­221-222
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­228
  • 5.­230-231
  • 5.­237
  • 5.­240-241
  • 5.­272
  • 5.­279
  • 5.­294
  • 5.­329-332
  • 5.­337
  • 5.­339
  • 5.­369
  • 5.­376
  • 5.­419-420
  • 5.­425-426
  • 5.­443
  • 5.­529
  • 5.­531-532
  • 5.­537
  • 5.­539
  • 5.­542
  • 5.­549
  • 5.­565
  • 5.­569-570
  • 5.­576
  • 5.­612
  • 5.­615
  • 5.­623-627
  • 5.­633-634
  • 5.­638
  • 5.­644
  • 5.­657-662
  • 5.­665-666
  • 5.­668-671
  • 5.­675
  • 5.­679-680
  • 5.­710-711
  • 5.­713
  • 5.­719
  • 5.­721
  • 5.­723-725
  • 5.­728
  • 5.­733-734
  • 5.­736-737
  • 5.­740
  • 5.­743
  • 5.­745
  • 5.­751-754
  • 5.­763
  • 5.­767
  • 5.­773
  • 5.­780
  • 5.­783
  • 5.­786-787
  • 5.­791
  • 5.­794
  • 5.­797-798
  • 5.­800-804
  • 5.­807-811
  • 5.­813
  • 5.­816-817
  • 5.­821
  • 5.­828
  • 5.­830
  • 5.­835-836
  • 5.­839
  • 5.­842
  • 5.­845-849
  • 5.­854
  • 5.­856
  • 5.­858-859
  • 5.­861
  • 5.­863-867
  • 5.­869
  • 5.­871-873
  • 5.­875-878
  • 5.­880
  • 5.­884-887
  • 5.­889-893
  • 5.­895-896
  • 5.­898
  • 5.­903
  • 5.­905
  • 5.­912
  • 5.­922
  • 5.­930
  • 5.­938-942
  • 5.­953-954
  • 5.­979-981
  • 5.­984
  • 5.­990-993
  • 5.­998
  • 5.­1000
  • 5.­1002
  • 5.­1007-1009
  • 5.­1014-1015
  • 5.­1017
  • 5.­1021
  • 5.­1023
  • 5.­1025
  • 5.­1033-1034
  • 5.­1038
  • 5.­1040-1041
  • 5.­1044
  • 5.­1054-1055
  • 5.­1060
  • 5.­1062
  • 5.­1066-1067
  • 5.­1069
  • 5.­1072
  • 5.­1084
  • 5.­1086-1088
  • 5.­1091
  • 5.­1095
  • 5.­1118-1119
  • 5.­1123
  • 5.­1125-1127
  • 5.­1134
  • 5.­1140-1141
  • 5.­1143
  • 5.­1148
  • 5.­1159
  • 5.­1164-1165
  • 5.­1173
  • 5.­1175
  • 5.­1177-1179
  • 5.­1181
  • 5.­1214
  • 5.­1219
  • 5.­1225
  • 5.­1235
  • 5.­1237-1238
  • 5.­1245
  • 5.­1273
  • 5.­1342
  • 5.­1349
  • 5.­1360
  • 5.­1362
  • 5.­1381
  • 5.­1383-1384
  • 5.­1393-1394
  • 5.­1397
  • 5.­1399-1400
  • 5.­1405
  • 5.­1414
  • 5.­1418-1420
  • 5.­1425
  • 5.­1431
  • 5.­1433
  • 5.­1439-1441
  • 5.­1443
  • 5.­1450
  • 5.­1454-1455
  • 6.­2-4
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­31-32
  • 6.­35
  • 6.­37
  • 6.­66-67
  • 6.­69-71
  • 6.­74-77
  • 6.­83
  • 6.­93-94
  • 6.­102
  • n.­77-78
  • n.­91
  • n.­98
  • n.­106-107
  • n.­113
  • n.­118
  • n.­123
  • n.­157
  • n.­162
  • n.­205
  • n.­208
  • n.­213-214
  • n.­229
  • n.­234
  • n.­246
  • n.­253
  • n.­268
  • n.­273
  • n.­295
  • n.­301-302
  • n.­305
  • n.­307
  • n.­309
  • n.­377
  • n.­381
  • n.­433
  • n.­438
  • n.­452
  • n.­460
  • n.­467
  • n.­476
  • n.­485
  • n.­487
  • n.­496
  • n.­504
  • n.­527
  • n.­635
  • n.­643
  • n.­648-649
  • n.­668
  • n.­718-719
  • n.­734
  • n.­738
  • n.­812
  • n.­893
  • n.­902
  • n.­969
  • n.­1000
  • n.­1013
  • n.­1064-1065
  • n.­1075
  • n.­1138
  • n.­1155
  • n.­1187
  • n.­1241
  • n.­1372
  • n.­1420
  • n.­1442
  • n.­1470
  • n.­1479
  • n.­1490
  • n.­1492-1493
  • n.­1501-1502
  • n.­1510
  • n.­1513
  • n.­1516
  • n.­1530
  • n.­1532
  • n.­1543
  • n.­1546
  • n.­1549-1550
  • n.­1552
  • n.­1555-1556
  • n.­1559
  • n.­1561-1562
  • n.­1567
  • n.­1588
  • n.­1591
  • n.­1593
  • n.­1607
  • n.­1609
  • n.­1614
  • n.­1623-1624
  • n.­1638
  • n.­1646
  • n.­1657
  • n.­1678
  • n.­1682
  • n.­1710
  • n.­1721
  • n.­1723
  • n.­1759
  • n.­1769
  • n.­1773
  • n.­1814
  • n.­1823
  • n.­1837
  • n.­1839
  • n.­1842-1843
  • n.­1856
  • n.­1859
  • n.­1865
  • n.­1875
  • n.­1886
  • n.­1891
  • n.­1896
  • n.­1912
  • n.­1929
  • n.­1933
  • g.­2
  • g.­21
  • g.­24
  • g.­67
  • g.­138
  • g.­194
  • g.­216
  • g.­244
  • g.­248
  • g.­249
  • g.­252
  • g.­271
  • g.­272
  • g.­280
  • g.­339
  • g.­340
  • g.­356
  • g.­366
  • g.­384
g.­24

Bodhisattva level

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’i sa
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhisattvabhūmi

The ninth of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. When rendered in the plural, it is understood as a reference to all levels of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten levels” and “ten bodhisattva levels.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­183
  • 4.­500
  • 5.­963
g.­25

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A high-ranking deity presiding over a divine world; he is also considered to be the lord of the Sahā world (our universe). Though not considered a creator god in Buddhism, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two gods (the other being Indra/Śakra) said to have first exhorted the Buddha Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma. The particular heavens found in the form realm over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought-after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Since there are many universes or world systems, there are also multiple Brahmās presiding over them. His most frequent epithets are “Lord of the Sahā World” (sahāṃpati) and Great Brahmā (mahābrahman).

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • i.­58
  • 1.­29
  • 1.­88
  • 1.­174
  • 1.­176-177
  • 4.­55
  • 4.­179
  • 4.­701
  • 4.­880
  • 4.­968
  • 4.­999
  • 4.­1003
  • 4.­1009
  • 4.­1014
  • 4.­1184-1185
  • 5.­240
  • 5.­1020
  • 5.­1331
  • 5.­1415
  • 5.­1463
  • n.­288
  • n.­1786
  • g.­26
g.­27

brahmin

Wylie:
  • bram ze
Tibetan:
  • བྲམ་ཟེ།
Sanskrit:
  • brāhmaṇa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A member of the highest of the four castes in Indian society, which is closely associated with religious vocations.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­58
  • 1.­88
  • 1.­109
  • 4.­999
  • n.­1148
g.­28

Buddha level

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi sa
  • sangs rgyas sa
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ས།
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • buddhabhūmi

The tenth and last of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. See “ten levels.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­211
  • 3.­13
  • 4.­436
  • 4.­1183
  • 5.­643
  • 5.­964
  • n.­219
  • n.­1564
  • g.­340
g.­29

buddhadharma

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi chos
  • sangs rgyas chos
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས།
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • buddhadharma

The term can mean “teachings of the Buddha” or “buddha qualities.” In the latter sense, it is sometimes used as a general term, and sometimes it refers to sets such as the ten powers, the four fearlessnesses, the four detailed and thorough knowledges, the eighteen distinct attributes of a buddha, and so forth; or, more specifically, to another set of eighteen: the ten powers; the four fearlessnesses; mindfulness of body, speech, and mind; and great compassion.

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • i.­63
  • i.­84
  • 1.­91
  • 1.­97
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­211
  • 4.­6-7
  • 4.­10
  • 4.­64-65
  • 4.­162
  • 4.­246
  • 4.­334
  • 4.­336
  • 4.­341
  • 4.­364
  • 4.­369-370
  • 4.­435
  • 4.­469
  • 4.­471
  • 4.­496
  • 4.­517
  • 4.­526
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­912
  • 4.­990
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1312
  • 5.­102-103
  • 5.­130-131
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­463
  • 5.­606
  • 5.­1041
  • 5.­1210
  • 5.­1219
  • 5.­1439
  • 6.­3-4
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­56
  • 6.­65
  • n.­341
  • n.­1241
  • n.­1957
  • g.­160
g.­30

caitya

Wylie:
  • mchod rten
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • caitya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Tibetan translates both stūpa and caitya with the same word, mchod rten, meaning “basis” or “recipient” of “offerings” or “veneration.” Pali: cetiya.

A caitya, although often synonymous with stūpa, can also refer to any site, sanctuary or shrine that is made for veneration, and may or may not contain relics.

A stūpa, literally “heap” or “mound,” is a mounded or circular structure usually containing relics of the Buddha or the masters of the past. It is considered to be a sacred object representing the awakened mind of a buddha, but the symbolism of the stūpa is complex, and its design varies throughout the Buddhist world. Stūpas continue to be erected today as objects of veneration and merit making.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­144
  • 5.­1279
  • n.­145
g.­31

calm abiding

Wylie:
  • zhi gnas
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • śamatha

Refers to the meditative practice of calming the mind to rest free from the disturbance of thought. One of the two basic forms of Buddhist meditation, the other being insight.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­49
  • 4.­53
  • 4.­497
  • 4.­851
  • 4.­872
  • 4.­884
  • 4.­985
  • 4.­990
  • 5.­191
  • 5.­1010
  • n.­67
  • n.­797
  • n.­819
  • n.­888
  • n.­1668
  • g.­307
g.­33

causal sign

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • nimitta

A causal sign is the projected reality that functions as the objective support of a cognitive state. It cannot be separated out from the cognitive state and to that extent may enjoy a modicum of conventional reality. To “practice with a causal sign” means to look at an apparent phenomenon within accepting that it has more reality than it actually does.

Located in 123 passages in the translation:

  • i.­52
  • i.­75
  • i.­86
  • i.­98
  • i.­100
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­86-87
  • 4.­38
  • 4.­93
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­187
  • 4.­214
  • 4.­218
  • 4.­221-222
  • 4.­317-318
  • 4.­565
  • 4.­567
  • 4.­575-580
  • 4.­586-587
  • 4.­610-611
  • 4.­616-618
  • 4.­698-699
  • 4.­755
  • 4.­765
  • 4.­892
  • 4.­925
  • 4.­941
  • 4.­1153
  • 5.­34
  • 5.­166
  • 5.­171-172
  • 5.­183-184
  • 5.­209
  • 5.­214
  • 5.­229-231
  • 5.­239
  • 5.­263
  • 5.­335-336
  • 5.­357
  • 5.­403-404
  • 5.­413
  • 5.­432
  • 5.­485
  • 5.­490
  • 5.­564
  • 5.­570
  • 5.­581
  • 5.­835-836
  • 5.­860
  • 5.­976
  • 5.­990
  • 5.­1014
  • 5.­1019
  • 5.­1087
  • 5.­1106
  • 5.­1139
  • 5.­1183
  • 5.­1203
  • 5.­1235
  • 5.­1248
  • 5.­1421
  • 5.­1482
  • 5.­1488
  • 6.­6-8
  • 6.­11-14
  • 6.­23-30
  • 6.­32-33
  • 6.­35
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­43-44
  • 6.­63
  • n.­92
  • n.­94
  • n.­112
  • n.­564-567
  • n.­1098
  • n.­1224
  • n.­1283
  • n.­1491
  • n.­1589
  • n.­1839
  • n.­1940
  • n.­1943
  • n.­1957
g.­34

certification of dharmas

Wylie:
  • chos skyon med pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་སྐྱོན་མེད་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­niyama­tā

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­88
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­519
  • 4.­528
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1217
  • 5.­608-610
  • 5.­1375
  • n.­990
g.­35

clairvoyance

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhijñā

The clairvoyances are listed as either five or six. The first five are the divine eye, divine ear, performance of miraculous power, recollection of past lives, and knowing others’ thoughts. A sixth, knowing that all outflows have been eliminated, is often added. The first five are attained through concentration (dhyāna) and are sometimes described as worldly, as they can be attained to some extent by non-Buddhist yogins, while the sixth is supramundane and attained only by realization‍.

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • i.­119
  • 1.­29
  • 1.­32
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­99
  • 1.­103
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­132
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­57
  • 4.­171
  • 4.­230
  • 4.­289
  • 4.­309
  • 4.­332-335
  • 4.­380-381
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­985
  • 4.­990
  • 4.­993
  • 4.­997
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­235
  • 5.­832
  • 5.­898
  • 5.­1234-1236
  • 5.­1243
  • 5.­1250
  • 5.­1449-1450
  • 6.­78
  • 6.­96
  • n.­99
  • n.­107
  • n.­322
  • n.­1891
  • g.­113
g.­37

clear realization

Wylie:
  • mngon par rtogs pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhisamaya

A samaya is a coming together, in this case of an object known and something that knows it; the abhi means “toward” or else adds an intensity to the act.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­114
  • 1.­167
  • 4.­582
  • 4.­585
  • 4.­953
  • 4.­1314-1315
  • 4.­1322-1323
  • 4.­1333
  • 5.­314
  • 5.­370
  • 5.­549
  • 5.­574-576
  • 5.­614
  • 5.­829-830
  • 5.­1221
  • 5.­1242
  • 5.­1467
  • n.­263
  • n.­1539
  • n.­1760
  • n.­1764
g.­38

concentration

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāna

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Dhyāna is defined as one-pointed abiding in an undistracted state of mind, free from afflicted mental states. Four states of dhyāna are identified as being conducive to birth within the form realm. In the context of the Mahāyāna, it is the fifth of the six perfections. It is commonly translated as “concentration,” “meditative concentration,” and so on.

Located in 68 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­38
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­129
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­134
  • 1.­151
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­169
  • 4.­181
  • 4.­183
  • 4.­254
  • 4.­325-327
  • 4.­351
  • 4.­572
  • 4.­671
  • 4.­752
  • 4.­755
  • 4.­757
  • 4.­816
  • 4.­912
  • 4.­922
  • 4.­925
  • 4.­928-929
  • 4.­931-933
  • 4.­935
  • 4.­942-946
  • 4.­954
  • 4.­986
  • 4.­992-993
  • 4.­996
  • 5.­235
  • 5.­306
  • 5.­634
  • 5.­683
  • 5.­688
  • 5.­693
  • 5.­698
  • 5.­700
  • 5.­709
  • 5.­832
  • 5.­1236
  • 5.­1261
  • n.­75
  • n.­288
  • n.­309
  • n.­703
  • n.­706
  • n.­747
  • n.­821
  • n.­1156
  • g.­26
  • g.­35
  • g.­119
  • g.­134
  • g.­222
  • g.­299
  • g.­342
g.­39

conceptualization

Wylie:
  • rnam par rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vikalpa

A mental function that tends to superimpose upon reality, either relative or ultimate, a conceptualized dualistic perspective fabricated by the subjective mind. It is often opposed to direct perception (pratyakṣa, mngon sum).

Located in 99 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­183
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­14
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­24-25
  • 4.­79
  • 4.­93
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­114-115
  • 4.­163
  • 4.­248
  • 4.­264
  • 4.­304
  • 4.­424-428
  • 4.­430-432
  • 4.­487
  • 4.­494-496
  • 4.­576
  • 4.­587
  • 4.­629
  • 4.­638
  • 4.­704-705
  • 4.­709
  • 4.­733
  • 4.­772
  • 4.­945
  • 4.­1031
  • 4.­1056
  • 4.­1076
  • 4.­1113
  • 4.­1125
  • 4.­1315-1316
  • 5.­156
  • 5.­162
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­172
  • 5.­183
  • 5.­185
  • 5.­190
  • 5.­193
  • 5.­231
  • 5.­266
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­311
  • 5.­320
  • 5.­350
  • 5.­365
  • 5.­368
  • 5.­431-432
  • 5.­451
  • 5.­484
  • 5.­496
  • 5.­509
  • 5.­537
  • 5.­631
  • 5.­976
  • 5.­1014
  • 5.­1145
  • 5.­1168
  • 5.­1233
  • 5.­1389
  • 5.­1469
  • 5.­1471
  • 5.­1479
  • 6.­33-35
  • 6.­44-46
  • 6.­48
  • 6.­54
  • 6.­75
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­80
  • n.­374
  • n.­421
  • n.­467
  • n.­474
  • n.­1283
  • n.­1636
  • n.­1918
  • n.­1966
g.­40

conceptualized

Wylie:
  • rnam par brtags pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་བརྟགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vikalpita

One of the three natures, used in the sense of “other-powered.”

Located in 58 passages in the translation:

  • i.­54
  • i.­61
  • i.­78
  • i.­118
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­118
  • 2.­16
  • 3.­10
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­110-111
  • 4.­216
  • 4.­499
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­542
  • 4.­544-547
  • 4.­551
  • 4.­557
  • 4.­772
  • 4.­889
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­82
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­162
  • 5.­315
  • 5.­318
  • 5.­484
  • 5.­490-491
  • 5.­541
  • 5.­605
  • 5.­1145-1146
  • 5.­1349
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­42
  • 6.­44-46
  • 6.­48
  • 6.­54
  • 6.­56
  • 6.­58
  • 6.­61-62
  • n.­449
  • n.­565
  • n.­1108
  • n.­1963
  • n.­1966
  • g.­14
  • g.­39
  • g.­173
  • g.­321
  • g.­352
g.­41

conduct

Wylie:
  • spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • caraṇa

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­29
  • 1.­42
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­48
  • 1.­56
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­98
  • 1.­100
  • 1.­109
  • 1.­111
  • 1.­122-124
  • 1.­127
  • 1.­131
  • 1.­141
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­17-18
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­61
  • 4.­742
  • 4.­885
  • 4.­914
  • 4.­985
  • 4.­1080
  • 4.­1133
  • 4.­1166
  • 5.­563
  • 5.­1143
  • n.­78
  • n.­136
  • n.­517
  • g.­214
g.­42

confident readiness

Wylie:
  • spobs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratibhāna

Pratibhāna is the capacity for speaking in a confident and inspiring manner.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­90
  • g.­262
g.­43

confusion

Wylie:
  • gti mug
Tibetan:
  • གཏི་མུག
Sanskrit:
  • moha

One of the three poisons (triviṣa), together with greed and hatred, that bind beings to cyclic existence.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­187-188
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­471-472
  • 4.­477
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­900
  • 4.­955
  • 4.­990
  • 4.­1050
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­472
  • g.­168
  • g.­171
g.­44

consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijñāna

Consciousness is generally classified into the five sensory consciousnesses and mental consciousness. Fifth of the five aggregates and third of the twelve links of dependent origination.

Located in 84 passages in the translation:

  • i.­61
  • i.­78
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­93
  • 1.­121
  • 4.­122-123
  • 4.­125
  • 4.­127
  • 4.­186
  • 4.­204
  • 4.­207
  • 4.­209-210
  • 4.­278
  • 4.­281
  • 4.­284
  • 4.­320
  • 4.­449
  • 4.­462
  • 4.­473
  • 4.­529
  • 4.­541
  • 4.­544
  • 4.­580
  • 4.­624
  • 4.­648
  • 4.­678
  • 4.­691
  • 4.­693
  • 4.­702
  • 4.­828
  • 4.­864
  • 4.­901
  • 4.­939-940
  • 4.­977
  • 4.­1115
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1188
  • 4.­1202
  • 4.­1217
  • 4.­1258
  • 4.­1276
  • 4.­1293
  • 5.­78-79
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­298
  • 5.­306
  • 5.­318
  • 5.­349
  • 5.­392
  • 5.­470
  • 5.­504
  • 5.­522
  • 5.­524
  • 5.­619
  • 5.­1058
  • 6.­6
  • 6.­11
  • 6.­30
  • 6.­32
  • 6.­41
  • n.­288
  • n.­489
  • n.­494-495
  • n.­565
  • n.­789
  • n.­840
  • n.­1224
  • n.­1275
  • n.­1387
  • n.­1760
  • n.­1789
  • n.­1829
  • n.­1957
  • n.­1961
  • g.­4
  • g.­79
  • g.­359
g.­45

constituent

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In the context of Buddhist philosophy, one way to describe experience in terms of eighteen elements (eye, form, and eye consciousness; ear, sound, and ear consciousness; nose, smell, and nose consciousness; tongue, taste, and tongue consciousness; body, touch, and body consciousness; and mind, mental phenomena, and mind consciousness).

This also refers to the elements of the world, which can be enumerated as four, five, or six. The four elements are earth, water, fire, and air. A fifth, space, is often added, and the sixth is consciousness.

In this text:

Also rendered here as “element.”

Located in 48 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­91
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­106
  • 4.­119
  • 4.­171
  • 4.­259
  • 4.­421
  • 4.­456
  • 4.­465
  • 4.­471-472
  • 4.­476
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­517
  • 4.­532-533
  • 4.­640
  • 4.­698
  • 4.­702
  • 4.­720
  • 4.­838-839
  • 4.­856
  • 4.­976-977
  • 4.­982
  • 4.­1186
  • 4.­1260
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­489
  • 5.­1296
  • 5.­1390
  • 5.­1476
  • 5.­1491
  • 6.­13
  • n.­779
  • n.­840-841
  • n.­968
  • n.­1042
  • n.­1468
  • n.­1760
  • n.­1789
  • n.­1865
  • g.­79
  • g.­84
  • g.­290
g.­46

contact

Wylie:
  • ’dus te reg pa
  • reg pa
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པ།
  • རེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃsparśa
  • sparśa

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 4.­1185
  • 4.­1203
  • 4.­1217
  • 5.­306
  • 5.­1446
  • 6.­93-94
  • n.­222
  • n.­1275
  • n.­1886-1887
  • g.­296
  • g.­297
g.­48

conventional reality

Wylie:
  • kun rdzob
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་རྫོབ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃvṛti

Conveys the relative or conventional view of the world according to the understanding of ordinary unawakened beings. This is distinguished from the ultimate truth, which conveys the understanding of phenomena as they really are. Saṃvṛti literally means “covered” or “concealed,” implying that the relative reality seen by ordinary beings seems to be convincingly real, but it is ultimately, in its actual state, illusory and unreal.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­69
  • i.­109
  • 6.­26
  • 6.­28-29
  • n.­1773
g.­49

craving

Wylie:
  • sred pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tṛṣṇā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Eighth of the twelve links of dependent origination. Craving is often listed as threefold: craving for the desirable, craving for existence, and craving for nonexistence.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­29-30
  • 4.­93
  • 4.­137
  • 4.­497
  • 4.­650-651
  • 4.­654
  • 4.­1059
  • 5.­222
  • 5.­527
  • 5.­610
  • 5.­1455
  • n.­52
  • n.­1470
  • n.­1887
g.­50

cultivate

Wylie:
  • sgom
Tibetan:
  • སྒོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • √bhū
  • bhāvayati

Acquainting the mind with a virtuous object. Often translated as “meditation” and “familiarization.”

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­69
  • 1.­171
  • 2.­6
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­292
  • 4.­336
  • 4.­431
  • 4.­563
  • 4.­870
  • 4.­945
  • 5.­938
  • 5.­991
  • 5.­1002
  • 5.­1021
  • 5.­1050
  • 5.­1371
  • 6.­66
  • n.­233
  • n.­1607
g.­51

cyclic existence

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃsāra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A state of involuntary existence conditioned by afflicted mental states and the imprint of past actions, characterized by suffering in a cycle of life, death, and rebirth. On its reversal, the contrasting state of nirvāṇa is attained, free from suffering and the processes of rebirth.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­111
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­97
  • 5.­369
  • 5.­1057-1058
  • n.­1875
  • g.­43
  • g.­55
  • g.­168
  • g.­171
  • g.­299
g.­52

Daṃṣṭrāsena

Wylie:
  • mche ba’i sde
Tibetan:
  • མཆེ་བའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • daṃṣṭrāsena

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A late eighth or early ninth century Kashmiri scholar, considered to be the author of at least one of the two “bṛhaṭṭīkā” commentaries on the long Prajñāpāramitā sūtras. The spellings Daṃṣṭrasena and Daṃṣṭrāsena are both found, as well as several alternatives such as Daṃṣṭasena and Diṣṭasena.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­2
  • i.­14-15
  • i.­22-25
  • i.­31-32
  • i.­34-35
  • i.­41
  • i.­44
  • n.­80
g.­53

Darśana level

Wylie:
  • mthong ba’i sa
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • darśanabhūmi

Lit. “Seeing level.” The fourth of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. It is equivalent to the level of a stream enterer. See “ten levels.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­208
  • 4.­1136
  • 5.­958
  • g.­340
g.­54

defilement

Wylie:
  • kun nas nyon mongs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃkleśa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A term meaning defilement, impurity, and pollution, broadly referring to cognitive and emotional factors that disturb and obscure the mind. As the self-perpetuating process of affliction in the minds of beings, it is a synonym for saṃsāra. It is often paired with its opposite, vyavadāna, meaning “purification.”

Located in 71 passages in the translation:

  • i.­102
  • i.­108
  • 1.­25-27
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­91
  • 1.­131
  • 1.­183
  • 1.­222
  • 4.­88-89
  • 4.­203-206
  • 4.­213
  • 4.­273-276
  • 4.­428
  • 4.­472
  • 4.­642-643
  • 4.­663
  • 4.­696-697
  • 4.­702
  • 4.­737
  • 4.­876
  • 4.­880
  • 4.­886
  • 4.­980
  • 4.­992
  • 4.­1007
  • 4.­1020
  • 4.­1186
  • 4.­1334
  • 5.­107
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­194
  • 5.­241
  • 5.­287-288
  • 5.­313
  • 5.­327
  • 5.­361
  • 5.­365
  • 5.­400
  • 5.­454
  • 5.­492
  • 5.­575
  • 5.­664
  • 5.­910
  • 5.­987-988
  • 5.­1030-1031
  • 5.­1041
  • 5.­1211
  • 5.­1382
  • 6.­17
  • n.­50
  • n.­386
  • n.­1042
  • n.­1760
  • g.­255
  • g.­339
  • g.­342
g.­55

deliverance

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa
  • rnam par grol ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ།
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimokṣa

In its most general sense, this term refers to the state of freedom from suffering and cyclic existence, or saṃsāra, that is the goal of the Buddhist path. More specifically, the term may refer to a category of advanced meditative attainment known as the “eight deliverances.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­69
  • 4.­942
  • 4.­945-946
  • 4.­992
  • 4.­996
  • 5.­1261
  • g.­75
g.­57

dependent origination

Wylie:
  • rten cing ’brel bar ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • རྟེན་ཅིང་འབྲེལ་བར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratītya­samutpāda

The relative nature of phenomena, which arise in dependence on causes and conditions. Together with the four noble truths, this was the first teaching given by the Buddha. When this appears as plural in the translation, it refers to dharmas as dependently originated.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­121
  • 4.­80
  • 4.­120
  • 4.­122-125
  • 4.­216
  • 4.­259
  • 4.­456
  • 4.­702
  • 4.­720
  • 4.­808
  • 4.­1206
  • 4.­1260
  • 4.­1264
  • 5.­12
  • 5.­301
  • 5.­489
  • n.­404
  • n.­885
  • n.­1042
  • n.­1647
  • g.­290
g.­58

desire realm

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • kāmadhātu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhist cosmology, this is our own realm, the lowest and most coarse of the three realms of saṃsāra. It is called this because beings here are characterized by their strong longing for and attachment to the pleasures of the senses. The desire realm includes hell beings, hungry ghosts, animals, humans, asuras, and the lowest six heavens of the gods‍—from the Heaven of the Four Great Kings (cāturmahā­rājika) up to the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations (para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin). Located above the desire realm is the form realm (rūpadhātu) and the formless realm (ārūpyadhātu).

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­36
  • 1.­91
  • 4.­329
  • 4.­471
  • 4.­701
  • 4.­943-944
  • 4.­978
  • 4.­983
  • 4.­990
  • 4.­1009
  • 4.­1175-1177
  • 4.­1181
  • 5.­240
  • 5.­316
  • n.­277
  • n.­288
  • n.­1497
  • g.­353
  • g.­360
  • g.­366
g.­59

dhāraṇī

Wylie:
  • gzungs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhāraṇī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term dhāraṇī has the sense of something that “holds” or “retains,” and so it can refer to the special capacity of practitioners to memorize and recall detailed teachings. It can also refer to a verbal expression of the teachings‍—an incantation, spell, or mnemonic formula‍—that distills and “holds” essential points of the Dharma and is used by practitioners to attain mundane and supramundane goals. The same term is also used to denote texts that contain such formulas.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • i.­56
  • i.­84
  • 1.­42-48
  • 1.­51-53
  • 1.­55-57
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­124
  • 4.­554
  • 4.­1035
  • 4.­1040-1042
  • 5.­1072
  • 5.­1344
  • n.­79
  • n.­85-87
  • n.­1156
  • n.­1816
  • g.­60
g.­60

dhāraṇī gateway

Wylie:
  • gzungs kyi sgo
Tibetan:
  • གཟུངས་ཀྱི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhāraṇīmukha

As a magical formula, a dhāraṇī constitutes a gateway to the infinite qualities of awakening, the awakened state itself, and the various forms of buddha activity. Also rendered here as “dhāraṇī door.” See also “dhāraṇī.”

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­53
  • i.­84
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­109
  • 1.­125
  • 4.­437
  • 4.­787
  • 4.­985
  • 4.­1034
  • 4.­1042
  • 4.­1168
  • 4.­1209
  • 5.­1072
  • n.­84
g.­61

dharma

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term dharma conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyā­yukti. The primary meanings are as follows: the doctrine taught by the Buddha (Dharma); the ultimate reality underlying and expressed through the Buddha’s teaching (Dharma); the trainings that the Buddha’s teaching stipulates (dharmas); the various awakened qualities or attainments acquired through practicing and realizing the Buddha’s teaching (dharmas); qualities or aspects more generally, i.e., phenomena or phenomenal attributes (dharmas); and mental objects (dharmas).

Located in 973 passages in the translation:

  • i.­44
  • i.­49
  • i.­52-53
  • i.­57
  • i.­61
  • i.­65-66
  • i.­68-69
  • i.­72-73
  • i.­75-76
  • i.­79
  • i.­84
  • i.­93
  • i.­95
  • i.­101-106
  • i.­108
  • i.­114
  • i.­117-118
  • 1.­6-8
  • 1.­12
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­48-52
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­76-79
  • 1.­85-88
  • 1.­91
  • 1.­93
  • 1.­103-104
  • 1.­106-107
  • 1.­109
  • 1.­123
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­139-140
  • 1.­142
  • 1.­160-161
  • 1.­170
  • 1.­173
  • 1.­179
  • 1.­191
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­208
  • 1.­210-211
  • 1.­213
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­3-4
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­11
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­9
  • 3.­13
  • 3.­20
  • 4.­1-2
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­12
  • 4.­14
  • 4.­16
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­39-40
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­49-53
  • 4.­66
  • 4.­75
  • 4.­77-78
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­91
  • 4.­104
  • 4.­106-108
  • 4.­110
  • 4.­113
  • 4.­116-120
  • 4.­123
  • 4.­125-126
  • 4.­128
  • 4.­130
  • 4.­134-135
  • 4.­137
  • 4.­139
  • 4.­141
  • 4.­143
  • 4.­155
  • 4.­158-159
  • 4.­161-163
  • 4.­170-171
  • 4.­175
  • 4.­187
  • 4.­189-190
  • 4.­192-193
  • 4.­195-196
  • 4.­199
  • 4.­203-204
  • 4.­210
  • 4.­212
  • 4.­215-217
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­239-240
  • 4.­249
  • 4.­252-255
  • 4.­259
  • 4.­261
  • 4.­264
  • 4.­268
  • 4.­273
  • 4.­277-278
  • 4.­286
  • 4.­288-289
  • 4.­292
  • 4.­294
  • 4.­296
  • 4.­302
  • 4.­308
  • 4.­317
  • 4.­319
  • 4.­330
  • 4.­335
  • 4.­338
  • 4.­343
  • 4.­379
  • 4.­392-393
  • 4.­399
  • 4.­401
  • 4.­404
  • 4.­406-407
  • 4.­409
  • 4.­416
  • 4.­422-423
  • 4.­425
  • 4.­428
  • 4.­430-432
  • 4.­434-435
  • 4.­437
  • 4.­455
  • 4.­463
  • 4.­465
  • 4.­467-469
  • 4.­471-473
  • 4.­475
  • 4.­481-482
  • 4.­486
  • 4.­495
  • 4.­497
  • 4.­504
  • 4.­506-507
  • 4.­509-510
  • 4.­512
  • 4.­516-517
  • 4.­523-530
  • 4.­533-534
  • 4.­536-538
  • 4.­540-541
  • 4.­548-549
  • 4.­554
  • 4.­559
  • 4.­562
  • 4.­565-566
  • 4.­568-569
  • 4.­572
  • 4.­574
  • 4.­579-581
  • 4.­583-585
  • 4.­587
  • 4.­595
  • 4.­597
  • 4.­600-607
  • 4.­610
  • 4.­614
  • 4.­616
  • 4.­619-622
  • 4.­627-628
  • 4.­631
  • 4.­640
  • 4.­642-644
  • 4.­649
  • 4.­653-656
  • 4.­658-661
  • 4.­663-664
  • 4.­669-671
  • 4.­677-678
  • 4.­706
  • 4.­709
  • 4.­717
  • 4.­719-720
  • 4.­728-729
  • 4.­732
  • 4.­737
  • 4.­740
  • 4.­755
  • 4.­760
  • 4.­762
  • 4.­769
  • 4.­771
  • 4.­777
  • 4.­791-792
  • 4.­795
  • 4.­797-798
  • 4.­801
  • 4.­803-805
  • 4.­818-819
  • 4.­823-829
  • 4.­833-834
  • 4.­836-838
  • 4.­869-870
  • 4.­874-875
  • 4.­879
  • 4.­882-884
  • 4.­891-893
  • 4.­902
  • 4.­905
  • 4.­908
  • 4.­913
  • 4.­920
  • 4.­922
  • 4.­981
  • 4.­1004-1009
  • 4.­1011
  • 4.­1016-1018
  • 4.­1020
  • 4.­1022
  • 4.­1032
  • 4.­1039-1040
  • 4.­1064-1065
  • 4.­1074
  • 4.­1087
  • 4.­1093-1094
  • 4.­1104
  • 4.­1114
  • 4.­1116-1118
  • 4.­1123
  • 4.­1128
  • 4.­1130
  • 4.­1143
  • 4.­1147-1148
  • 4.­1155-1156
  • 4.­1162
  • 4.­1164
  • 4.­1166
  • 4.­1168
  • 4.­1174-1175
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1185
  • 4.­1188
  • 4.­1193-1194
  • 4.­1202
  • 4.­1215
  • 4.­1222
  • 4.­1226
  • 4.­1228-1230
  • 4.­1233
  • 4.­1237
  • 4.­1249
  • 4.­1254
  • 4.­1256-1259
  • 4.­1262-1264
  • 4.­1266-1269
  • 4.­1271-1275
  • 4.­1280
  • 4.­1294
  • 4.­1296
  • 4.­1299-1301
  • 4.­1313-1316
  • 4.­1318
  • 4.­1320-1321
  • 4.­1326-1331
  • 4.­1333
  • 4.­1335
  • 4.­1337-1340
  • 4.­1342
  • 4.­1346
  • 4.­1360
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­40
  • 5.­61-62
  • 5.­67-68
  • 5.­73-74
  • 5.­76-77
  • 5.­85-86
  • 5.­90-91
  • 5.­96
  • 5.­101
  • 5.­104-105
  • 5.­110-112
  • 5.­114
  • 5.­117
  • 5.­119-120
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­129
  • 5.­133-134
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­148-149
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­162
  • 5.­169-170
  • 5.­173
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­183
  • 5.­186
  • 5.­188-189
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­242-245
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­260-261
  • 5.­263
  • 5.­265-268
  • 5.­270
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­278
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­288-290
  • 5.­293
  • 5.­296
  • 5.­298-299
  • 5.­301
  • 5.­304
  • 5.­306
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­314-315
  • 5.­318-320
  • 5.­323
  • 5.­335-336
  • 5.­340-341
  • 5.­344
  • 5.­346
  • 5.­350-351
  • 5.­353
  • 5.­359-360
  • 5.­365
  • 5.­367
  • 5.­369-380
  • 5.­386
  • 5.­388-389
  • 5.­394-396
  • 5.­398
  • 5.­402
  • 5.­406
  • 5.­409
  • 5.­416
  • 5.­418
  • 5.­423
  • 5.­430
  • 5.­432
  • 5.­434
  • 5.­443
  • 5.­464
  • 5.­470
  • 5.­489
  • 5.­505-506
  • 5.­515
  • 5.­517
  • 5.­519-520
  • 5.­525
  • 5.­527
  • 5.­529
  • 5.­548-549
  • 5.­563-564
  • 5.­576-577
  • 5.­579
  • 5.­582
  • 5.­584
  • 5.­587
  • 5.­589-590
  • 5.­592
  • 5.­594
  • 5.­597
  • 5.­603-607
  • 5.­609-610
  • 5.­614
  • 5.­619-625
  • 5.­630
  • 5.­633-634
  • 5.­636-637
  • 5.­647
  • 5.­668
  • 5.­671
  • 5.­675
  • 5.­677
  • 5.­715
  • 5.­728
  • 5.­731-732
  • 5.­742
  • 5.­755
  • 5.­758
  • 5.­761-763
  • 5.­784
  • 5.­791
  • 5.­798
  • 5.­812-813
  • 5.­816-817
  • 5.­826
  • 5.­828
  • 5.­835-836
  • 5.­843-845
  • 5.­849
  • 5.­853-854
  • 5.­856
  • 5.­861-862
  • 5.­864
  • 5.­866
  • 5.­870-871
  • 5.­878
  • 5.­880-881
  • 5.­885
  • 5.­892-893
  • 5.­895-897
  • 5.­900
  • 5.­902
  • 5.­906
  • 5.­908
  • 5.­911-920
  • 5.­922
  • 5.­924
  • 5.­926
  • 5.­948-949
  • 5.­956
  • 5.­987
  • 5.­989
  • 5.­994-998
  • 5.­1013-1014
  • 5.­1018
  • 5.­1020
  • 5.­1031-1032
  • 5.­1035
  • 5.­1041-1042
  • 5.­1048-1051
  • 5.­1053-1054
  • 5.­1057
  • 5.­1059
  • 5.­1062
  • 5.­1067
  • 5.­1073
  • 5.­1084
  • 5.­1089
  • 5.­1091
  • 5.­1096
  • 5.­1098
  • 5.­1107
  • 5.­1111
  • 5.­1120-1121
  • 5.­1124-1127
  • 5.­1129-1131
  • 5.­1133
  • 5.­1136-1137
  • 5.­1140
  • 5.­1142
  • 5.­1144-1145
  • 5.­1154-1158
  • 5.­1160
  • 5.­1163
  • 5.­1171
  • 5.­1175-1177
  • 5.­1182
  • 5.­1190-1191
  • 5.­1197
  • 5.­1199
  • 5.­1203
  • 5.­1205
  • 5.­1226-1227
  • 5.­1229
  • 5.­1234
  • 5.­1236
  • 5.­1247
  • 5.­1250-1252
  • 5.­1291
  • 5.­1308
  • 5.­1344
  • 5.­1348-1349
  • 5.­1351-1352
  • 5.­1360-1361
  • 5.­1365-1367
  • 5.­1378
  • 5.­1381
  • 5.­1385-1389
  • 5.­1391-1392
  • 5.­1397
  • 5.­1399-1402
  • 5.­1405-1408
  • 5.­1413-1414
  • 5.­1424
  • 5.­1432-1434
  • 5.­1437
  • 5.­1447-1448
  • 5.­1450
  • 5.­1453-1455
  • 5.­1458
  • 5.­1463-1465
  • 5.­1469-1474
  • 5.­1491-1492
  • 5.­1494-1495
  • 5.­1497
  • 6.­3-4
  • 6.­6
  • 6.­13
  • 6.­17
  • 6.­37
  • 6.­41
  • 6.­50
  • 6.­58
  • 6.­66
  • 6.­75
  • 6.­82
  • 6.­92-93
  • n.­50
  • n.­115
  • n.­158
  • n.­249
  • n.­277
  • n.­295
  • n.­301
  • n.­304
  • n.­319
  • n.­340
  • n.­342-344
  • n.­346
  • n.­348
  • n.­379-380
  • n.­392
  • n.­397-398
  • n.­404
  • n.­446
  • n.­448
  • n.­450
  • n.­464
  • n.­467
  • n.­473-474
  • n.­496
  • n.­538
  • n.­561-563
  • n.­566
  • n.­572
  • n.­592
  • n.­611
  • n.­752
  • n.­755
  • n.­774
  • n.­790
  • n.­793
  • n.­796-798
  • n.­804
  • n.­808
  • n.­858
  • n.­860-861
  • n.­876
  • n.­933
  • n.­965
  • n.­970
  • n.­989
  • n.­1025
  • n.­1036
  • n.­1089
  • n.­1098
  • n.­1130
  • n.­1144
  • n.­1187
  • n.­1241
  • n.­1274
  • n.­1283
  • n.­1311
  • n.­1343
  • n.­1350
  • n.­1404
  • n.­1457
  • n.­1467-1468
  • n.­1470
  • n.­1485
  • n.­1491-1492
  • n.­1516
  • n.­1529
  • n.­1534
  • n.­1543
  • n.­1552
  • n.­1562
  • n.­1564
  • n.­1633
  • n.­1639
  • n.­1646
  • n.­1678
  • n.­1744
  • n.­1756
  • n.­1760
  • n.­1772-1773
  • n.­1814
  • n.­1822-1823
  • n.­1829
  • n.­1839
  • n.­1842-1843
  • n.­1855-1856
  • n.­1865
  • n.­1877
  • n.­1886
  • n.­1896
  • n.­1902
  • n.­1912
  • n.­1915
  • n.­1918
  • n.­1931
  • n.­1961
  • n.­1987
  • g.­57
  • g.­63
  • g.­66
  • g.­67
  • g.­77
  • g.­85
  • g.­115
  • g.­133
  • g.­256
  • g.­284
  • g.­290
  • g.­291
  • g.­301
  • g.­339
  • g.­351
  • g.­364
g.­62

Dharma and Vinaya

Wylie:
  • chos ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­vinaya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An early term used to denote the Buddha’s teaching. “Dharma” refers to the sūtras and “Vinaya” to the rules of discipline.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­814
  • 5.­1228
g.­63

dharma body

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sku
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­kāya

In distinction to the form body (rūpakāya) of a buddha, this is the eternal, imperceptible realization of a buddha. In origin it was a term for the presence of the Dharma and has become synonymous with the true nature.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­9
  • 1.­182
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­162
  • 4.­302
  • 4.­436
  • 4.­487
  • 4.­497
  • 4.­693
  • 4.­729
  • 4.­1155
  • 4.­1174
  • 4.­1297
  • 4.­1317
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­153
  • 5.­168
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­262
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­345
  • 5.­518
  • 5.­606
  • 5.­1038
  • 5.­1059
  • 5.­1062
  • 5.­1198
  • 5.­1203
  • 5.­1362
  • 5.­1439
  • 6.­73
  • n.­41
  • n.­48
  • n.­1193
  • n.­1468
  • g.­128
g.­64

dharma constituent

Wylie:
  • chos kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu

One of the eighteen constituents, referring to mental phenomena.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­977
  • g.­66
  • g.­79
g.­66

dharma-constituent

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings
  • chos dbyings
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས།
  • ཆོས་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu

Dharma-dhātu is a synonym for emptiness or the ultimate nature of phenomena (dharmatā). This term is interpreted variously‍—given the many connotations of dharma/chos‍—as the sphere, element, or nature of phenomena, suchness, or truth. In this text it is used with this general, Mahāyāna sense, not to be confused with dharma constituent (Tib. chos kyi khams), also called in Sanskrit dharma­dhātu, which is one of the eighteen constituents. See also “dharma constituent.”

Located in 63 passages in the translation:

  • i.­117
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­94
  • 1.­109
  • 1.­211
  • 3.­12
  • 4.­100
  • 4.­162
  • 4.­189
  • 4.­192
  • 4.­313
  • 4.­317-318
  • 4.­416
  • 4.­436
  • 4.­465
  • 4.­467
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­517
  • 4.­526
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­698-700
  • 4.­702
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1199
  • 4.­1216-1217
  • 4.­1245
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­545
  • 5.­604
  • 5.­606
  • 5.­850
  • 5.­864-866
  • 5.­1145
  • 5.­1348
  • 5.­1362
  • 5.­1364-1366
  • 5.­1376
  • 5.­1388-1393
  • 5.­1438
  • 6.­30
  • n.­136
  • n.­253
  • n.­309
  • n.­932
  • n.­979
  • n.­1283
  • n.­1521
  • n.­1842-1843
  • g.­104
g.­67

Dharmameghā

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmameghā

Lit. “Cloud of Dharma.” The tenth level of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten bodhisattva levels.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­125
  • 3.­12
  • 5.­1143
  • g.­339
g.­68

dharmas on the side of awakening

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos rnams
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་རྣམས།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­pakṣa­dharma

See “thirty-seven dharmas on the side of awakening.”

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • i.­63
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­91
  • 4.­6-8
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­34-36
  • 4.­52-54
  • 4.­336
  • 4.­341
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­658
  • 4.­721
  • 4.­886
  • 4.­985
  • 4.­987
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­812
  • 5.­1219
  • 5.­1226
  • 5.­1349
  • n.­1241
  • n.­1744-1745
  • g.­346
g.­69

dharmatā

Wylie:
  • chos nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmatā

See “true nature of dharmas.”

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­61
  • i.­95
  • n.­147
  • n.­249
  • n.­522
  • n.­1032
  • n.­1462
  • n.­1469
  • g.­66
  • g.­104
  • g.­352
  • g.­364
g.­71

Dīpaṅkara

Wylie:
  • mar me mdzad
Tibetan:
  • མར་མེ་མཛད།
Sanskrit:
  • dīpaṅkara

A previous buddha who gave Śākyamuni the prophecy of his buddhahood. In depictions of the buddhas of the three times, he represents the buddhas of the past, while Śākyamuni represents the present, Maitreya the future.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­131-132
g.­72

distinct attributes of a buddha

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi chos ma ’dres pa
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āveṇika­buddha­dharma

See “eighteen distinct attributes of a buddha.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­254
  • 4.­431
  • 4.­721
  • 4.­762
  • 4.­1209
  • 4.­1217
  • 4.­1230
  • 5.­606
  • n.­107
g.­73

do not stand

Wylie:
  • gnas pa med pa
  • mi gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • གནས་པ་མེད་པ།
  • མི་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • asthita

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­87
  • i.­95
  • 4.­132
  • 4.­537-539
  • 4.­541
  • 4.­556
  • 4.­701
  • 4.­1155
  • 4.­1157-1160
  • 5.­69
  • 5.­425-426
  • 5.­1133
g.­74

door to liberation

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa’i sgo
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimokṣa­mukha

See “gateways to liberation.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­69
  • 1.­58
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­289
  • 4.­1186
  • g.­154
g.­75

eight deliverances

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭavimokṣa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A series of progressively more subtle states of meditative realization or attainment. There are several presentations of these found in the canonical literature. One of the most common is as follows: (1) One observes form while the mind dwells at the level of the form realm. (2) One observes forms externally while discerning formlessness internally. (3) One dwells in the direct experience of the body’s pleasant aspect. (4) One dwells in the realization of the sphere of infinite space by transcending all conceptions of matter, resistance, and diversity. (5) Transcending the sphere of infinite space, one dwells in the realization of the sphere of infinite consciousness. (6) Transcending the sphere of infinite consciousness, one dwells in the realization of the sphere of nothingness. (7) Transcending the sphere of nothingness, one dwells in the realization of the sphere of neither perception nor nonperception. (8) Transcending the sphere of neither perception nor nonperception, one dwells in the realization of the cessation of conception and feeling.

In this text:

The eight deliverances are explained in 4.­942–4.­946 on khri brgyad 16.­64–16.­70.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­37
  • 4.­942
  • n.­274
  • n.­740
  • g.­55
g.­77

eight worldly dharmas

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gyi chos brgyad
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཆོས་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭa­loka­dharma

The eight “worldly dharmas” (lokadharmāḥ) are the conditions that operate like laws of nature (dharma) ruling an ordinary person’s life (loka). They are explained at (4.­833) as “attaining, fame, pleasure, and praise, which give rise to mental attachment in an ordinary person; and the four of not attaining, infamy, blame, and pain, which give rise to depression.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­397
  • n.­816
  • g.­393
g.­79

eighteen constituents

Wylie:
  • khams bcwa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་བཅྭ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭādaśadhātu

The eighteen constituents through which sensory experience is produced: the six sense faculties (indriya); the six corresponding sense objects (ālambana); and the six sensory consciousnesses (vijñāna).

When grouped these are: the eye constituent, form constituent, and eye consciousness constituent; the ear constituent, sound constituent, and ear consciousness constituent; the nose constituent, smell constituent, and nose consciousness constituent; the tongue constituent, taste constituent, and tongue consciousness constituent; the body constituent, touch constituent, and body consciousness constituent; the thinking-mind constituent, dharma constituent, and thinking-mind consciousness constituent.

See also “constituents.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­106
  • n.­1789
  • g.­64
  • g.­66
g.­80

eighteen distinct attributes of a buddha

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi chos ma ’dres pa bcwa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ་བཅྭ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭā­daśāveṇika­buddha­dharma

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Eighteen special features of a buddha’s behavior, realization, activity, and wisdom that are not shared by other beings. They are generally listed as: (1) he never makes a mistake, (2) he is never boisterous, (3) he never forgets, (4) his concentration never falters, (5) he has no notion of distinctness, (6) his equanimity is not due to lack of consideration, (7) his motivation never falters, (8) his endeavor never fails, (9) his mindfulness never falters, (10) he never abandons his concentration, (11) his insight (prajñā) never decreases, (12) his liberation never fails, (13) all his physical actions are preceded and followed by wisdom (jñāna), (14) all his verbal actions are preceded and followed by wisdom, (15) all his mental actions are preceded and followed by wisdom, (16) his wisdom and vision perceive the past without attachment or hindrance, (17) his wisdom and vision perceive the future without attachment or hindrance, and (18) his wisdom and vision perceive the present without attachment or hindrance.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­53
  • i.­84
  • 1.­4
  • 2.­8
  • 4.­477
  • 4.­486
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­589
  • 4.­622
  • 4.­639
  • 4.­787
  • 4.­1012
  • 4.­1033
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­570
  • n.­1556
  • g.­29
  • g.­72
g.­81

eighteen emptinesses

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭā­daśa­śūnyatā

These are enumerated as: (1) inner emptiness, (2) outer emptiness, (3) inner and outer emptiness, (4) the emptiness of emptiness, (5) great emptiness, (6) the emptiness of ultimate reality, (7) the emptiness of the compounded, (8) the emptiness of the uncompounded, (9) the emptiness of what transcends limits, (10) the emptiness of no beginning and no end, (11) the emptiness of nonrepudiation, (12) the emptiness of a basic nature, (13) the emptiness of all dharmas, (14) the emptiness of its own mark, (15) the emptiness of not apprehending, (16) the emptiness of a nonexistent thing, (17) the emptiness of an intrinsic nature, and (18) the emptiness that is the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • n.­1311
  • g.­87
  • g.­88
  • g.­89
  • g.­90
  • g.­91
  • g.­92
  • g.­93
  • g.­94
  • g.­95
  • g.­96
  • g.­97
  • g.­98
  • g.­99
  • g.­100
  • g.­149
  • g.­165
  • g.­177
  • g.­178
  • g.­236
g.­82

eightfold noble path

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i lam yan lag brgyad
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • āryāṣṭāṅgamārga

The noble eightfold path comprises (1) right view, (2) right idea, (3) right speech, (4) right conduct, (5) right livelihood, (6) right effort, (7) right mindfulness, and (8) right meditative stabilization.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­886
  • 4.­899
  • g.­226
  • g.­346
g.­83

elder

Wylie:
  • gnas brtan
Tibetan:
  • གནས་བརྟན།
Sanskrit:
  • sthavira

Literally “one who is stable” and usually translated as “elder,” a senior monk in the early Buddhist communities. Pali: thera.

Located in 123 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 2.­3-4
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­17
  • 3.­1
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­323
  • 4.­372
  • 4.­377
  • 4.­401-402
  • 4.­404
  • 4.­407
  • 4.­411-412
  • 4.­414
  • 4.­438
  • 4.­454
  • 4.­456
  • 4.­460-461
  • 4.­463-464
  • 4.­489-490
  • 4.­492
  • 4.­494-497
  • 4.­500
  • 4.­503
  • 4.­603-604
  • 4.­633
  • 4.­679
  • 4.­708-711
  • 4.­730
  • 4.­734
  • 4.­739
  • 4.­742
  • 4.­759
  • 4.­770
  • 4.­774
  • 4.­776
  • 4.­782
  • 4.­786
  • 4.­1174
  • 4.­1232
  • 4.­1294-1295
  • 4.­1311
  • 4.­1319
  • 4.­1327
  • 4.­1331-1332
  • 4.­1336
  • 4.­1340
  • 5.­5
  • 5.­68-69
  • 5.­71
  • 5.­74
  • 5.­76
  • 5.­91
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­111-112
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­223
  • 5.­230
  • 5.­279
  • 5.­308
  • 5.­324
  • 5.­329
  • 5.­343
  • 5.­373
  • 5.­424
  • 5.­531
  • 5.­542
  • 5.­576
  • 5.­589
  • 5.­591-592
  • 5.­594
  • 5.­602
  • 5.­617
  • 5.­622
  • 5.­625-627
  • 5.­634
  • 5.­644-645
  • 5.­979-982
  • 5.­984-985
  • 5.­987
  • 5.­990-991
  • 5.­993
  • 5.­995
  • 5.­1002
  • 5.­1236
  • 5.­1366
  • 5.­1372
  • 5.­1377
  • 5.­1435
  • 5.­1437
  • 5.­1439
  • n.­457
  • n.­1455
  • n.­1485
  • n.­1588
g.­84

element

Wylie:
  • khams
  • dbyings
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
  • དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

Also rendered here as “constituent.”

Located in 67 passages in the translation:

  • i.­44
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­91
  • 1.­93
  • 4.­100
  • 4.­119
  • 4.­429
  • 4.­454
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­521
  • 4.­530
  • 4.­694-695
  • 4.­827
  • 4.­977
  • 4.­979-981
  • 4.­1033
  • 4.­1151-1152
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1201
  • 4.­1205
  • 4.­1217
  • 5.­477
  • 5.­509
  • 5.­603
  • 5.­606
  • 5.­608
  • 5.­612
  • 5.­853
  • 5.­946-947
  • 5.­1111
  • 5.­1133
  • 5.­1144
  • 5.­1158
  • 5.­1377
  • 6.­23-25
  • 6.­27-31
  • 6.­35
  • n.­309
  • n.­392
  • n.­404
  • n.­767
  • n.­840
  • n.­1283
  • n.­1384
  • n.­1468
  • n.­1521
  • n.­1548
  • n.­1708
  • n.­1950-1953
  • g.­45
  • g.­66
  • g.­127
  • g.­342
g.­86

emptiness

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • śūnyatā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Emptiness denotes the ultimate nature of reality, the total absence of inherent existence and self-identity with respect to all phenomena. According to this view, all things and events are devoid of any independent, intrinsic reality that constitutes their essence. Nothing can be said to exist independent of the complex network of factors that gives rise to its origination, nor are phenomena independent of the cognitive processes and mental constructs that make up the conventional framework within which their identity and existence are posited. When all levels of conceptualization dissolve and when all forms of dichotomizing tendencies are quelled through deliberate meditative deconstruction of conceptual elaborations, the ultimate nature of reality will finally become manifest. It is the first of the three gateways to liberation.

Located in 264 passages in the translation:

  • i.­44
  • i.­53
  • i.­64
  • i.­66
  • i.­77-78
  • i.­84
  • i.­95
  • i.­108-110
  • i.­117-118
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­93
  • 1.­121
  • 3.­9
  • 4.­36-37
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­54
  • 4.­79
  • 4.­103-106
  • 4.­109
  • 4.­116
  • 4.­118-120
  • 4.­124
  • 4.­128-129
  • 4.­143
  • 4.­161
  • 4.­190-191
  • 4.­193-200
  • 4.­202
  • 4.­220
  • 4.­248
  • 4.­261
  • 4.­282-287
  • 4.­289-290
  • 4.­292-293
  • 4.­295-296
  • 4.­307
  • 4.­314-315
  • 4.­320
  • 4.­386
  • 4.­389
  • 4.­399
  • 4.­427
  • 4.­462
  • 4.­484-485
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­516
  • 4.­541
  • 4.­546
  • 4.­548-550
  • 4.­558-560
  • 4.­562
  • 4.­570
  • 4.­574
  • 4.­615
  • 4.­623
  • 4.­665
  • 4.­671-672
  • 4.­720
  • 4.­728
  • 4.­764
  • 4.­771
  • 4.­773
  • 4.­787-788
  • 4.­791-794
  • 4.­799
  • 4.­801-802
  • 4.­807
  • 4.­809
  • 4.­813-814
  • 4.­887-888
  • 4.­891
  • 4.­902
  • 4.­967
  • 4.­987
  • 4.­1117-1119
  • 4.­1166
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1208
  • 4.­1217
  • 4.­1221-1222
  • 4.­1227
  • 4.­1229-1230
  • 4.­1253
  • 4.­1259
  • 4.­1262
  • 4.­1264
  • 4.­1268
  • 4.­1274-1275
  • 4.­1277
  • 4.­1305
  • 4.­1362
  • 5.­33
  • 5.­59-60
  • 5.­68
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­100-102
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­117
  • 5.­135-136
  • 5.­209
  • 5.­211
  • 5.­306
  • 5.­381
  • 5.­412
  • 5.­414
  • 5.­432
  • 5.­490
  • 5.­507
  • 5.­511
  • 5.­552
  • 5.­554-555
  • 5.­570
  • 5.­574-576
  • 5.­615
  • 5.­661-662
  • 5.­667
  • 5.­849
  • 5.­923
  • 5.­947
  • 5.­949
  • 5.­951
  • 5.­976-978
  • 5.­993-994
  • 5.­1003-1004
  • 5.­1007-1009
  • 5.­1013
  • 5.­1018
  • 5.­1021
  • 5.­1039
  • 5.­1104-1105
  • 5.­1139
  • 5.­1200
  • 5.­1351
  • 5.­1369
  • 5.­1377
  • 5.­1400-1402
  • 5.­1406
  • 5.­1412-1413
  • 5.­1416-1417
  • 5.­1422
  • 5.­1448
  • 5.­1450
  • 5.­1485
  • 5.­1490
  • 5.­1494-1497
  • 6.­4
  • 6.­79
  • n.­90
  • n.­273
  • n.­277
  • n.­314-315
  • n.­344
  • n.­375
  • n.­378
  • n.­400
  • n.­403
  • n.­410
  • n.­417
  • n.­536
  • n.­538
  • n.­544
  • n.­563
  • n.­710
  • n.­758
  • n.­808
  • n.­1083
  • n.­1130
  • n.­1152
  • n.­1241
  • n.­1331
  • n.­1467
  • n.­1492
  • n.­1515-1516
  • n.­1563
  • n.­1588
  • n.­1593
  • n.­1609
  • n.­1639
  • n.­1695
  • n.­1823
  • n.­1921
  • n.­1928
  • n.­1931
  • n.­1934
  • g.­66
  • g.­154
  • g.­179
  • g.­290
  • g.­320
  • g.­364
  • g.­389
  • g.­390
g.­87

emptiness of a basic nature

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin gyi stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན་གྱི་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • prakṛti­śūnyatā

One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­117
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­569-570
  • 4.­802
  • 4.­1305
  • 5.­416
  • 5.­1399-1400
  • 5.­1402
  • 5.­1407-1408
  • 5.­1411-1414
  • 5.­1416
  • n.­1552
  • n.­1859
  • n.­1865
  • g.­81
  • g.­149
g.­88

emptiness of a nonexistent thing

Wylie:
  • dngos po med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • abhāva­śūnyatā

One of the eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­81
g.­89

emptiness of all dharmas

Wylie:
  • chos thams cad stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­śūnyatā

One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­106
  • 4.­149
  • 4.­659
  • 4.­793
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­1449
  • g.­81
  • g.­149
g.­90

emptiness of an intrinsic nature

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • svabhāva­śūnyatā

One of the eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­117
  • 4.­813
  • 4.­1278
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­929
  • 5.­1497
  • g.­81
g.­91

emptiness of emptiness

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • śūnyatāśūnyatā

One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­119
  • 4.­793
  • 4.­1119
  • 5.­414
  • g.­81
  • g.­149
g.­92

emptiness of its own mark

Wylie:
  • rang gi mtshan nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • རང་གི་མཚན་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • svalakṣaṇa­śūnyatā

One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­155
  • 4.­804
  • g.­81
  • g.­149
g.­93

emptiness of no beginning and no end

Wylie:
  • thog ma dang tha ma med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཐོག་མ་དང་ཐ་མ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • anavarāgra­śūnyatā

One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­138
  • 4.­799-800
  • 5.­328
  • 5.­334
  • 5.­1153
  • 5.­1369
  • g.­81
  • g.­149
g.­94

emptiness of nonrepudiation

Wylie:
  • dor ba med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དོར་བ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • anavakāra­śūnyatā

One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­143
  • 4.­801
  • g.­81
  • g.­149
g.­95

emptiness of not apprehending

Wylie:
  • mi dmigs pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • མི་དམིགས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • anupalambha­śūnyatā

One of the eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­157
  • 4.­188
  • 4.­805
  • g.­81
g.­96

emptiness of the compounded

Wylie:
  • ’dus byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃskṛta­śūnyatā

One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­128
  • g.­81
  • g.­149
g.­97

emptiness of the uncompounded

Wylie:
  • ’dus ma byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་མ་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṃskṛta­śūnyatā

One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­129
  • 4.­797
  • n.­748
  • g.­81
  • g.­149
g.­98

emptiness of ultimate reality

Wylie:
  • don dam pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དོན་དམ་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • paramārtha­śūnyatā

One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­127
  • 4.­1255
  • n.­745
  • g.­81
  • g.­149
g.­99

emptiness of what transcends limits

Wylie:
  • mtha’ las ’das pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ལས་འདས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • atyanta­śūnyatā

One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­134
  • 5.­328
  • 5.­1369
  • g.­81
  • g.­149
g.­100

emptiness that is the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature

Wylie:
  • dngos po med pa’i ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ་མེད་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • abhāva­svabhāva­śūnyatā

One of the eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­566
  • 4.­574
  • 4.­808
  • 5.­91
  • 5.­372
  • n.­347
  • n.­756
  • g.­81
g.­101

enactment

Wylie:
  • mngon par ’du bgyi ba
  • mngon par ’du byed pa
  • mngon par ’du mdzad pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་འདུ་བགྱི་བ།
  • མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱེད་པ།
  • མངོན་པར་འདུ་མཛད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhisaṃskāra

Here, to practice an enactment means to get tied up in, or to settle down on, what is not ultimately real as real.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­75
  • 4.­562-564
  • 4.­569
  • 4.­610
  • 4.­612
  • 4.­976
  • 5.­260
  • 5.­263
  • 5.­348
  • 5.­1071
  • n.­548
g.­103

equanimity

Wylie:
  • btang snyoms
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་སྙོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • upekṣā

The antidote to attachment and aversion; a mental state free from bias toward sentient beings and experiences. One of the thirty-seven dharmas on the side of awakening, one of the four practices of spiritual practitioners, and one of the four immeasurables (the others being loving-kindness or love, compassion, and sympathetic joy).

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­150-151
  • 2.­6
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­10
  • 4.­365
  • 4.­399
  • 4.­872
  • 4.­875
  • 4.­884
  • 4.­917
  • 4.­928-931
  • 4.­933
  • 4.­935
  • 5.­571
  • 6.­12
  • n.­45
  • n.­179
  • n.­181
  • n.­797
  • g.­141
  • g.­291
g.­104

establishment of dharmas

Wylie:
  • chos gnas pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་གནས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmasthititā

Like “dharma-constituent” (dharmadhātu) and “true nature of dharmas” (dharmatā), a name for the ultimate.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­510
  • 4.­518
  • 4.­527
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1217
  • 5.­585
  • 5.­604
  • 5.­607
  • 5.­1170
  • 5.­1402
  • n.­1397
g.­105

existence

Wylie:
  • srid pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲིད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhava

Denotes the whole of existence, i.e., the five forms of life or the three planes of existence‍—all the possible kinds and places of karmic rebirth. It is also the tenth of the twelve links of dependent origination (often translated as “becoming”).

Located in 96 passages in the translation:

  • i.­91
  • i.­105
  • 1.­21-24
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­29
  • 1.­36
  • 1.­39
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­167-168
  • 1.­188
  • 1.­204-205
  • 1.­211-213
  • 1.­218-219
  • 1.­224
  • 4.­47-48
  • 4.­93
  • 4.­118
  • 4.­120
  • 4.­128
  • 4.­139
  • 4.­146
  • 4.­158
  • 4.­161
  • 4.­216-217
  • 4.­263
  • 4.­472
  • 4.­490
  • 4.­651
  • 4.­682
  • 4.­701
  • 4.­705
  • 4.­720
  • 4.­798
  • 4.­808
  • 4.­876
  • 4.­901
  • 4.­969
  • 4.­983
  • 4.­985
  • 4.­990
  • 4.­993
  • 4.­1048
  • 4.­1162
  • 4.­1179
  • 4.­1330
  • 4.­1346
  • 4.­1351
  • 4.­1358
  • 5.­185
  • 5.­222
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­285
  • 5.­621
  • 5.­889
  • 5.­1031
  • 5.­1057
  • 5.­1358-1359
  • 5.­1384
  • 5.­1415
  • 5.­1417
  • 5.­1446
  • 5.­1494
  • 5.­1497
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­22-23
  • 6.­32
  • 6.­35-36
  • 6.­89
  • 6.­93
  • 6.­100
  • n.­27
  • n.­49
  • n.­51
  • n.­56
  • n.­91
  • n.­328
  • n.­720
  • n.­974
  • n.­1067
  • n.­1281
  • n.­1887
  • n.­1955
g.­106

existent thing

Wylie:
  • dngos po
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāva

Also rendered as “real thing,” “something that exists,” and “real basis.”

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • i.­101
  • 4.­159-160
  • 4.­706
  • 4.­798
  • 4.­808-810
  • 4.­812
  • 4.­1267
  • 4.­1330
  • 5.­268
  • 5.­409
  • 5.­412
  • 5.­459-460
  • 5.­495
  • 5.­775
  • 5.­821-822
  • 5.­1021
  • 5.­1121
  • 5.­1140
  • 5.­1149
  • 5.­1190
  • 5.­1194-1195
  • 5.­1214
  • 5.­1216
  • 5.­1221
  • 5.­1230-1233
  • 5.­1236
  • 5.­1241
  • 5.­1382
  • 5.­1417
  • 5.­1457
  • 5.­1466-1467
  • 5.­1471
  • 5.­1495
  • 5.­1497
  • 6.­44
  • 6.­81
  • n.­347
  • n.­349-351
  • n.­720
  • n.­743
  • n.­758-759
  • n.­1283
  • n.­1322
  • n.­1491
  • n.­1531
  • n.­1918
  • g.­263
  • g.­264
g.­107

faculty

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indriya

See “five faculties” when part of the thirty-seven dharmas on the side of awakening and “six faculties” as in the sense faculties. In some contexts indriya is rendered as “dominant.”

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­29
  • 1.­45
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­91
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­123-124
  • 1.­131
  • 1.­208
  • 1.­210
  • 1.­225-226
  • 4.­90-91
  • 4.­171
  • 4.­325-327
  • 4.­364-365
  • 4.­446
  • 4.­555
  • 4.­787
  • 4.­826-827
  • 4.­879
  • 4.­882
  • 4.­908-909
  • 4.­985-988
  • 4.­990
  • 4.­1008
  • 4.­1024
  • 4.­1033
  • 4.­1146
  • 4.­1191
  • 4.­1330
  • 5.­149
  • 5.­634
  • 6.­84
  • 6.­98
  • 6.­101-102
  • n.­845
  • n.­1056
  • n.­1224
  • g.­116
  • g.­288
  • g.­342
g.­108

faith-followers

Wylie:
  • dad pa’i rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan:
  • དད་པའི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śraddhānusārin

Someone who follows his or her goal out of trust in someone else. According to the Mahāyāna, one of the seven types of noble beings (āryapudgala), and also one of the twenty types of members of the saṅgha (viṃśatiprabhedasaṃgha).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­159
  • 1.­185
  • 5.­529
  • n.­1562
g.­109

fearlessness

Wylie:
  • mi ’jigs pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśāradya

See “four fearlessnesses” or 1.­31.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­31
  • 1.­88
  • 1.­108-109
  • 4.­589
  • 4.­1002
  • 5.­419
  • 5.­606
  • n.­1334
  • g.­138
g.­110

feeling

Wylie:
  • tshor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedanā

The second of the five aggregates: pleasant, unpleasant, or neutral feelings as a result of sensory experiences.

Located in 93 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66
  • 1.­26
  • 4.­150
  • 4.­186
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­204
  • 4.­207
  • 4.­214
  • 4.­277-279
  • 4.­281
  • 4.­284
  • 4.­288
  • 4.­441-444
  • 4.­447
  • 4.­450-453
  • 4.­460
  • 4.­541
  • 4.­552
  • 4.­567
  • 4.­571
  • 4.­580
  • 4.­624
  • 4.­678
  • 4.­691
  • 4.­693
  • 4.­702
  • 4.­741
  • 4.­778
  • 4.­781
  • 4.­818
  • 4.­823-828
  • 4.­836
  • 4.­930
  • 4.­934
  • 4.­946
  • 4.­1204
  • 4.­1217
  • 4.­1254
  • 4.­1258
  • 4.­1292-1293
  • 5.­158-159
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­298
  • 5.­306
  • 5.­392
  • 5.­483
  • 5.­576
  • 5.­933
  • 5.­1014
  • 5.­1096
  • 5.­1124
  • 5.­1189
  • 5.­1231
  • 5.­1293
  • 5.­1364-1366
  • 6.­5
  • 6.­12
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­43
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­52
  • 6.­58
  • n.­52
  • n.­72
  • n.­774
  • n.­1275
  • n.­1330
  • n.­1387
  • n.­1887
  • n.­1942
  • n.­1957
  • g.­4
  • g.­133
  • g.­297
g.­111

five aggregates

Wylie:
  • phung po lnga
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­skandha

See “aggregate.”

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 4.­139
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­440
  • 4.­454
  • 4.­541
  • 4.­624
  • 4.­665
  • 4.­691-693
  • 4.­697-699
  • 4.­783
  • 4.­1346
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­465
  • 5.­481
  • 5.­1154
  • n.­55
  • n.­120
  • n.­345
  • n.­381
  • n.­1063
  • g.­44
  • g.­110
  • g.­112
  • g.­127
  • g.­180
  • g.­201
  • g.­243
  • g.­387
g.­112

five appropriating aggregates

Wylie:
  • nye bar len pa’i phung po lnga
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བར་ལེན་པའི་ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcopādāna­skandha

This refers to the five aggregates as the bases upon which a nonexistent self is mistakenly projected. That is, they are the basis of “appropriation” (upādāna) insofar as all grasping arises on the basis of the aggregates.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­510
  • 4.­898
  • 5.­863
  • n.­1549
g.­113

five clairvoyances

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcābhijñā

See “clairvoyances.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­57
  • n.­1765
  • g.­122
g.­115

five eyes

Wylie:
  • mig lnga
Tibetan:
  • མིག་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­cakṣus

The flesh eye, divine eye, wisdom eye, dharma eye, and buddha eye.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 4.­510
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­479
  • 5.­756
  • n.­1241
g.­116

five faculties

Wylie:
  • dbang po lnga
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcendriya

The faculties of faith, perseverance, mindfulness, meditative stabilization, and wisdom. They are the same as the five powers, only at a lesser stage of development. See also 4.­882.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • g.­107
  • g.­120
  • g.­246
  • g.­346
g.­117

five forms of life

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba lnga
  • ’gro ba lnga po
  • ’gro ba rnam pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།
  • འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ་པོ།
  • འགྲོ་བ་རྣམ་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcagati

These comprise the gods and humans in the higher realms within saṃsāra, plus the animals, ghosts, and denizens of hell in the lower realms.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1333
  • 5.­901
  • 5.­903
  • 5.­1057-1058
  • 5.­1383
  • n.­1875
  • n.­1891
  • g.­105
g.­118

five obscurations

Wylie:
  • sgrib pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲིབ་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcanivaraṇa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Five impediments to meditation (bsam gtan, dhyāna): sensory desire (’dod pa la ’dun pa, kāmacchanda), ill will (gnod sems, vyāpāda), drowsiness and torpor (rmugs pa dang gnyid, styānamiddha), agitation and regret (rgod pa dang ’gyod pa, auddhatya­kaukṛtya), and doubt (the tshom, vicikitsā).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­634
g.­119

five perfections

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcapāramitā

The six perfections excluding the perfection of wisdom: giving, morality, patience, perseverance or effort, and concentration.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­254
  • 5.­714
  • 5.­1079-1080
g.­120

five powers

Wylie:
  • stobs lnga
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcabala

Faith, perseverance, mindfulness, meditative stabilization, and wisdom. These are among the thirty-seven dharmas on the side of awakening. Although the same as the five faculties, they are termed “powers” due to their greater strength (on their difference, see 4.­882). See also “ten powers.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • g.­116
  • g.­246
  • g.­248
  • g.­342
  • g.­346
g.­123

flawlessness

Wylie:
  • skyon med pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nyāma

This word is also understood as equivalent to niyāma (“certain”).

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­161
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­483
  • 4.­519
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­609-610
  • 5.­840
  • 5.­1222
  • n.­301-302
  • n.­305
  • n.­427
  • n.­497
  • n.­827
  • n.­1081
  • n.­1470-1472
  • n.­1544
g.­124

fly whisk

Wylie:
  • rnga yab
Tibetan:
  • རྔ་ཡབ།
Sanskrit:
  • cāmara

A cāmara is a whisk made from the tail of a yak to whisk away insects. It is an emblem of royalty.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­1281
g.­125

forbearance

Wylie:
  • bzod pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣānti

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A term meaning acceptance, forbearance, or patience. As the third of the six perfections, patience is classified into three kinds: the capacity to tolerate abuse from sentient beings, to tolerate the hardships of the path to buddhahood, and to tolerate the profound nature of reality. As a term referring to a bodhisattva’s realization, dharmakṣānti (chos la bzod pa) can refer to the ways one becomes “receptive” to the nature of Dharma, and it can be an abbreviation of anutpattikadharmakṣānti, “forbearance for the unborn nature, or nonproduction, of dharmas.”

In this text:

Also rendered here as “patience.”

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­43-44
  • 1.­48
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­56
  • 1.­58-59
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­86-88
  • 1.­90
  • 1.­97
  • 1.­125
  • 1.­210-211
  • 4.­341
  • 4.­404
  • 4.­671
  • 4.­750
  • 4.­882
  • 4.­967
  • 4.­1035
  • 4.­1039-1040
  • 4.­1134
  • 4.­1345
  • 5.­75
  • 5.­529
  • 5.­1072
  • n.­295
  • n.­1064
  • n.­1110
  • n.­1501
  • n.­1543
  • g.­242
g.­126

forbearance for the nonproduction of dharmas

Wylie:
  • mi skye ba’i chos la bzod pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྐྱེ་བའི་ཆོས་ལ་བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anutpattika­dharma­kṣānti

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The bodhisattvas’ realization that all phenomena are unproduced and empty. It sustains them on the difficult path of benefiting all beings so that they do not succumb to the goal of personal liberation. Different sources link this realization to the first or eighth bodhisattva level (bhūmi).

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66
  • 1.­87-88
  • 1.­93
  • 4.­317
  • 4.­319
  • 4.­971
  • 4.­985
  • 4.­1316
  • 5.­529
  • 5.­634
  • 5.­837
  • 5.­1040
  • n.­98
  • n.­424
  • n.­1543
g.­127

form

Wylie:
  • gzugs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa

The first of the five aggregates: the subtle and manifest forms derived from the material elements.

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66
  • 4.­207
  • 4.­214
  • 4.­277-279
  • 4.­281
  • 4.­288
  • 4.­441-444
  • 4.­451-453
  • 4.­460
  • 4.­541
  • 4.­567
  • 4.­580
  • 4.­678
  • 4.­691
  • 4.­693
  • 4.­702
  • 4.­741
  • 4.­781
  • 4.­1254
  • 4.­1258
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­576
  • 5.­933
  • 5.­1096
  • 5.­1124
  • 5.­1189
  • 5.­1231
  • 5.­1364-1366
  • 6.­5
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­43
  • 6.­58
  • n.­1330
  • n.­1387
  • n.­1942
  • n.­1957
  • g.­4
g.­128

form body

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi sku
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa­kāya

The visible form of a buddha that is perceived by other beings, in contrast to his “dharma body,” the dharmakāya, which is the eternal, imperceptible realization of a buddha.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­17
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­171
  • 5.­168
  • 5.­1439
  • n.­1193
  • g.­63
g.­129

form realm

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa­dhātu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the three realms of saṃsāra in Buddhist cosmology, it is characterized by subtle materiality. Here beings, though subtly embodied, are not driven primarily by the urge for sense gratification. It consists of seventeen heavens structured according to the four concentrations of the form realm (rūpāvacaradhyāna), the highest five of which are collectively called “pure abodes” (śuddhāvāsa). The form realm is located above the desire realm (kāmadhātu) and below the formless realm (ārūpya­dhātu).

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 4.­471
  • 4.­701
  • 4.­978
  • 4.­983
  • 4.­990
  • 4.­1175
  • 5.­316
  • g.­26
  • g.­134
  • g.­222
  • g.­353
g.­130

formless absorption

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārūpya­samāpatti

See “four formless absorptions.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­336
  • 4.­497
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­946
  • n.­75
  • n.­288
  • g.­313
g.­131

formless realm

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • ārūpya­dhātu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The highest and subtlest of the three realms of saṃsāra in Buddhist cosmology. Here beings are no longer bound by materiality and enjoy a purely mental state of absorption. It is divided in four levels according to each of the four formless concentrations (ārūpyāvacaradhyāna), namely, the Sphere of Infinite Space (ākāśānantyāyatana), the Sphere of Infinite Consciousness (vijñānānantyāyatana), the Sphere of Nothingness (a­kiñ­canyāyatana), and the Sphere of Neither Perception nor Non-perception (naiva­saṃjñā­nāsaṃjñāyatana). The formless realm is located above the other two realms of saṃsāra, the form realm (rūpadhātu) and the desire realm (kāmadhātu).

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 1.­151
  • 1.­208
  • 1.­219
  • 4.­255
  • 4.­471
  • 4.­978
  • 4.­983
  • 4.­990
  • 5.­316
  • n.­277
  • g.­26
  • g.­314
  • g.­315
  • g.­316
  • g.­317
  • g.­353
g.­133

four applications of mindfulness

Wylie:
  • dran pa nye bar gzhag pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥsmṛtyupasthāna

The application of mindfulness to the body, the application of mindfulness to feeling, the application of mindfulness to mind, and the application of mindfulness to dharmas.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­8
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­818-820
  • 4.­839
  • g.­8
  • g.­346
g.­134

four concentrations

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan bzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturdhyāna

The four progressive levels of concentration of the form realm that culminate in pure one-pointedness of mind and are the basis for developing insight. These are part of the nine serial absorptions.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­8
  • 4.­9
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­336
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­921
  • 4.­992
  • 5.­825
  • n.­72
  • n.­236
  • n.­740
  • g.­139
  • g.­222
g.­135

four continent world system

Wylie:
  • gling bzhi pa’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • གླིང་བཞི་པའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A world system formed by four great island continents. In this world system, a central mountain, Sumeru, is surrounded in the four cardinal directions by Jambudvīpa (our world) in the south, Godānīya in the west, Uttarakuru in the north, and Pūrvavideha in the east.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­179
g.­136

four detailed and thorough knowledges

Wylie:
  • so so yang dag par rig pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥpratisaṃvid

The knowledge of the meaning, the knowledge of phenomena, the knowledge of interpretation, and the knowledge of eloquence.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­53
  • 1.­105-106
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­787
  • g.­29
g.­137

four errors

Wylie:
  • phyin ci log bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturviparyāsa

Taking what is impermanent to be permanent, what is suffering to be happiness, what is unclean to be clean, and what is not self to be a self.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99-100
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­210
g.­138

four fearlessnesses

Wylie:
  • mi ’jigs pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇིགས་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturvaiśāradya

The four fearlessnesses are the confidence to make the declaration, “I am a buddha”; the declaration that “greed and so on are obstacles to awakening”; the confidence to explain “bodhisattvas go forth on the paths of all-knowledge and so on”; and the declaration, “the outflows are extinguished.”

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­91
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­517
  • 4.­787
  • 4.­998
  • n.­113
  • n.­1334
  • n.­1516
  • g.­29
  • g.­109
g.­140

four formless absorptions

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturārūpya­samāpatti

These comprise the absorptions of (1) the station of endless space, (2) the station of endless consciousness, (3) the station of the nothing-at-all absorption, and (4) the station of neither perception nor nonperception.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 4.­760
  • 4.­936
  • 4.­992
  • n.­72
  • n.­274
  • n.­740
  • g.­130
  • g.­222
  • g.­288
  • g.­314
  • g.­315
  • g.­316
  • g.­317
g.­141

four immeasurables

Wylie:
  • tshad med pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturapramāṇa

The four positive qualities of loving-kindness, compassion, sympathetic joy, and equanimity, which may be radiated towards oneself and then immeasurable sentient beings.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­65
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­760
  • 4.­913
  • n.­274
  • n.­740
  • g.­103
  • g.­175
g.­142

Four legs of miraculous power

Wylie:
  • rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturṛddhipāda

The four are desire-to-do (or yearning) (chanda), perseverance (vīrya), concentrated mind (citta), and examination (mīmāṃsā).

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­868
  • 5.­67
  • g.­192
  • g.­246
  • g.­346
g.­143

Four Mahārājas

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturmahā­rāja

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Four gods who live on the lower slopes (fourth level) of Mount Meru in the eponymous Heaven of the Four Great Kings (Cāturmahā­rājika, rgyal chen bzhi’i ris) and guard the four cardinal directions. Each is the leader of a nonhuman class of beings living in his realm. They are Dhṛtarāṣṭra, ruling the gandharvas in the east; Virūḍhaka, ruling over the kumbhāṇḍas in the south; Virūpākṣa, ruling the nāgas in the west; and Vaiśravaṇa (also known as Kubera) ruling the yakṣas in the north. Also referred to as Guardians of the World or World Protectors (lokapāla, ’jig rten skyong ba).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­3
g.­144

four necessities

Wylie:
  • rkyen bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རྐྱེན་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

These are “robes, alms, beds and seats, and medicines for sicknesses.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­236-237
g.­145

four noble truths

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i bden pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturāryasatya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The four truths that the Buddha transmitted in his first teaching: (1) suffering, (2) the origin of suffering, (3) the cessation of suffering, and (4) the path to the cessation of suffering.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­426
  • 4.­967
  • 5.­1235
  • n.­1895
  • g.­57
  • g.­147
  • g.­227
g.­146

four right efforts

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i spong ba bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་སྤོང་བ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥsamyakprahāṇa

Four types of effort consisting in abandoning existing negative mind states, abandoning the production of such states, giving rise to virtuous mind states that are not yet produced, and letting those states continue.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­871
  • 4.­874
  • g.­266
  • g.­346
g.­147

four truths

Wylie:
  • bden pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • བདེན་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥsatya

See “four noble truths.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­37
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­1142
  • 6.­65
g.­148

four ways of gathering a retinue

Wylie:
  • bsdu ba’i dngos po bzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསྡུ་བའི་དངོས་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥsaṃgrahavastu

Giving gifts, kind words, beneficial actions, and consistency between words and deeds.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­80
  • 5.­1287
  • 5.­1290
  • n.­365
  • n.­1814
g.­149

fourteen emptinesses

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid bcu bzhi po
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བཅུ་བཞི་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­daśa­śūnyatā

These comprise the first fourteen of the eighteen emptinesses: (1) inner emptiness, (2) outer emptiness, (3) inner and outer emptiness, (4) the emptiness of emptiness, (5) great emptiness, (6) the emptiness of ultimate reality, (7) the emptiness of the compounded, (8) the emptiness of the uncompounded, (9) the emptiness of what transcends limits, (10) the emptiness of no beginning and no end, (11) the emptiness of nonrepudiation, (12) the emptiness of a basic nature, (13) the emptiness of all dharmas, and (14) the emptiness of its own mark.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • g.­87
  • g.­89
  • g.­91
  • g.­92
  • g.­93
  • g.­94
  • g.­96
  • g.­97
  • g.­98
  • g.­99
  • g.­165
  • g.­177
  • g.­178
  • g.­236
g.­151

Gaṅgā River

Wylie:
  • gang gA’i klung
Tibetan:
  • གང་གཱའི་ཀླུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṅgā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Gaṅgā, or Ganges in English, is considered to be the most sacred river of India, particularly within the Hindu tradition. It starts in the Himalayas, flows through the northern plains of India, bathing the holy city of Vārāṇasī, and meets the sea at the Bay of Bengal, in Bangladesh. In the sūtras, however, this river is mostly mentioned not for its sacredness but for its abundant sands‍—noticeable still today on its many sandy banks and at its delta‍—which serve as a common metaphor for infinitely large numbers.

According to Buddhist cosmology, as explained in the Abhidharmakośa, it is one of the four rivers that flow from Lake Anavatapta and cross the southern continent of Jambudvīpa‍—the known human world or more specifically the Indian subcontinent.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­147
  • 4.­233
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­1023
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­146
  • 5.­168
  • 5.­237-238
  • 5.­937
  • n.­1492
  • n.­1814
g.­152

Gaṅgadevī

Wylie:
  • gang gA’i lha mo
Tibetan:
  • གང་གཱའི་ལྷ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṅgadevī
  • gaṅgadevā

The name of a nun who commits to the practice of the six perfections and worships the Buddha with golden-colored flowers. The Buddha predicts her future awakening as the buddha Suvarṇapuṣpa, during the eon called Tārakopama.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­1001
g.­154

gateway to liberation

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa’i sgo
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimokṣa­mukha

A set of three points associated with the nature of phenomena that when contemplated and integrated lead to liberation. The three are emptiness, signlessness, and wishlessness.

Also rendered here as “doors to liberation.”

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­69
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­289
  • 4.­425
  • 4.­427
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­887
  • 4.­891-893
  • 5.­1002
  • n.­409
  • n.­474
  • g.­74
  • g.­350
  • g.­390
g.­155

ghost

Wylie:
  • yi dwags
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་དྭགས།
Sanskrit:
  • preta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, into which beings are born as the karmic fruition of past miserliness. As the term in Sanskrit means “the departed,” they are analogous to the ancestral spirits of Vedic tradition, the pitṛs, who starve without the offerings of descendants. It is also commonly translated as “hungry ghost” or “starving spirit,” as in the Chinese 餓鬼 e gui.

They are sometimes said to reside in the realm of Yama, but are also frequently described as roaming charnel grounds and other inhospitable or frightening places along with piśācas and other such beings. They are particularly known to suffer from great hunger and thirst and the inability to acquire sustenance. Detailed descriptions of their realm and experience, including a list of the thirty-six classes of pretas, can be found in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 2.­1281– 2.1482.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­72
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­91
  • 1.­167
  • 1.­187
  • 4.­55
  • 4.­1009
  • 5.­149
  • g.­117
g.­156

giving

Wylie:
  • sbyin pa
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dāna

The first of the six perfections. Also translated here as “generosity.”

Located in 150 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97
  • i.­115
  • i.­117
  • 1.­48
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­105
  • 1.­107
  • 1.­109
  • 1.­112
  • 1.­116
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­213
  • 3.­10
  • 4.­13-19
  • 4.­22
  • 4.­60
  • 4.­93
  • 4.­95-96
  • 4.­168
  • 4.­301
  • 4.­308
  • 4.­320
  • 4.­322
  • 4.­366-368
  • 4.­386
  • 4.­390
  • 4.­393-394
  • 4.­396
  • 4.­437
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­628
  • 4.­671
  • 4.­747-752
  • 4.­754-757
  • 4.­762
  • 4.­771-772
  • 4.­950
  • 4.­986
  • 4.­1010-1011
  • 4.­1100
  • 4.­1111
  • 4.­1168
  • 4.­1228-1229
  • 4.­1234
  • 4.­1247
  • 4.­1261
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­147
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­174
  • 5.­205-206
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­254
  • 5.­303
  • 5.­369
  • 5.­417
  • 5.­511
  • 5.­537
  • 5.­570
  • 5.­634
  • 5.­654
  • 5.­679-681
  • 5.­685
  • 5.­690
  • 5.­695
  • 5.­700
  • 5.­705
  • 5.­713
  • 5.­727
  • 5.­753
  • 5.­791
  • 5.­798
  • 5.­831-832
  • 5.­834-835
  • 5.­846
  • 5.­876
  • 5.­981
  • 5.­991
  • 5.­993
  • 5.­1011
  • 5.­1083
  • 5.­1094-1095
  • 5.­1206
  • 5.­1214-1217
  • 5.­1279
  • 5.­1288
  • 5.­1302
  • 5.­1312
  • 5.­1323
  • 5.­1361
  • 5.­1424
  • 5.­1463-1466
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­93
  • n.­264
  • n.­309
  • n.­433
  • n.­693
  • n.­706
  • n.­758
  • n.­904
  • n.­1042
  • n.­1274
  • n.­1421
  • n.­1503
  • n.­1520
  • n.­1530
  • n.­1773
  • n.­1807
  • n.­1814
  • g.­119
  • g.­148
  • g.­299
  • g.­345
g.­157

go forth

Wylie:
  • nges par ’byung
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པར་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • nir√yā

Located in 49 passages in the translation:

  • i.­83
  • i.­86-87
  • 1.­110
  • 2.­11
  • 4.­406
  • 4.­501-502
  • 4.­519
  • 4.­535
  • 4.­539-540
  • 4.­594-595
  • 4.­606-608
  • 4.­623-624
  • 4.­657-661
  • 4.­663-664
  • 4.­678
  • 4.­1140-1141
  • 4.­1147-1150
  • 4.­1161-1162
  • 4.­1168-1169
  • 4.­1174-1175
  • 4.­1233
  • 5.­627
  • n.­113
  • n.­513
  • n.­549
  • n.­738
  • n.­893
  • n.­933
  • n.­935
  • g.­138
g.­158

go forth to homelessness

Wylie:
  • rab tu ’byung
  • khyim nas mngon par byung
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་འབྱུང་།
  • ཁྱིམ་ནས་མངོན་པར་བྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • pra√vṛt
  • pravrajyā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Sanskrit pravrajyā literally means “going forth,” with the sense of leaving the life of a householder and embracing the life of a renunciant. When the term is applied more technically, it refers to the act of becoming a male novice (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or female novice (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma), this being a first stage leading to full ordination.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­20
  • 5.­1280
g.­159

god

Wylie:
  • lha
  • lha’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
  • ལྷའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In the most general sense the devas‍—the term is cognate with the English divine‍—are a class of celestial beings who frequently appear in Buddhist texts, often at the head of the assemblies of nonhuman beings who attend and celebrate the teachings of the Buddha Śākyamuni and other buddhas and bodhisattvas. In Buddhist cosmology the devas occupy the highest of the five or six “destinies” (gati) of saṃsāra among which beings take rebirth. The devas reside in the devalokas, “heavens” that traditionally number between twenty-six and twenty-eight and are divided between the desire realm (kāmadhātu), form realm (rūpadhātu), and formless realm (ārūpyadhātu). A being attains rebirth among the devas either through meritorious deeds (in the desire realm) or the attainment of subtle meditative states (in the form and formless realms). While rebirth among the devas is considered favorable, it is ultimately a transitory state from which beings will fall when the conditions that lead to rebirth there are exhausted. Thus, rebirth in the god realms is regarded as a diversion from the spiritual path.

Located in 94 passages in the translation:

  • i.­58
  • i.­96
  • 1.­16
  • 1.­24
  • 1.­29
  • 1.­72-73
  • 1.­88
  • 1.­174
  • 1.­176
  • 2.­14
  • 4.­55
  • 4.­179
  • 4.­325-326
  • 4.­329
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­678
  • 4.­701
  • 4.­880
  • 4.­907
  • 4.­999
  • 4.­1009
  • 4.­1014
  • 4.­1169
  • 4.­1174
  • 4.­1182
  • 4.­1184-1185
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­5
  • 5.­70-71
  • 5.­73-74
  • 5.­76-77
  • 5.­92
  • 5.­110-111
  • 5.­132
  • 5.­137
  • 5.­140
  • 5.­146
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­158-160
  • 5.­165
  • 5.­240
  • 5.­490
  • 5.­498-499
  • 5.­507
  • 5.­511
  • 5.­532
  • 5.­578
  • 5.­596
  • 5.­598-600
  • 5.­619-620
  • 5.­1058
  • 5.­1071
  • 5.­1249
  • 5.­1293
  • 5.­1415
  • 6.­15
  • n.­288
  • n.­738
  • n.­1110
  • n.­1120
  • n.­1155
  • n.­1180
  • n.­1183
  • n.­1623
  • n.­1689
  • n.­1712
  • n.­1786
  • g.­26
  • g.­117
  • g.­181
  • g.­201
  • g.­219
  • g.­221
  • g.­239
  • g.­314
  • g.­315
  • g.­316
  • g.­317
  • g.­360
  • g.­366
  • g.­378
g.­160

Good Dharma

Wylie:
  • dam pa’i chos
Tibetan:
  • དམ་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • saddharma

The buddhadharma, or the Buddha’s teachings.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­40
  • i.­102
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­191
  • 1.­199
  • 1.­203
  • 1.­213
  • 1.­222
  • 5.­279
  • 5.­436
  • 5.­441
  • 6.­93
  • n.­1245
g.­161

Gotra level

Wylie:
  • rigs kyi sa
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • gotrabhūmi

Lit. “Lineage level.” The second of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the leve of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. See “ten levels.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­712
  • 4.­1134
  • 4.­1167
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1186
  • 4.­1210
  • 5.­956
  • 5.­1455
  • g.­340
g.­163

great being

Wylie:
  • sems dpa’ chen po
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་དཔའ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāsattva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term can be understood to mean “great courageous one” or "great hero,” or (from the Sanskrit) simply “great being,” and is almost always found as an epithet of “bodhisattva.” The qualification “great” in this term, according to the majority of canonical definitions, focuses on the generic greatness common to all bodhisattvas, i.e., the greatness implicit in the bodhisattva vow itself in terms of outlook, aspiration, number of beings to be benefited, potential or eventual accomplishments, and so forth. In this sense the mahā- (“great”) is close in its connotations to the mahā- in “Mahāyāna.” While individual bodhisattvas described as mahāsattva may in many cases also be “great” in terms of their level of realization, this is largely coincidental, and in the canonical texts the epithet is not restricted to bodhisattvas at any particular point in their career. Indeed, in a few cases even bodhisattvas whose path has taken a wrong direction are still described as bodhisattva mahāsattva.

Later commentarial writings do nevertheless define the term‍—variably‍—in terms of bodhisattvas having attained a particular level (bhūmi) or realization. The most common qualifying criteria mentioned are attaining the path of seeing, attaining irreversibility (according to its various definitions), or attaining the seventh bhūmi.

In this text:

This term is explained in 3.­5.

Located in 379 passages in the translation:

  • i.­49
  • i.­61
  • i.­82
  • i.­93
  • i.­108
  • i.­117
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­45
  • 1.­48
  • 1.­94
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­3-4
  • 2.­6-14
  • 3.­1-2
  • 3.­5
  • 4.­1-2
  • 4.­4-5
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­54
  • 4.­70
  • 4.­96
  • 4.­168
  • 4.­172
  • 4.­184
  • 4.­186-187
  • 4.­212
  • 4.­218-219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­247-248
  • 4.­251-252
  • 4.­258
  • 4.­301
  • 4.­308
  • 4.­310
  • 4.­316
  • 4.­319
  • 4.­321
  • 4.­324
  • 4.­341
  • 4.­370-372
  • 4.­375-377
  • 4.­381
  • 4.­386
  • 4.­401-402
  • 4.­404
  • 4.­406-408
  • 4.­410-411
  • 4.­413
  • 4.­415-416
  • 4.­422
  • 4.­424
  • 4.­432
  • 4.­434
  • 4.­437-438
  • 4.­462
  • 4.­468
  • 4.­474
  • 4.­476
  • 4.­502
  • 4.­535-536
  • 4.­538-539
  • 4.­562
  • 4.­568
  • 4.­572
  • 4.­587
  • 4.­590
  • 4.­594-595
  • 4.­607
  • 4.­609
  • 4.­611-612
  • 4.­614
  • 4.­616
  • 4.­622
  • 4.­625
  • 4.­629
  • 4.­666
  • 4.­668
  • 4.­670-671
  • 4.­673
  • 4.­675
  • 4.­677-678
  • 4.­707-708
  • 4.­710-711
  • 4.­725
  • 4.­745
  • 4.­758
  • 4.­760-762
  • 4.­769-771
  • 4.­774
  • 4.­777-778
  • 4.­786
  • 4.­818
  • 4.­887
  • 4.­1041
  • 4.­1092
  • 4.­1095
  • 4.­1111
  • 4.­1223
  • 4.­1231
  • 4.­1233
  • 4.­1240
  • 4.­1244
  • 4.­1246
  • 4.­1278
  • 4.­1294
  • 4.­1296
  • 4.­1316
  • 4.­1363
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­10
  • 5.­12
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­68
  • 5.­96
  • 5.­99
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­132
  • 5.­210
  • 5.­218-219
  • 5.­222
  • 5.­272
  • 5.­329
  • 5.­332
  • 5.­337
  • 5.­376
  • 5.­531
  • 5.­539
  • 5.­549
  • 5.­565
  • 5.­569-570
  • 5.­576
  • 5.­623-625
  • 5.­627
  • 5.­638
  • 5.­657-662
  • 5.­665-666
  • 5.­669-671
  • 5.­675
  • 5.­679-680
  • 5.­710-711
  • 5.­713
  • 5.­719
  • 5.­721
  • 5.­723-725
  • 5.­728
  • 5.­733-734
  • 5.­736
  • 5.­740
  • 5.­743
  • 5.­745
  • 5.­751
  • 5.­753-754
  • 5.­763
  • 5.­767
  • 5.­773
  • 5.­780
  • 5.­783
  • 5.­786-787
  • 5.­791
  • 5.­797-798
  • 5.­800-804
  • 5.­807-810
  • 5.­813
  • 5.­816-817
  • 5.­821
  • 5.­828
  • 5.­830
  • 5.­839
  • 5.­842
  • 5.­845-849
  • 5.­854
  • 5.­856
  • 5.­858-859
  • 5.­861
  • 5.­863-867
  • 5.­869
  • 5.­871-873
  • 5.­875-876
  • 5.­878
  • 5.­880
  • 5.­884-887
  • 5.­889-893
  • 5.­895-896
  • 5.­898
  • 5.­903
  • 5.­905
  • 5.­953
  • 5.­981
  • 5.­990-993
  • 5.­998
  • 5.­1007-1008
  • 5.­1014
  • 5.­1025
  • 5.­1034
  • 5.­1040
  • 5.­1054
  • 5.­1060
  • 5.­1062
  • 5.­1072
  • 5.­1086-1087
  • 5.­1119
  • 5.­1127
  • 5.­1141
  • 5.­1159
  • 5.­1165
  • 5.­1173
  • 5.­1179
  • 5.­1214
  • 5.­1225
  • 5.­1238
  • 5.­1245
  • 5.­1273
  • 5.­1342
  • 5.­1349
  • 5.­1381
  • 5.­1397
  • 5.­1399
  • 5.­1418
  • 5.­1420
  • 5.­1425
  • 5.­1431
  • 5.­1433
  • 5.­1441
  • 5.­1443
  • 5.­1450
  • 5.­1454
  • 6.­2
  • n.­307
  • n.­309
  • n.­433
  • n.­460
  • n.­467
  • n.­485
  • n.­496
  • n.­635
  • n.­643
  • n.­668
  • n.­718
  • n.­737-738
  • n.­893
  • n.­902
  • n.­907
  • n.­1000
  • n.­1013
  • n.­1138
  • n.­1442
  • n.­1479
  • n.­1490
  • n.­1492
  • n.­1502
  • n.­1516
  • n.­1530
  • n.­1532
  • n.­1543
  • n.­1546
  • n.­1549-1550
  • n.­1552
  • n.­1555-1556
  • n.­1559
  • n.­1561
  • n.­1593
  • n.­1607
  • n.­1623
  • n.­1638
  • n.­1646
  • n.­1657
  • n.­1721
  • n.­1723
  • n.­1769
  • n.­1773
  • n.­1777
  • n.­1814
  • n.­1823
  • n.­1842-1843
  • n.­1856
  • n.­1859
  • n.­1886
  • n.­1891
  • n.­1896
  • n.­1912
  • g.­356
g.­164

great billionfold world system

Wylie:
  • stong gsum gyi stong chen po’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་གསུམ་གྱི་སྟོང་ཆེན་པོའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • tri­sahasra­mahā­sāhasra­loka­dhātu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The largest universe described in Buddhist cosmology. This term, in Abhidharma cosmology, refers to 1,000³ world systems, i.e., 1,000 “dichiliocosms” or “two thousand great thousand world realms” (dvi­sāhasra­mahā­sāhasra­lokadhātu), which are in turn made up of 1,000 first-order world systems, each with its own Mount Sumeru, continents, sun and moon, etc.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­144-145
  • 5.­179
  • n.­184-185
g.­165

great emptiness

Wylie:
  • chen po stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆེན་པོ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāśūnyatā

One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­125
  • 4.­794
  • 5.­415
  • g.­81
  • g.­149
g.­166

great person

Wylie:
  • skyes bu chen po
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེས་བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāpuruṣa

Someone who will become a buddha or a cakravartin, whose bodies are adorned with the thirty-two major marks and the eighty minor signs.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­115
  • 4.­1183
  • 5.­1273-1274
  • 5.­1306-1307
  • 5.­1309
  • 5.­1311
  • 5.­1323
  • 5.­1326-1328
  • 5.­1340
  • n.­307
g.­167

Great Vehicle

Wylie:
  • theg pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཐེག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāyāna

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

When the Buddhist teachings are classified according to their power to lead beings to an awakened state, a distinction is made between the teachings of the Lesser Vehicle (Hīnayāna), which emphasizes the individual’s own freedom from cyclic existence as the primary motivation and goal, and those of the Great Vehicle (Mahāyāna), which emphasizes altruism and has the liberation of all sentient beings as the principal objective. As the term “Great Vehicle” implies, the path followed by bodhisattvas is analogous to a large carriage that can transport a vast number of people to liberation, as compared to a smaller vehicle for the individual practitioner.

Located in 91 passages in the translation:

  • i.­53
  • i.­82-83
  • i.­86-88
  • i.­90-91
  • 1.­139
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­13
  • 3.­15-16
  • 4.­12
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­96
  • 4.­392
  • 4.­678
  • 4.­711
  • 4.­742
  • 4.­758-770
  • 4.­786-788
  • 4.­815
  • 4.­818
  • 4.­820
  • 4.­886-887
  • 4.­894
  • 4.­908
  • 4.­1092
  • 4.­1096
  • 4.­1140-1142
  • 4.­1155
  • 4.­1161
  • 4.­1168-1175
  • 4.­1186
  • 4.­1193
  • 4.­1195
  • 4.­1216
  • 4.­1218-1219
  • 4.­1222
  • 4.­1224
  • 4.­1229
  • 4.­1231-1234
  • 4.­1247
  • 4.­1267
  • n.­75
  • n.­156
  • n.­513
  • n.­738
  • n.­740-741
  • n.­762
  • n.­764
  • n.­893
  • n.­933
  • n.­935
  • n.­973
  • n.­976
  • n.­978-979
  • n.­1005
  • g.­299
g.­168

greed

Wylie:
  • ’dod chags
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rāga
  • lobha

One of the three poisons (triviṣa), together with hatred and confusion, that bind beings to cyclic existence.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • i.­106
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­187
  • 4.­471-472
  • 4.­477
  • 4.­488
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­715
  • 4.­836-837
  • 4.­900
  • 4.­1050
  • 4.­1225
  • 5.­299
  • 5.­403
  • 5.­468
  • 5.­470-472
  • 5.­563
  • 5.­1058
  • 5.­1168
  • n.­94
  • n.­113
  • n.­770
  • n.­1438
  • g.­43
  • g.­138
  • g.­171
g.­169

guru

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A spiritual teacher, in particular one with whom one has a personal teacher–student relationship.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 4.­851
  • 4.­1109
  • 5.­1278
  • n.­8
  • n.­40
g.­170

hasta

Wylie:
  • khru
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲུ།
Sanskrit:
  • hasta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A measure of length. One unit is the distance from the elbow to the tips of the fingers, about eighteen inches.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1303
  • 5.­1318
g.­171

hatred

Wylie:
  • zhe sdang
Tibetan:
  • ཞེ་སྡང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dveṣa
  • doṣa

One of the three poisons (triviṣa), together with greed and confusion, that bind beings to cyclic existence.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­74
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­187-188
  • 4.­399
  • 4.­471-472
  • 4.­477
  • 4.­488
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­715
  • 4.­837
  • 4.­900
  • 4.­1050
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­404
  • 5.­472
  • g.­43
  • g.­168
g.­172

ignorance

Wylie:
  • ma rig pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avidyā

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • i.­118
  • 1.­21-24
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­30-31
  • 1.­35-36
  • 1.­54
  • 1.­208-209
  • 1.­217-218
  • 4.­123
  • 4.­125
  • 4.­137
  • 4.­143
  • 4.­217
  • 4.­647-651
  • 4.­653-654
  • 4.­981
  • 4.­983
  • 4.­990
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­302
  • 5.­1258
  • 6.­32
  • 6.­41
  • n.­54
  • n.­1113
  • n.­1497
  • g.­339
  • g.­368
g.­173

imaginary

Wylie:
  • kun brtag
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་བརྟག
Sanskrit:
  • parikalpita

One of the three natures. Same as “conceptualized.”

Located in 66 passages in the translation:

  • i.­61
  • i.­71
  • i.­74
  • i.­78-79
  • i.­89-90
  • i.­109
  • i.­114
  • i.­117-118
  • 1.­60-61
  • 1.­121
  • 3.­9
  • 4.­128
  • 4.­149
  • 4.­155
  • 4.­197-198
  • 4.­201
  • 4.­205
  • 4.­208
  • 4.­217-218
  • 4.­272
  • 4.­279
  • 4.­282
  • 4.­295
  • 4.­305
  • 4.­309
  • 4.­409
  • 4.­421
  • 4.­423
  • 4.­434-435
  • 4.­461
  • 4.­487
  • 4.­522
  • 4.­543
  • 4.­545-547
  • 4.­551
  • 4.­558
  • 4.­627
  • 4.­697
  • 4.­813
  • 4.­1241
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­190
  • 5.­388
  • 5.­649
  • 5.­940
  • 5.­1031
  • 5.­1189
  • 6.­38-39
  • 6.­48
  • 6.­53
  • 6.­57-58
  • 6.­61
  • n.­945
  • n.­1827
  • g.­352
g.­174

imagination

Wylie:
  • rnam par rtog pa
  • kun tu rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ།
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vitarka

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­115
  • 4.­206
  • 4.­235
  • 4.­985
  • 5.­272
  • 5.­397
  • 5.­494
g.­175

immeasurables

Wylie:
  • tshad med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­pramāṇa

See “four immeasurables.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­99
  • 4.­721
  • 4.­763
  • 4.­912
  • 5.­235
  • n.­703
g.­177

inner and outer emptiness

Wylie:
  • phyi nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • adhyātma­bahirdhā­śūnyatā

One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­106-107
  • 4.­114
  • 4.­117
  • 4.­977
  • g.­81
  • g.­149
g.­178

inner emptiness

Wylie:
  • nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • adhyātma­śūnyatā

One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­64
  • 4.­103-104
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­112
  • 4.­484-485
  • 4.­566
  • 4.­574
  • 4.­977
  • 4.­987
  • 5.­91
  • 5.­1076
  • 5.­1401-1402
  • n.­1042
  • g.­81
  • g.­149
g.­179

intrinsic nature

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • svabhāva

This term denotes the ontological status of phenomena, according to which they are said to possess existence in their own right‍—inherently, in and of themselves, objectively, and independent of any other phenomena such as our conception and labelling. The absence of such an ontological reality is defined as the true nature of reality, emptiness.

Located in 326 passages in the translation:

  • i.­52
  • i.­65
  • i.­78
  • i.­101
  • i.­110
  • i.­117
  • 1.­49
  • 1.­67
  • 1.­94
  • 1.­121
  • 1.­149
  • 3.­9
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­35
  • 4.­39-41
  • 4.­79
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­112
  • 4.­123-124
  • 4.­126
  • 4.­158-161
  • 4.­191-193
  • 4.­198
  • 4.­200
  • 4.­202-206
  • 4.­211
  • 4.­213-214
  • 4.­216-218
  • 4.­220
  • 4.­235
  • 4.­237-239
  • 4.­261
  • 4.­263
  • 4.­273
  • 4.­276-278
  • 4.­292
  • 4.­295
  • 4.­308-309
  • 4.­314
  • 4.­384
  • 4.­446-449
  • 4.­453
  • 4.­456-461
  • 4.­467
  • 4.­484-486
  • 4.­516
  • 4.­547
  • 4.­556-558
  • 4.­569
  • 4.­593
  • 4.­601
  • 4.­604-605
  • 4.­608
  • 4.­619
  • 4.­641
  • 4.­661-662
  • 4.­665
  • 4.­672
  • 4.­678
  • 4.­680
  • 4.­741
  • 4.­777
  • 4.­790
  • 4.­801
  • 4.­803
  • 4.­807-809
  • 4.­813
  • 4.­942
  • 4.­1049
  • 4.­1054
  • 4.­1117
  • 4.­1149-1150
  • 4.­1179
  • 4.­1216
  • 4.­1242
  • 4.­1245
  • 4.­1254
  • 4.­1259
  • 4.­1263-1265
  • 4.­1268
  • 4.­1271
  • 4.­1273-1275
  • 4.­1283-1284
  • 4.­1286
  • 4.­1291
  • 4.­1305-1306
  • 4.­1331-1333
  • 4.­1362
  • 5.­38
  • 5.­44-45
  • 5.­60
  • 5.­73
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­125
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­130-131
  • 5.­169-170
  • 5.­173
  • 5.­217
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­227-228
  • 5.­242
  • 5.­244
  • 5.­248-249
  • 5.­270
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­278
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­286
  • 5.­288
  • 5.­290
  • 5.­316-317
  • 5.­327
  • 5.­344-346
  • 5.­349
  • 5.­361
  • 5.­364-365
  • 5.­375
  • 5.­378
  • 5.­402
  • 5.­411-412
  • 5.­432
  • 5.­468
  • 5.­470
  • 5.­474
  • 5.­476
  • 5.­478
  • 5.­487-489
  • 5.­493
  • 5.­504
  • 5.­545
  • 5.­547-548
  • 5.­555-556
  • 5.­563
  • 5.­596
  • 5.­622
  • 5.­633
  • 5.­635
  • 5.­665-666
  • 5.­713
  • 5.­790-791
  • 5.­808
  • 5.­824-828
  • 5.­885
  • 5.­897
  • 5.­966-968
  • 5.­989
  • 5.­1029-1031
  • 5.­1033-1035
  • 5.­1037-1038
  • 5.­1049
  • 5.­1058
  • 5.­1088-1089
  • 5.­1092
  • 5.­1120-1121
  • 5.­1123-1124
  • 5.­1135
  • 5.­1139
  • 5.­1148
  • 5.­1155
  • 5.­1162
  • 5.­1166-1167
  • 5.­1170
  • 5.­1175
  • 5.­1189-1192
  • 5.­1198
  • 5.­1200-1201
  • 5.­1219
  • 5.­1226
  • 5.­1228
  • 5.­1230
  • 5.­1236
  • 5.­1238
  • 5.­1241
  • 5.­1251
  • 5.­1354-1355
  • 5.­1363-1364
  • 5.­1367-1368
  • 5.­1383
  • 5.­1389
  • 5.­1393-1394
  • 5.­1396
  • 5.­1399
  • 5.­1405
  • 5.­1447
  • 5.­1457
  • 5.­1460-1461
  • 5.­1470-1472
  • 5.­1485
  • 5.­1496-1497
  • 6.­6-7
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­17
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­48-49
  • 6.­59-64
  • 6.­70
  • n.­95
  • n.­263
  • n.­325
  • n.­346-348
  • n.­351
  • n.­404
  • n.­464
  • n.­704
  • n.­744
  • n.­758
  • n.­944
  • n.­989
  • n.­1000
  • n.­1032
  • n.­1241
  • n.­1283
  • n.­1491
  • n.­1550
  • n.­1598
  • n.­1615
  • n.­1630
  • n.­1718
  • n.­1726
  • n.­1755
  • n.­1760
  • n.­1762
  • n.­1773
  • n.­1823
  • n.­1827
  • n.­1918
  • n.­1968
  • g.­20
g.­180

isolation

Wylie:
  • dben pa
Tibetan:
  • དབེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vivikta
  • viveka

Isolation is traditionally categorized as being of three types: (1) isolation of the body (kāyaviveka), which refers to remaining in solitude free from desirous or disturbing objects; (2) isolation of the mind (cittaviveka), which is mental detachment from desirous or disturbing objects; and (3) isolation from the “substrate” (upadhiviveka), which indicates detachment from all things that perpetuate rebirth, including the five aggregates, the afflictions, and karma.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­44
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­876-878
  • 4.­1111
  • 4.­1362
  • 5.­1064
  • n.­902
  • n.­1614
g.­183

Jambudvīpa

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu’i gling
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུའི་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambudvīpa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, which can signify either the known human world, or more specifically the Indian subcontinent, literally “the jambu island/continent.” Jambu is the name used for a range of plum-like fruits from trees belonging to the genus Szygium, particularly Szygium jambos and Szygium cumini, and it has commonly been rendered “rose apple,” although “black plum” may be a less misleading term. Among various explanations given for the continent being so named, one (in the Abhidharmakośa) is that a jambu tree grows in its northern mountains beside Lake Anavatapta, mythically considered the source of the four great rivers of India, and that the continent is therefore named from the tree or the fruit. Jambudvīpa has the Vajrāsana at its center and is the only continent upon which buddhas attain awakening.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­224
  • 5.­145
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­178-179
  • 5.­204
  • g.­135
g.­185

kalaviṅka

Wylie:
  • ka la bing ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ལ་བིང་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kalaviṅka

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhist literature refers to a mythical bird whose call is said to be far more beautiful than that of all other birds, and so compelling that it can be heard even before the bird has hatched. The call of the kalaviṅka is thus used as an analogy to describe the sound of the discourse of bodhisattvas as being far superior to that of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas, even before bodhisattvas attain awakening. In some cases, the kalaviṅka also takes on mythical characteristics, being depicted as part human, part bird. It is also the sixteenth of the eighty designs on the palms and soles of a tathāgata.

While it is equated to an Indian bird renowned for its beautiful song, there is some uncertainty regarding the identity of the kalaviṅka; some dictionaries declare it to be a type of Indian cuckoo (probably Eudynamys scolopacea, also known as the asian koel) or a red and green sparrow (possibly Amandava amandava, also known as the red avadavat).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­1332
g.­186

karma

Wylie:
  • las
  • sug las
  • phyag las
  • lag las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
  • སུག་ལས།
  • ཕྱག་ལས།
  • ལག་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Meaning “action” in its most basic sense, karma is an important concept in Buddhist philosophy as the cumulative force of previous physical, verbal, and mental acts, which determines present experience and will determine future existences.

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­7
  • 1.­96
  • 1.­204-205
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­220
  • 1.­229
  • 3.­10
  • 4.­783
  • 4.­897
  • 4.­969
  • 4.­1051
  • 4.­1078
  • 4.­1334
  • 5.­36
  • 5.­183
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­981-982
  • 5.­984-987
  • 5.­989-990
  • 5.­1000
  • 5.­1277-1278
  • 5.­1284
  • 5.­1287
  • 5.­1295
  • 5.­1297
  • 5.­1302-1303
  • 5.­1308
  • 5.­1310
  • 5.­1312-1313
  • 5.­1318
  • 5.­1321
  • 5.­1323
  • 5.­1329
  • 5.­1367
  • 5.­1415
  • 5.­1444
  • 5.­1484
  • 6.­32
  • 6.­44
  • 6.­70
  • 6.­90
  • n.­50
  • n.­90
  • n.­277
  • n.­804
  • n.­844
  • n.­1067
  • n.­1385
  • n.­1753
  • n.­1756
  • n.­1805
  • n.­1879
  • n.­1902
  • g.­180
  • g.­342
  • g.­395
g.­188

Kauśika

Wylie:
  • kau shi ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽ་ཤི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kauśika

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

“One who belongs to the Kuśika lineage.” An epithet of the god Śakra, also known as Indra, the king of the gods in the Trāyastriṃśa heaven. In the Ṛgveda, Indra is addressed by the epithet Kauśika, with the implication that he is associated with the descendants of the Kuśika lineage (gotra) as their aiding deity. In later epic and Purāṇic texts, we find the story that Indra took birth as Gādhi Kauśika, the son of Kuśika and one of the Vedic poet-seers, after the Puru king Kuśika had performed austerities for one thousand years to obtain a son equal to Indra who could not be killed by others. In the Pāli Kusajātaka (Jāt V 141–45), the Buddha, in one of his former bodhisattva lives as a Trāyastriṃśa god, takes birth as the future king Kusa upon the request of Indra, who wishes to help the childless king of the Mallas, Okkaka, and his chief queen Sīlavatī. This story is also referred to by Nāgasena in the Milindapañha.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­10
  • 5.­12
  • 5.­45
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­62
  • 5.­93-94
  • 5.­96
  • 5.­100-101
  • 5.­117
  • 5.­120
  • 5.­125
  • 5.­127-128
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­177
  • 5.­255
  • 5.­263
  • 5.­341
  • 5.­426
  • n.­1138
  • n.­1168
g.­190

knowledge

Wylie:
  • ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

The last of the ten perfections. See 1.­126.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­122
  • 1.­126
  • g.­341
g.­191

Kṛtāvin level

Wylie:
  • byas pa rtogs pa can gyi sa
Tibetan:
  • བྱས་པ་རྟོགས་པ་ཅན་གྱི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛtāvibhūmi

Lit. “Have Done the Work to Be Done.” The seventh of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. It is equivalent to the level of a worthy one. See “ten levels.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­208-209
  • 4.­900
  • 4.­1139
  • 4.­1210
  • 5.­961
  • n.­920
  • g.­340
g.­194

lineage

Wylie:
  • rigs
Tibetan:
  • རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • gotra

Literally, the class, caste or lineage. In this context, it is the basic disposition or propensity of an individual which determines which kind of vehicle (śrāvaka, pratyekabuddha, or bodhisattva) they will follow and therefore which kind of awakening they will obtain. However, in Buddhist literature of the third turning, this same term is used instead as a synonym of buddha-nature (tathāgata­garbha), ie, that all the beings are in fact endowed with the potential or geniture of a buddha’s awakening.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 1.­206-208
  • 1.­223-224
  • 1.­226
  • 3.­5
  • 4.­92
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­589
  • 5.­221
  • 5.­617
  • 5.­1273
  • 6.­99-100
  • 6.­102
  • n.­213
  • g.­161
g.­195

living being

Wylie:
  • srog chags
  • srog
Tibetan:
  • སྲོག་ཆགས།
  • སྲོག
Sanskrit:
  • prāṇin
  • jīva

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­97
  • 4.­471
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­1185
  • 4.­1200
  • 5.­1400
  • 5.­1491
  • 6.­2
g.­196

lord

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavān
  • bhagavat

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhist literature, this is an epithet applied to buddhas, most often to Śākyamuni. The Sanskrit term generally means “possessing fortune,” but in specifically Buddhist contexts it implies that a buddha is in possession of six auspicious qualities (bhaga) associated with complete awakening. The Tibetan term‍—where bcom is said to refer to “subduing” the four māras, ldan to “possessing” the great qualities of buddhahood, and ’das to “going beyond” saṃsāra and nirvāṇa‍—possibly reflects the commentarial tradition where the Sanskrit bhagavat is interpreted, in addition, as “one who destroys the four māras.” This is achieved either by reading bhagavat as bhagnavat (“one who broke”), or by tracing the word bhaga to the root √bhañj (“to break”).

In this text:

For a definition given in this text, see 1.­14.

Located in 708 passages in the translation:

  • i.­49
  • i.­57-58
  • i.­63
  • i.­68
  • i.­80
  • i.­91
  • i.­106
  • i.­108
  • i.­111-112
  • i.­118
  • 1.­4-7
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­16
  • 1.­18
  • 1.­110
  • 1.­127
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­139
  • 1.­141
  • 1.­143-145
  • 1.­147
  • 1.­158-160
  • 1.­170
  • 1.­176
  • 1.­178
  • 1.­191
  • 1.­195
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­214
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­220
  • 1.­222-226
  • 1.­228-229
  • 2.­2-5
  • 2.­8-10
  • 2.­12-14
  • 3.­21
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­53
  • 4.­66
  • 4.­73
  • 4.­87
  • 4.­130
  • 4.­134-135
  • 4.­137
  • 4.­139
  • 4.­161
  • 4.­168
  • 4.­172
  • 4.­186-188
  • 4.­234
  • 4.­238-239
  • 4.­248
  • 4.­251
  • 4.­258-259
  • 4.­317
  • 4.­331
  • 4.­371-373
  • 4.­375
  • 4.­377-378
  • 4.­401-402
  • 4.­404-409
  • 4.­411
  • 4.­413-414
  • 4.­416
  • 4.­438
  • 4.­445
  • 4.­454-457
  • 4.­459-460
  • 4.­462-463
  • 4.­465
  • 4.­474
  • 4.­476
  • 4.­497
  • 4.­502-504
  • 4.­507-508
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­532
  • 4.­536
  • 4.­538-539
  • 4.­541
  • 4.­562
  • 4.­564
  • 4.­568
  • 4.­572
  • 4.­587
  • 4.­590
  • 4.­602
  • 4.­609
  • 4.­624
  • 4.­638
  • 4.­641-642
  • 4.­649
  • 4.­660-661
  • 4.­666
  • 4.­668
  • 4.­678
  • 4.­707-708
  • 4.­712
  • 4.­774
  • 4.­776
  • 4.­778
  • 4.­782
  • 4.­786-787
  • 4.­974
  • 4.­1092
  • 4.­1095
  • 4.­1164
  • 4.­1168
  • 4.­1174
  • 4.­1192
  • 4.­1232-1235
  • 4.­1237-1238
  • 4.­1240-1244
  • 4.­1283
  • 4.­1287-1288
  • 4.­1290
  • 4.­1292-1293
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­132
  • 5.­134
  • 5.­222
  • 5.­231
  • 5.­234
  • 5.­238
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­256
  • 5.­258
  • 5.­264
  • 5.­267
  • 5.­269-270
  • 5.­272-273
  • 5.­280-281
  • 5.­308
  • 5.­311
  • 5.­313-317
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­323-324
  • 5.­329
  • 5.­332-333
  • 5.­337
  • 5.­343
  • 5.­424
  • 5.­434-435
  • 5.­519
  • 5.­531
  • 5.­536
  • 5.­539-540
  • 5.­542-543
  • 5.­545
  • 5.­550
  • 5.­565
  • 5.­576
  • 5.­578
  • 5.­583
  • 5.­603
  • 5.­617
  • 5.­621
  • 5.­627
  • 5.­634
  • 5.­637
  • 5.­645
  • 5.­647-655
  • 5.­657-659
  • 5.­663-673
  • 5.­675-679
  • 5.­711
  • 5.­713-746
  • 5.­748-767
  • 5.­769-773
  • 5.­775-784
  • 5.­786-798
  • 5.­800-805
  • 5.­807-819
  • 5.­822-825
  • 5.­827-832
  • 5.­835-845
  • 5.­847
  • 5.­849-850
  • 5.­852-873
  • 5.­875-876
  • 5.­878-882
  • 5.­884-929
  • 5.­933
  • 5.­940
  • 5.­948-949
  • 5.­951
  • 5.­953-954
  • 5.­968
  • 5.­970
  • 5.­972-974
  • 5.­976
  • 5.­982
  • 5.­989
  • 5.­997-999
  • 5.­1008
  • 5.­1013-1014
  • 5.­1023
  • 5.­1030
  • 5.­1033-1034
  • 5.­1037-1041
  • 5.­1043
  • 5.­1049
  • 5.­1053-1055
  • 5.­1058
  • 5.­1065
  • 5.­1067
  • 5.­1069
  • 5.­1079
  • 5.­1081
  • 5.­1091
  • 5.­1108-1109
  • 5.­1120
  • 5.­1126
  • 5.­1132
  • 5.­1134
  • 5.­1136
  • 5.­1147-1149
  • 5.­1151
  • 5.­1153
  • 5.­1155
  • 5.­1172-1177
  • 5.­1193
  • 5.­1196
  • 5.­1199-1200
  • 5.­1203-1204
  • 5.­1214
  • 5.­1217
  • 5.­1226
  • 5.­1236
  • 5.­1238
  • 5.­1245
  • 5.­1251
  • 5.­1284
  • 5.­1292
  • 5.­1303-1304
  • 5.­1341
  • 5.­1350-1351
  • 5.­1360
  • 5.­1362
  • 5.­1364-1367
  • 5.­1370-1373
  • 5.­1377-1379
  • 5.­1381
  • 5.­1383-1384
  • 5.­1387
  • 5.­1389
  • 5.­1395-1396
  • 5.­1399-1400
  • 5.­1425
  • 5.­1431
  • 5.­1433
  • 5.­1435-1440
  • 5.­1443
  • 5.­1448-1452
  • 5.­1461
  • 5.­1470
  • 5.­1474-1475
  • 5.­1487
  • 5.­1494-1497
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­4-7
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­14-23
  • 6.­25-26
  • 6.­31-34
  • 6.­37-39
  • 6.­57
  • 6.­71-76
  • 6.­80
  • 6.­83
  • 6.­89
  • 6.­94
  • 6.­99-102
  • n.­173
  • n.­184-185
  • n.­230
  • n.­258
  • n.­476
  • n.­515
  • n.­614
  • n.­635
  • n.­640
  • n.­738
  • n.­893
  • n.­931
  • n.­939
  • n.­973
  • n.­1000
  • n.­1005
  • n.­1013
  • n.­1237
  • n.­1245
  • n.­1283
  • n.­1317
  • n.­1319-1320
  • n.­1324
  • n.­1328
  • n.­1335
  • n.­1346
  • n.­1348
  • n.­1408
  • n.­1420
  • n.­1492
  • n.­1502
  • n.­1522
  • n.­1524
  • n.­1527
  • n.­1530
  • n.­1532
  • n.­1534
  • n.­1543
  • n.­1545-1547
  • n.­1549-1550
  • n.­1552
  • n.­1556
  • n.­1560-1562
  • n.­1613
  • n.­1629
  • n.­1637
  • n.­1646
  • n.­1657
  • n.­1673
  • n.­1679
  • n.­1682
  • n.­1744
  • n.­1755
  • n.­1760
  • n.­1769
  • n.­1773
  • n.­1823
  • n.­1839
  • n.­1842
  • n.­1886
  • n.­1891
  • n.­1902
  • n.­1912
  • n.­1931
  • g.­181
g.­198

Maitreya

Wylie:
  • byams pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitreya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The bodhisattva Maitreya is an important figure in many Buddhist traditions, where he is unanimously regarded as the buddha of the future era. He is said to currently reside in the heaven of Tuṣita, as Śākyamuni’s regent, where he awaits the proper time to take his final rebirth and become the fifth buddha in the Fortunate Eon, reestablishing the Dharma in this world after the teachings of the current buddha have disappeared. Within the Mahāyāna sūtras, Maitreya is elevated to the same status as other central bodhisattvas such as Mañjuśrī and Avalokiteśvara, and his name appears frequently in sūtras, either as the Buddha’s interlocutor or as a teacher of the Dharma. Maitreya literally means “Loving One.” He is also known as Ajita, meaning “Invincible.”

For more information on Maitreya, see, for example, the introduction to Maitreya’s Setting Out (Toh 198).

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­3-4
  • i.­29-31
  • i.­55
  • i.­58
  • i.­94
  • i.­103
  • i.­118
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­227
  • 1.­229
  • 2.­17
  • 4.­331
  • 5.­205-206
  • 5.­209
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­222-223
  • 5.­230-231
  • 5.­359
  • 5.­992-994
  • 5.­996
  • 5.­1134
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­7
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­11-17
  • 6.­19
  • 6.­21-23
  • 6.­25-26
  • 6.­28-29
  • 6.­31-34
  • 6.­37-39
  • 6.­53
  • 6.­57
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­67
  • 6.­71-72
  • 6.­76
  • 6.­78
  • 6.­90
  • n.­221
  • n.­224
  • n.­226
  • n.­247
  • n.­426
  • n.­1944
  • n.­1958
  • g.­16
  • g.­71
  • g.­366
g.­199

major mark

Wylie:
  • mtshan
Tibetan:
  • མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The thirty-two primary physical characteristics of a “great being,” mahāpuruṣa, which every buddha and cakravartin possesses. They are considered “major” in terms of being primary to the eighty minor marks or signs of a great being.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­115
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­1029
  • 4.­1183
  • 5.­1273
  • 5.­1276-1277
  • 5.­1282
  • 5.­1318
  • 5.­1323
  • 5.­1340
  • g.­166
g.­200

Mañjuśrī Kumārabhūta

Wylie:
  • ’jam dpal gzhon nur gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་དཔལ་གཞོན་ནུར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mañjuśrī­kumāra­bhūta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Mañjuśrī is one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha” and a bodhisattva who embodies wisdom. He is a major figure in the Mahāyāna sūtras, appearing often as an interlocutor of the Buddha. In his most well-known iconographic form, he is portrayed bearing the sword of wisdom in his right hand and a volume of the Prajñā­pāramitā­sūtra in his left. To his name, Mañjuśrī, meaning “Gentle and Glorious One,” is often added the epithet Kumārabhūta, “having a youthful form.” He is also called Mañjughoṣa, Mañjusvara, and Pañcaśikha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 4.­344
  • g.­239
g.­201

Māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

A māra is a demon, in the sense of something that plagues a person. The four māras are (1) māra as the five aggregates (skandhamāra, phung po’i bdud), māra as the afflictive emotions (kleśamāra, nyon mongs pa’i bdud), māra as death (mṛtyumāra, ’chi bdag gi bdud), and the god māra (devaputramāra, lha’i bu’i bdud).

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • i.­55
  • i.­58
  • i.­96
  • i.­104
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­24
  • 1.­48
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­88-89
  • 1.­147
  • 1.­174
  • 1.­176
  • 2.­13
  • 4.­726
  • 4.­880-881
  • 4.­999
  • 4.­1009
  • 4.­1185
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­220
  • 5.­443
  • 5.­460
  • 5.­462
  • 5.­634
  • 5.­1027-1028
  • 5.­1044
  • 5.­1286
  • 5.­1415
  • n.­1614
  • n.­1624
  • n.­1712
  • n.­1786
  • g.­203
g.­202

Māra class

Wylie:
  • bdud kyi ris
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་ཀྱི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • mārakāyika

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The deities ruled over by Māra. The term can also refer to the devas in his paradise, which is sometimes identified with Paranirmitavaśavartin, the highest paradise in the realm of desire. This is distinct from the four personifications of obstacles to awakening, also known as the four māras (devaputramāra, mṛtyumāra, skandhamāra, and kleśamāra).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1249
  • n.­1712
g.­204

Maudgalyāyana

Wylie:
  • maud gal gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maudgalyāyana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, paired with Śāriputra. He was renowned for his miraculous powers. His family clan was descended from Mudgala, hence his name Maudgalyā­yana, “the son of Mudgala’s descendants.” Respectfully referred to as Mahā­maudgalyā­yana, “Great Maudgalyāyana.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­224
  • n.­1700
g.­205

meditative equipoise

Wylie:
  • mnyam par bzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • མཉམ་པར་བཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samāhita

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A state of deep concentration in which the mind is absorbed in its object to such a degree that conceptual thought is suspended. It is sometimes interpreted as settling (āhita) the mind in equanimity (sama).

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­7-8
  • 1.­16
  • 1.­149
  • 1.­151
  • 4.­54
  • 4.­629
  • 4.­765
  • 4.­972
  • 4.­994
  • 4.­1017
  • 4.­1025
  • 5.­455
  • 5.­1010
  • 6.­66
  • n.­606
  • n.­876
g.­206

meditative stabilization

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin
  • ting ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
  • ཏིང་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In a general sense, samādhi can describe a number of different meditative states. In the Mahāyāna literature, in particular in the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, we find extensive lists of different samādhis, numbering over one hundred.

In a more restricted sense, and when understood as a mental state, samādhi is defined as the one-pointedness of the mind (cittaikāgratā), the ability to remain on the same object over long periods of time. The Drajor Bamponyipa (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa) commentary on the Mahāvyutpatti explains the term samādhi as referring to the instrument through which mind and mental states “get collected,” i.e., it is by the force of samādhi that the continuum of mind and mental states becomes collected on a single point of reference without getting distracted.

Located in 161 passages in the translation:

  • i.­40
  • i.­52-53
  • i.­57
  • i.­75
  • i.­108
  • i.­115
  • 1.­16
  • 1.­21
  • 1.­29-30
  • 1.­33
  • 1.­36
  • 1.­38
  • 1.­45
  • 1.­53
  • 1.­58
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­109
  • 1.­111
  • 1.­122-125
  • 1.­129
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­140
  • 1.­142-144
  • 1.­148-152
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­208
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­13
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­36-40
  • 4.­73
  • 4.­126-127
  • 4.­171
  • 4.­181
  • 4.­292-293
  • 4.­295
  • 4.­336
  • 4.­379
  • 4.­437
  • 4.­478
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­573
  • 4.­620-621
  • 4.­626-630
  • 4.­632-633
  • 4.­635-636
  • 4.­639
  • 4.­699
  • 4.­728
  • 4.­765
  • 4.­787
  • 4.­815-816
  • 4.­870-875
  • 4.­878
  • 4.­884-885
  • 4.­887-893
  • 4.­911
  • 4.­925
  • 4.­966
  • 4.­985
  • 4.­992
  • 4.­994-996
  • 4.­1019
  • 4.­1022
  • 4.­1025
  • 4.­1130
  • 5.­67
  • 5.­432
  • 5.­437
  • 5.­439
  • 5.­441
  • 5.­634
  • 5.­659
  • 5.­839
  • 5.­976-980
  • 5.­1004
  • 5.­1013
  • 5.­1072
  • 5.­1223
  • 5.­1252
  • 5.­1344
  • 5.­1346-1347
  • 5.­1434
  • 6.­96
  • n.­71
  • n.­75
  • n.­86-87
  • n.­146
  • n.­179
  • n.­181
  • n.­185
  • n.­263
  • n.­273
  • n.­410
  • n.­428
  • n.­499
  • n.­562
  • n.­603
  • n.­800
  • n.­876
  • n.­1215
  • g.­4
  • g.­82
  • g.­116
  • g.­120
  • g.­207
  • g.­275
  • g.­283
  • g.­284
  • g.­291
  • g.­294
  • g.­328
  • g.­349
  • g.­377
  • g.­383
g.­208

merit

Wylie:
  • bsod nams
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhism more generally, merit refers to the wholesome karmic potential accumulated by someone as a result of positive and altruistic thoughts, words, and actions, which will ripen in the current or future lifetimes as the experience of happiness and well-being. According to the Mahāyāna, it is important to dedicate the merit of one’s wholesome actions to the awakening of oneself and to the ultimate and temporary benefit of all sentient beings. Doing so ensures that others also experience the results of the positive actions generated and that the merit is not wasted by ripening in temporary happiness for oneself alone.

Located in 64 passages in the translation:

  • i.­55
  • i.­97-100
  • i.­108
  • i.­120
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­213
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­19
  • 4.­404
  • 4.­772
  • 4.­976
  • 4.­990
  • 5.­134
  • 5.­145
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­167-168
  • 5.­178-179
  • 5.­181
  • 5.­199-200
  • 5.­202
  • 5.­204-205
  • 5.­222
  • 5.­226-227
  • 5.­234-237
  • 5.­239-240
  • 5.­246-247
  • 5.­348
  • 5.­436
  • 5.­649
  • 5.­786
  • 5.­940
  • 5.­942-943
  • 5.­954
  • 5.­1032
  • 5.­1044
  • 5.­1177
  • 5.­1180
  • 5.­1316
  • 6.­93
  • n.­203
  • n.­842
  • n.­1155
  • n.­1166
  • n.­1193
  • n.­1349
  • n.­1624
  • n.­1723
  • g.­21
g.­209

mindfulness

Wylie:
  • dran pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛti

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

This is the faculty that enables the mind to maintain its attention on a referent object, counteracting the arising of forgetfulness, which is a great obstacle to meditative stability. The root smṛ may mean “to recollect” but also simply “to think of.” Broadly speaking, smṛti, commonly translated as “mindfulness,” means to bring something to mind, not necessarily something experienced in a distant past but also something that is experienced in the present, such as the position of one’s body or the breath.

Together with alertness (samprajāna, shes bzhin), it is one of the two indispensable factors for the development of calm abiding (śamatha, zhi gnas).

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • i.­84
  • 1.­140
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­41-42
  • 4.­787
  • 4.­818-820
  • 4.­832-833
  • 4.­839
  • 4.­852-853
  • 4.­864
  • 4.­874-875
  • 4.­879
  • 4.­884-885
  • 4.­912
  • 4.­1013
  • 4.­1016
  • 4.­1018
  • 4.­1071
  • 4.­1089
  • 4.­1185
  • 5.­634
  • 5.­862
  • 5.­1188
  • 5.­1272
  • n.­82
  • n.­762-763
  • n.­774
  • n.­789
  • n.­797
  • n.­800
  • n.­875
  • g.­29
  • g.­82
  • g.­116
  • g.­120
  • g.­133
  • g.­291
g.­210

minor sign

Wylie:
  • dpe byad bzang po
  • dpe byad
Tibetan:
  • དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ།
  • དཔེ་བྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • anuvyañjana
  • vyañjana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The eighty secondary physical characteristics of a buddha and of other great beings (mahāpuruṣa), which include such details as the redness of the fingernails and the blackness of the hair. They are considered “minor” in terms of being secondary to the thirty-two major marks or signs of a great being.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­115
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­1029
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­1340-1341
  • n.­307
  • n.­1811
  • n.­1814
  • g.­166
  • g.­312
  • g.­333
g.­211

miraculous power

Wylie:
  • rdzu ’phrul
Tibetan:
  • རྫུ་འཕྲུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛddhi

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The supernatural powers of a śrāvaka correspond to the first abhijñā: “Being one he becomes many, being many he becomes one; he becomes visible, invisible; goes through walls, ramparts and mountains without being impeded, just as through air; he immerses himself in the earth and emerges from it as if in water; he goes on water without breaking through it, as if on [solid] earth; he travels through the air crosslegged like a winged bird; he takes in his hands and touches the moon and the sun, those two wonderful, mighty beings, and with his body he extends his power as far as the Brahma world” (Śūraṃgamasamādhisūtra, trans. Lamotte 2003).

The great supernatural powers (maharddhi) of bodhisattvas are “causing trembling, blazing, illuminating, rendering invisible, transforming, coming and going across obstacles, reducing or enlarging worlds, inserting any matter into one’s own body, assuming the aspects of those one frequents, appearing and disappearing, submitting everyone to one’s will, dominating the supernormal power of others, giving intellectual clarity to those who lack it, giving mindfulness, bestowing happiness, and finally, emitting beneficial rays” (Śūraṃgamasamādhisūtra, trans. Lamotte 2003).

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • i.­57
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­29
  • 1.­69-70
  • 1.­74
  • 1.­104
  • 1.­109
  • 1.­142-144
  • 1.­146-148
  • 1.­161-162
  • 4.­330
  • 4.­382-383
  • 4.­385
  • 4.­869
  • 4.­875
  • 4.­999
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­1133
  • n.­185
  • n.­799
  • n.­1524
  • n.­1756
  • g.­35
  • g.­204
g.­213

morality

Wylie:
  • tshul khrims
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit:
  • śīla

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Morally virtuous or disciplined conduct and the abandonment of morally undisciplined conduct of body, speech, and mind. In a general sense, moral discipline is the cause for rebirth in higher, more favorable states, but it is also foundational to Buddhist practice as one of the three trainings (triśikṣā) and one of the six perfections of a bodhisattva. Often rendered as “ethics,” “discipline,” and “morality.”

Located in 57 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­21
  • 1.­29
  • 1.­33
  • 1.­48
  • 1.­208
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­59-60
  • 4.­94
  • 4.­254
  • 4.­322
  • 4.­348
  • 4.­366-368
  • 4.­394
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­671
  • 4.­699
  • 4.­749
  • 4.­755-756
  • 4.­878
  • 4.­885
  • 4.­951
  • 4.­986
  • 4.­1107
  • 5.­157
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­246
  • 5.­303
  • 5.­437
  • 5.­439
  • 5.­680
  • 5.­685
  • 5.­691
  • 5.­696
  • 5.­701
  • 5.­706
  • 5.­831-832
  • 5.­1094
  • 5.­1145
  • 5.­1278
  • n.­106
  • n.­309
  • n.­430
  • n.­438
  • n.­706
  • n.­1215
  • g.­4
  • g.­119
  • g.­292
  • g.­299
  • g.­349
g.­216

Mother of Victors

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba’i yum
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བའི་ཡུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • jinajananī

The Mother of Victors, the Perfection of Wisdom (prajñāpāramitā), is variously (1) the ultimate truth, the knowledge of the ultimate truth, or a nondual knowledge of the ultimate truth; (2) a complex of the three knowledges of buddhas, bodhisattvas, and śrāvakas; (3) the knowledge-path that leads to (1) and (2); (4) books with any or all of (1) (2) and (3) as subject matter; and (5) the iconographic representation of all those. See also “perfection of wisdom.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • n.­8
g.­217

nāga

Wylie:
  • klu
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­72-73
  • 4.­1009
  • n.­1933
g.­218

name and form

Wylie:
  • ming dang gzugs
Tibetan:
  • མིང་དང་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • nāmarūpa

Fourth of the twelve links of dependent origination.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 5.­1367
  • n.­120
  • n.­1318
g.­222

nine serial absorptions

Wylie:
  • mthar gyis gnas pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa dgu
Tibetan:
  • མཐར་གྱིས་གནས་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་དགུ
Sanskrit:
  • navānupūrva­vihāra­samāpatti

Nine states of concentration that one may attain during a human life, namely the four concentrations corresponding to the form realm, the four formless absorptions, and the attainment of the state of cessation.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­946
  • 4.­992
  • n.­274
  • g.­134
g.­223

nirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirvāṇa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Sanskrit, the term nirvāṇa literally means “extinguishment” and the Tibetan mya ngan las ’das pa literally means “gone beyond sorrow.” As a general term, it refers to the cessation of all suffering, afflicted mental states (kleśa), and causal processes (karman) that lead to rebirth and suffering in cyclic existence, as well as to the state in which all such rebirth and suffering has permanently ceased.

More specifically, three main types of nirvāṇa are identified. (1) The first type of nirvāṇa, called nirvāṇa with remainder (sopadhiśeṣanirvāṇa), is the state in which arhats or buddhas have attained awakening but are still dependent on the conditioned aggregates until their lifespan is exhausted. (2) At the end of life, given that there are no more causes for rebirth, these aggregates cease and no new aggregates arise. What occurs then is called nirvāṇa without remainder ( anupadhiśeṣanirvāṇa), which refers to the unconditioned element (dhātu) of nirvāṇa in which there is no remainder of the aggregates. (3) The Mahāyāna teachings distinguish the final nirvāṇa of buddhas from that of arhats, the nirvāṇa of arhats not being considered ultimate. The buddhas attain what is called nonabiding nirvāṇa (apratiṣṭhitanirvāṇa), which transcends the extremes of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa, i.e., existence and peace. This is the nirvāṇa that is the goal of the Mahāyāna path.

Located in 117 passages in the translation:

  • i.­58
  • i.­86
  • i.­102
  • i.­111
  • i.­117
  • i.­119-120
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­35
  • 1.­58
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­94
  • 1.­123
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­182
  • 1.­208
  • 1.­220-221
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­9
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­52-53
  • 4.­79
  • 4.­91
  • 4.­139-143
  • 4.­162
  • 4.­176
  • 4.­240
  • 4.­244-247
  • 4.­305
  • 4.­311
  • 4.­364
  • 4.­428
  • 4.­436
  • 4.­497
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­589
  • 4.­694-695
  • 4.­709
  • 4.­716-717
  • 4.­795
  • 4.­981
  • 4.­1020
  • 4.­1027
  • 4.­1213
  • 5.­69
  • 5.­168
  • 5.­171
  • 5.­183
  • 5.­197
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­386
  • 5.­495
  • 5.­544
  • 5.­565
  • 5.­647
  • 5.­775
  • 5.­904
  • 5.­935
  • 5.­1134
  • 5.­1149-1150
  • 5.­1160
  • 5.­1172
  • 5.­1199
  • 5.­1451-1452
  • 5.­1493-1495
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­67
  • 6.­69-77
  • 6.­79
  • 6.­83
  • 6.­92
  • n.­59
  • n.­121
  • n.­195
  • n.­209
  • n.­215
  • n.­231
  • n.­268
  • n.­652
  • n.­746
  • n.­819
  • n.­905
  • n.­970
  • n.­1588
  • n.­1597
  • n.­1846
  • n.­1931
  • n.­1982
  • g.­311
g.­224

noble

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārya

A term of exaltation. See also “noble being.”

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­57
  • 2.­17
  • 4.­51
  • 4.­460
  • 4.­886
  • 4.­970
  • 4.­1084
  • 5.­86
  • 5.­110
  • 5.­378
  • 5.­386
  • 5.­626
  • 5.­782
  • 5.­814
  • 5.­996
  • 5.­1147
  • 5.­1149
  • 5.­1172
  • 5.­1228
  • 5.­1371
  • 5.­1445
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­7
  • 6.­14
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­22
  • 6.­31
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­37
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­57
  • 6.­76
  • 6.­104
  • n.­836
  • n.­889
  • n.­1069
  • n.­1510
  • n.­1902
  • g.­82
g.­225

noble being

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Sanskrit ārya has the general meaning of a noble person, one of a higher class or caste. In Buddhist literature, depending on the context, it often means specifically one who has gained the realization of the path and is superior for that reason. In particular, it applies to stream enterers, once-returners, non-returners, and worthy ones (arhats) and is also used as an epithet of bodhisattvas. In the five-path system, it refers to someone who has achieved at least the path of seeing (darśanamārga).

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­100
  • 1.­29
  • 1.­208
  • 4.­930
  • 4.­1186
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­894
  • 5.­1360
  • 5.­1472
  • 6.­87
  • g.­13
  • g.­108
  • g.­224
  • g.­234
  • g.­292
g.­228

non-returner

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anāgāmin

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The third of the four attainments of śrāvakas, this term refers to a person who will no longer take rebirth in the desire realm (kāmadhātu), but either be reborn in the Pure Abodes (śuddhāvāsa) or reach the state of an arhat in their current lifetime. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­21
  • 1.­208
  • 4.­70
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­969
  • 4.­1138
  • 4.­1313
  • 5.­437
  • 5.­439
  • 5.­960
  • 5.­1222
  • 6.­89
  • 6.­96
  • n.­832
  • n.­1562
  • n.­1564
  • g.­386
g.­230

objective support

Wylie:
  • dmigs pa
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ālambana
  • ārambana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

dmigs (pa) translates a number of Sanskrit terms, including ālambana, upalabdhi, and ālambate. These terms commonly refer to the apprehending of a subject, an object, and the relationships that exist between them. The term may also be translated as “referentiality,” meaning a system based on the existence of referent objects, referent subjects, and the referential relationships that exist between them. As part of their doctrine of “threefold nonapprehending/nonreferentiality” (’khor gsum mi dmigs pa), Mahāyāna Buddhists famously assert that all three categories of apprehending lack substantiality.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­53
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­18
  • 4.­40-41
  • 4.­54
  • 4.­78
  • 4.­819
  • 4.­823-827
  • 4.­914-916
  • 4.­918
  • 4.­921
  • 4.­940
  • 4.­943
  • 4.­945
  • 4.­993
  • 4.­1036
  • 5.­183-184
  • 5.­207-208
  • 5.­215
  • 5.­522
  • 5.­563
  • 5.­788
  • 5.­798
  • 5.­986-987
  • 5.­989-990
  • 5.­999
  • 5.­1010
  • 5.­1073-1074
  • 5.­1091
  • 5.­1160
  • 5.­1187
  • 5.­1206
  • 5.­1213
  • 5.­1235
  • 5.­1256
  • 5.­1456
  • n.­1144
  • g.­33
g.­231

obscuration

Wylie:
  • sgrib pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲིབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āvaraṇa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The obscurations to liberation and omniscience. They are generally categorized as two types: affective obscurations (kleśāvaraṇa), the arising of afflictive emotions; and cognitive obscurations (jñeyāvaraṇa), those caused by misapprehension and incorrect understanding about the nature of reality.

The term is used also as a reference to a set five hindrances on the path: longing for sense pleasures (Skt. kāmacchanda), malice (Skt. vyāpāda), sloth and torpor (Skt. styānamiddha), excitement and remorse (Skt. auddhatyakaukṛtya), and doubt (Skt. vicikitsā).

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • 1.­90
  • 4.­91
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­1016
  • 4.­1025
  • 4.­1027
  • 4.­1052
  • 4.­1152
  • 4.­1315
  • 4.­1322
  • 4.­1334
  • 5.­193
  • 5.­335
  • 5.­369
  • 5.­629
  • 5.­631-632
  • 5.­1352
  • 6.­70
  • n.­1490-1491
  • g.­359
g.­232

once-returner

Wylie:
  • lan cig phyir ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ལན་ཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sakṛdāgāmin

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One who has achieved the second of the four levels of attainment on the śrāvaka path and who will attain liberation after only one more birth. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­208
  • 4.­70
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­969
  • 4.­1137
  • 4.­1313
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­959
  • 5.­1149
  • 5.­1222
  • 6.­89
  • n.­832
  • n.­847
  • n.­1562
  • n.­1564
  • g.­334
g.­234

ordinary person

Wylie:
  • so so’i skye bo
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོའི་སྐྱེ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pṛthagjana

A person who has not had a perceptual experience of the truth and has therefore not achieved the state of a noble being.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • i.­74
  • 1.­20
  • 1.­177
  • 4.­276
  • 4.­488
  • 4.­833
  • 4.­917
  • 4.­1230
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­626
  • 5.­917
  • 5.­934
  • 5.­1147
  • 5.­1154
  • 5.­1393
  • 5.­1429
  • 5.­1451
  • 6.­44
  • n.­1187
  • n.­1562
  • g.­17
  • g.­24
  • g.­28
  • g.­53
  • g.­77
  • g.­161
  • g.­191
  • g.­251
  • g.­326
  • g.­334
  • g.­339
  • g.­340
  • g.­386
g.­235

other-powered

Wylie:
  • gzhan dbang
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་དབང་།
Sanskrit:
  • paratantra

One of the three natures. Also rendered here as “dependent.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­61
  • i.­118
  • 4.­890-891
  • g.­40
  • g.­56
  • g.­352
g.­236

outer emptiness

Wylie:
  • phyi stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • bahirdhā­śūnyatā

One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­105
  • 4.­113
  • 4.­484-485
  • 4.­977
  • 4.­987
  • g.­81
  • g.­149
g.­237

outflow

Wylie:
  • zag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āsrava

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally, “to flow” or “to ooze.” Mental defilements or contaminations that “flow out” toward the objects of cyclic existence, binding us to them. Vasubandhu offers two alternative explanations of this term: “They cause beings to remain (āsayanti) within saṃsāra” and “They flow from the Summit of Existence down to the Avīci hell, out of the six wounds that are the sense fields” (Abhidharma­kośa­bhāṣya 5.40; Pradhan 1967, p. 308). The Summit of Existence (bhavāgra, srid pa’i rtse mo) is the highest point within saṃsāra, while the hell called Avīci (mnar med) is the lowest; the six sense fields (āyatana, skye mched) here refer to the five sense faculties plus the mind, i.e., the six internal sense fields.

In this text:

For a definition given in this text, see 1.­21.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­19
  • 1.­21-24
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­36
  • 1.­39
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­79
  • 1.­151
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­212
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­220
  • 1.­224
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­54
  • 4.­75
  • 4.­146
  • 4.­253
  • 4.­255-256
  • 4.­428
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­740
  • 4.­783
  • 4.­816
  • 4.­997
  • 5.­88
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­194
  • 5.­369
  • 5.­489
  • 5.­862
  • 5.­894
  • 5.­1248
  • 5.­1437
  • 5.­1445
  • 6.­92
  • 6.­95
  • 6.­100
  • n.­113
  • n.­683
  • n.­970
  • n.­1026
  • n.­1526
  • n.­1696
  • g.­35
  • g.­138
g.­240

Parivrājaka

Wylie:
  • kun tu rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • parivrājaka

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A non-Buddhist religious mendicant who literally “roams around.” Historically, they wandered in India from ancient times, including the time of the Buddha, and held a variety of beliefs, engaging with one another in debate on a range of topics. Some of their metaphysical views are presented in the early Buddhist discourses of the Pali Canon. They included women in their number.

In this text:

See also “religious mendicant.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­70
  • 4.­451
  • g.­265
g.­241

park

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ ra ba
  • skyed mos tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ།
  • སྐྱེད་མོས་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārāma

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Generally found within the limits of a town or city, an ārāma was a private citizen’s park, a pleasure grove, a pleasant garden‍—ārāma, in its etymology, is somewhat akin to what in English is expressed by the term “pleasance.” The Buddha and his disciples were offered several such ārāmas in which to dwell, which evolved into monasteries or vihāras. The term is still found in contemporary usage in names of Thai monasteries.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­937
  • 4.­1033
  • 5.­1329
g.­242

patience

Wylie:
  • bzod pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣānti

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A term meaning acceptance, forbearance, or patience. As the third of the six perfections, patience is classified into three kinds: the capacity to tolerate abuse from sentient beings, to tolerate the hardships of the path to buddhahood, and to tolerate the profound nature of reality. As a term referring to a bodhisattva’s realization, dharmakṣānti (chos la bzod pa) can refer to the ways one becomes “receptive” to the nature of Dharma, and it can be an abbreviation of anutpattikadharmakṣānti, “forbearance for the unborn nature, or nonproduction, of dharmas.”

In this text:

Also rendered here as “forbearance.”

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­48
  • 1.­125
  • 1.­191
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­349
  • 4.­671
  • 4.­750
  • 4.­755
  • 4.­757
  • 4.­952
  • 4.­986
  • 4.­1108
  • 5.­681
  • 5.­686
  • 5.­690
  • 5.­697
  • 5.­702
  • 5.­707
  • 5.­820
  • 5.­832
  • 5.­1083
  • 5.­1094
  • n.­309
  • n.­1543
  • g.­119
  • g.­125
  • g.­299
g.­243

perception

Wylie:
  • ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃjñā

The third of the five aggregates. The mental processes of recognizing and identifying the objects of the five senses and the mind.

Located in 64 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­42-44
  • 4.­186
  • 4.­204
  • 4.­214
  • 4.­278
  • 4.­281
  • 4.­284
  • 4.­288
  • 4.­373
  • 4.­441
  • 4.­448
  • 4.­503
  • 4.­541
  • 4.­580
  • 4.­624
  • 4.­652
  • 4.­678
  • 4.­691
  • 4.­693
  • 4.­702
  • 4.­830
  • 4.­929
  • 4.­936-939
  • 4.­941
  • 4.­944
  • 4.­946
  • 4.­1085
  • 4.­1258
  • 4.­1293
  • 5.­224
  • 5.­239
  • 5.­298
  • 5.­306
  • 5.­392
  • 5.­464
  • 5.­576
  • 5.­820
  • 5.­976
  • 5.­999
  • 5.­1017
  • 5.­1232
  • 5.­1235
  • 5.­1416
  • 5.­1488
  • 6.­43
  • 6.­61
  • n.­72
  • n.­591
  • n.­607
  • n.­785
  • n.­1098
  • n.­1224
  • n.­1387
  • n.­1957
  • g.­4
  • g.­39
  • g.­219
  • g.­220
  • g.­221
g.­244

perfection

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāramitā

This term is used to refer to the main trainings of a bodhisattva. Because these trainings, when brought to perfection, lead one to transcend saṃsāra and reach the full awakening of a buddha, they receive the Sanskrit name pāramitā, meaning “perfection” or “gone to the farther shore.” They are listed as either six or ten. For an explanation of the term given in this text, see 5.­1158.

See “six perfections.”

Located in 216 passages in the translation:

  • i.­53
  • i.­63
  • i.­84
  • i.­103
  • i.­114
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­97
  • 1.­110
  • 1.­122
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­126
  • 1.­128-129
  • 1.­131
  • 1.­213
  • 4.­6-8
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­17-23
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­74
  • 4.­96
  • 4.­168-169
  • 4.­250
  • 4.­254
  • 4.­308
  • 4.­317
  • 4.­325-326
  • 4.­366-368
  • 4.­375
  • 4.­378
  • 4.­386-387
  • 4.­390
  • 4.­437
  • 4.­477
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­519
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­656
  • 4.­658-659
  • 4.­671
  • 4.­720
  • 4.­744
  • 4.­747-752
  • 4.­755-757
  • 4.­771-772
  • 4.­787
  • 4.­985
  • 4.­989-990
  • 4.­1020
  • 4.­1094
  • 4.­1100
  • 4.­1107
  • 4.­1109
  • 4.­1168
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1207
  • 4.­1217
  • 4.­1228-1229
  • 4.­1261
  • 5.­13
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­128
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­173
  • 5.­200
  • 5.­202
  • 5.­246
  • 5.­252
  • 5.­254
  • 5.­279
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­302-303
  • 5.­306
  • 5.­332
  • 5.­369
  • 5.­373-374
  • 5.­400-401
  • 5.­405
  • 5.­409
  • 5.­411-412
  • 5.­416-423
  • 5.­537
  • 5.­570
  • 5.­609
  • 5.­621-622
  • 5.­634
  • 5.­654
  • 5.­679-683
  • 5.­685-688
  • 5.­690-693
  • 5.­695-698
  • 5.­700-703
  • 5.­705-709
  • 5.­713
  • 5.­727
  • 5.­753
  • 5.­791
  • 5.­798
  • 5.­835
  • 5.­839
  • 5.­876
  • 5.­898
  • 5.­949
  • 5.­1011
  • 5.­1071
  • 5.­1079
  • 5.­1126
  • 5.­1159
  • 5.­1161
  • 5.­1214-1217
  • 5.­1243
  • 5.­1248
  • 5.­1250
  • 5.­1278-1279
  • 5.­1398
  • 5.­1411
  • 5.­1449
  • 5.­1463-1466
  • 6.­93
  • n.­8
  • n.­71
  • n.­106
  • n.­309
  • n.­407
  • n.­424
  • n.­433
  • n.­693
  • n.­719
  • n.­982
  • n.­1042
  • n.­1317
  • n.­1319-1320
  • n.­1324
  • n.­1328
  • n.­1334-1335
  • n.­1421
  • n.­1503
  • n.­1530
  • n.­1706
  • n.­1772
  • n.­1859
  • g.­299
  • g.­341
g.­245

perfection of wisdom

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā­pāramitā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The sixth of the six perfections, it refers to the profound understanding of the emptiness of all phenomena, the realization of ultimate reality. It is often personified as a female deity, worshiped as the “Mother of All Buddhas” (sarva­jina­mātā).

Located in 543 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­4-5
  • i.­12
  • i.­14
  • i.­18
  • i.­22
  • i.­33
  • i.­44-47
  • i.­49-51
  • i.­54-55
  • i.­58-59
  • i.­61
  • i.­64-66
  • i.­68
  • i.­93
  • i.­95-99
  • i.­101-106
  • i.­111
  • i.­113
  • i.­117
  • i.­121-122
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­7
  • 1.­49
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­111
  • 1.­136
  • 1.­201
  • 2.­1-4
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­8-16
  • 3.­1-2
  • 3.­10-21
  • 4.­1-2
  • 4.­4-5
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­11-12
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­24-26
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­35
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­70
  • 4.­96
  • 4.­170
  • 4.­172
  • 4.­186-189
  • 4.­192
  • 4.­212
  • 4.­218-219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­258
  • 4.­290-291
  • 4.­308-310
  • 4.­320
  • 4.­339-340
  • 4.­342
  • 4.­371
  • 4.­381
  • 4.­386
  • 4.­400-402
  • 4.­406
  • 4.­408-410
  • 4.­413
  • 4.­415-417
  • 4.­422
  • 4.­424
  • 4.­429
  • 4.­432
  • 4.­434
  • 4.­437
  • 4.­459
  • 4.­462
  • 4.­468
  • 4.­474
  • 4.­500
  • 4.­503
  • 4.­507
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­536
  • 4.­538-539
  • 4.­562-564
  • 4.­568-569
  • 4.­578
  • 4.­587
  • 4.­590
  • 4.­592
  • 4.­595-596
  • 4.­598
  • 4.­600
  • 4.­605-607
  • 4.­609
  • 4.­611-612
  • 4.­614
  • 4.­616
  • 4.­619
  • 4.­622
  • 4.­624
  • 4.­630
  • 4.­670-671
  • 4.­677-678
  • 4.­745
  • 4.­754
  • 4.­771
  • 4.­1113
  • 4.­1232-1234
  • 4.­1244
  • 4.­1246-1247
  • 4.­1277
  • 4.­1294
  • 4.­1296
  • 4.­1301
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­6-7
  • 5.­10-11
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­60
  • 5.­68-69
  • 5.­71
  • 5.­78
  • 5.­89-90
  • 5.­96
  • 5.­108-109
  • 5.­119-121
  • 5.­128
  • 5.­132
  • 5.­134
  • 5.­143-146
  • 5.­150-154
  • 5.­157-158
  • 5.­160-161
  • 5.­163
  • 5.­165-168
  • 5.­172-174
  • 5.­177
  • 5.­179-180
  • 5.­182-183
  • 5.­198
  • 5.­201
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­218
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­250-252
  • 5.­255-256
  • 5.­258-259
  • 5.­261-265
  • 5.­267-268
  • 5.­270
  • 5.­272-274
  • 5.­279-280
  • 5.­290-291
  • 5.­293-294
  • 5.­304-306
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­323
  • 5.­325
  • 5.­329-332
  • 5.­335-337
  • 5.­343
  • 5.­345
  • 5.­349-350
  • 5.­352-353
  • 5.­358-360
  • 5.­362
  • 5.­365-369
  • 5.­372-374
  • 5.­376
  • 5.­382-383
  • 5.­405
  • 5.­417
  • 5.­421-422
  • 5.­425
  • 5.­430-431
  • 5.­434
  • 5.­446
  • 5.­451
  • 5.­460-461
  • 5.­463
  • 5.­465-466
  • 5.­474
  • 5.­484
  • 5.­490
  • 5.­511
  • 5.­514
  • 5.­517
  • 5.­519-520
  • 5.­527
  • 5.­531
  • 5.­535
  • 5.­539
  • 5.­569-570
  • 5.­574
  • 5.­576
  • 5.­578
  • 5.­615
  • 5.­634
  • 5.­660
  • 5.­663
  • 5.­666-667
  • 5.­678-679
  • 5.­684
  • 5.­689
  • 5.­694
  • 5.­699
  • 5.­704-705
  • 5.­714-715
  • 5.­719
  • 5.­721-722
  • 5.­724
  • 5.­726
  • 5.­733-734
  • 5.­736
  • 5.­738
  • 5.­740
  • 5.­743-745
  • 5.­751-754
  • 5.­779-781
  • 5.­783
  • 5.­798
  • 5.­800
  • 5.­817-819
  • 5.­821
  • 5.­842
  • 5.­846
  • 5.­849
  • 5.­859
  • 5.­861
  • 5.­864
  • 5.­866-867
  • 5.­869
  • 5.­896-897
  • 5.­905
  • 5.­938-940
  • 5.­943
  • 5.­952
  • 5.­978-979
  • 5.­998
  • 5.­1028
  • 5.­1035
  • 5.­1037-1039
  • 5.­1043
  • 5.­1052
  • 5.­1056
  • 5.­1060
  • 5.­1064
  • 5.­1069
  • 5.­1071-1073
  • 5.­1079-1084
  • 5.­1087-1089
  • 5.­1091
  • 5.­1103-1105
  • 5.­1112
  • 5.­1118-1119
  • 5.­1123
  • 5.­1127
  • 5.­1157
  • 5.­1160-1168
  • 5.­1170-1175
  • 5.­1177
  • 5.­1179-1180
  • 5.­1192
  • 5.­1195
  • 5.­1205
  • 5.­1218
  • 5.­1221
  • 5.­1228
  • 5.­1245
  • 5.­1349
  • 5.­1394
  • 5.­1425
  • 5.­1427-1428
  • 5.­1447-1448
  • 5.­1450
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­37
  • 6.­57
  • 6.­92
  • 6.­104
  • n.­38
  • n.­168
  • n.­256
  • n.­264
  • n.­279
  • n.­307
  • n.­309
  • n.­382
  • n.­433
  • n.­467
  • n.­496
  • n.­576
  • n.­592
  • n.­634
  • n.­718
  • n.­1000
  • n.­1005
  • n.­1013
  • n.­1041
  • n.­1079
  • n.­1138
  • n.­1151
  • n.­1153
  • n.­1155
  • n.­1166
  • n.­1168
  • n.­1180
  • n.­1212
  • n.­1241-1242
  • n.­1250
  • n.­1255
  • n.­1257
  • n.­1266
  • n.­1283
  • n.­1295
  • n.­1297
  • n.­1306
  • n.­1316
  • n.­1319-1320
  • n.­1324
  • n.­1328
  • n.­1335
  • n.­1346
  • n.­1348
  • n.­1372
  • n.­1396
  • n.­1398
  • n.­1409
  • n.­1420
  • n.­1442
  • n.­1490
  • n.­1516
  • n.­1534
  • n.­1549-1550
  • n.­1607
  • n.­1613-1614
  • n.­1625
  • n.­1646
  • n.­1657
  • n.­1671
  • n.­1745
  • n.­1768-1769
  • n.­1823
  • n.­1842-1843
  • n.­1912
  • n.­1933
  • g.­21
  • g.­119
  • g.­216
  • g.­311
g.­246

perseverance

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས།
Sanskrit:
  • vīrya

The fourth of the six perfections, it is also among the seven limbs of awakening, the five faculties, the four legs of miraculous power, and the five powers. Also translated here as “effort.”

Located in 43 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­110
  • 1.­128
  • 3.­5
  • 4.­22
  • 4.­350
  • 4.­609-610
  • 4.­620
  • 4.­671
  • 4.­751
  • 4.­755
  • 4.­757
  • 4.­833
  • 4.­866-867
  • 4.­869
  • 4.­871
  • 4.­875
  • 4.­879
  • 4.­881
  • 4.­884
  • 4.­953
  • 4.­985-986
  • 4.­1022
  • 5.­682
  • 5.­687
  • 5.­692
  • 5.­695
  • 5.­703
  • 5.­708
  • 5.­832
  • n.­309
  • n.­514
  • n.­587
  • n.­800
  • g.­116
  • g.­119
  • g.­120
  • g.­142
  • g.­291
  • g.­299
g.­247

pliability

Wylie:
  • shin tu sbyangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prasrabdhi
  • praśrabdhi

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Fifth among the branches or limbs of awakening (Skt. bodhyaṅga); a condition of calm, clarity, and composure in mind and body that serves as an antidote to negativity and confers a mental and physical capacity that facilitates meditation and virtuous action.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­884
  • n.­797
  • g.­291
g.­248

power

Wylie:
  • stobs
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • bala

Depending on the context, it may refer to the “five powers” or the “ten powers” of a tathāgata or a bodhisattva, or to the ninth of the ten perfections‍—for details of this aspect, see 1.­124.

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­48
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­131
  • 1.­212
  • 4.­10
  • 4.­338
  • 4.­589
  • 4.­787
  • 4.­808
  • 4.­870
  • 4.­879-882
  • 4.­973-974
  • 4.­982
  • 4.­984
  • 4.­988
  • 4.­990-991
  • 4.­996-997
  • 5.­175
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­418
  • 5.­950
  • 5.­1038
  • 5.­1383-1384
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­41
  • 6.­92
  • n.­147
  • n.­800
  • n.­826
  • n.­837
  • n.­839
  • n.­848
  • n.­1703
  • n.­1837
  • g.­76
  • g.­120
  • g.­212
  • g.­341
g.­249

Pramuditā

Wylie:
  • rab tu dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pramuditā

Lit. “Joyful.” The first level of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten bodhisattva levels.”

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­44
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­92
  • 4.­248
  • 4.­252
  • 4.­366
  • 4.­374
  • 4.­736
  • 4.­985
  • 4.­1186
  • g.­339
g.­250

pratyekabuddha

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyekabuddha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally, “buddha for oneself” or “solitary realizer.” Someone who, in his or her last life, attains awakening entirely through their own contemplation, without relying on a teacher. Unlike the awakening of a fully realized buddha (samyaksambuddha), the accomplishment of a pratyeka­buddha is not regarded as final or ultimate. They attain realization of the nature of dependent origination, the selflessness of the person, and a partial realization of the selflessness of phenomena, by observing the suchness of all that arises through interdependence. This is the result of progress in previous lives but, unlike a buddha, they do not have the necessary merit, compassion or motivation to teach others. They are named as “rhinoceros-like” (khaḍgaviṣāṇakalpa) for their preference for staying in solitude or as “congregators” (vargacārin) when their preference is to stay among peers.

Located in 105 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­72
  • 1.­127
  • 1.­216
  • 1.­218
  • 2.­12
  • 3.­15
  • 3.­19
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­70
  • 4.­75
  • 4.­78
  • 4.­82
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­90-91
  • 4.­93
  • 4.­162
  • 4.­223
  • 4.­241-243
  • 4.­245
  • 4.­248
  • 4.­253
  • 4.­256
  • 4.­262
  • 4.­343
  • 4.­374
  • 4.­425
  • 4.­428
  • 4.­436
  • 4.­471
  • 4.­474
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­557
  • 4.­572
  • 4.­671
  • 4.­712
  • 4.­724
  • 4.­735
  • 4.­749
  • 4.­802
  • 4.­908
  • 4.­975-976
  • 4.­983
  • 4.­987
  • 4.­990
  • 4.­1027
  • 4.­1033
  • 4.­1111
  • 4.­1125
  • 4.­1141
  • 4.­1212
  • 4.­1230
  • 4.­1313
  • 5.­87
  • 5.­141
  • 5.­157
  • 5.­177
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­204-206
  • 5.­228
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­241
  • 5.­294-295
  • 5.­421
  • 5.­447
  • 5.­529
  • 5.­533
  • 5.­626
  • 5.­672
  • 5.­768
  • 5.­770
  • 5.­838
  • 5.­845
  • 5.­962
  • 5.­1002
  • 5.­1013
  • 5.­1141-1142
  • 5.­1159
  • 5.­1360
  • 5.­1362
  • 5.­1443
  • 6.­70
  • 6.­86
  • n.­213-214
  • n.­969
  • n.­1492-1493
  • n.­1543
  • n.­1562
  • n.­1929
  • g.­194
  • g.­251
  • g.­339
  • g.­340
  • g.­356
  • g.­357
  • g.­371
g.­251

Pratyekabuddha level

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas sa
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyekabuddhabhūmi

The eighth of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. See “ten levels” and “pratyekabuddha.”

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­11
  • 4.­90
  • 4.­248
  • 4.­250-251
  • 4.­500
  • 5.­11
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­624
  • 5.­643
  • 5.­816
  • 5.­839
  • 5.­962
  • 5.­1240
  • n.­219
  • n.­1420
  • n.­1564
  • g.­340
g.­252

prayer

Wylie:
  • smon lam
Tibetan:
  • སྨོན་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • praṇidhāna

A declaration of one’s aspirations and vows, and/or an invocation and request of the buddhas, bodhisattvas, etc. It is also one of the ten perfections.

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • i.­115
  • i.­120
  • 1.­7
  • 1.­45
  • 1.­53
  • 1.­56
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­92
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­97-98
  • 1.­104
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­152
  • 1.­158
  • 1.­169
  • 1.­181
  • 1.­191
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­10
  • 4.­239
  • 4.­241-242
  • 4.­244-246
  • 4.­330
  • 4.­364
  • 4.­400
  • 4.­589
  • 4.­772
  • 4.­1096
  • 4.­1105
  • 5.­1000
  • 5.­1020
  • 5.­1252-1253
  • 5.­1266
  • 5.­1273
  • 6.­91
  • 6.­97
  • n.­574
  • n.­1591
  • n.­1756
  • g.­341
g.­253

preceptor

Wylie:
  • mkhan po
Tibetan:
  • མཁན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upādhyāya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A person’s particular preceptor within the monastic tradition. They must have at least ten years of standing in the saṅgha, and their role is to confer ordination, to tend to the student, and to provide all the necessary requisites, therefore guiding that person for the taking of full vows and the maintenance of conduct and practice. This office was decreed by the Buddha so that aspirants would not have to receive ordination from the Buddha in person, and the Buddha identified two types: those who grant entry into the renunciate order and those who grant full ordination. The Tibetan translation mkhan po has also come to mean “a learned scholar,” the equivalent of a paṇḍita, but that is not the intended meaning in Indic Buddhist literature.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­1
g.­254

prediction

Wylie:
  • lung du bstan pa
Tibetan:
  • ལུང་དུ་བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vyākaraṇa

Prophecies usually made by the Buddha or another tathāgata concerning the perfect awakening of one of their followers. A literary genre or category of works that contain such prophecies, listed as one of the twelve aspects of the wheel of Dharma.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­32
  • 1.­123
  • 1.­223
  • 5.­429
  • n.­1189
g.­255

purification

Wylie:
  • yongs su sbyang ba
  • yongs su sbyong ba
  • rnam par byang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་སྦྱང་བ།
  • ཡོངས་སུ་སྦྱོང་བ།
  • རྣམ་པར་བྱང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • parikarman
  • vyavadāna

A term meaning purity or purification and broadly referring to the process of purifying the mind of what obscures it in order to attain spiritual awakening. It is often paired with its opposite saṃkleśa, rendered here as “defilement.”

Located in 94 passages in the translation:

  • i.­53
  • i.­76
  • i.­84-85
  • i.­102
  • i.­108
  • 1.­45
  • 1.­91
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­91
  • 4.­189
  • 4.­203-206
  • 4.­213
  • 4.­273
  • 4.­275-276
  • 4.­428
  • 4.­433
  • 4.­435
  • 4.­472
  • 4.­512
  • 4.­517
  • 4.­641-643
  • 4.­663
  • 4.­696-697
  • 4.­702
  • 4.­721
  • 4.­737
  • 4.­908
  • 4.­980
  • 4.­985
  • 4.­990
  • 4.­992
  • 4.­1007
  • 4.­1020
  • 4.­1092
  • 4.­1094-1097
  • 4.­1106
  • 4.­1110
  • 4.­1120
  • 4.­1154
  • 4.­1186
  • 4.­1334
  • 5.­107
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­194
  • 5.­241
  • 5.­287-289
  • 5.­327
  • 5.­361
  • 5.­365
  • 5.­369
  • 5.­400
  • 5.­454
  • 5.­492
  • 5.­575
  • 5.­640
  • 5.­664
  • 5.­910
  • 5.­987-988
  • 5.­999
  • 5.­1030-1031
  • 5.­1057
  • 5.­1059
  • 5.­1126
  • 5.­1354
  • 5.­1382
  • 5.­1465
  • 6.­17
  • 6.­98
  • n.­50
  • n.­81
  • n.­158
  • n.­898-899
  • n.­916
  • n.­1036
  • n.­1696
  • n.­1760
  • n.­1910
  • g.­342
g.­256

Pūrṇa

Wylie:
  • gang po
Tibetan:
  • གང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇa

One of the ten principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, he was the greatest in his ability to teach the Dharma.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­708
  • 4.­711
  • 4.­742
  • 4.­758-759
  • 4.­770
  • 4.­774
  • 4.­784
  • 4.­1232-1233
  • 5.­626
  • n.­643
  • n.­737
  • n.­1005
g.­263

real basis

Wylie:
  • dngos po
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vastu

Also rendered as “existent thing,” “real thing,” and “something that exists.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­118
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­504
  • 4.­788
  • 4.­790
  • 4.­1067
  • 4.­1160
  • 4.­1304
  • 5.­909
  • 5.­971-972
  • 5.­1396
  • 5.­1429
  • 5.­1461
  • n.­743
  • g.­106
  • g.­264
g.­264

real thing

Wylie:
  • dngos po
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāva

Also rendered as “existent thing,” “something that exists,” and “real basis.”

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • i.­61
  • i.­78
  • 4.­107
  • 4.­126
  • 4.­301
  • 4.­504
  • 4.­506
  • 4.­508
  • 4.­543
  • 4.­603
  • 4.­605
  • 4.­627
  • 4.­704
  • 4.­1110
  • 4.­1179
  • 4.­1261
  • 4.­1268-1269
  • 4.­1271
  • 4.­1330
  • 5.­357
  • 5.­556
  • 5.­856
  • 5.­907-908
  • 5.­1061
  • 5.­1265
  • 5.­1489
  • n.­743-744
  • n.­1902
  • n.­1948
  • n.­1962
  • g.­106
  • g.­263
g.­265

religious mendicant

Wylie:
  • kun tu rgyu
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • parivrājaka

See also “parivrājaka.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­578-579
  • 4.­583
  • 4.­586
  • 4.­589
  • 5.­150
  • g.­240
  • g.­311
g.­267

ring hollow

Wylie:
  • gsob
Tibetan:
  • གསོབ།
Sanskrit:
  • rikta

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­520
  • 5.­667
  • 5.­942
  • 5.­1039
g.­269

royal family

Wylie:
  • rgyal rigs
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣatriya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ruling caste in the traditional four-caste hierarchy of India, associated with warriors, the aristocracy, and kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­255
  • 5.­148
g.­270

Sadāprarudita

Wylie:
  • rtag tu ngu
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་ངུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sadāprarudita

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A bodhisattva famous for his quest for the Dharma and for his devotion to the teacher. It is told that Sadāprarudita, in order to make offerings to the bodhisattva Dharmodgata and request the Prajñāpāramitā teachings, sets out to sell his own flesh and blood. After receiving a first set of teachings, Sadāprarudita waits seven years for the bodhisattva Dharmodgata, his teacher, to emerge from meditation. When he receives signs this is about to happen, he wishes to prepare the ground for the teachings by settling the dust. Māra makes all the water disappear, so Sadāprarudita decides to use his own blood to settle the dust. He is said to be practicing in the presence of Buddha Bhīṣma­garjita­nirghoṣa­svara. His name means "Ever Weeping", on account of the numerous tears he shed until he found the teachings.

His story is told in detail by the Buddha in The Perfection of Wisdom in Eighteen Thousand Lines (Toh 10, ch. 85–86), and can be found quoted in several works, such as The Words of My Perfect Teacher (kun bzang bla ma’i zhal lung) by Patrul Rinpoche.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­17
  • n.­247
  • n.­1933
g.­271

Sādhumatī

Wylie:
  • legs pa’i blo gros
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་པའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • sādhumatī

Lit. “Auspicious Intellect.” The ninth level of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten bodhisattva levels.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­106
  • g.­339
g.­274

Śākyamuni

Wylie:
  • shAkya thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākyamuni

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­57
  • i.­64
  • 1.­110
  • 1.­146
  • 1.­180
  • n.­171
  • n.­205
  • n.­338
  • n.­426
  • n.­1148
  • n.­1723
  • g.­71
  • g.­258
  • g.­320
  • g.­366
g.­276

sameness

Wylie:
  • mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • samatā

The fact that while all phenomena appear differently, they nonetheless share an identical nature.

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • i.­109
  • i.­114
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­58-60
  • 1.­62-69
  • 3.­10
  • 4.­79
  • 4.­300
  • 4.­767-768
  • 4.­1025
  • 4.­1034
  • 4.­1036
  • 4.­1058
  • 4.­1087
  • 4.­1122
  • 5.­241
  • 5.­334
  • 5.­596-597
  • 5.­669
  • 5.­911
  • 5.­914-915
  • 5.­917-919
  • 5.­922
  • 5.­1044
  • 5.­1120-1121
  • 5.­1145
  • 5.­1160
  • 5.­1221
  • 5.­1452
  • 5.­1467
  • 5.­1469-1473
  • n.­84
  • n.­91
  • n.­417
  • n.­876
  • n.­1562
  • n.­1624
  • n.­1681
  • n.­1912
  • n.­1918
g.­278

saṃsāra

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃsāra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A state of involuntary existence conditioned by afflicted mental states and the imprint of past actions, characterized by suffering in a cycle of life, death, and rebirth. On its reversal, the contrasting state of nirvāṇa is attained, free from suffering and the processes of rebirth.

Located in 64 passages in the translation:

  • i.­86
  • i.­102
  • i.­110
  • i.­120
  • 1.­20
  • 1.­58
  • 1.­213
  • 1.­216
  • 1.­220-221
  • 3.­10
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­61
  • 4.­91-92
  • 4.­101
  • 4.­127
  • 4.­135
  • 4.­137-139
  • 4.­162
  • 4.­306
  • 4.­311
  • 4.­428
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­608
  • 4.­694-695
  • 4.­987
  • 4.­1020
  • 4.­1027
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­545
  • 5.­753
  • 5.­756
  • 5.­777
  • 5.­901
  • 5.­903
  • 5.­1153
  • 5.­1383
  • 6.­70-78
  • 6.­83
  • 6.­88
  • 6.­92-93
  • 6.­95
  • n.­225
  • n.­652
  • n.­1241
  • n.­1846
  • n.­1891
  • g.­55
  • g.­117
  • g.­244
  • g.­368
g.­279

saṅgha

Wylie:
  • dge ’dun
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་འདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṅgha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Though often specifically reserved for the monastic community, this term can be applied to any of the four Buddhist communities‍—monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen‍—as well as to identify the different groups of practitioners, like the community of bodhisattvas or the community of śrāvakas. It is also the third of the Three Jewels (triratna) of Buddhism: the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Community.

In this text:

Also rendered here as “community.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • 4.­335
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­1116
  • 5.­918
  • n.­1760
  • g.­108
  • g.­351
g.­281

Śāntarakṣita

Wylie:
  • shanta rak+Shi ta
Tibetan:
  • ཤནཏ་རཀྵི་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāntarakṣita

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Śāntarakṣita (725-788) was an Indian Buddhist monk, scholar, and author who played a pivotal role in the introduction of Buddhism to Tibet. At the invitation of King Tri Songdetsen, he traveled to Tibet and assisted in the foundation of Samyé Monastery, presided over the ordination of the first Tibetan monks, and established a system of scholastic education modelled on the great monastic universities of Nālandā and Vikramaśīla. His philosophical writings were among the most influential in late Indian Buddhism.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­40-41
  • 5.­441
g.­282

Śāriputra

Wylie:
  • shA ri’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāriputra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, he was renowned for his discipline and for having been praised by the Buddha as foremost of the wise (often paired with Maudgalyā­yana, who was praised as foremost in the capacity for miraculous powers). His father, Tiṣya, to honor Śāriputra’s mother, Śārikā, named him Śāradvatīputra, or, in its contracted form, Śāriputra, meaning “Śārikā’s Son.”

Located in 194 passages in the translation:

  • i.­53
  • i.­55
  • i.­58
  • i.­61
  • i.­63
  • i.­65
  • i.­92-93
  • i.­106
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­197-203
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­3-4
  • 2.­6-7
  • 2.­17
  • 3.­1
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­3-5
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­172
  • 4.­186
  • 4.­219-220
  • 4.­224
  • 4.­234
  • 4.­239
  • 4.­242
  • 4.­245
  • 4.­247-248
  • 4.­251-252
  • 4.­258
  • 4.­283
  • 4.­287
  • 4.­310
  • 4.­316
  • 4.­321
  • 4.­323-324
  • 4.­370-372
  • 4.­375-377
  • 4.­381
  • 4.­386
  • 4.­388
  • 4.­398
  • 4.­401-402
  • 4.­490
  • 4.­493-495
  • 4.­500
  • 4.­593-595
  • 4.­603
  • 4.­605-609
  • 4.­612
  • 4.­614
  • 4.­622-623
  • 4.­632-633
  • 4.­635
  • 4.­639-640
  • 4.­642
  • 4.­645
  • 4.­649
  • 4.­677
  • 4.­679
  • 4.­708-709
  • 4.­730
  • 4.­736
  • 4.­739
  • 4.­744-745
  • 4.­760-762
  • 4.­769
  • 4.­771
  • 4.­1248
  • 4.­1251-1253
  • 4.­1262
  • 4.­1266
  • 4.­1268
  • 4.­1294-1295
  • 4.­1301
  • 4.­1304
  • 4.­1306
  • 4.­1314
  • 4.­1316-1317
  • 4.­1319
  • 4.­1321
  • 4.­1323-1325
  • 4.­1327-1328
  • 4.­1331
  • 4.­1333-1334
  • 4.­1337
  • 4.­1340
  • 4.­1342-1343
  • 4.­1361
  • 5.­68
  • 5.­90-91
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­252
  • 5.­258-259
  • 5.­279
  • 5.­308-310
  • 5.­312
  • 5.­343
  • 5.­424
  • 5.­428
  • 5.­617
  • 5.­622
  • 5.­625-626
  • 5.­979-981
  • 5.­984-987
  • 5.­989-993
  • 5.­995
  • 5.­997
  • 5.­1060
  • n.­208
  • n.­217-218
  • n.­245
  • n.­247
  • n.­307
  • n.­309
  • n.­433
  • n.­443
  • n.­496
  • n.­509
  • n.­642
  • n.­700
  • n.­996
  • n.­1006
  • n.­1013
  • n.­1075
  • n.­1242
  • n.­1479
  • n.­1492
  • n.­1588
  • n.­1637
  • n.­1970
  • g.­204
  • g.­238
  • g.­385
g.­285

Śatakratu

Wylie:
  • brgya byin
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śakra
  • śatakratu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The lord of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three (trāyastriṃśa). Alternatively known as Indra, the deity that is called “lord of the gods” dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. The Tibetan translation brgya byin (meaning “one hundred sacrifices”) is based on an etymology that śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu, one who has performed a hundred sacrifices. Each world with a central Sumeru has a Śakra. Also known by other names such as Kauśika, Devendra, and Śacipati.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­17
  • 5.­99
  • 5.­121
  • 5.­146
  • 5.­157
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­173
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­252
  • 5.­356
  • 5.­424
  • 5.­429
  • 5.­1020
  • 5.­1044
  • n.­247
  • n.­1623-1624
  • g.­360
  • g.­375
g.­286

secondary afflictions

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i nyon mongs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upakleśa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The subsidiary afflictive emotions that arise in dependence upon the six root afflictive emotions (attachment, hatred, pride, ignorance, doubt, and wrong view); they are (1) anger (krodha, khro ba), (2) enmity/malice (upanāha, ’khon ’dzin), (3) concealment (mrakśa, ’chab pa), (4) outrage (pradāsa, ’tshig pa), (5) jealousy (īrśya, phrag dog), (6) miserliness (matsarya, ser sna), (7) deceit (māyā, sgyu), (8) dishonesty (śāṭhya, g.yo), (9) haughtiness (mada, rgyags pa), (10) harmfulness (vihiṃsa, rnam par ’tshe ba), (11) shamelessness (āhrīkya, ngo tsha med pa), (12) non-consideration (anapatrāpya, khril med pa), (13) lack of faith (aśraddhya, ma dad pa), (14) laziness (kausīdya, le lo), (15) non-conscientiousness (pramāda, bag med pa), (16) forgetfulness (muśitasmṛtitā, brjed nges), (17) non-introspection (asaṃprajanya, shes bzhin ma yin pa), (18) dullness (nigmagṇa, bying ba), (19) agitation (auddhatya, rgod pa), and (20) distraction (vikṣepa, rnam g.yeng) (Rigzin 329, 129).

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • i.­63
  • 1.­30
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­47
  • 4.­897
  • 5.­80
  • 5.­296
  • 5.­299
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­369
g.­287

sense faculties

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indriya

The six sense faculties of eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­171
  • 5.­1338
  • n.­1056
  • n.­1224
  • g.­79
  • g.­107
  • g.­296
  • g.­297
  • g.­298
g.­288

sense field

Wylie:
  • skye mched
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • āyatana

Twelve sense fields: the six sensory faculties (the eyes, nose, ear, tongue, body, and mind), which form in the womb and eventually have contact with the external six bases of sensory perception (form, smell, sound, taste, touch, and phenomena). In another context in this sūtra, āyatana refers to the four formless absorptions and its stations.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­91
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­105
  • 4.­107
  • 4.­112
  • 4.­114-115
  • 4.­259
  • 4.­421
  • 4.­456
  • 4.­471-472
  • 4.­476
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­532-533
  • 4.­640
  • 4.­702
  • 4.­720
  • 4.­838
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1202
  • 4.­1217
  • 4.­1260
  • 5.­489
  • 5.­1476
  • 5.­1491
  • 6.­13
  • n.­392
  • n.­404
  • n.­982
  • n.­1042
  • n.­1760
  • g.­290
  • g.­313
g.­289

settle down on as real

Wylie:
  • mngon par zhen
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཞེན།
Sanskrit:
  • abhini√viś

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95
  • i.­101
  • 4.­217-218
  • 4.­221-222
  • 4.­390
  • 4.­435-437
  • 4.­440
  • 4.­650-651
  • 4.­658
  • 4.­1269
  • 4.­1271
  • 4.­1281-1282
  • 4.­1294
  • 4.­1299
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­266
  • 5.­412
  • 5.­482
  • 5.­527
  • 5.­909
  • 5.­1090
  • 5.­1138-1139
  • 5.­1415
  • 5.­1429
  • n.­908
  • n.­1415
  • n.­1657
  • n.­1912
  • g.­101
g.­291

seven limbs of awakening

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • sapta­bodhyaṅga

The set of seven factors or aspects that characteristically manifest on the path of seeing: (1) mindfulness (smṛti, dran pa), (2) examination of dharmas (dharma­pravicaya, chos rab tu rnam ’byed/shes rab), (3) perseverance (vīrya, brtson ’grus), (4) joy (prīti, dga’ ba), (5) mental and physical pliability (praśrabdhi, shin sbyangs), (6) meditative stabilization (samādhi, ting nge ’dzin), and (7) equanimity (upekṣā, btang snyoms).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­787
  • 4.­883
  • g.­246
  • g.­346
g.­293

signlessness

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ānimitta
  • animitta

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • i.­56
  • i.­108
  • 1.­42
  • 1.­57-60
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­93
  • 1.­121
  • 4.­38
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­79
  • 4.­248
  • 4.­294-295
  • 4.­307
  • 4.­427
  • 4.­462
  • 4.­581
  • 4.­587
  • 4.­627
  • 4.­765
  • 4.­830
  • 4.­887
  • 4.­889
  • 4.­891-892
  • 5.­34
  • 5.­381
  • 5.­432
  • 5.­490
  • 5.­507
  • 5.­511
  • 5.­564
  • 5.­575
  • 5.­615
  • 5.­976
  • 5.­978
  • 5.­1019
  • 5.­1021
  • 5.­1139
  • 5.­1344
  • 5.­1387
  • 5.­1392
  • 5.­1482
  • 6.­41
  • n.­1026
  • n.­1083
  • n.­1224
  • n.­1492
  • n.­1588
  • n.­1609
  • n.­1695
  • g.­154
  • g.­390
g.­295

site of awakening

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhimaṇḍa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The place where the Buddha Śākyamuni achieved awakening and where every buddha will manifest the attainment of buddhahood. In our world this is understood to be located under the Bodhi tree, the Vajrāsana, in present-day Bodhgaya, India. It can also refer to the state of awakening itself.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­160
  • 4.­176
  • 4.­971
  • 5.­144
  • 5.­954
g.­297

six collections of feelings

Wylie:
  • tshor ba’i tshogs drug
  • tshor ba drug
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བའི་ཚོགས་དྲུག
  • ཚོར་བ་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

The six feelings or sensations resulting from contact between the six sense faculties and their objects.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1183
  • 5.­304
  • 5.­306
g.­298

six faculties

Wylie:
  • dbang po drug
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍindriya

The six sense faculties of eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­624
  • 4.­1126
  • g.­107
g.­299

six perfections

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa drug
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaṭpāramitā

The six practices or qualities that a follower of the Great Vehicle perfects in order to transcend cyclic existence and reach the full awakening of a buddha. They are giving, morality, patience, perseverance or effort, concentration, and wisdom. See also “perfection.”

Located in 82 passages in the translation:

  • i.­75
  • i.­101
  • i.­105-106
  • i.­113-114
  • 4.­58
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­168
  • 4.­245
  • 4.­317
  • 4.­322
  • 4.­347
  • 4.­369
  • 4.­387
  • 4.­669
  • 4.­671
  • 4.­745
  • 4.­755
  • 4.­760-761
  • 4.­763
  • 4.­775
  • 4.­1174
  • 4.­1230
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­200
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­210
  • 5.­246
  • 5.­255
  • 5.­304
  • 5.­432
  • 5.­536
  • 5.­571
  • 5.­615
  • 5.­624
  • 5.­725
  • 5.­797
  • 5.­833
  • 5.­836
  • 5.­858
  • 5.­999
  • 5.­1075
  • 5.­1078
  • 5.­1091-1092
  • 5.­1219
  • 5.­1235
  • 5.­1241
  • 5.­1245
  • 5.­1247
  • 5.­1250
  • 5.­1342-1343
  • 5.­1397
  • 5.­1432
  • 5.­1441
  • n.­438
  • n.­631
  • n.­706
  • n.­741
  • n.­1065
  • n.­1311
  • n.­1516
  • n.­1556
  • n.­1591
  • n.­1623
  • n.­1639
  • n.­1647
  • n.­1650
  • n.­1769
  • n.­1816
  • n.­1877
  • g.­119
  • g.­152
  • g.­156
  • g.­244
  • g.­246
  • g.­341
  • g.­389
g.­301

six sense fields

Wylie:
  • skye mched drug
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍāyatana

Fifth of the twelve links of dependent origination, it consists of the six sense organs (eyes, ears, nose, tongue, body, and thinking mind) together with their respective objects (forms, sounds, smells, tastes, touch, and dharmas).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 4.­665
  • 4.­826
  • g.­369
g.­302

six tastes

Wylie:
  • ro drug po
Tibetan:
  • རོ་དྲུག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍrasa

These are sweet, salty, sour (like a lemon), bitter like the bitter gourd (Hindi karela), astringent (like an unripe banana), and pungent (like chili).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­1323
g.­304

sixty-two wrong views

Wylie:
  • lta ba’i rnam pa drug cu rtsa gnyis
  • lta bar gyur pa drug cu rtsa gnyis
Tibetan:
  • ལྟ་བའི་རྣམ་པ་དྲུག་ཅུ་རྩ་གཉིས།
  • ལྟ་བར་གྱུར་པ་དྲུག་ཅུ་རྩ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit:
  • dvāṣaṣṭidṛṣṭikṛta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The sixty-two false views, as enumerated in the Brahma­jāla­sūtra (tshangs pa’i dra ba’i mdo, Toh 352), comprise eighteen speculations concerning the past, based on theories of eternalism, partial eternalism, extensionism, endless equivocation, and fortuitous origination, as well as forty-four speculations concerning the future, based on percipient immortality, non-percipient immortality, neither percipient nor non-percipient immortality, annihilationism, and the immediate attainment of nirvāṇa in the present life.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­21
  • n.­1386
g.­305

skillful means

Wylie:
  • thabs mkhas
Tibetan:
  • ཐབས་མཁས།
Sanskrit:
  • upāyakauśalya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The concept of skillful or expedient means is central to the understanding of the Buddha’s enlightened deeds and the many scriptures that are revealed contingent on the needs, interests, and mental dispositions of specific types of individuals. It is, therefore, equated with compassion and the form body of the buddhas, the rūpakāya.

According to the Great Vehicle, training in skillful means collectively denotes the first five of the six perfections when integrated with wisdom, the sixth perfection. It is therefore paired with wisdom (prajñā), forming the two indispensable aspects of the path. It is also the seventh of the ten perfections. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)

Located in 83 passages in the translation:

  • i.­52
  • i.­55
  • i.­63
  • i.­75
  • i.­105
  • i.­113
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­97
  • 1.­131
  • 1.­191
  • 1.­214
  • 1.­222
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­19
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­182-183
  • 4.­324-326
  • 4.­402
  • 4.­409
  • 4.­435
  • 4.­609
  • 4.­611-612
  • 4.­614
  • 4.­620
  • 4.­625
  • 4.­658
  • 4.­666-671
  • 4.­673
  • 4.­675
  • 4.­772
  • 4.­867
  • 4.­1094
  • 4.­1302
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­148
  • 5.­535
  • 5.­538-539
  • 5.­615-617
  • 5.­710-711
  • 5.­791
  • 5.­804
  • 5.­869
  • 5.­895
  • 5.­950
  • 5.­977
  • 5.­1078
  • 5.­1192
  • 5.­1214
  • 5.­1219
  • 5.­1273
  • 5.­1392
  • 5.­1396-1397
  • 5.­1428
  • 5.­1444
  • 6.­92
  • 6.­94
  • 6.­98
  • n.­1044
  • n.­1420
  • n.­1490
  • n.­1492
  • n.­1588
  • n.­1609
  • n.­1650
  • n.­1732
  • n.­1886
  • n.­1912
  • g.­341
g.­307

special insight

Wylie:
  • lhag mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vipaśyanā

An important form of Buddhist meditation focusing on developing insight into the nature of phenomena. Often presented as one of a pair of meditation techniques, the other being “calm abiding.”

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • i.­55
  • i.­64
  • i.­69
  • 1.­49-50
  • 1.­91
  • 1.­123
  • 4.­42
  • 4.­53
  • 4.­425-426
  • 4.­430
  • 4.­480
  • 4.­497
  • 4.­851
  • 4.­874
  • 4.­884
  • 4.­985
  • 4.­990
  • 4.­993
  • 4.­1022
  • 4.­1166
  • 4.­1185
  • 5.­191
  • 5.­353
  • 5.­437
  • 5.­439
  • 5.­574
  • 5.­955
  • 5.­1003
  • n.­67
  • n.­474
  • n.­799
  • g.­134
  • g.­326
g.­308

spiritual friend

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i bshes gnyen
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • kalyāṇamitra

A spiritual teacher who can contribute to an individual’s progress on the spiritual path to awakening and act wholeheartedly for the welfare of students.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­75
  • i.­105
  • 4.­625
  • 4.­667
  • 4.­669
  • 4.­673-675
  • 4.­1101-1102
  • 5.­540
  • 5.­1027
  • 5.­1031
  • 5.­1214
  • 6.­97
  • n.­1250
  • n.­1614
g.­309

śramaṇa

Wylie:
  • dge sbyong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śramaṇa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A general term applied to spiritual practitioners who live as ascetic mendicants. In Buddhist texts, the term usually refers to Buddhist monastics, but it can also designate a practitioner from other ascetic/monastic spiritual traditions. In this context śramaṇa is often contrasted with the term brāhmaṇa (bram ze), which refers broadly to followers of the Vedic tradition. Any renunciate, not just a Buddhist, could be referred to as a śramaṇa if they were not within the Vedic fold. The epithet Great Śramaṇa is often applied to the Buddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­58
  • n.­1786
g.­310

śrāvaka

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Sanskrit term śrāvaka, and the Tibetan nyan thos, both derived from the verb “to hear,” are usually defined as “those who hear the teaching from the Buddha and make it heard to others.” Primarily this refers to those disciples of the Buddha who aspire to attain the state of an arhat seeking their own liberation and nirvāṇa. They are the practitioners of the first turning of the wheel of the Dharma on the four noble truths, who realize the suffering inherent in saṃsāra and focus on understanding that there is no independent self. By conquering afflicted mental states (kleśa), they liberate themselves, attaining first the stage of stream enterers at the path of seeing, followed by the stage of once-returners who will be reborn only one more time, and then the stage of non-returners who will no longer be reborn into the desire realm. The final goal is to become an arhat. These four stages are also known as the “four results of spiritual practice.”

Located in 176 passages in the translation:

  • i.­55
  • i.­58
  • i.­63
  • i.­69
  • i.­84
  • i.­95
  • i.­120
  • 1.­72-73
  • 1.­127
  • 1.­139
  • 1.­216
  • 1.­222-224
  • 2.­12
  • 3.­11
  • 3.­15
  • 3.­19
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­61
  • 4.­75
  • 4.­78
  • 4.­82
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­90-91
  • 4.­93
  • 4.­129
  • 4.­143
  • 4.­162
  • 4.­223
  • 4.­226
  • 4.­234
  • 4.­241-243
  • 4.­245
  • 4.­248
  • 4.­250-251
  • 4.­253-254
  • 4.­256
  • 4.­343
  • 4.­374
  • 4.­392
  • 4.­403
  • 4.­405
  • 4.­421
  • 4.­425
  • 4.­428
  • 4.­430
  • 4.­432
  • 4.­436
  • 4.­471-472
  • 4.­474
  • 4.­499-500
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­557
  • 4.­572
  • 4.­634
  • 4.­638
  • 4.­671
  • 4.­724
  • 4.­735
  • 4.­749
  • 4.­795
  • 4.­802
  • 4.­820
  • 4.­839
  • 4.­879
  • 4.­908
  • 4.­931
  • 4.­975-976
  • 4.­983
  • 4.­987
  • 4.­990
  • 4.­1022
  • 4.­1027
  • 4.­1033
  • 4.­1111
  • 4.­1125
  • 4.­1141
  • 4.­1230
  • 4.­1266
  • 4.­1312
  • 5.­5
  • 5.­11
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­87
  • 5.­141
  • 5.­157
  • 5.­171
  • 5.­177
  • 5.­205-206
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­228
  • 5.­241
  • 5.­294-295
  • 5.­421
  • 5.­447
  • 5.­529
  • 5.­533
  • 5.­615
  • 5.­624
  • 5.­626
  • 5.­643
  • 5.­672
  • 5.­768
  • 5.­770
  • 5.­816
  • 5.­838-839
  • 5.­845
  • 5.­1002
  • 5.­1006
  • 5.­1009
  • 5.­1013
  • 5.­1139
  • 5.­1141-1142
  • 5.­1159
  • 5.­1240
  • 5.­1362
  • 5.­1387
  • 5.­1443
  • 5.­1451
  • 5.­1455-1456
  • 5.­1491
  • 6.­66
  • 6.­70
  • 6.­83
  • 6.­86-87
  • 6.­92
  • 6.­99-100
  • n.­208
  • n.­214
  • n.­747
  • n.­764
  • n.­969
  • n.­1187
  • n.­1224
  • n.­1420
  • n.­1492-1493
  • n.­1510
  • n.­1543
  • n.­1588
  • n.­1609
  • n.­1630
  • n.­1710
  • n.­1773
  • n.­1929
  • g.­194
  • g.­204
  • g.­216
  • g.­256
  • g.­258
  • g.­311
  • g.­320
  • g.­339
  • g.­340
  • g.­346
  • g.­356
  • g.­357
g.­312

śrīvatsa

Wylie:
  • dpal be’u
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་བེའུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīvatsa

Literally “the favorite of the glorious one,” or (as translated into Tibetan) “the calf of the glorious one.” This is an auspicious mark that in Indian Buddhism was said to be formed from a curl of hair on the breast and was depicted in a shape that resembles the fleur-de-lis. In Tibet it is usually represented as an eternal knot. It is also one of the principal attributes of Viṣṇu. Together with the svastika and nandyāvarta, it forms the eightieth minor sign.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­156
  • 5.­1281
  • n.­1780
  • g.­333
g.­313

station

Wylie:
  • skye mched
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • āyatana

Here station refers to sucessive stages of formless absorption, namely: station of endless space, station of endless consciousness, station of nothing-at-all, and station of neither perception nor nonperception. In other contexts in this sūtra, āyatana refers to the twelve sense fields; see “sense field.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­288
g.­314

station of endless consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vijñānānantyāyatana

Second of the four formless realms. The term also refers to the class of gods that dwell there, and the name of the second of the four formless absorptions. The other three realms are the station of endless space, the station of nothing-at-all, and the station of neither perception nor nonperception.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­939-940
  • g.­140
  • g.­219
  • g.­221
  • g.­313
  • g.­315
  • g.­316
  • g.­317
g.­315

station of endless space

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ākāśānantyāyatana

First of the four formless realms. The term also refers to the class of gods that dwell there and the name of the first of the four formless absorptions. The other three realms are the station of endless consciousness, the station of nothing-at-all, and the station of neither perception nor nonperception.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­938-939
  • g.­140
  • g.­219
  • g.­221
  • g.­313
  • g.­314
  • g.­316
  • g.­317
g.­316

station of neither perception nor nonperception

Wylie:
  • ’du shes med ’du shes med min skye mched
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • naiva­saṃjñā­nāsaṃjñāyatana

The highest of the four formless realms. The term also refers to the class of gods that dwell there and the name of the fourth of the four formless absorptions. The other three realms are the station of endless space, the station of endless consciousness, and the station of nothing-at-all.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • g.­140
  • g.­219
  • g.­221
  • g.­313
  • g.­314
  • g.­315
  • g.­317
g.­317

station of nothing-at-all

Wylie:
  • ci yang med pa’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • ཅི་ཡང་མེད་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ākiṃcityāyatana

Third of the four formless realms. The term also refers to the class of gods that dwell there and the third of the four formless absorptions. The other three realms are the station of endless space, the station of endless consciousness, and the station of neither perception nor nonperception.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­940-941
  • g.­219
  • g.­221
  • g.­313
  • g.­314
  • g.­315
  • g.­316
g.­318

stream enterer

Wylie:
  • rgyun du zhugs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • srotaāpanna

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One who has achieved the first level of attainment on the path of the śrāvakas, and who has entered the “stream” of practice that leads to nirvāṇa. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 1.­208
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­70
  • 4.­82
  • 4.­87
  • 4.­234
  • 4.­256
  • 4.­341
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­640
  • 4.­969
  • 4.­985
  • 4.­1135-1136
  • 4.­1211
  • 4.­1313-1315
  • 4.­1320
  • 4.­1322
  • 4.­1333
  • 5.­178
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­437
  • 5.­439
  • 5.­775-776
  • 5.­957
  • 5.­981
  • 5.­1057
  • 5.­1059
  • 5.­1062
  • 5.­1149
  • 5.­1151
  • 5.­1222
  • 5.­1370-1371
  • 5.­1377
  • 5.­1451
  • 5.­1460
  • 6.­89-90
  • 6.­92
  • 6.­98
  • n.­215
  • n.­812
  • n.­832
  • n.­846
  • n.­1110
  • n.­1562
  • n.­1564
  • g.­53
g.­319

stūpa

Wylie:
  • mchod rten
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • stūpa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Tibetan translates both stūpa and caitya with the same word, mchod rten, meaning “basis” or “recipient” of “offerings” or “veneration.” Pali: cetiya.

A caitya, although often synonymous with stūpa, can also refer to any site, sanctuary or shrine that is made for veneration, and may or may not contain relics.

A stūpa, literally “heap” or “mound,” is a mounded or circular structure usually containing relics of the Buddha or the masters of the past. It is considered to be a sacred object representing the awakened mind of a buddha, but the symbolism of the stūpa is complex, and its design varies throughout the Buddhist world. Stūpas continue to be erected today as objects of veneration and merit making.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­145-146
  • 5.­160
g.­320

Subhūti

Wylie:
  • rab ’byor
Tibetan:
  • རབ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit:
  • subhūti

One of the ten great śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha Śākyamuni, known for his profound understanding of emptiness. He plays a major role as an interlocutor of the Buddha in the Prajñā­pāramitā­sūtras.

Located in 459 passages in the translation:

  • i.­50
  • i.­53
  • i.­55
  • i.­68
  • i.­83
  • i.­91-93
  • i.­95
  • i.­106-107
  • i.­113
  • i.­115
  • i.­117
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­13
  • 2.­17
  • 3.­4
  • 4.­54
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­402-404
  • 4.­406-416
  • 4.­418
  • 4.­422
  • 4.­424
  • 4.­434
  • 4.­437-439
  • 4.­454-457
  • 4.­459-465
  • 4.­468
  • 4.­489-496
  • 4.­503
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­603-604
  • 4.­607
  • 4.­625
  • 4.­634
  • 4.­636
  • 4.­660-661
  • 4.­671
  • 4.­673
  • 4.­675
  • 4.­679-680
  • 4.­682-683
  • 4.­685-686
  • 4.­688
  • 4.­690-691
  • 4.­693-694
  • 4.­696-700
  • 4.­702
  • 4.­708
  • 4.­710
  • 4.­725
  • 4.­734-735
  • 4.­739
  • 4.­774
  • 4.­776
  • 4.­779-780
  • 4.­782
  • 4.­786
  • 4.­807-808
  • 4.­818
  • 4.­887
  • 4.­1092
  • 4.­1111
  • 4.­1147-1149
  • 4.­1157
  • 4.­1174-1176
  • 4.­1181
  • 4.­1186
  • 4.­1192-1193
  • 4.­1215
  • 4.­1221
  • 4.­1226
  • 4.­1232-1233
  • 4.­1294
  • 4.­1303
  • 4.­1307
  • 4.­1312
  • 4.­1320
  • 4.­1323
  • 4.­1326-1327
  • 4.­1331-1332
  • 4.­1335
  • 4.­1338-1339
  • 5.­5
  • 5.­69-70
  • 5.­74
  • 5.­76
  • 5.­78
  • 5.­90-91
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­109-111
  • 5.­204-205
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­210-211
  • 5.­213
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­223
  • 5.­230
  • 5.­270
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­282
  • 5.­285
  • 5.­305
  • 5.­324
  • 5.­326
  • 5.­328-330
  • 5.­334
  • 5.­336
  • 5.­342-344
  • 5.­356
  • 5.­360-361
  • 5.­365
  • 5.­369-371
  • 5.­373
  • 5.­387-388
  • 5.­451
  • 5.­460
  • 5.­463
  • 5.­465
  • 5.­467
  • 5.­469
  • 5.­471
  • 5.­473
  • 5.­476
  • 5.­484
  • 5.­489
  • 5.­516-517
  • 5.­520
  • 5.­522
  • 5.­524
  • 5.­526
  • 5.­528
  • 5.­531
  • 5.­535
  • 5.­539
  • 5.­542
  • 5.­548
  • 5.­552
  • 5.­555
  • 5.­557
  • 5.­569
  • 5.­576
  • 5.­583-584
  • 5.­589-592
  • 5.­594
  • 5.­598
  • 5.­625-627
  • 5.­633-634
  • 5.­638
  • 5.­644-645
  • 5.­846
  • 5.­931-932
  • 5.­934
  • 5.­945
  • 5.­967
  • 5.­969
  • 5.­980-982
  • 5.­985-987
  • 5.­989-991
  • 5.­994
  • 5.­998
  • 5.­1002
  • 5.­1008
  • 5.­1014
  • 5.­1028-1029
  • 5.­1031
  • 5.­1034
  • 5.­1038
  • 5.­1042
  • 5.­1047
  • 5.­1053
  • 5.­1061
  • 5.­1065-1066
  • 5.­1069-1071
  • 5.­1073-1074
  • 5.­1080
  • 5.­1082
  • 5.­1085-1086
  • 5.­1091
  • 5.­1097-1098
  • 5.­1103
  • 5.­1108-1113
  • 5.­1115
  • 5.­1123
  • 5.­1125
  • 5.­1127
  • 5.­1130
  • 5.­1132
  • 5.­1134
  • 5.­1137
  • 5.­1139-1141
  • 5.­1145
  • 5.­1150
  • 5.­1152
  • 5.­1156-1158
  • 5.­1160
  • 5.­1165
  • 5.­1178
  • 5.­1182
  • 5.­1187
  • 5.­1189
  • 5.­1198
  • 5.­1200-1201
  • 5.­1218
  • 5.­1222
  • 5.­1226
  • 5.­1232
  • 5.­1236
  • 5.­1238
  • 5.­1348
  • 5.­1350-1351
  • 5.­1362
  • 5.­1365-1367
  • 5.­1370-1374
  • 5.­1377
  • 5.­1380
  • 5.­1384-1385
  • 5.­1389-1391
  • 5.­1393-1394
  • 5.­1397
  • 5.­1400-1401
  • 5.­1420
  • 5.­1436-1437
  • 5.­1440-1441
  • 5.­1447-1448
  • 5.­1450
  • 5.­1454
  • 5.­1463-1465
  • 5.­1467-1468
  • 5.­1471-1472
  • 5.­1475
  • 5.­1485
  • 5.­1489-1490
  • 5.­1495
  • n.­245
  • n.­247
  • n.­443
  • n.­457
  • n.­467
  • n.­476
  • n.­487
  • n.­509
  • n.­515
  • n.­642
  • n.­683
  • n.­723
  • n.­738
  • n.­892
  • n.­921
  • n.­928
  • n.­930
  • n.­933
  • n.­939
  • n.­941
  • n.­973
  • n.­996
  • n.­1005-1006
  • n.­1013
  • n.­1075
  • n.­1237
  • n.­1241
  • n.­1266
  • n.­1308
  • n.­1316-1317
  • n.­1323-1324
  • n.­1334
  • n.­1346
  • n.­1402
  • n.­1409
  • n.­1415
  • n.­1420
  • n.­1442
  • n.­1455
  • n.­1459
  • n.­1492
  • n.­1513
  • n.­1545
  • n.­1570
  • n.­1572
  • n.­1574
  • n.­1576
  • n.­1578
  • n.­1588
  • n.­1607
  • n.­1613
  • n.­1618-1620
  • n.­1622-1623
  • n.­1629
  • n.­1635
  • n.­1637
  • n.­1641
  • n.­1657
  • n.­1677
  • n.­1689
  • n.­1701
  • n.­1723
  • n.­1726-1727
  • n.­1729
  • n.­1734
  • n.­1744
  • n.­1755
  • n.­1757
  • n.­1760
  • n.­1763
  • n.­1767
  • n.­1773
  • n.­1814
  • n.­1823
  • n.­1831
  • n.­1833
  • n.­1838-1839
  • n.­1841-1843
  • n.­1876
  • n.­1878
  • n.­1880
  • n.­1882
  • n.­1886
  • n.­1892
  • n.­1896
  • n.­1902
  • n.­1906
  • n.­1912
  • n.­1920-1921
  • n.­1931-1932
  • n.­1970
g.­321

suchness

Wylie:
  • de bzhin nyid
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • tathātva
  • tathatā

The quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Also rendered here as tathatā and true reality, or simply reality.

Located in 250 passages in the translation:

  • i.­55
  • i.­61
  • i.­69
  • i.­76
  • i.­78-79
  • i.­110
  • i.­112
  • 1.­58
  • 1.­63-64
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­93
  • 1.­208
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­6-7
  • 3.­12
  • 4.­15-16
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­49
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­112
  • 4.­159-160
  • 4.­162-163
  • 4.­276
  • 4.­280
  • 4.­313
  • 4.­433
  • 4.­436
  • 4.­455-458
  • 4.­467
  • 4.­510-511
  • 4.­513-515
  • 4.­522-524
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­545
  • 4.­547
  • 4.­550
  • 4.­559
  • 4.­628
  • 4.­631
  • 4.­642-643
  • 4.­686
  • 4.­690
  • 4.­719
  • 4.­737
  • 4.­777
  • 4.­781
  • 4.­797
  • 4.­814
  • 4.­910
  • 4.­914
  • 4.­1025
  • 4.­1036
  • 4.­1043
  • 4.­1045-1049
  • 4.­1054
  • 4.­1070-1071
  • 4.­1087
  • 4.­1093
  • 4.­1124
  • 4.­1148-1152
  • 4.­1157
  • 4.­1164-1165
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1194
  • 4.­1199
  • 4.­1215-1217
  • 4.­1251
  • 4.­1268
  • 4.­1277
  • 4.­1283
  • 4.­1285
  • 4.­1287
  • 4.­1292
  • 4.­1310
  • 4.­1313
  • 4.­1315
  • 4.­1318
  • 4.­1320
  • 4.­1326
  • 4.­1333-1334
  • 4.­1340
  • 5.­44-45
  • 5.­107
  • 5.­115
  • 5.­117
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­183
  • 5.­194-196
  • 5.­221
  • 5.­241
  • 5.­286
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­321-322
  • 5.­346-347
  • 5.­398
  • 5.­402
  • 5.­433
  • 5.­464-465
  • 5.­484
  • 5.­489
  • 5.­499-502
  • 5.­504
  • 5.­510
  • 5.­523
  • 5.­547-548
  • 5.­550
  • 5.­562
  • 5.­576
  • 5.­578-579
  • 5.­583-585
  • 5.­587-592
  • 5.­594
  • 5.­596-598
  • 5.­602-603
  • 5.­609
  • 5.­613
  • 5.­625-626
  • 5.­630
  • 5.­634-636
  • 5.­648
  • 5.­656
  • 5.­676-677
  • 5.­729
  • 5.­850
  • 5.­909
  • 5.­931-934
  • 5.­966-969
  • 5.­971
  • 5.­973
  • 5.­1004
  • 5.­1038
  • 5.­1045
  • 5.­1065
  • 5.­1067-1068
  • 5.­1070
  • 5.­1074
  • 5.­1096
  • 5.­1111
  • 5.­1143
  • 5.­1150
  • 5.­1152
  • 5.­1154
  • 5.­1161
  • 5.­1168
  • 5.­1172
  • 5.­1178-1180
  • 5.­1197-1198
  • 5.­1362
  • 5.­1364
  • 5.­1367-1368
  • 5.­1388
  • 5.­1390
  • 5.­1396
  • 5.­1452
  • 5.­1461
  • 5.­1476
  • 6.­51
  • 6.­58
  • 6.­64
  • n.­472
  • n.­525
  • n.­876
  • n.­979-980
  • n.­989-990
  • n.­1036
  • n.­1136
  • n.­1335
  • n.­1399
  • n.­1450
  • n.­1455
  • n.­1474-1475
  • n.­1509-1510
  • n.­1521
  • n.­1720-1721
  • g.­14
  • g.­66
  • g.­337
  • g.­365
g.­323

Sudharmā

Wylie:
  • chos bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudharmā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The assembly hall in the center of Sudarśana, the city in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three (Trāyastriṃśa). It has a central throne for Indra (Śakra) and thirty-two thrones arranged to its right and left for the other thirty-two devas that make up the eponymous thirty-three devas of Indra’s paradise. Indra’s own palace is to the north of this assembly hall.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­165
g.­324

sugata

Wylie:
  • bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the standard epithets of the buddhas. A recurrent explanation offers three different meanings for su- that are meant to show the special qualities of “accomplishment of one’s own purpose” (svārthasampad) for a complete buddha. Thus, the Sugata is “well” gone, as in the expression su-rūpa (“having a good form”); he is gone “in a way that he shall not come back,” as in the expression su-naṣṭa-jvara (“a fever that has utterly gone”); and he has gone “without any remainder” as in the expression su-pūrṇa-ghaṭa (“a pot that is completely full”). According to Buddhaghoṣa, the term means that the way the Buddha went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su) and where he went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su).

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­225-226
  • 5.­1013
  • 6.­101-102
g.­326

Śuklavipaśyanā level

Wylie:
  • dkar po rnam par mthong ba’i sa
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་པོ་རྣམ་པར་མཐོང་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • śuklavipaśyanābhūmi

Lit. “Bright Insight level.” The first of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. See “ten levels.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1133
  • 4.­1166
  • 4.­1186
  • 5.­955
  • g.­340
g.­327

Sumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1080
  • g.­135
  • g.­360
g.­329

Surendrabodhi

Wylie:
  • su ren+d+ra bo d+hi
Tibetan:
  • སུ་རེནྡྲ་བོ་དྷི།
Sanskrit:
  • surendrabodhi

An Indian paṇḍiṭa resident in Tibet during the late eighth and early ninth centuries.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­1
g.­330

sustained thought

Wylie:
  • dpyod pa
Tibetan:
  • དཔྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vicāra

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­150
  • 4.­911
  • 4.­922
  • 4.­925-927
  • 4.­929
  • 4.­992
  • 5.­391
  • 5.­458
  • n.­179
g.­331

sustaining power

Wylie:
  • byin gyi rlabs
  • byin gyis rlob
Tibetan:
  • བྱིན་གྱི་རླབས།
  • བྱིན་གྱིས་རློབ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhiṣṭhāna

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • i.­55
  • i.­95
  • 1.­53
  • 1.­123-124
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­142
  • 1.­145
  • 1.­178
  • 5.­110-111
  • 5.­117
  • 5.­1285
  • n.­85
  • g.­47
  • g.­212
g.­332

sūtra

Wylie:
  • mdo
Tibetan:
  • མདོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūtra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Sanskrit literally “a thread,” this is an ancient term for teachings that were memorized and orally transmitted in an essential form. Therefore, it can also mean “pithy statements,” “rules,” and “aphorisms.” In Buddhism it refers to the Buddha’s teachings, whatever their length. It is one of the three divisions of the Buddha’s teachings, the other two being Vinaya and Abhidharma. It is also used in contrast with the tantra teachings, though a number of important tantras have sūtra in their title. It is also classified as one of the nine or twelve aspects of the Dharma, in which context sūtra means “a teaching given in prose.”

Located in 96 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­3-4
  • i.­20
  • i.­23
  • i.­29
  • i.­44-45
  • i.­50
  • i.­55
  • i.­58
  • i.­63-64
  • i.­66
  • i.­81
  • i.­103-104
  • i.­107
  • i.­118
  • i.­121-122
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­48
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­89
  • 1.­99
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­136
  • 1.­139
  • 1.­149
  • 1.­157
  • 1.­160
  • 1.­206
  • 1.­212
  • 1.­217
  • 2.­17
  • 4.­400
  • 4.­761
  • 4.­763
  • 4.­817
  • 4.­994-995
  • 5.­424
  • 5.­437
  • 5.­439
  • 5.­1281
  • 6.­92
  • 6.­98
  • ap1.­1
  • n.­147
  • n.­185-186
  • n.­202
  • n.­205
  • n.­247
  • n.­352
  • n.­357
  • n.­380
  • n.­393
  • n.­403
  • n.­421
  • n.­527
  • n.­635
  • n.­640
  • n.­785
  • n.­889
  • n.­924
  • n.­948
  • n.­967
  • n.­989-990
  • n.­1095
  • n.­1258
  • n.­1316
  • n.­1432
  • n.­1457
  • n.­1519
  • n.­1524
  • n.­1526
  • n.­1591
  • n.­1642
  • n.­1647
  • n.­1707
  • n.­1711
  • n.­1753
  • n.­1759
  • n.­1770
  • n.­1843
  • n.­1865
  • n.­1896
  • n.­1912
  • n.­1914
  • n.­1933
  • g.­272
  • g.­280
g.­333

svastika

Wylie:
  • bkra shis
Tibetan:
  • བཀྲ་ཤིས།
Sanskrit:
  • svastika

A symbol of auspiciousness and good fortune that adorns the palms of the hands and soles of the feet of the buddhas. Together with the śrīvatsa and the nandyāvarta, it is included in the eightieth minor sign.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­156
  • 5.­1281
  • n.­1780
  • g.­312
g.­334

Tanū level

Wylie:
  • bsrabs pa’i sa
Tibetan:
  • བསྲབས་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • tanūbhūmi

Lit. “Refinement level.” The fifth of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. It is equivalent to the level of a once-returner. See “ten levels.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­208
  • 4.­1137
  • 5.­959
  • 5.­1022
  • n.­216
  • g.­340
g.­335

tathāgata

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha­(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 245 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­40
  • i.­55
  • i.­95
  • i.­97
  • i.­114
  • 1.­6-8
  • 1.­12
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­20
  • 1.­77
  • 1.­82
  • 1.­96-97
  • 1.­103-104
  • 1.­106
  • 1.­109
  • 1.­123-125
  • 1.­127
  • 1.­131
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­141
  • 1.­146
  • 1.­149
  • 1.­151-152
  • 1.­154
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­159-160
  • 1.­173
  • 1.­176-177
  • 1.­181
  • 1.­191
  • 1.­194
  • 1.­197-199
  • 1.­203
  • 1.­206
  • 1.­208
  • 1.­210-211
  • 1.­222-223
  • 3.­4
  • 4.­10
  • 4.­71
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­97-98
  • 4.­139
  • 4.­174
  • 4.­177
  • 4.­223
  • 4.­332
  • 4.­377
  • 4.­402
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­518
  • 4.­693
  • 4.­699
  • 4.­701
  • 4.­802
  • 4.­814
  • 4.­907
  • 4.­972
  • 4.­975
  • 4.­989
  • 4.­994
  • 4.­1004
  • 4.­1012-1014
  • 4.­1017-1021
  • 4.­1023-1025
  • 4.­1033
  • 4.­1230
  • 4.­1317
  • 4.­1322
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­5
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­64
  • 5.­69
  • 5.­72
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­110-114
  • 5.­116
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­130-131
  • 5.­144
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­165
  • 5.­167-168
  • 5.­175
  • 5.­177
  • 5.­231
  • 5.­279
  • 5.­295
  • 5.­370
  • 5.­437
  • 5.­441
  • 5.­463
  • 5.­465
  • 5.­467
  • 5.­470
  • 5.­473
  • 5.­476-477
  • 5.­484
  • 5.­489
  • 5.­497
  • 5.­508-511
  • 5.­514
  • 5.­516
  • 5.­518
  • 5.­583-585
  • 5.­589-592
  • 5.­594-596
  • 5.­598-599
  • 5.­603
  • 5.­607
  • 5.­635
  • 5.­677
  • 5.­756-760
  • 5.­766
  • 5.­825
  • 5.­848
  • 5.­857
  • 5.­881
  • 5.­891
  • 5.­894
  • 5.­902
  • 5.­913
  • 5.­915-916
  • 5.­919
  • 5.­947
  • 5.­1059
  • 5.­1062
  • 5.­1066-1067
  • 5.­1070
  • 5.­1132-1134
  • 5.­1141
  • 5.­1145
  • 5.­1159-1160
  • 5.­1170
  • 5.­1178-1179
  • 5.­1236
  • 5.­1270
  • 5.­1272
  • 5.­1282
  • 5.­1293
  • 5.­1311
  • 5.­1353
  • 5.­1382
  • 5.­1408
  • 5.­1435
  • 5.­1469
  • 5.­1472
  • 5.­1483
  • 5.­1486
  • 6.­48
  • 6.­92
  • 6.­98-99
  • n.­45
  • n.­50
  • n.­249-250
  • n.­295
  • n.­338
  • n.­358
  • n.­434
  • n.­869
  • n.­876
  • n.­1079
  • n.­1136
  • n.­1335
  • n.­1377
  • n.­1398
  • n.­1402
  • n.­1405
  • n.­1409
  • n.­1455
  • n.­1524
  • n.­1546
  • n.­1562
  • n.­1689-1690
  • n.­1720-1721
  • n.­1755
  • n.­1777
  • n.­1875
  • n.­1912
  • n.­1915
  • n.­1929
  • g.­239
  • g.­248
  • g.­254
  • g.­336
  • g.­342
  • g.­356
g.­336

tathāgata­garbha

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata­garbha

The term tathāgata­garbha means “matrix of the tathāgata,” “pregnant with a Realized One,” “womb or seed of a Realized One,” “containing a buddha,” “having buddha nature,” and so on. It is commonly known as buddha-nature, the potential for buddhahood, present in every sentient being.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­4
  • 4.­88-89
  • 4.­100
  • 4.­126
  • 4.­162
  • 4.­1121
  • 5.­187
  • n.­249
  • n.­302
  • g.­194
g.­337

tathatā

Wylie:
  • de bzhin nyid
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • tathatā

See “suchness.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95
  • 3.­4
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­433
  • 5.­112
  • n.­472
  • n.­876
  • n.­1136
  • n.­1335
  • n.­1399
  • n.­1509
  • n.­1720
  • g.­321
g.­338

tattva

Wylie:
  • de kho na nyid
Tibetan:
  • དེ་ཁོ་ན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • tattva

Also rended here as “true reality.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • n.­537
  • n.­1917
g.­339

ten bodhisattva levels

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’i sa bcu
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśa­bodhi­sattva­bhūmi

In this text, two sets of ten levels are mentioned. One set pertains to the progress of an individual practitioner who, starting from the level of an ordinary person, sequentially follows the path of a śrāvaka, a pratyekabuddha, and then a bodhisattva on their way to complete buddhahood (see “ten levels” for a detailed explanation of this set).

The other set is more common in Mahāyāna literature, although there are variations, and refers to the ten levels traversed by an individual practitioner who has already become a bodhisattva: (1) Pramuditā (Joyful), in which one rejoices at realizing a partial aspect of the truth; (2) Vimalā (Stainless), in which one is free from all defilement; (3) Prabhākarī (Light Maker), in which one radiates the light of wisdom; (4) Arciṣmatī (Radiant), in which the radiant flame of wisdom burns away earthly desires; (5) Sudurjayā (Invincible), in which one surmounts the illusions of darkness, or ignorance, as the Middle Way; (6) Abhimukhī (Directly Witnessed), in which supreme wisdom begins to manifest; (7) Dūraṃgamā (Far Reaching), in which one rises above the states of the lower vehicles of srāvakas and pratyekabuddhas; (8) Acalā (Immovable), in which one dwells firmly in the truth of the Middle Way and cannot be perturbed by anything; (9) Sādhumatī (Auspicious Intellect), in which one preaches the Dharma unimpededly; and (10) Dharmameghā (Cloud of Dharma), in which one benefits all sentient beings with Dharma, just as a cloud rains impartially upon everything.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­85
  • 4.­1092
  • 4.­1186
  • 5.­874
  • n.­1205
  • n.­1556
  • n.­1696
  • g.­2
  • g.­24
  • g.­67
  • g.­249
  • g.­271
  • g.­340
  • g.­384
g.­340

ten levels

Wylie:
  • sa bcu
Tibetan:
  • ས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśabhūmi

In this text, two sets of ten levels are mentioned. One set refers to the standard list of ten levels most commonly found in the general Mahāyāna literature; for a detailed explanation of this set, see ten bodhisattva levels. The other set, common to Prajñāpāramitā literature, charts the progress of an individual practitioner who, starting from the level of an ordinary person, sequentially follows the path of a śrāvaka, pratyekabuddha, and then a bodhisattva on their way to complete buddhahood.

The first three levels pertain to an ordinary person preparing themselves for the path; the next four (4-7) chart the path of a śrāvaka; level eight aligns with the practices of a pratyekabuddha; level nine refers to the path of bodhisattvas; and finally, level ten is the attainment of buddhahood. These ten levels comprise (1) the level of Śuklavipaśyanā, (2) the level of Gotra, (3) the level of Aṣṭamaka, (4) the level of Darśana, (5) the level of Tanū, (6) the level of Vītarāga, (7) the level of Kṛtāvin, (8) the Pratyekabuddha level, (9) the Bodhisattva level, and (10) the Buddha level of perfect awakening.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­74
  • 4.­1092
  • 4.­1186
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­658
  • n.­219
  • g.­17
  • g.­24
  • g.­28
  • g.­53
  • g.­161
  • g.­191
  • g.­251
  • g.­326
  • g.­334
  • g.­339
  • g.­386
g.­341

ten perfections

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa bcu
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśapāramitā

This comprises the most common six perfections to which are added the four perfections of skillful means, prayer, power, and knowledge.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • g.­190
  • g.­248
  • g.­252
g.­342

ten powers

Wylie:
  • stobs bcu
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśabala

A category of the distinctive qualities of a tathāgata. They are knowing what is possible and what is impossible; knowing the results of actions or the ripening of karma; knowing the various inclinations of sentient beings; knowing the various elements; knowing the supreme and lesser faculties of sentient beings; knowing the paths that lead to all destinations of rebirth; knowing the concentrations, liberations, absorptions, equilibriums, afflictions, purifications, and abidings; knowing previous lives; knowing the death and rebirth of sentient beings; and knowing the cessation of the defilements. See also “five powers.”

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­84
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­91
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­517
  • 4.­787
  • 4.­1209
  • 5.­418
  • 5.­463
  • 5.­606
  • n.­147
  • n.­158
  • n.­356
  • n.­434
  • n.­740
  • n.­1241
  • n.­1311
  • g.­29
  • g.­120
  • g.­248
  • g.­343
g.­344

ten unwholesome actions

Wylie:
  • mi dge ba’i las kyi lam bcu
  • mi dge ba bcu’i las kyi lam
Tibetan:
  • མི་དགེ་བའི་ལས་ཀྱི་ལམ་བཅུ།
  • མི་དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས་ཀྱི་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśākuśala­karma­patha

There are three physical unwholesome or nonvirtuous actions: killing, stealing, and illicit sex. There are four verbal nonvirtues: lying, backbiting, insulting, and babbling nonsense. And three mental nonvirtues: coveting, malice, and wrong view‍.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­187
  • 4.­477
  • 5.­634
  • n.­128
  • g.­345
  • g.­395
g.­345

ten wholesome actions

Wylie:
  • dge ba bcu’i las
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • daśa­kuśala­karman

These are the opposite of the ten unwholesome actions. There are three physical virtues: saving lives, giving, and sexual propriety. There are four verbal virtues: truthfulness, reconciling discussions, gentle speech, and religious speech. There are three mental virtues: a loving attitude, a generous attitude, and right views.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­254
  • 4.­374
  • 4.­477
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­178
  • 5.­235
  • 5.­634
g.­346

thirty-seven dharmas on the side of awakening

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos sum cu rtsa bdun
  • byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos rnams
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་བདུན།
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་རྣམས།
Sanskrit:
  • sapta­triṃśad­bodhi­pakṣa­dharma

The thirty-seven dharmas on the side of awakening describe the oldest common path of Buddhism, the path of the śrāvakas: the four applications of mindfulness, the four right efforts, the four legs of miraculous power, the five faculties, the five powers, the eightfold noble path, and the seven limbs of awakening.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­53
  • 1.­69
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­1209
  • 5.­1002
  • n.­790
  • n.­796
  • n.­798
  • n.­1311
  • n.­1607
  • g.­68
  • g.­103
  • g.­107
  • g.­120
g.­347

thoroughly established

Wylie:
  • yongs su grub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pariniṣpanna

One of the three natures. Also rendered as “final outcome.”

Located in 118 passages in the translation:

  • i.­61
  • i.­76
  • i.­78
  • i.­89
  • i.­103
  • i.­114
  • i.­118
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­62
  • 1.­68
  • 3.­9
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­110
  • 4.­112
  • 4.­126
  • 4.­159
  • 4.­162
  • 4.­196-197
  • 4.­199
  • 4.­205-206
  • 4.­213
  • 4.­409
  • 4.­465
  • 4.­467
  • 4.­487
  • 4.­511-521
  • 4.­531
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­545
  • 4.­547
  • 4.­551
  • 4.­569
  • 4.­608
  • 4.­619
  • 4.­628
  • 4.­642
  • 4.­719
  • 4.­737
  • 4.­741
  • 4.­778
  • 4.­784
  • 4.­813
  • 4.­888-892
  • 4.­1147
  • 4.­1154-1156
  • 4.­1163
  • 4.­1175
  • 4.­1177-1178
  • 4.­1243
  • 4.­1250
  • 4.­1253
  • 4.­1268
  • 4.­1276
  • 4.­1284-1285
  • 4.­1292
  • 4.­1325
  • 4.­1357
  • 5.­60
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­172
  • 5.­260
  • 5.­271
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­288-289
  • 5.­314
  • 5.­365
  • 5.­369
  • 5.­453
  • 5.­493
  • 5.­498
  • 5.­518
  • 5.­545
  • 5.­586
  • 5.­603
  • 5.­607
  • 5.­934
  • 5.­970
  • 5.­972
  • 5.­1029
  • 5.­1048
  • 5.­1096
  • 5.­1200
  • 5.­1204
  • 5.­1355
  • 5.­1368
  • 5.­1454
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­63
  • n.­93
  • n.­95
  • n.­304
  • n.­562
  • n.­1646
  • g.­352
g.­348

thought of awakening

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi sems
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhicitta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In the general Mahāyāna teachings the mind of awakening (bodhicitta) is the intention to attain the complete awakening of a perfect buddha for the sake of all beings. On the level of absolute truth, the mind of awakening is the realization of the awakened state itself.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • i.­27
  • i.­64
  • i.­108
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­183
  • 4.­92
  • 4.­101
  • 4.­486
  • 4.­735-736
  • 4.­1022
  • 5.­12
  • 5.­37
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­43-44
  • 5.­207-208
  • 5.­791
  • 5.­1143
  • n.­162
  • n.­968
  • n.­1213
g.­351

Three Jewels

Wylie:
  • dkon mchog gsum
Tibetan:
  • དཀོན་མཆོག་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • triratna

The Three Jewels are the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­335
  • 4.­1022
  • 5.­918
  • n.­1891
g.­352

three natures

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin gsum
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • trisvabhāva

The three natures provide a full description of a phenomenon, namely: the imaginary (Skt. parikalpita, Tib. kun brtags), the dependent or other-powered (Skt. paratantra, Tib. gzhan dbang), and the thoroughly established or final outcome (Skt. pariniṣpanna, Tib. yongs su grub pa); alternatively, they are imaginary, conceptualized (Skt. vikalpita, Tib. rnam par brtags pa), and true dharmic nature (Skt. dharmatā, Tib. chos nyid). This terminology is characteristic of Yogācāra discourse.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­44
  • i.­61
  • i.­65
  • i.­118
  • 6.­42
  • 6.­57
  • n.­80
  • n.­1960
  • g.­40
  • g.­56
  • g.­173
  • g.­235
  • g.­347
g.­353

three realms

Wylie:
  • khams gsum
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tridhātu

The desire realm, form realm, and formless realm.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • i.­86
  • 1.­20
  • 1.­58
  • 1.­93
  • 1.­214
  • 1.­216
  • 3.­9
  • 4.­12
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­44
  • 4.­472
  • 4.­768
  • 4.­796
  • 4.­890
  • 4.­983
  • 4.­1140-1141
  • 4.­1149
  • 4.­1183
  • 5.­35
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­369
  • 5.­1145
  • 5.­1253
  • 5.­1458
  • 6.­94
  • n.­223
  • n.­277
  • n.­1241
g.­355

three sufferings

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal gsum
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • triduḥkha

These are (1) actual suffering, (2) apparently pleasurable states that end up in a suffering state, and (3) in general, states activated and sustained by the force of earlier actions motivated by self-centeredness.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1269
  • 5.­16
g.­356

three types of omniscience

Wylie:
  • thams cad mkhyen pa nyid gsum po
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ་ཉིད་གསུམ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • trisarvajñatva

The three types of omniscience, as described in this text, are the all-knowledge of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas; the knowledge of path aspects of bodhisattva great beings; and the knowledge of all aspects which pertain to the tathāgatas. These are explained in detail in 63.­174.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­765
  • 5.­769
g.­357

three vehicles

Wylie:
  • theg pa gsum
Tibetan:
  • ཐེག་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • triyāna

The three vehicles (yāna) are the Śrāvaka, Pratyekabuddha, and Great (mahā) Vehicles.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­52
  • i.­64
  • i.­110
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­98
  • 2.­12
  • 4.­68-69
  • 4.­179
  • 4.­364
  • 4.­474
  • 4.­500
  • 4.­716
  • 4.­1033
  • 4.­1185
  • 4.­1333
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­129
  • 5.­171
  • 5.­755
  • 5.­1129
g.­358

tīrthika

Wylie:
  • mu stegs can
Tibetan:
  • མུ་སྟེགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • tīrthika

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Those of other religious or philosophical orders, contemporary with the early Buddhist order, including Jains, Jaṭilas, Ājīvikas, and Cārvākas. Tīrthika (“forder”) literally translates as “one belonging to or associated with (possessive suffix –ika) stairs for landing or for descent into a river,” or “a bathing place,” or “a place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams” (Monier-Williams). The term may have originally referred to temple priests at river crossings or fords where travelers propitiated a deity before crossing. The Sanskrit term seems to have undergone metonymic transfer in referring to those able to ford the turbulent river of saṃsāra (as in the Jain tīrthaṅkaras, “ford makers”), and it came to be used in Buddhist sources to refer to teachers of rival religious traditions. The Sanskrit term is closely rendered by the Tibetan mu stegs pa: “those on the steps (stegs pa) at the edge (mu).”

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­80
  • 1.­88
  • 1.­174
  • 1.­191
  • 4.­107
  • 4.­113
  • 4.­430
  • 4.­1185
  • 5.­480
  • 5.­1286
  • n.­190
g.­359

transcendental knowledge

Wylie:
  • ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

This term denotes the mode of awareness of a realized being. Although all sentient beings possess the potential for actualizing transcendental knowledge within their mind streams, mental obscurations make them appear instead as aspects of mundane consciousness.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­10
  • 4.­574
  • 5.­92
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­233
  • 5.­425
  • 5.­517-518
  • n.­1120
  • n.­1404
g.­360

Trāyastriṃśa

Wylie:
  • sum cu rtsa gsum
  • sum cu rtsa gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ།
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • trāyastriṃśa
  • trayastriṃśa

Lit. “Thirty-Three.” It is the second of the six heavens in the desire realm; also the name of the gods living there. The paradise of Śatakratu on the summit of Sumeru where there are thirty-three leading deities, hence the name.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1009
  • g.­375
g.­363

true dharmic nature

Wylie:
  • chos nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmatā

See “true nature of dharmas.”

Located in 95 passages in the translation:

  • i.­61
  • i.­78
  • 4.­42
  • 4.­110-112
  • 4.­257
  • 4.­276
  • 4.­280
  • 4.­285-286
  • 4.­296
  • 4.­306
  • 4.­308
  • 4.­319
  • 4.­482
  • 4.­533-534
  • 4.­542
  • 4.­545-550
  • 4.­569
  • 4.­608
  • 4.­672
  • 4.­685
  • 4.­692
  • 4.­697
  • 4.­702
  • 4.­734
  • 4.­741
  • 4.­893
  • 4.­1253
  • 4.­1279
  • 4.­1283-1284
  • 4.­1286
  • 4.­1288
  • 4.­1291
  • 4.­1305
  • 4.­1310
  • 4.­1343
  • 5.­45-46
  • 5.­60
  • 5.­73
  • 5.­112
  • 5.­115-116
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­285
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­310
  • 5.­355
  • 5.­467-468
  • 5.­524
  • 5.­575
  • 5.­582
  • 5.­599
  • 5.­761-762
  • 5.­881
  • 5.­920
  • 5.­935
  • 5.­1060
  • 5.­1084
  • 5.­1094
  • 5.­1136
  • 5.­1354
  • 5.­1360-1361
  • 5.­1474
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­42
  • 6.­44-45
  • 6.­48
  • 6.­56
  • 6.­58
  • 6.­63-64
  • n.­314
  • n.­403
  • n.­538
  • n.­561
  • n.­1945
  • n.­1966
  • n.­1975
  • g.­352
g.­364

true nature of dharmas

Wylie:
  • chos nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmatā

“True nature of dharmas” renders dharmatā (chos nyid). In dharmatā the -tā ending is the English “-ness.” The dharma is an attribute of a dharmin (an “attribute possessor”). The attribute is the ultimate, emptiness. The attribute possessors are all phenomena. So, it means “the true nature [= -ness] of the attribute [emptiness].” The issue is further complicated by the widespread use of the word dharma as phenomenon (as in “all dharmas”) and so on. In such contexts it is not a word for the ultimate attribute, but for any phenomenon.

Also rendered here as “true dharmic nature” and simply as dharmatā.

Located in 73 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95
  • 1.­124
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­497
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­516
  • 4.­518
  • 4.­525
  • 4.­532
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­537
  • 4.­539
  • 4.­549
  • 4.­556
  • 4.­606
  • 4.­608
  • 4.­702
  • 4.­741
  • 4.­766
  • 4.­802
  • 4.­814
  • 4.­1011
  • 4.­1027
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1217
  • 4.­1244
  • 4.­1258
  • 4.­1284
  • 4.­1286
  • 4.­1293
  • 4.­1309
  • 5.­61-66
  • 5.­95
  • 5.­112-114
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­168
  • 5.­183
  • 5.­188
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­263
  • 5.­271
  • 5.­286
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­314
  • 5.­346
  • 5.­361
  • 5.­467
  • 5.­604-605
  • 5.­607
  • 5.­921
  • 5.­948
  • 5.­1135
  • 5.­1435-1436
  • 5.­1474
  • 6.­63-64
  • n.­542
  • n.­1032
  • n.­1036
  • n.­1098
  • n.­1689
  • g.­69
  • g.­104
  • g.­363
g.­365

true reality

Wylie:
  • de bzhin nyid
  • de kho na
  • yang dag pa
  • de nyid
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
  • དེ་ཁོ་ན།
  • ཡང་དག་པ།
  • དེ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • tathatā

See “suchness.”

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • i.­76
  • i.­106
  • i.­108
  • i.­110
  • i.­118
  • 4.­430
  • 4.­512
  • 4.­520
  • 4.­557-558
  • 4.­882
  • 4.­889-890
  • 4.­954
  • 4.­1170
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­56
  • 5.­183
  • 5.­192
  • 5.­479
  • 5.­578
  • 5.­611
  • 5.­1053
  • 5.­1058
  • 5.­1198-1199
  • 5.­1202
  • 6.­33
  • n.­537
  • n.­799
  • n.­1064
  • n.­1729
  • n.­1731
  • n.­1917
  • g.­321
  • g.­338
g.­366

Tuṣita

Wylie:
  • dga’ ldan
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • tuṣita

Lit. “The Contented.” The fourth of the six heavens of the desire realm; also the name of the gods living there. It is the paradise in which the Buddha Śākyamuni lived as the tenth level bodhisattva Śvetaketu (dam pa tog dkar po) and regent, prior to his birth in this world, and where all future buddhas dwell prior to their awakening. At present the regent of Tuṣita is the bodhisattva Maitreya, the future buddha.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 4.­323
  • 4.­342
  • 5.­532
  • n.­140
  • n.­426
g.­367

twelve aspects of the wheel of Dharma

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’khor lo rnam pa bcu gnyis
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་རྣམ་པ་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The classification of all aspects of the Buddha’s teachings into twelve types: sūtra, geya, vyākaraṇa, gāthā, udāna, nidāna, avadāna, itivṛttaka, jātaka, vaipulya, adbhutadharma, and upadeśa.

Respectively, the sūtras, literally “threads,” does not mean entire texts as in the general meaning of sūtra but the prose passages within texts; the geyas are the verse versions of preceding prose passages; the vyākaraṇas are prophecies; the gāthās are stand-alone verses; the udānas are teachings not given in response to a request; the nidānas are the introductory sections; the avadānas are accounts of the previous lives of individuals who were alive at the time of the Buddha; the itivṛttakas are biographies of buddhas and bodhisattvas in the past; the jātakas are the Buddha’s accounts of his own previous lifetimes; the vaipulyas are teachings that expand upon a certain subject; the adbhutadharmas are descriptions of miracles; and the upadeśas are explanations of terms and categories.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­248
  • g.­254
g.­368

twelve links of dependent origination

Wylie:
  • rten cing ’brel bar ’byung ba yan lag bcu gnyis pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟེན་ཅིང་འབྲེལ་བར་འབྱུང་བ་ཡན་ལག་བཅུ་གཉིས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dvādaśāṅga­pratītya­samutpāda

The twelve causal links that perpetuate life in saṃsāra, starting with ignorance and ending with death.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­454
  • 4.­471-472
  • 4.­476
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1217
  • n.­49
  • n.­51
  • n.­392
  • n.­982
  • n.­1067
  • n.­1318
  • n.­1887
  • g.­44
  • g.­105
  • g.­218
  • g.­301
  • g.­387
g.­369

twelve sense fields

Wylie:
  • skye mched bcu gnyis
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit:
  • dvādaśāyatana

These comprise the inner six sense fields and the outer six sense fields.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­454
  • g.­288
g.­371

unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening

Wylie:
  • bla na med pa yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan:
  • བླ་ན་མེད་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • anuttarasamyaksaṃbodhi

The complete awakening of a buddha, as opposed to the attainments of arhats and pratyekabuddhas.

Located in 78 passages in the translation:

  • i.­111
  • i.­120
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­158
  • 1.­191
  • 1.­223-224
  • 1.­226
  • 1.­228
  • 4.­172
  • 4.­242
  • 4.­327
  • 4.­487
  • 4.­496
  • 4.­595
  • 4.­607
  • 4.­748
  • 4.­971
  • 5.­8-9
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­213-214
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­252
  • 5.­376
  • 5.­512
  • 5.­542
  • 5.­609
  • 5.­615
  • 5.­621
  • 5.­624-625
  • 5.­627
  • 5.­655
  • 5.­657-658
  • 5.­666
  • 5.­668
  • 5.­673
  • 5.­786
  • 5.­828
  • 5.­871
  • 5.­899
  • 5.­901
  • 5.­903
  • 5.­912
  • 5.­949-951
  • 5.­953-954
  • 5.­1016
  • 5.­1041-1042
  • 5.­1045
  • 5.­1070
  • 5.­1086
  • 5.­1132
  • 5.­1242
  • 5.­1405
  • 5.­1423
  • 6.­92
  • 6.­100
  • 6.­102
  • n.­1415
  • n.­1472
  • n.­1492
  • n.­1539
  • n.­1561
  • n.­1607
  • n.­1629
  • n.­1631
  • n.­1764
  • n.­1773
  • n.­1856
g.­372

ūrṇā

Wylie:
  • mdzod spu
  • smin mtshams kyi mdzod spu
Tibetan:
  • མཛོད་སྤུ།
  • སྨིན་མཚམས་ཀྱི་མཛོད་སྤུ།
Sanskrit:
  • ūrṇākośa
  • ūrṇā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the thirty-two marks of a great being. It consists of a soft, long, fine, coiled white hair between the eyebrows capable of emitting an intense bright light. Literally, the Sanskrit ūrṇā means “wool hair,” and kośa means “treasure.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­1318
g.­373

uṣṇīṣa

Wylie:
  • gtsug tor
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit:
  • uṣṇīṣa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the thirty-two signs, or major marks, of a great being. In its simplest form it is a pointed shape of the head like a turban (the Sanskrit term, uṣṇīṣa, in fact means “turban”), or more elaborately a dome-shaped extension. The extension is described as having various extraordinary attributes such as emitting and absorbing rays of light or reaching an immense height.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1327
  • 5.­1329
  • n.­1807
g.­375

Vaijayanta

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgyal ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaijayanta

The palace of Śatakratu in the heaven of Trāyastriṃśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­450
g.­376

Vajrapāṇi

Wylie:
  • lag na rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • ལག་ན་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrapāṇi

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Vajrapāṇi means “Wielder of the Vajra.” In the Pali canon, he appears as a yakṣa guardian in the retinue of the Buddha. In the Mahāyāna scriptures he is a bodhisattva and one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha.” In the tantras, he is also regarded as an important Buddhist deity and instrumental in the transmission of tantric scriptures.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • n.­1505
g.­377

vajropama

Wylie:
  • rdo rje lta bu
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajropama

Lit. “diamond-like.” Name of a meditative stabilization.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­126-127
  • 4.­171
  • 4.­379
  • 5.­1223
g.­379

Vasubandhu

Wylie:
  • dbyig gnyen
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • vasubandhu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A great fourth-century scholar and author, half-brother and pupil of Asaṅga and an important author of the Yogācāra tradition.

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­2
  • i.­9
  • i.­14-16
  • i.­19
  • i.­21-27
  • i.­30-31
  • i.­34-36
  • i.­39-44
  • n.­25
  • n.­27
  • n.­91
  • n.­250
  • n.­288
  • n.­352
  • n.­428
  • n.­819
  • n.­889
  • n.­966
  • n.­1353-1355
g.­381

venerable

Wylie:
  • tshe dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āyuṣmat

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A respectful form of address between monks, and also between lay companions of equal standing. It literally means “one who has a [long] life.”

Located in 108 passages in the translation:

  • i.­58
  • i.­93
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­202-203
  • 2.­17
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­186
  • 4.­234
  • 4.­248
  • 4.­251
  • 4.­403
  • 4.­489-491
  • 4.­493-495
  • 4.­593-595
  • 4.­603
  • 4.­605-608
  • 4.­612
  • 4.­614
  • 4.­632
  • 4.­634
  • 4.­660
  • 4.­735-736
  • 4.­739
  • 4.­744-745
  • 4.­758
  • 4.­760-762
  • 4.­769-771
  • 4.­784
  • 4.­1233
  • 4.­1248
  • 4.­1251-1253
  • 4.­1262
  • 4.­1266
  • 4.­1268
  • 4.­1294
  • 4.­1301
  • 4.­1303-1304
  • 4.­1306-1307
  • 4.­1312
  • 4.­1314
  • 4.­1316-1317
  • 4.­1320-1321
  • 4.­1323-1328
  • 4.­1331
  • 4.­1333-1335
  • 4.­1337-1340
  • 4.­1342-1343
  • 4.­1361
  • 5.­78
  • 5.­90-91
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­108
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­210-211
  • 5.­213
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­252
  • 5.­625-626
  • 5.­980-981
  • 5.­985-986
  • 5.­989-993
  • n.­217
  • n.­683
  • n.­1013
  • n.­1970
g.­382

very limit of reality

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i mtha’
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūtakoṭi

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

This term has three meanings: (1) the ultimate nature, (2) the experience of the ultimate nature, and (3) the quiescent state of a worthy one (arhat) to be avoided by bodhisattvas.

Located in 49 passages in the translation:

  • i.­117
  • 4.­52-53
  • 4.­162
  • 4.­398
  • 4.­436
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­520
  • 4.­529
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­567
  • 4.­571
  • 4.­580
  • 4.­593
  • 4.­1031
  • 4.­1183
  • 4.­1200-1201
  • 4.­1217
  • 5.­197
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­485
  • 5.­608
  • 5.­611
  • 5.­615
  • 5.­730
  • 5.­850
  • 5.­868
  • 5.­1006
  • 5.­1015
  • 5.­1062
  • 5.­1097
  • 5.­1148
  • 5.­1362
  • 5.­1364
  • 5.­1394-1397
  • 6.­52
  • 6.­92
  • n.­407
  • n.­556
  • n.­980
  • n.­1492
  • n.­1521
  • n.­1526
  • n.­1550-1551
g.­384

Vimalā

Wylie:
  • dri ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalā

Lit. “Stainless.” The second level of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten bodhisattva levels.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­81
  • 4.­985
  • n.­106
  • g.­339
g.­386

Vītarāga level

Wylie:
  • ’dod chags dang bral ba’i sa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་ཆགས་དང་བྲལ་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • vītarāgabhūmi

Lit. “Desireless level.” The sixth of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. It is equivalent to the level of non-returner. See “ten levels.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­208
  • 4.­1138
  • 5.­960
  • g.­340
g.­387

volitional factors

Wylie:
  • ’du byed
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃskāra

Fourth of the five aggregates and the second of the twelve links of dependent origination. These are the formative factors, mental volitions, and other supporting factors that perpetuate future saṃsāric existence.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­22
  • 1.­26
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­186
  • 4.­204
  • 4.­278
  • 4.­281
  • 4.­284
  • 4.­448
  • 4.­541
  • 4.­580
  • 4.­624
  • 4.­678
  • 4.­691
  • 4.­693
  • 4.­702
  • 4.­1258
  • 4.­1293
  • 5.­42
  • 5.­298
  • 5.­302
  • 5.­306
  • 5.­392
  • 5.­1233
  • n.­53
  • n.­57
  • n.­842
  • n.­1113
  • n.­1387
  • n.­1579
  • n.­1957
  • g.­4
g.­388

wheel-turning emperor

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravartin

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An ideal monarch or emperor who, as the result of the merit accumulated in previous lifetimes, rules over a vast realm in accordance with the Dharma. Such a monarch is called a cakravartin because he bears a wheel (cakra) that rolls (vartate) across the earth, bringing all lands and kingdoms under his power. The cakravartin conquers his territory without causing harm, and his activity causes beings to enter the path of wholesome actions. According to Vasubandhu’s Abhidharmakośa, just as with the buddhas, only one cakravartin appears in a world system at any given time. They are likewise endowed with the thirty-two major marks of a great being (mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇa), but a cakravartin’s marks are outshined by those of a buddha. They possess seven precious objects: the wheel, the elephant, the horse, the wish-fulfilling gem, the queen, the general, and the minister. An illustrative passage about the cakravartin and his possessions can be found in The Play in Full (Toh 95), 3.3–3.13.

Vasubandhu lists four types of cakravartins: (1) the cakravartin with a golden wheel (suvarṇacakravartin) rules over four continents and is invited by lesser kings to be their ruler; (2) the cakravartin with a silver wheel (rūpyacakravartin) rules over three continents and his opponents submit to him as he approaches; (3) the cakravartin with a copper wheel (tāmracakravartin) rules over two continents and his opponents submit themselves after preparing for battle; and (4) the cakravartin with an iron wheel (ayaścakravartin) rules over one continent and his opponents submit themselves after brandishing weapons.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­113
  • 1.­69
  • 4.­367-368
  • 4.­968
  • 5.­1078
  • 5.­1090
  • 5.­1280
  • 5.­1283
g.­389

wisdom

Wylie:
  • shes rab
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā

The sixth of the six perfections, it refers to the profound understanding of the emptiness of all phenomena, the realization of ultimate reality.

Located in 113 passages in the translation:

  • i.­63
  • i.­65
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­21
  • 1.­29-30
  • 1.­33
  • 1.­39
  • 1.­46-47
  • 1.­51-52
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­208
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­13
  • 3.­16
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­12
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­18-19
  • 4.­21-22
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­60
  • 4.­62
  • 4.­170-171
  • 4.­223
  • 4.­226-227
  • 4.­234-235
  • 4.­238
  • 4.­243-244
  • 4.­352
  • 4.­379
  • 4.­404
  • 4.­469
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­699
  • 4.­713
  • 4.­722
  • 4.­755
  • 4.­832-833
  • 4.­878
  • 4.­885
  • 4.­929
  • 4.­955
  • 4.­986
  • 4.­999
  • 4.­1022
  • 4.­1026
  • 4.­1090
  • 4.­1301
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­56
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­173
  • 5.­261
  • 5.­266
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­402
  • 5.­476
  • 5.­529
  • 5.­617
  • 5.­832
  • 5.­938
  • 5.­980
  • 5.­991
  • 5.­1035
  • 5.­1072-1074
  • 5.­1084
  • 5.­1088
  • 5.­1091
  • 5.­1103
  • 5.­1160-1161
  • 5.­1223
  • 5.­1273
  • 5.­1285
  • 5.­1389
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­30-31
  • n.­8
  • n.­62
  • n.­79
  • n.­386
  • n.­800
  • n.­1069
  • n.­1215
  • n.­1646
  • n.­1773
  • n.­1950-1951
  • g.­4
  • g.­115
  • g.­116
  • g.­120
  • g.­292
  • g.­299
  • g.­339
  • g.­349
g.­390

wishlessness

Wylie:
  • smon pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • སྨོན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • apraṇihita

The ultimate absence of any wish, desire, or aspiration, even those directed towards buddhahood. One of the three gateways to liberation; the other two are emptiness and signlessness.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • i.­108
  • 1.­58
  • 1.­121
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­79
  • 4.­248
  • 4.­294
  • 4.­307
  • 4.­415
  • 4.­427
  • 4.­462
  • 4.­627
  • 4.­830
  • 4.­887
  • 4.­890-891
  • 4.­893
  • 5.­35
  • 5.­381
  • 5.­432
  • 5.­491
  • 5.­575
  • 5.­615
  • 5.­976
  • 5.­978
  • 5.­1020-1021
  • n.­804
  • n.­1026
  • n.­1083
  • n.­1492
  • n.­1588
  • n.­1695
  • g.­154
g.­391

world of Yama

Wylie:
  • gshin rje’i ’jig rten
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེའི་འཇིག་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • yamaloka

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The land of the dead ruled over by the Lord of Death. In Buddhism it refers to the preta realm, where beings generally suffer from hunger and thirst, which in traditional Brahmanism is the fate of those departed without descendants to make ancestral offerings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­1058
g.­392

world system

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • lokadhātu

This can refer to one world with its orbiting sun and moon, and also to groups of these worlds in multiples of thousands, in particular a world realm of a thousand million worlds, which is said to be circular, with its circumference twice as long as its diameter.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97
  • 1.­4-5
  • 1.­12
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­91
  • 1.­109
  • 1.­122
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­129-130
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­142
  • 1.­146-147
  • 1.­157
  • 1.­179-180
  • 1.­191
  • 1.­193-194
  • 4.­172
  • 4.­175
  • 4.­336
  • 4.­510
  • 4.­1033
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­145-146
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­167-168
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­235
  • 5.­238
  • 5.­240
  • 5.­937
  • 5.­1134
  • 5.­1284
  • 5.­1450
  • 6.­78
  • n.­163
  • n.­182-183
  • n.­1567
  • n.­1723
  • n.­1814
  • g.­135
  • g.­260
  • g.­261
g.­393

worldly dharmas

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gyi chos
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • loka­dharma

See “eight worldly dharmas.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­31
  • 4.­833
  • 4.­1017
  • 5.­26
  • g.­77
g.­394

worthy one

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arhat

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to Buddhist tradition, one who is worthy of worship (pūjām arhati), or one who has conquered the enemies, the mental afflictions (kleśa-ari-hata-vat), and reached liberation from the cycle of rebirth and suffering. It is the fourth and highest of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas. Also used as an epithet of the Buddha.

In this text:

For a definition given in this text, see 1.­20.

Located in 79 passages in the translation:

  • i.­40
  • i.­58
  • i.­65
  • 1.­19-22
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­30-31
  • 1.­36
  • 1.­39
  • 1.­96
  • 1.­123
  • 1.­127
  • 1.­203-205
  • 1.­208
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­222
  • 1.­228
  • 3.­11
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­70
  • 4.­171
  • 4.­179
  • 4.­534
  • 4.­693
  • 4.­969
  • 4.­1013
  • 4.­1017-1022
  • 4.­1029
  • 4.­1033
  • 4.­1135
  • 4.­1139
  • 4.­1211
  • 4.­1313
  • 5.­64
  • 5.­88
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­437
  • 5.­439
  • 5.­441
  • 5.­529
  • 5.­615
  • 5.­756
  • 5.­825
  • 5.­916
  • 5.­961
  • 5.­997
  • 5.­1141
  • 5.­1153-1154
  • 5.­1159
  • 5.­1199
  • 5.­1222
  • 5.­1236
  • 5.­1360
  • 6.­89
  • 6.­96
  • n.­213
  • n.­268
  • n.­806
  • n.­832
  • n.­1377
  • n.­1562
  • n.­1564
  • n.­1700
  • n.­1982
  • g.­191
g.­395

wrong view

Wylie:
  • log par lta ba
  • lta ba phyin ci log
Tibetan:
  • ལོག་པར་ལྟ་བ།
  • ལྟ་བ་ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག
Sanskrit:
  • mithyādṛṣṭi
  • dṛṣṭiviparyāsa

The tenth of the ten unwholesome actions; also one of five commonly listed kinds of erroneous views, it designates the disbelief in the doctrine of karma, cause and effect, and rebirth, etc.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­36
  • 1.­167
  • 1.­191
  • 4.­482
  • 4.­716
  • 4.­965
  • 4.­983
  • 4.­985
  • 5.­484
  • n.­1386
  • g.­344
g.­398

Yeshé Dé

Wylie:
  • ye shes sde
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Yeshé Dé (late eighth to early ninth century) was the most prolific translator of sūtras into Tibetan. Altogether he is credited with the translation of more than one hundred sixty sūtra translations and more than one hundred additional translations, mostly on tantric topics. In spite of Yeshé Dé’s great importance for the propagation of Buddhism in Tibet during the imperial era, only a few biographical details about this figure are known. Later sources describe him as a student of the Indian teacher Padmasambhava, and he is also credited with teaching both sūtra and tantra widely to students of his own. He was also known as Nanam Yeshé Dé, from the Nanam (sna nam) clan.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­1
0
    You are downloading:

    The Long Explanation of the Noble Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Lines

    Click here to make a dāna donation

    This is a free publication from 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, a non-profit organization sharing the gift of Buddhist wisdom with the world.

    The cultivation of generosity, or dāna—giving voluntarily with a view that something wholesome will come of it—is considered to be a fundamental Buddhist practice by all schools. The nature and quantity of the gift itself is often considered less important.

    Table of Contents


    Search this text


    Other ways to read

    Download PDF
    Download EPUB
    Open in the 84000 App

    Spotted a mistake?

    Please use the contact form provided to suggest a correction.


    How to cite this text

    The following are examples of how to correctly cite this publication. Links to specific passages can be derived by right-clicking on the milestones markers in the left-hand margin (e.g. s.1). The copied link address can replace the url below.

    • Chicago
    • MLA
    • APA
    84000. The Long Explanation of the Noble Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Lines (Ārya­śata­sāhasrikā­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikāṣṭā­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā, ’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ’bum pa dang / nyi khri lnga stong pa dang / khri brgyad stong pa rgya cher bshad pa, Toh 3808). Translated by Gareth Sparham. Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025. https://84000.co/translation/toh3808/UT23703-093-001-section-5.Copy
    84000. The Long Explanation of the Noble Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Lines (Ārya­śata­sāhasrikā­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikāṣṭā­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā, ’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ’bum pa dang / nyi khri lnga stong pa dang / khri brgyad stong pa rgya cher bshad pa, Toh 3808). Translated by Gareth Sparham, online publication, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025, 84000.co/translation/toh3808/UT23703-093-001-section-5.Copy
    84000. (2025) The Long Explanation of the Noble Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Lines (Ārya­śata­sāhasrikā­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikāṣṭā­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā, ’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ’bum pa dang / nyi khri lnga stong pa dang / khri brgyad stong pa rgya cher bshad pa, Toh 3808). (Gareth Sparham, Trans.). Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha. https://84000.co/translation/toh3808/UT23703-093-001-section-5.Copy

    Related links

    • Other texts by Daṃṣṭrasena (Diṣṭasena)
    • Other texts by Vasubandhu
    • Other texts from Perfection of Wisdom
    • Published Translations
    • Browse the Collection
    • 84000 Homepage
    Sponsor Translation

    Bookmarks

    Copyright © 2011-2024 84000 - All Rights Reserved
    • Website: https://84000.co
    • Contact
    • Privacy Policy